Division 

71)5 


Digitized  by 

the  Internet  Archive 

in  2014 

https://archive.org/details/doctrinesdiscipl00meth_2 


THE  DOCTRINES 


AND 


DISCIPLINE 

OF  THE 

Methodist  Episcopal  Church 
1908 


EDITED  SX^-^ 

BISHOP  DANIEL  A.  GOODSELL 
JOSEPH  B.  HINGELEY 
JAMES  M,  BUCKLEY 


NEW  YORK:  EATON  &  MAINS 
CINCINNATI  :    JENNINGS   &  GRAHAM 


Copyright,  1908,  by 
EATON  &  MAINS. 


EPISCOPAL  ADDRESS 


To  the  Members  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church. 

Deaelt  Beloved  Brethren  :  It  is  our  privilege 
and  duty  to  recommend  most  earnestly  this  volume 
to  you,  which  contains  the  Doctrines  and  Dis- 
cipline of  our  Church,  which  we  believe  are 
agreeable  to  the  Word  of  God,  wliich  is  the  only  and 
the  sufficient  rule  of  faith  and  practice.  Yet  the 
Church,  in  the  liberty  given  to  it  by  the  Lord,  and 
taught  by  the  experience  of  many  years,  and  by 
the  study  of  ancient  and  modern  Churches,  has 
from  time  to  time  modified  its  Discipline  in  order 
to  secure  the  end  for  which  it  was  founded. 

We  believe  that  God's  design  in  raising  up  the 

Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in  America  was  to 

aid  largely  in  evangelizing  the  continent  and  "to 

spread  scriptural  holiness  over  these  lands."   As  a 
3 


Episcopal  Address 

proof  we  have  seen  since  that  time  an  extraordinary 
work  of  God  extending  throughout  all  the  United 
States  and  Territories  and  throughout  the  British 
possessions  in  North  America,  and  the  planting  of 
successful  Missions  in  South  America  and  Mexico. 
The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  in  its  organic 
form  and  in  spiritual  power,  has  been  successfully 
planted  also  in  Africa,  Asia,  and  Europe,  where 
God  has  given  it  great  prosperity. 

During  the  period  in  which  this  work  has  been 
extending,  the  Church  has  revised  and  enlarged 
its  legislation  to  meet  the  demands  created  by  its 
own  success,  as  well  as  by  the  conditions  of  the 
different  peoples  among  whom  it  strives  to  build 
up  the  kingdom  of  God.  The  Book  of  Discipline, 
at  first  small  and  simple,  has  thus  gradually  be- 
come larger,  more  varied  in  its  topics,  and  more 
important  by  the  activities  which  it  has  inspired 
and  regulated.  Its  provisions  for  our  expanding 
educational,  missionary,  and  publishing  work  are 
illustrations  of  this  statement. 

The  peculiar  Constitution  and  Administrative 
4 


Episcopal  Address 

Eules  of  our  Church,  to  which  its  success  is 
largely  due,  deserve  careful  study.  The  Itinerant 
Ministry,  the  Sub-pastorate  through  Classes,  the 
Episcopacy,  the  District  Superintendency,  the  Con- 
ferences in  their  gradation,  the  Local  Ministry, 
the  Judicial  Administration,  the  Interdependence 
of  the  Ministry  and  the  Laity,  with  the  well- 
defined  duties  and  rights  of  each,  are  severally 
parts  of  a  system  which  can  be  truly  valued,, 
profitably  used,  or  wisely  modified  only  by  those- 
who  through  loving  and  faithful  study  have  be- 
come familiar  with  it. 

Therefore  we  earnestly  wish  that  this  volume-, 
may  be  found  in  the  home  of  every  member  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church ;  and  the  more  so  be- 
cause it  contains  the  Doctrines  maintained,  in  part; 
or  in  whole,  by  every  evangelical  Church. 

The  Order  of  Worship  herein  set  forth  we  com- 
mend to  your  scrupulous  observance.  In  sub- 
stance, it  has  been  received  from  oxir  Fathers,  has 
been  approved  by  judgment  and  enjoined  by  the 

authority  of,  the  Church.    If  uniformly  observed, 
5 


Episcopal  Address 


it  will  continue  to  be  both  a  token  and  bond  of 
unity  throughout  our  widespread  communion. 

We  remain  your  very  affectionate  Brethren  and 
Pastors : 

Bishops 
THOMAS  BOWMAN, 
HENRY  W.  WARREN, 
CYRUS  D.  FOSS, 
JOHN  M.  WALDEN, 
WILLARD  F.  MALLALIEU. 
JOHN  H.  VINCENT, 
DANIEL  A.  GOODSELL, 
EARL  CRANSTON, 
DAVID  H.  MOORE, 
JOHN  W.  HAMILTON, 
JOSEPH  F.  BERRY, 
HENRY  SPELLMEYER, 

WILLIAM  F.  Mcdowell, 

JAMES  W.  BASHFORD, 
WILLIAM  BURT, 
LUTHER  B.  WILSON, 
THOMAS  B.  NEELY, 
WILLIAM  F.  ANDERSON, 
JOHN  L.  NUELSEN, 
WILLIAM  A.  QUAYLE, 
CHARLES  W.  SMITH, 
WILSON  S.  LEWIS, 
EDWIN  H.  HUGHES. 
ROBERT  McINTYRE, 
FRANK  M.  BRISTOL. 

Missionary  Bishops 
JAMBS  M.  THOBURN, 
JOSEPH  C.  HARTZELL, 
FRANK  W.  WARNS, 
ISAIAH  B.  SCOTT, 
WILLIAM  F.  OLDHAM, 
JOHN  E.  ROBINSON, 
MERRTMAN  C.  HARRIS. 
6 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 


Historical  Statement   15 

PART  I 

THE  CONSTITUTION 

DIVISION 

I.  Articles  of  Religion   23 

II.  General  Rules   32 

III.  Articles  of  Organization  and  Government  .  .  37 
chapter 

I.  Pastoral  Charges,  Quarterly  and  Annual  Con- 
ferences  37 

II.  General  Conference 
Article 

I.  How  Composed   37 

II.  Ministerial  Delegates   38 

III.  Lay  Delegates   39 

IV.  Credentials   39 

V.  Sessions   40 

VI.  Presiding  Officers   41 

VII.  Organization   41 

VIII.  Quorum   42 

IX.  Voting   42 

X.  Powers  and  Restrictions  ^  . .  43 

XI.  Amendments   44 

PART  II 

chapter  the  church 

I.  Membership 

Admission  into  Church   47 

Baptized  Children  and  the  Church   48 

Transfer  of  Membership  by  Certificate   50 

Classes  and  Class  Meetings   52 

7 


Contents 

■chapter  ■  page 

II.  Special  Advices 

Slavery   55 

Dress   55 

Marriage   55 

Divorce   56 

Amusements   56 

Temperance   58 

Tithmg   58 

III.  Worship 

Order  of  Public  Worship   59 

Spirit  and  Truth  of  Singing   61 

PART  III 

CONFERENCES 

I.  General  Conference   65 

II.  Annual  Conferences 

Number  and  Organization   65 

Order  of  Business   66 

Powers  and  Duties   69 

Statistics   70 

III.  Lay  Electoral  Conferences 

Election  of  Delegates   76 

Laymen's  Associations   78 

IV.  Central  Mission  Conferences.   78 

V.  Mission  Conferences   80 

"VI.  District  Conferences 

Organization  and  Duties   82 

Order  of  Business   84 

Discontinuance   86 

VII.  Quarterly  Conferences 

Organization  and  Duties   87 

Order  of  Business   90 

Auditing  and  Records   96 

VIIL  Official  Board   97 

IX.  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting   98 


[For  Judicial  Conference  see  page  184] 
8 


Contents 


PART  IV 


lamiSTRY 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

I.  Qualifications  and  Work 

Call  to  Preach   101 

Rules  tor  Preacher's  Conduct   101 

Spiritual  Qualifications   104 

Profitable  Use  of  Time    106 

Necessity  of  Union   107 

Deportment  at  Conference   108 

Where  and  How  to  Preach   108 

Pastoral  Fidelity   109 

II.  Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences 

Reception  on  Trial   114 

Admission  into  Full  Membership   116 

Ministers  from  Other  Churches   118 

Ministers  in  Official  Positions   120 

Termination  of  Conference  Membership 

1.  Location   120 

2.  Surrender  of  Ministerial  Office   121 

3.  Withdrawal   121 

4.  Refusal  to  do  Work  Assigned   121 

III.  Deacons   122 

IV.  Elders   123 

V.  Pastors   125 

VI.  Supernumerary  Ministers   131 

VII.  Superannuated  Ministers   132- 

VIII.  District  Superintendents   133 

IX.  Missionary  Bishops   136 

X.  Bishops 

Constituted   138 

Duties   138 

Powers   141 

XI.  StJPERANNUATED  BiSHOPS   143 

PART  V 

LOCAL  PREACHERS,  EXHORTERS,  DEACONESSES 

I.  Local  Preachers   147 

II.  ExHORTERS   150 

III.  Deaconesses 

Deaconesses   151 

Episcopal  Supervision    152: 

9 


Contents 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

General  Deaconess  Board   152 

Conference  Deaconess  Board   155 

Regulations  for  Deaconesses   156 

Retired  Deaconess  and  Her  Support   161 

Deaconess  Institutions   162 

Exception   163 

PART  VI 

JUDICIAL  ADMINISTRATION' 

I.  Trial  of  Bishop   167 

II.  Trial  of  Missionary  Bishop   168 

III.  Trial  of  Member  of  Conference 

Preliminary  Investigation   169 

Charges   171 

Maladministration   174 

Trial   174 

IV.  Trial  of  Preacher  on  Trial   177 

V.  Trial  of  Local  Preacher   177 

VI.  Trial  of  Member 

Immoral  Conduct   180 

Imprudent  and  Unchristian  Conduct   181 

Neglect  of  Means  of  Grace   181 

Causing  Dissension   182 

Disagreement  in  Business — Arbitration   182 

Insolvency   183 

General  Directions  Concerning  Trials   184 

VII.  Judicial  Conference   184 

VIII.  Appeal  of  Bishop  '   186 

IX.  Appeal  of  Member  of  Conference   186 

X.  Restoration  of  Credentials   189 

XI.  Appeal  of  Local  Preacher   190 

XII.  Appeal  of  Member — Court  of  Appeals   190 

PART  VII 

temporal  economy 

I.  Support  of  Ministers 

Stewards   197 

Stewards  and  Support  of  Ministers   198 

Support  of  Bishops   200 

Support  of  District  Superintendents   202 

Support  of  Pastors   203 

10 


Contents 

chapter  paqb 
Support  of  Conference  Claimants 

1.  Claim   204 

2.  Funds   204 

3.  Anniversaries  and  Apportionments   205 

4.  Administration  of  Funds   207 

[See  also  pages  281-285] 

II.  Church  Property 

Trustees — Appointment  and  Duties   210 

Conveyance  of  Church  Property   212 

Building  Churches   213 

Sale  of  Church  Property   214 

Building  and  Rentmg  Parsonages   217 

III.  Ladies'  Aid  Societies   218 

PART  VIII 

INSTITUTIONS,  BOARDS,  AND  SOCIETIES 

I.  Book  Concern 

Publishing  Houses    223 

Book  Committee   226 

Editors  and  Periodicals   230 

Special  Publishing  Committees   231 

Depositories   231 

Circulation  of  Religious  Tracts   232 

II.  Board  of  Foreign  Missions 

Incorporation   233 

Constitution   233 

Administration  of  Foreign  Missions   239 

Annual  Conference  Board   240 

District  Board   241 

District  Missionary  Secretaries   242 

Duties  of  District  Superintendents   242 

Duties  of  Pastors  and  Churches   243 

III.  Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society   245 

IV.  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 

Incorporation   247 

General  Committee   247 

Board    250 

City  Evangelization    253 

Annual  Conference  Board   254 

Boards  in  Mission  Conferences  and  Missions.  .  .  .  256 

Administration  of  Missions.    257 

Duties  of  Annual  Conferences   258 

Duties  of  District  Superintendents   259 

Duties  of  Pastors   260 

Applications  for  Church  Extension  Aid   261 

11 


Contents 


CHAPTER  PAGE 

V.  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society   262 

VI.  City  Evangelization 

National  City  Evangelization  Union   262 

Local  Unions   264 

Duties  of  District  Superintendents,  Pastors,  etc.  266 

VII.  Board  of  Education 

Incorporation  and  Officers   267 

Powers   268 

Educational  Institutions   270 

University  Senate   271 

Duties  of  District  Superintendents   272 

Duties  of  Pastors   273 

VIII.  Board  of  Sunday  Schools 

Incorporation. ..  . .    274 

Corresponding  Secretary   275 

Local  Sunday  School  Board   276 

Officers  and  Teachers   277 

Duties  of  District  Superintendents   278 

Duties  of  Pastors   279 

IX.  Board  of  Conference  Claimants 

Authorization  and  Officers   281 

Corresponding  Secretary   282 

Connectional  Fund  for  bonference  Claimants.  .  .  282 

Administration  of  Connectional  Fund   283 

Annual  Conference  Report   284 

X.  Freedmen's  Aid  Society 

General  Object   286 

Board  of  Managers   287 

Officers   288 

General  Committee   288 

Duties  of  District  Superintendents  and  Pastors..  289 

XI.  Denominational  Funds 

Chartered  Fund   291 

Trustees,  Methodist  Episcopal  Church   292 

Auditing  and  Bonding   295 

XII.  Church  Temperance  Society   295 

XIII.  Epworth  League 

Constitution   298 

Duties  of  President   301 

Duties  of  District  Superintendents  and  Pastors..  301 

XIV.  Methodist  Brotherhood   302 

12 


Contents 


PART  IX 


BOUNDARIES 

CHAPTER  PAGE 

I.  Determining  Boundaries   307 

II.  Boundaries  of  Conferences 

United  States  and  Territories   309 

P'oreign  Countries   335 

III.  Boundaries  op  Conferences  and  Missions 

United  States  and  Territories   338 

Foreign  Countries   340 

IV.  Enabling  Acts 

United  States   342 

Foreign  Countries   344 

PART  X 

T    _,  RITUAL 

I.  Baptism 

Infants   349 

Those  of  Riper  Years   354 

II.  Reception  of  Members 

Form  1   358 

Form  II   360 

III.  The  Lord's  Supper   363 

IV.  Matrimony   371 

V.  Burial  of  the  Dead   376 

VI.  Consecration  and  Ordination 

Consecration  of  Bishops   383 

Ordination  of  Elders   392 

Ordination  of  Deacons   402 

Consecration  of  Deaconesses   407 

VII.  Corner  Stone  and  Dedication 

Cornerstone   413 

Dedication   418 

13 


CO^TTENTS 


APPENDIX 


CHAPTER  PAGE 

I.  Addresses  of  Bishops  and  General  Officers.  .  427 

II.  Administrative  Boards   431 

III.  General  Conference   441 

IV,  General  Conference  Decisions  of  Law   461 

V.  Miscellaneous   468 

VI.  Forms 

Constitutions   482 

Charges   485 

VII.  Courses  of  Study 

Certificates   489 

Examinations   490 

English   492 

German   499 

Norwegian  and  Danish   503 

Swedish   506 

Finnish   510 

Italian   512 

Spanish   517 

Bulgarian   521 

Other  Courses   523 


14 


HISTORICAL  STATEMENT 


The  doctrine  and  spirit  of  Primitive  Christianity 
have  existed  at  different  times  and  in  different  de- 
grees in  all  branches  of  the  kingdom  of  Christ  among 
men.  They  were  embodied  in  a  new  form  on  this 
wise: 

"In  1729  two  young  men  in  England,  reading  the 
Bible,  saw  they  could  not  be  saved  without  holiness, 
followed  after  it,  and  incited  others  so  to  do.  In  1737 
they  saw,  likewise,  that  men  are  justified  before  they 
are  sanctified;  but  still  holiness  was  their  object.  God 
then  thrus  them  out  to  raise  a  holy  people." 

This  was  the  rise  of  Methodism,  as  given  in  the 
words  of  its  founders,  John  and  Charles  Wesley,  of 
Oxford  University,  and  Presbyters  of  the  Church  of 
England.  Their  evangelical  labors  were  accompanied 
by  an  extraordinary  divine  influence;  other  Minis- 
ters and  many  Lay  Preachers  were  raised  up  to  aid 
them;  and  throughout  England  and  in  Scotland  and 
Ireland  arose  United  Societies  of  men  having  the 
form  and  seeking  the  power  of  godliness.  These  sub- 
sequently became  the  Wesleyan  Churches  of  Great 
Britain. 

In  the  year  1766  Philip  Embury,  a  Wesleyan  Local 
Preacher  from  Ireland,  began  to  preach  in  New  York 
15 


Historical  Statement 


City  and  formed  a  Society,  now  the  Jotin  Street 
Church.  Another  Local  Preacher,  Thomas  "Webb, 
Captain  in  the  British^  army,  soon  joined  him  and 
also  preached  in  the  city  of  New  York  and  its  vicinity. 
About  the  same  time  Robert  Strawbridge,  from  Ire- 
land, settled  in  Frederick  County,  Maryland,  preach- 
ing there  and  forming  Societies.  In  1769  Mr.  Wesley 
sent  to  America  two  Itinerant  Preachers,  Richard 
Boardman  and  Joseph  Pilmoor,  and  in  1771  two 
others,  Francis  Asbury  and  Richard  Wright.  The 
■work  thus  begun  was  signally  owned  of  God,  so  that, 
at  the  close  of  the  Revolutionary  War,  the  number  of 
Traveling  Preachers  was  about  eighty,  and  of  mem- 
bers in  the  Societies,  about  fifteen  thousand. 

When  the  Independence  of  the  United  States  was 
acknowledged  by  the  treaty  of  1783,  the  American 
Methodists,  most  of  whom  had  been  members  of  the 
Church  of  England,  were,  according  to  the  declara- 
tion of  Mr.  Wesley,  "totally  disentangled  both  from 
the  State  and  the  English  hierarchy."  He  added: 
"They  are  now  at  full  liberty  simply  to  follow  the 
Scriptures  and  the  Primitive  Church,  and  we  judge 
it  best  that  they  should  stand  fast  in  that  liberty 
wherewith  God  has  so  strangely  made  them  free." 
The  parish  clergy  had  mostly  returned  to  England, 
and  the  Methodist  Societies  were  without  ordained 
Pastors.  "For  hundreds  of  miles  together"  they  were 
destitute  of  the  Christian  sacraments. 

As  his  children  in  the  Gospel,  they  appealed  to 
Mr.  Wesley  for  advice  and  help,  and  he  re- 
sponded by  ordaining  Richard  Whatcoat  and 
Thomas  Vasey  as  Presbyters  (or  Elders)  for 
America;  and  also,  since  he  preferred  the  Epis- 
copal form  of  Church  government,  by  setting 
16 


Historical  Statement 


apart,  by  prayer  and  the  imposition  of  hands,  the 
Rev.  Thomas  Coke,  Doctor  of  Civil  Law,  and  a  Pres- 
byter of  the  Church  of  England,  to  be  a  Superintend- 
ent, "to  preside  over  the  flock  of  Christ"  in  America. 
In  these  services  he  was  assisted  by  other  ordained 
ministers.  He  also  commissioned  Dr.  Coke  to  ordain, 
as  joint  Superintendent  with  himself,  the  Rev.  Fran- 
cis Asbury,  then  General  Assistant  for  the  American 
Societies.  Mr.  Wesley  also  prepared  "Articles  of 
Religion"  and  a  "Sunday  Service,"  both  abbreviated 
from  the  Book  of  Common  Prayer  of  the  Church  of 
England.  In  the  "Sunday  Service"  were  included 
forms  for  the  Administration  of  the  Sacraments  and 
for  the  ordination  of  Ministers. 

At  the  "Christmas  Conference,"  begun  in  Balti- 
more, Maryland,  December  24,  1784,  sixty  Preachers 
met  Dr.  Coke  and  his  companions.  The  plan  of  Mr. 
Wesley  was  submitted  to  them,  and  was  unanimously 
and  heartily  approved.  Thereupon  they  organized 
the  Mephodist  Episcopal  Church,  and  adopted  the 
Articles  of  Religion  and  the  Sunday  Service  prepared 
by  Mr.  Wesley,  adding  to  the  Articles  one  containing 
a  recognition  of  the  new  Civil  Government,  and  in- 
serting in  the  Ritual  a  prayer  for  the  Supreme  Rulers 
of  the  United  States.  They  also  enacted  all  laws 
necessary  for  the  government  of  the  new  Church. 
Mr.  Asbury  was  elected  to  the  Episcopal  office  con- 
jointly with  Dr.  Coke,  by  whom,  with  the  assistance 
of  several  Presbyters,  he  was  duly  consecrated  a 
Bishop.  Others  were  ordained  Deacons,  and  thirteen 
were  elected,  and  either  then  or  soon  thereafter  were 
duly  ordained  Elders,  two  of  them  for  missionary 
work  in  Nova  Scotia  and  one  for  like  work  in  An- 
tigua, in  the  West  Indies. 

17 


Historical  Statement 


Such  was  the  origin  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  the  first  with  an  Episcopal  form  of  govern- 
ment to  attain  an  independent  existence  in  the  new 
Republic.  While  its  polity  and  administrative  rules 
have  from  time  to  time  been  modified  to  meet  chang- 
ing conditions  and  opportunities,  it  remains  un- 
changed in  doctrine  and  in  ministerial  ofiices.  Co- 
eval with  the  Republic,  it  has  expanded  with  it,  and 
ministered  to  its  moral  and  religious  life.  At  this 
date  (1908)  its  ministers  and  communicants,  not 
Including  adherents,  number  more  than  three  mil- 
lions. Other  Methodist  Churches,  derived  from  the 
original  root,  flourish  by  its  side.  Obviously  its 
founders  were  wise  and  godly  men,  fulfilling  the  pur- 
pose of  the  great  Head  of  the  Church. 

It  has  always  believed  that  the  only  infallible  proof 
of  the  legitimacy  of  any  branch  of  the  Christian 
Church  is  in  its  ability  to  seek  and  to  save  the  lost, 
and  to  disseminate  the  Pentecostal  spirit  and  life.  Its 
chief  stress  has  ever  been  laid,  not  upon  the  forms 
but  upon  the  essentials  of  religion.  It  holds  that  true 
Churches  of  Christ  may  differ  widely  in  ceremonies, 
ministerial  orders,  and  government.  Its  members 
are  allowed  freedom  of  choice  among  the  debated 
modes  of  Baptism.  If  any  member  has  scruples 
against  receiving  the  Lord's  Supper  kneeling,  he  is 
permitted  to  receive  it  standing  or  sitting.  In  or- 
dinary worship  its  people  are  invited  to  unite  in 
extemporary  prayer,  but  for  the  Administration  of 
the  Sacraments,  Ordinations,  the  Solemnization  of 
Matrimony,  the  Burial  of  the  Dead,  and  other  special 
services,  a  Liturgy  is  appointed,  much  of  which  has 
been  sanctioned  by  the  Universal  Church  from  most 
ancient  times. 

18 


Historical  Statement 


The  sole  object  of  the  rules,  regulations,  and  usages 
of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  is  that  it  may  ful- 
fill to  the  end  of  time  its  original  divine  vocation  as 
a  leader  in  evangelization,  in  all  true  reforms,  and  in 
the  promotion  of  fraternal  relations  among  all 
branches  of  the  one  Church  of  Jesus  Christ,  with 
whom  it  is  a  coworker  in  the  spiritual  conquest  of 
the  world  for  the  Son  of  God. 


19 


PART  I 
THE  CONSTITUTION 


I.  ARTICLES  OF  RELIGION 
IL  GENERAL  RULES 
m.  ARTICLES  OF  ORGANIZATION  AND 
GOVERNMENT 


THE  CONSTITUTION  OF 
THE  METHODIST  EPISCOPAL  CHURCH 


Preamble 

In  order  the  better  to  preserve  our  historic  herit- 
age, and  the  more  effectually  to  cooperate  with  other 
branches  of  the  one  Church  of  Jesus  Christ  in  ad- 
vancing the  kingdom  of  God  among  men,  we,  the 
ministers  and  laymen  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  in  accordance  with  the  methods  of  constitu- 
tional legislation  in  force  among  us,  hereby  ordain, 
establish,  and  set  forth  as  the  fundamental  law  or 
Constitution  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  the 
Articles  of  Religion,  the  General  Rules,  and  the 
Articles  of  Organization  and  Government,  here  fol- 
lowing, to  wit: 

DIVISION  I 
ARTICLES  OF  RELIGION 

L  Of  Faith  in  the  Holy  Trinity 
1  1.  There  is  but  one  living  and  true  God,  ever- 
lasting, without  body  or  parts,  of  infinite  power,  wis- 
dom, and  goodness;  the  maker  and  preserver  of  all 
things,  visible  and  invisible.  And  in  unity  of  this 
Godhead  there  are  three  persons,  of  one  substance, 
power,  and  eternity — the  Father,  the  Son,  and  the 
Holy  Ghost. 

23 


*!i  2  Articles  of  Religion 


II.  Of  the  Word,  or  Son  of  God,  who  was  made  very 

Man 

H  2.  The  Son,  who  is  the  Word  of  the  Father,  the 
very  and  eternal  God,  of  one  substance  with  the 
Father,  took  man's  nature  in  the  womb  of  the  blessed 
Virgin;  so  that  two  whole  and  perfect  natures,  that  is 
to  say,  the  Godhead  and  Manhood,  were  joined  to- 
gether in  one  person,  never  to  be  divided;  whereof  is 
one  Christ,  very  God  and  very  Man,  who  truly  suf- 
fered, was  crucified,  dead,  and  buried,  to  reconcile  his 
Father  to  us,  and  to  be  a  sacrifice,  not  only  for  orig- 
inal guilt,  but  also  for  the  actual  sins  of  men. 

III.  Of  the  Resurrection  of  Christ 
H  3.  Christ  did  truly  rise  again  from  the  dead,  and 
took  again  his  body,  with  all  things  appertaining  to 
the  perfection  of  man's  nature,  wherewith  he  as- 
cended into  heaven,  and  there  sitteth  until  he  return 
to  judge  all  men  at  the  last  day. 

IV.  Of  the  Holy  Ohost 
H  4.  The  Holy  Ghost,  proceeding  from  the  Father 
and  the  Son,  is  of  one  substance,  majesty,  and  glory 
with  the  Father  and  the  Son,  very  and  eternal  God. 

V.  The  Sufficiency  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  for 
Salvation 

If  5.  The  Holy  Scriptures  contain  all  things  neces- 
sary to  salvation;  so  that  whatsoever  is  not  read 
therein,  nor  may  be  proved  thereby,  is  not  to  be  re- 
quired of  any  man  that  it  should  be  believed  as  an 
article  of  faith,  or  be  thought  requisite  or  necessary 
to  salvation.  In  the  name  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  we 
24 


Articles  of  Religiox  1  7 

do  understand  those  canonical  books  of  the  Old  and 
New  Testament  of  whose  authority  was  never  any 
doubt  in  the  Church.  The  names  of  the  canonical 
books  are: 

Genesis,  Exodus,  Leviticus,  Numbers,  Deuteronomy, 
Joshua,  Judges,  Ruth,  The  First  Book  of  Samuel,  The 
Second  Book  of  Samuel,  The  First  Book  of  Kings,  The 
Second  Book  of  Kings,  The  First  Book  of  Chronicles, 
The  Second  Book  of  Chronicles,  The  Book  of  Ezra, 
The  Book  of  Nehemiah,  The  Book  of  Esther,  The 
Book  of  Job,  The  Psalms,  The  Proverbs,  Ecclesiastes 
or  the  Preacher,  Cantica  or  Song  of  Solomon,  Four 
prophets  the  Greater,  Twelve  Prophets  the  Less. 

All  the  books  of  the  New  Testament,  as  they  are 
commonly  received,  we  do  receive  and  account  ca- 
nonical. 

VI.  Of  the  Old  Testament 
H  6.  The  Old  Testament  is  not  contrary  to  the  New; 
for  both  in  the  Old  and  New  Testament  everlasting 
life  is  offered  to  mankind  by  Christ,  who  is  the  only 
Mediator  between  God  and  man,  being  both  God  and 
Man.  Wherefore  they  are  not  to  be  heard  who  feign 
that  the  old  fathers  did  look  only  for  transitory  prom- 
ises. Although  the  law  given  from  God  by  Moses  as 
touching  ceremonies  and  rites  doth  not  bind  Chris- 
tians, nor  ought  the  civil  precepts  thereof  of  neces- 
sity be  received  in  any  commonwealth;  yet,  notwith- 
standing, no  Christian  whatsoever  is  free  from  the 
obedience  of  the  commandments  which  are  called 
moral. 

Vn.  Of  Original  or  Birth  Sin 
%  7.  Original  sin  standeth  not  in  the  following  of 
Adam  (as  the  Pelagians  do  vainly  talk),  but  it  is  the 
corruption  of  the  nature  of  every  man,  that  naturally 
25 


^  8  Articles  of  Religion 

is  engendered  of  the  offspring, of  Adam,  whereby  man 
is  very  far  gone  from  original  righteousness,  and  of 
his  own  nature  inclined  to  evil,  and  that  continually. 

VIII.  Of  Free  Will 
TI  8.  The  condition  of  man  after  the  fall  of  Adam 
is  such  that  he  cannot  turn  and  prepare  himself,  by 
his  own  natural  strength  and  works,  to  faith,  and 
calling  upon  God;  wherefore  we  have  no  power  to  do 
good  works,  pleasant  and  acceptable  to  God,  without 
the  grace  of  God  by  Christ  preventing  us,  that  we 
may  have  a  good  will,  and  working  with  us,  when  we 
have  that  good  will. 

IX.  Of  the  Justificatton  of  Man 
H  9.  We  are  accounted  righteous  before  God  only 
for  the  merit  of  our  Lord  and  Saviour  Jesus  Christ, 
by  faith,  and  not  for  our  own  works  or  deservings. 
Wherefore,  that  we  are  justified  by  faith  only  is  a 
most  wholesome  doctrine,  and  very  full  of  comfort. 

X.  Of  Good  Works 
1[  10.  Although  good  works,  which  are  the  fruits  of 
faith,  and  follow  after  justification,  cannot  put  away 
our  sins,  and  endure  the  severity  of  God's  judgments; 
yet  are  they  pleasing  and  acceptable  to  God  in  Christ, 
and  spring  out  of  a  true  and  lively  faith,  insomuch 
that  by  them  a  lively  faith  may  be  as  evidently 
known  as  a  tree  is  discerned  by  its  fruit. 

XI.  Of  Works  of  Supererogation 
If  11.  Voluntary  works — besides,  over,  and  above 
God's  commandments — which  are  called  works  of  su- 
26 


Articles  of  Religion  ^  14 


pererogation,  cannot  be  taught  without  arrogancy 
and  impiety.  For  by  them  men  do  declare  that  they 
do  not  only  render  unto  God  as  much  as  they  are 
bound  to  do,  but  that  they  do  more  for  his  sake  than 
of  bounden  duty  is  required:  whereas  Christ  saith 
plainly,  When  ye  have  done  all  that  is  commanded  of 
you,  say.  We  are  unprofitable  servants. 

XII.  Of  Sin  after  Justification 
TI  12.  Not  every  sin  willingly  committed  after 
justification  is  the  sin  against  the  Holy  Ghost,  and 
unpardonable.  Wherefore,  the  grant  of  repentance  is 
not  to  be  denied  to  such  as  fall  into  sin  after  justifi- 
cation: After  we  have  received  the  Holy  Ghost,  we 
may  depart  from  grace  given,  and  fall  into  sin,  and, 
by  the  grace  of  God,  rise  again  and  amend  our  lives. 
And  therefore  they  are  to  be  condemned  who  say  they 
can  no  more  sin  as  long  as  they  live  here;  or. deny  the 
place  of  forgiveness  to  such  as  truly  repent. 

XIII.  Of  the  Church 
1[  13.  The  visible  Church  of  Christ  is  a  congrega- 
tion of  faithful  men  in  which  the  pure  Word  of  God  is 
preached,  and  the  Sacraments  duly  administered  ac- 
cording to  Christ's  ordinance,  in  all  those  things  that 
of  necessity  are  requisite  to  the  same. 

XIV.  Of  Purgatory 
TI  14.  The  Romish  doctrine  concerning  purgatory, 
pardon,  worshiping  and  adoration,  as  well  of  images 
as  of  relics,  and  also  invocation  of  saints,  is  a  fond 
thing,  vainly  invented,  and  grounded  upon  no  war- 
rant of  Scripture,  but  repugnant  to  the  Word  of  God. 
27 


^  15  Articles  of  Religion 


XV.  Of  Speaking  in  the  Congregation  in  such  a 
Tongue  as  the  People  Understand 
H  15.  It  is  a  thing  plainly  repugnant  to  the  Word 
of  God,  and  the  custom  of  the  primitive  Church,  to 
have  public  prayer  in  the  Church,  or  to  administer 
the  Sacraments,  in  a  tongue  not  understood  by  the 
people. 

XVI.  Of  the  Sacraments 

H  16.  Sacraments  ordained  of  Christ  are  not  only 
badges  or  tokens  of  Christian  men's  profession,  but 
rather  they  are  certain  signs  of  grace,  and  God's  good 
will  toward  us,  by  the  which  he  doth  work  invisibly 
in  us,  and  doth  not  only  quicken,  but  also  strengthen 
and  confirm,  our  faith  in  him. 

There  are  two  Sacraments  ordained  of  Christ  our 
Lord  in  the  Gospel;  that  is  to  say,  Baptism  and  the 
Supper  of  the  Lord. 

Those  five  commonly  called  Sacraments,  that  is  to 
say,  confirmation,  penance,  orders,  matrimony,  and 
extreme  unction,  are  not  to  be  counted  for  Sacra- 
ments of  the  Gospel;  being  such  as  have  partly  grown 
out  of  the  corrupt  following  of  the  Apostles,  and 
partly  are  states  of  life  allowed  in  the  Scriptures,  but 
yet  have  not  the  like  nature  of  Baptism  and  the 
Lord's  Supper,  because  they  have  not  any  visible 
sign  or  ceremony  ordained  of  God. 

The  Sacraments  were  not  ordained  of  Christ  to  be 
gazed  upon,  or  to  be  carried  about;  but  that  we 
should  duly  use  them.  And  in  such  only  as  worthily 
receive  the  same  they  have  a  wholesome  effect  or 
operation:  but  they  that  receive  them  unworthily, 
purchase  to  themselves  condemnation,  as  Saint  Paul 
saith,  1  Cor.  11.  29. 

28 


Articles  of  Religion  ^  19 


XVII.  Of  Baptism 
^  17.  Baptism  is  not  only  a  sign  of  profession  and 
mark  of  difference  whereby  Christians  are  distin- 
guished from  others  that  are  not  baptized;  but  it  is 
also  a  sign  of  regeneration  or  the  new  birth.  The 
baptism  of  young  children  is  to  be  retained  in  the 
Church. 

XVIII.  Of  the  Lord's  Supper 
T[  18.  The  Supper  of  the  Lord  is  not  only  a  sign  of 
the  love  that  Christians  ought  to  have  among  them- 
selves one  to  another,  but  rather  is  a  Sacrament  of 
our  redemption  by  Christ's  death;  insomuch  that,  to 
such  as  rightly,  worthily,  and  with  faith  receive  the 
same,  the  bread  which  we  break  is  a  partaking  of  the 
body  of  Christ;  and  likewise  the  cup  of  blessing  is  a 
partaking  of  the  blood  of  Christ. 

Transubstantiation,  or  the  change  of  the  substance 
of  bread  and  wine  in  the  Supper  of  our  Lord,  cannot 
be  proved  by  Holy  Writ,  but  is  repugnant  to  the  plain 
words  of  Scripture,  overthroweth  the  nature  of  a 
Sacrament,  and  hath  given  occasion  to  many  super- 
stitions. 

The  body  of  Christ  is  given,  taken,  and  eaten  in  the 
Supper,  only  after  a  heavenly  and  spiritual  manner. 
And  the  means  whereby  the  body  of  Christ  is  re- 
ceived and  eaten  in  the  Supper  is  faith. 

The  Sacrament  of  the  Lord's  Supper  was  not  by 
Christ's  ordinance  reserved,  carried  about,  lifted  up, 
or  worshiped. 

XIX.  Of  both  Kinds 
H  19.  The  Cup  of  the  Lord  is  not  to  be  denied  to 
the  Lay  People;  for  both  the  parts  of  the  Lord's  Sup- 
per, by  Christ's  ordinance  and  commandment,  ought 
to  be  administered  to  all  Christians  alike. 

29 


^  20  Articles  op  Religion 


XX.  Of  the  one  Oblation  of  Christ,  finished  upon  the 
Cross 

H  20.  The  offering  of  Christ,  once  made,  is  that 
perfect  redemption,  propitiation,  and  satisfaction  for 
all  the  sins  of  the  whole  world,  both  original  and 
actual;  and  there  is  none  other  satisfaction  for  sin 
but  that  alone.  Wherefore  the  sacrifice  of  masses,  in 
the  which  it  is  commonly  said  that  the  priest  doth 
offer  Christ  for  the  quick  and  the  dead,  to  have  remis- 
sion of  pain  or  guilt,  is  a  blasphemous  fable  and 
dangerous  deceit. 

XXI.  Of  the  Marriage  of  Ministers 
^  21.  The  Ministers  of  Christ  are  not  commanded 
by  God's  law  either  to  vow  the  estate  of  single  life, 
or  to  abstain  from  marriage;  therefore  it  is  lawful 
for  them,  as  for  all  other  Christians,  to  marry  at  their 
own  discretion,  as  they  shall  judge  the  same  to  serve 
best  to  godliness. 
XXII.  Of  the  Rites  and  Ceremonies  of  Churches 
If  22.  It  is  not  necessary  that  rites  and  ceremonies 
should  in  all  places  be  the  same,  or  exactly  alike;  for 
they  have  been  always  different,  and  may  be  changed 
according  to  the  diversity  of  countries,  times,  and 
men's  manners,  so  that  nothing  be  ordained  against 
God's  Word.  Whosoever,  through  his  private  judg- 
ment, willingly  and  purposely  doth  openly  break  the 
rites  and  ceremonies  of  the  Church  to  which  he  be- 
longs, which  are  not  repugnant  to  the  Word  of  God, 
and  are  ordained  and  approved  by  common  authority, 
ought  to  be  rebuked  openly  (that  others  may  fear  to 
do  the  like),  as  one  that  offendeth  against  the  com- 
mon order  of  the  Church,  and  woundeth  the  con- 
sciences of  weak  brethren. 

30 


Articles  of  Religion'  1  25 


Every  particular  Church  may  ordain,  change,  or 
abolish  rites  and  ceremonies,  so  that  all  things  may 
be  done  to  edification. 

XXIII.  Of  the  Rulers  of  the  United  States  of  America 
%  23.  The  President,  the  Congress,  the  General  As- 
semblies, the  Governors,  and  the  Councils  of  State,  as 
the  Delegates  of  the  People,  are  the  Rulers  of  the 
United  States  of  America,  according  to  the  division 
of  power  made  to  them  by  the  Constitution  of  the 
United  States,  and  by  the  Constitutions  of  their  re- 
spective States.  And  the  said  States  are  a  sovereign 
and  independent  Nation,  and  ought  not  to  be  subject 
to  any  foreign  jurisdiction.* 

XXIV.  Of  Christian  Men's  Goods 
If  24.  The.  riches  and  goods  of  Christians  are  not 
common,  as  touching  the  right,  title,  and  possession 
of  the  same,  as  some  do  falsely  boast.  Notwithstand- 
ing, every  man  ought,  of  such  things  as  he  possesseth, 
liberally  to  give  alms  to  the  poor,  according  to  his 
ability. 

XXV.  Of  a  Christian  Man's  Oath 
X  25.  As  we  confess  that  vain  and  rash  swearing 
is  forbidden  Christian  men  by  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ 
and  James  his  Apostle;  so  we  judge  that  the  Christian 
religion  doth  not  prohibit,  but  that  a  man  may  swear 
when  the  magistrate  requireth,  in  a  cause  of  faith 
and  charity,  so  it  be  done  according  to  the  Prophet's 
teaching,  in  justice,  judgment,  and  truth. 

'  As  tar  as  It  respects  civil  affairs  we  believe  It  the  duty  of  Christians, 
and  especially  of  all  Christian  Ministers,  to  be  subject  to  the  supreme 
authority  of  the  country  where  they  may  reside,  and  to  use  all  laudable 
means  to  enjoin  obedience  to  the  powers  that  be ;  and  therefore  it  Is 
expected  that  all  our  Preachers  and  People,  wlio  may  be  under  the 
British  or  any  other  Government,  will  behave  themselves  as  peaceable 
and  orderly  subjects. 


1  26  General  Rules 


DIVISION  II 
THE  GENERAL  RULES 


The  Nature^  Design,  cind  General  Rules  of  our  United 
Societies  ' 


H  26.  In  the  latter  end  of  the  year  1739  eight  or 
ten  persons  who  appeared  to  be  deeply  convinced  of 
sin,  and  earnestly  groaning  for  redemption,  came  to 
Mr.  Wesley  in  London.  They  desired,  as  did  two  or 
three  more  the  next  day,  that  he  would  spend  some 
time  with  them  in  prayer,  and  advise  them  how  to 
flee  from  the  wrath  to  come,  which  they  saw  contin- 
ually hanging  over  their  heads.  That  he  might  have 
more  time  for  this  great  work,  he  appointed  a  day 
when  they  might  all  come  together;  which  from' 
thenceforward  they  did  every  weelc,  namely,  on 
Thursday,  in  the  evening.  To  these,  and  as  many 
more  as  desired  to  join  with  them  (for  their  number 
increased  daily),  he  gave  those  advices  from  time  to 
time  which  he  judged  most  needful  for  them;  and 
they  always  concluded  their  meeting  with  prayer 
suited  to  their  several  necessities. 

H  27.  This  was  the  rise  of  the  United  Society,  first 

1  The  United  Societies  fovmded  in  this  country  by  the  apostolic  Asbnry 
and  his  colaborers  were.  In  1784,  organized  Into  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church.  But  in  this  chapter,  and  occasionally  elsewhere  in  the  Dis- 
cipline, the  words  Society  and  Societies  are  retained  as  the  equivalent  of 
the  words  Church  and  Churches,  both  as  a  convenience,  and  as  a  memo- 
rial of  our  early  ecclesiastical  life.— Com.  of  Revision,  1892. 

32 


General  Rules 


1  30 


in  Europe,  and  then  in  America.  Sucii  a  society  is  no 
other  than  "a  company  of  men  having  the  form  and, 
seeking  the  power  of  godliness,  united  in  order  to 
pray  together,  to  receive  the  word  of  exhortation,  and 
to  watch  over  one  another  in  love,  that  they  may  help 
each  other  to  work  out  their  salvation" 

H  28.  That  it  may  the  more  easily  be  discerned 
whether  they  are  indeed  working  out  their  own  salva- 
tion, each  Society  is  divided  into  smaller  companies, 
called  Classes,  according  to  their  respective  places  of 
abode.  There  are  about  twelve  persons  in  a  Class, 
one  of  whom  is  styled  The  Leader.    It  is  his  duty, 

§  1.  To  see  each  person  in  his  Class  once  a  week  at 
least;  in  order,  (1.)  To  inquire  how  his  soul  prospers. 
(2.)  To  advise,  reprove,  comfort,  or  exhort,  as  occa- 
sion may  require.  (3.)  To  receive  what  he  is  willing- 
to  give  toward  the  relief  of  the  Preachers,  Church, 
and  poor.  • 

§  2.  To  meet  the  Ministers  and  the  Stewards  of  the 
Society  once  a  week;  in  order,  (1.)  To  inform  the 
Minister  of  any  that  are  sick,  or  of  any  that  walk  dis- 
orderly and  will  not  be  reproved.  (2.)  To  pay  the 
Stewards  what  he  has  received  of  his  Class  in  the 
week  preceding. 

If  29.  There  is  only  one  condition  previously  re- 
quired of  those  who  desire  admission  into  these  So- 
cieties— "a  desire  to  flee  from  the  wrath  to  come,  and 
to  be  saved  from  their  sins."  But  wherever  this  is 
really  fixed  in  the  soul  it  will  be  shown  by  its  fruits. 

H  30.  It  is  therefore  expected  of  all  who  continue 
therein  that  they  shall  continue  to  evidence  their  de- 
sire of  salvation. 


'  This  part  refers  to  towns  and  cities,  where  the  poor  are  generally- 
numerous  and  Church  expenses  considerable. 

33 


Genekal  Rules 


First:  By  doing  no  harm,  by  avoiding  evil  of  every 
kind,  especially  that  which  is  most  generally  prac- 
ticed; such  as, 

The  ta'king  of  the  name  of  God  in  vain. 

The  profaning  the  day  of  the  Lord,  either  by  doing 
ordinary  work  therein  or  by  buying  or  selling. 

Drunkenness,  buying  or  selling  spirituous  liquors, 
or  drinking  them,  unless  in  cases  of  extreme  ne- 
cessity. 

Slaveholding;  buying  or  selling  slaves. 

Fighting,  quarreling,  brawling,  brother  going  to 
law  with  brother;  returning  evil  for  evil,  or  railing 
for  railing;  the  using  many  words  in  buying  or 
selling. 

The  buying  or  selling  goods  that  have  not  paid  the 
duty. 

The  giving  or  taking  things  on  usury — that  is, 
unlawful  interest. 

Uncharitable  or  unprofitable  conversation;  particu- 
larly speaking  evil  of  Magistrates  or  of  Ministers. 

Doing  to  others  as  we  would  not  they  should  do 
unto  us. 

Doing  what  we  know  is  not  for  the  glory  of  God,  as: 
The  putting  on  of  gold  and  costly  apparel. 
The  taking  such  diversions  as  cannot  be  used  in 

the  name  of  the  Lord  Jesus. 
The  singing  those  songs,  or  reading  those  books, 

which  do  not  tend  to  the  knowledge  or  love  of 

God. 

Softness  and  needless  self-indulgence. 

Laying  up  treasure  upon  earth. 

Borrowing  without  a  probability  of  paying;  or 
taking  up  goods  without  a  probability  of  paying  for 
them. 

34 


General  Rules 


If  31.  It  is  expected  of  all  who  continue  in  these 
Societies  that  they  shall  continue  to  evidence  their 
desire  of  salvation. 

Second:  By  doing  good;  by  being  in  every  kind 
merciful  after  their  power;  as  they  have  opportunity, 
doing  good  of  every  possible  sort,  and,  as  far  as  pos- 
sible, to  all  men: 

To  their  bodies,  of  the  ability  which  God  giveth, 
by  giving  food  to  the  hungry,  by  clothing  the  naked, 
by  visiting  or  helping  them  that  are  sick  or  in 
prison : 

To  their  souls,  by  instructing,  reproving,  or  ex- 
horting all  we  have  any  intercourse  with;  trampling 
under  foot  that  enthusiastic  doctrine,  that  "we  are 
not  to  do  good  unless  our  hearts  be  free  to  it." 

By  doing  good,  especially  to  them  that  are  of  the 
household  of  faith  or  groaning  so  to  be;  employing 
them  preferably  to  others;  buying  one  of  another; 
helping  each  other  in  business;  and  so  much  the 
more  because  the  world  will  love  its  own  and  them 
only. 

By  all  possible  diligence  and  frugality,  that  the 
Gospel  be  not  blamed. 

By  running  with  patience  the  race  which  is  set  be- 
fore them,  denying  themselves,  and  taking  up  their 
cross  daily;  submitting  to  bear  the  reproach  of 
Christ,  to  be  as  the  filth  and  off  scouring  of  the  world; 
and  looking  that  men  should  say  all  manner  of  evil 
of  them  falsely,  for  the  Lord's  sake. 

7  32.  It  is  expected  of  all  who  desire  to  continue 
in  these  Societies  that  they  shall  continue  to  evi- 
dence their  desire  of  salvation, 

Third:  By  attending  upon  all  the  ordinances  of 
God;  such  are, 

35 


General  Rules 


The  Public  Worship  of  God. 

The  Ministry  of  the  Word,  either  read  or 
expounded. 

The  Supper  of  the  Lord. 
Family  and  private  Prayer. 
Searching  the  Scriptures. 
Fasting  or  Abstinence. 

TI  33.  These  are  the  General  Rules  of  our  Socie- 
ties; all  which  we  are  taught  of  God  to  observe,  even 
in  his  written  Word,  which  is  the  only  rule,  and  the 
sufficient  rule,  both  of  our  faith  and  practice.  And 
all  these  we  know  his  Spirit  writes  on  truly  awak- 
ened hearts.  If  there  be  any  among  us  who  observes 
them  not,  who  habitually  breaks  any  of  them,  let  it 
be  known  unto  them  who  watch  over  that  soul  as 
they  who  must  give  an  account.  We  will  admonish 
him  of  the  error  of  his  ways.  We  will  bear  with  him 
for  a  season.  But  if  then  he  repent  not,  he  hath  no 
more  place  among  us.  We  have  delivered  our  own 
souls. 


Okgaxization  axd  Government    •[  3V 


DIVISION  III 

ARTICLES  OF  ORGANIZATION  AND 
GOVERNMENT 

Chapter  I 

Pastoral  Charges,  Quarterly  and  Annual  Conferences 

Article  I.  Pastoral  Charges 
1  34.  Members  of  the  Church  shall  be  divided  in- 
to local  Societies,  one  or  more  of  which  shall  con- 
stitute a  Pastoral  Charge. 

Article  II.  Quarterly  Conferences 
t  35.  A  Quarterly  Conference  shall  be  organized 
in  each  Pastoral  Charge,  and  be  composed  of  such 
persons  and  have  such  powers  as  the  General  Con- 
ference may  direct. 

Article  III.  Annual  Conferences 
^  36.  The  Traveling  Preachers  shall  be  organized 
by  the  General  Conference  into  Annual  Conferences, 
the  sessions  of  which  they  are  required  to  attend. 


Chapter  II 
The  General  Conference 

Article  I.  How  Composed 
H  37.  The  General  Conference  shall  be  composed 
of  Ministerial  and  Lay  Delegates,  to  be  chosen  as 
hereinafter  provided. 

37 


*l  38     Organization  and  Government 


Article  II.  Ministerial  Delegates 
If  38,  §  1.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  be  entitled 
to  at  least  one  Ministerial  Delegate.  The  General 
Conference  shall  not  allow  more  than  one  Ministerial 
Delegate  for  every  fourteen  Members  of  an  Annual 
Conference,  nor  less  than  one  for  every  forty-five; 
but  for  a  fraction  of  two  thirds  or  more  of  the  num- 
ber fixed  by  the  General  Conference  as  the  ratio  of 
representation  an  Annual  Conference  shall  be  en- 
titled to  an  additional  Delegate. 

§  2.  The  Ministerial  Delegates  shall  be  elected  by 
ballot  by  the  Members  of  the  Annual  Conference  at 
its  session  immediately  preceding  the  General  Con- 
ference. Such  Delegates  shall  be  Elders,  at  least 
twenty-five  years  of  age,  and  shall  have  been  Mem- 
bers of  an  Annual  Conference  four  successive  years, 
and  at  the  time  of  their  election  and  at  the  time  of 
the  session  of  the  General  Conference  shall  be  Mem- 
bers of  the  Annual  Conference  which  elected  them. 
An  Annual  Conference  may  elect  Reserve  Delegates, 
not  exceeding  three  in  number,  and  not  exceeding 
the  number  of  its  Delegates. 

§  3.  No  Minister  shall  be  counted  twice  in  the 
same  year  in  the  basis  for  the  election  of  Delegates 
to  the  General  Conference,  nor  vote  in  such  election 
where  he  is  not  counted,  nor  vote  in  two  Conferences 
in  the  same  year  on  a  constitutional  question. 

Article  III.  Lay  Delegates 
^  39,  §  1.  A  Lay  Electoral  Conference  shall  be 
constituted  quadrennially,  or  whenever  duly  called 
by  the  General  Conference,  within  the  bounds  of 
each  Annual  Conference,  for  the  purpose  of  electing 
^8 


Okgajsization  and  Government    ^  8!) 


Lay  Delegates  to  the  General  Conference,  and  for  the 
purpose  of  voting  on  constitutional  changes.  It  shall 
be  composed  of  lay  members,  one  from  each  Pastoral 
Charge  within  its  bounds,  chosen  by  the  lay  members 
of  the  Charge  over  twenty-one  years  of  age,  in  such 
manner  as  the  General  Conference  may  determine. 
Each  Pastoral  Charge  shall  also  elect  in  the  same 
manner  one  Reserve  Delegate.  Members  not  less 
than  twenty-one  years  of  age,  and  holding  member- 
ship in  the  Pastoral  Charges  electing  them,  are 
eligible  to  membership  in  the  Lay  Electoral  Con- 
ference. 

§  2.  The  Lay  Electoral  Conference  shall  assemble 
at  the  seat  of  the  Annual  Conference  on  the  firs.t 
Friday  of  the  session  immediately  preceding  the 
General  Conference,  unless  the  General  Conference 
shall  provide  otherwise. 

§  3.  The  Lay  Electoral  Conference  shall  organize 
by  electing  a  President  and  Secretary,  shall  adopt  its 
own  Rules  of  Order,  and  shall  be  the  judge  of 
the  election,  returns,  and  qualifications  of  its  own 
members. 

§  4.  Each  Lay  Electoral  Conference  shall  be  en- 
titled to  elect  as  many  Delegates  to  the  General  Con- 
ference as  there  are  Ministerial  Delegates  from  the 
Annual  Conference.  A  Lay  Electoral  Conference  may 
elect  Reserve  Delegates,  not  exceeding  three  in  num- 
ber, and  not  exceeding  the  number  of  its  Delegates. 
These  elections  shall  be  by  ballot. 

§  5.  Lay  members  twenty-five  years  of  age,  or  over, 
holding  membership  in  Pastoral  Charges  within  the 
bounds  of  the  Lay  Electoral  Conference,  and  having 
been  lay  members  of  the  Church  five  years  next  pre- 
ceding, shall  be  eligible  to  election  to  the  General 
39 


40     Organization  and  Government 


Conference.  Delegates-elect  who  cease  to  be  mem- 
bers of  the  Church  within  the  bounds  of  the  Lay 
Electoral  Conference  by  which  they  were  elected 
shall  not  be  entitled  to  seats  in  the  General  Con- 
ference. 

Aeticle  IV.  Credentials 
If  40.  The  Secretaries  of  the  several  Annual  and 
Lay  Electoral  Conferences  shall  furnish  certificates 
of  election  to  the  Delegates  severally,  and  send  a 
certificate  of  such  election  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
precedinl?  General  Conference  immediately  after  the 
adjournment  of  said  Annual  or  Lay  Electoral  Con- 
ference. 

Article  V.  Sessions 

%  41,  §  1.  The  General  Conference  shall  meet  at 
10  o'clock  on  the  morning  of  the  first  Wednesday"  in 
the  month  of  May,  in  every  fourth  year  from  the 
date  of  the  first  Delegated  General  Conference — 
namely,  the  year  of  our  Lord  1812 — and  at  such 
place  in  the  United  States  of  America  as  shall  have 
been  determined  by  the  preceding  General  Confer- 
ence, or  by  a  Commission  to  be  appointed  quadren- 
nially by  the  General  Conference,  and  acting  under 
Its  authority;  which  Commission  shall  have  power 
also  in  case  of  emergency  to  change  the  place  for  the 
meeting  of  the  General  Conference,  a  majority  of  the 
General  Superintendents  concurring  in  such  change. 

§  2.  The  General  Superintendents,  or  a  majority 
of  them,  by  and  with  the  advice  of  two  thirds  of  all 
the  Annual  Conferences,  shall  have  the  power  to  call 
an  extra  session  of  the  General  Conference  at  any 
time,  constituted  in  the  usual  way;  such  session  to 


'  See  proposed  constitutional  amendment.  Appendix,  1  29. 
40 


Organization  and  Government     ^  43 


be  held  at  such  time  and  place  as  a  majority  of  the 
General  Superintendents,  and  also  of  the  above  Com- 
mission, shall  designate. 

§  3.  In  case  of  a  great  emergency  two  thirds  of  the 
General  Superintendents  may  call  special  sessions  of 
the  Annual  Conferences,  at  such  time  and  place  as 
they  may  think  wise,  to  determine  the  question  of  an 
extra  session  of  the  General  Conference,  or  to  elect 
Delegates  thereto.  They  may  also,  in  such  cases,  call 
extra  sessions  of  the  Lay  Electoral  Conferences  for 
the  purpose  of  electing  Lay  Delegates  to  the  General 
Conference. 

Article  VI.  Presiding  Officers 
^  42,  §  1.  The  General  Conference  shall  elect  by 
ballot  from  among  the  Traveling  Elders  as  many 
General  Superintendents  as  it  may  deem  necessary. 

§  2.  The  General  Superintendents  shall  preside  in 
the  General  Conference  in  such  order  as  they  may 
determine;  but  if  no  General  Superintendent  be  pres- 
ent, the  General  Conference  shall  elect  one  of  its 
members  to  preside  pro  tempore. 

§  3.  The  presiding  officer  of  the  General  Confer- 
ence shall  decide  questions  of  order,  subject  to  an 
appeal  to  the  General  Conference;  but  questions  of 
law  shall  be  decided  by  the  General  Conference. 

Article  VII.  Organization 
H  43.  When  the  time  for  opening  the  General  Con- 
ference arrives  the  presiding  officer  shall  take  the 
chair,  and  direct  the  Secretary  of  the  preceding  Gen- 
eral Conference,  or  in  his  absence  one  of  his  assist- 
ants, to  call  the  roll  of  the  Delegates-elect.  Those 
who  have  been  duly  returned  shall  be  recognized  as 
members,  their  certificates  of  election  being  jirima 
41 


^  44     Okganization  and  Government 

facie  evidence  of  their  right  to  membership;  pro- 
vided, however,  that  in  case  of  a  challenge  of  any 
person  thus  enrolled,  such  challenge  being  signed  by 
at  least  six  Delegates  from  the  territory  of  as  many 
different  Annual  Conferences,  three  such  Delegates 
being  Ministers,  and  three  Laymen,  the  person  so 
challenged  shall  not  participate  in  the  proceedings 
of  the  General  Conference,  except  to  speak  on  his 
own  case,  until  the  question  of  his  right  shall  have 
been  decided.  The  General  Conference  shall  be  the 
judge  of  the  election,  returns,  and  qualifications  of 
its  own  members. 

AuTicLE  VIII.  Quorum 
\  44.  When  the  General  Conference  is  in  session 
it  shall  require  the  presence  of  two  thirds  of  the 
■whole  number  of  Delegates  to  constitute  a  quorum 
for  the  transaction  of  business;  but  a  less  number 
may  take  a  recess  or  adjourn  from  day  to  day  in 
order  to  secure  a  quorum,  and  at  the  final  session 
may  approve  the  Journal,  order  the  record  of  the 
roll  call,  and  adjourn  sine  die. 

Article  IX.  Voting 
If  45.  The  Ministerial  and  Lay  Delegates  shall 
deliberate  together  as  one  body.  They  shall  also 
vote  together  as  one  body  with  the  following  ex- 
ception": A  separate  vote  shall  be  taken  on  any  ques- 
tion when  requested  by  one  third  of  either  order  of 
Delegates  present  and  voting.  In  all  cases  of  sepa- 
rate voting  it  shall  require  the  concurrence  of  the 
two  orders  to  adopt  the  proposed  measure;  except 
that  for  changes  of  the  Constitution  a  vote  of  two 
thirds  of  the  General  Conference  shall  be  sufficient, 
as  provided  in  Article  XI. 

42 


Organization  and  Government    T  46 


■    Article  X.  Powers  and  Restrictions 
H  46.  The   General    Conference    shall    have  full 
power  to  make  rules  and  regulations  for  the  Church 
under   the   following   limitations   and  restrictions, 
namely: 

§  1.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  revoke, 
alter,  nor  change  our  Articles  of  Religion,  nor  estab- 
lish any  new  standards  or  rules  of  doctrine  contrary 
to  our  present  existing  and  established  standards  of 
doctrine. 

§  2.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  organize  nor 
authorize  the  organization  of  an  Annual  Conference 
with  less  than  twenty-five  members. 

§  3.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  change  nor 
alter  any  part  or  rule  of  our  government  so  as  to  do 
away  Episcopacy,  nor  destroy  the  plan  of  our  itin- 
erant General  Superintendency ;  but  may  elect  a 
Missionary  Bishop  or  Superintendent  for  any  of  our 
foreign  Missions,  limiting  his  Episcopal  jurisdiction 
to  the  same  respectively. 

§  4.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  revoke  nor 
change  the  General  Rules  of  our  Church. 

§  5.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  deprive  our 
Ministers  of  the  right  of  trial  by  the  Annual  Confer- 
ence, or  by  a  select  number  thereof,  nor  of  an  ap- 
peal; nor  shall  it  deprive  our  members  of  the  right 
of  trial  by  a  committee  of  members  of  our  Church, 
nor  of  an  appeal. 

§  6.  The  General  Conference  shall  not  appropriate 
the  produce  of  the  Book  Concern,  nor  of  the  Char- 
tered Fund,  to  any  purpose  other  than  for  the 
benefit  of  the  Traveling,  Supernumerary,  and 
Superannuated  Preachers,  their  wives,  widows,  and 
children. 

43 


^  47     Organization  and  Government 


Article  XI.  Amendments 
H  47.  The  concurrent  recommendation  of  two 
thirds  of  all  the  Members  of  the  several  Annual  Con- 
ferences present  and  voting,  and  of  two  thirds  of  all 
the  members  of  the  Lay  Electoral  Conferences  pres- 
ent and  voting,  shall  suffice  to  authorize  the  next 
ensuing  General  Conference  by  a  two-thirds  vote  to 
alter  or  amend  any  of  the  provisions  of  this  Consti- 
tution excepting  Article  X,  §  1;  and  also,  whenever 
such  alteration  or  amendment  shall  have  been  first 
recommended  by  a  General  Conference  by  a  two- 
thirds  vote,  then  so  soon  as  two  thirds  of  all  the 
members  of  the  several  Annual  Conferences  present 
and  voting,  and  two  thirds  of  all  the  members  of  the 
Lay  Electoral  Conferences  present  and  voting,  shall 
have  concurred  therein,  such  alteration  or  amend- 
ment shall  take  effect;  and  the  result  of  the  vote 
shall  be  announced  by  the  General  Superintendents. 


.  44 


PART  n 
THE  CHURCH 


1.  HEHBERSHIP 
II.  SPECIAL  ADVICES 
m.  WORSHIP 


Membkksiiip 


CHAPTER  I 
MEMBERSHIP 


L  Admission  into  the  Cfiarch 


1[  48.  In  order  to  prevent  improper  persons  from 
gaining  admission  into  the  Church,  and  in  order  to 
exercise  the  power  of  godly  admonition  and  dis- 
cipline: 

§  1.  Let  great  care  be  taken  in  receiving  members, 
and  let  no  one  be  enrolled  as  a  probationer  unless  he 
gives  satisfactory  evidence  of  an  earnest  desire  to  be 
saved  from  his  sins,  and  to  enjoy  the  fellowship  of 
God's  people. 

§  2.  Let  the  Pastor  and  the  Class  Leaders  see  that 
all  who  seek  admission  are  made  acquainted  with  the 
doctrines,  rules,  and  regulations  of  the  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church.  Such  persons  are  expected  to  conform 
carefully  to  all  the  rules  and  usages  of  the  Church; 
they  are  entitled  to  all  its  spiritual  privileges  and 
aids;  but  they  may  not  be  members  of  the  Quarterly 
Conference,  nor  take  part  in  judicial  proceedings  ex- 
cept as  witnesses. 

§  3.  Let  no  one  be  admitted  into  full  member- 
ship in  the  Church  until  he  has  been  recommended 
by  the  OflBcial  Board  or  the  Leaders  and  Stewards' 
Meeting,  with  the  approval  of  the  Pastor;  has  been 
baptized,  and,  on  examination,  has  given  satisfac- 
tory assurances  both  of  the  correctness  of  his  faith 
and  of  his  willingness  to  observe  and  keep  the  rules 
47 


Membership 


of  the  Church,  when  he  may  be  admitted  in  accord- 
ance with  the  form  prescribed  in  H  463. 

§  4.  A  member  in  good  standing  in  any  Orthodox 
Evangelical  Church  who  desires  to  unite  with  us 
may,  on  giving  satisfactory  answers  to  the  usual 
inquiries,  be  received  into  membership. 

§  5.  Let  the  Pastor  and  the  Committee  on  Church 
Records  be  careful  to  see  that  the  names  of  all  per- 
sons received  into  the  Church  are  duly  recorded;  and 
the  Pastor  shall  report  at  each  Quarterly  Conference 
all  changes  that  have  occurred  in  the  membership 
during  the  quarter.    H  173,  §  30. 


II.  Baptized  Children  and  the  Charch 
f  49,  We  hold  that  all  children,  by  virtue  of  the 
unconditional  benefits  of  the  atonement,  are  members 
of  the  kingdom  of  God,  and  therefore  graciously 
entitled  to  Baptism;  but,  as  infant  Baptism  con- 
templates a  course  of  religious  instruction  and  dis- 
cipline, it  is  expected  of  all  parents  or  guardians 
who  present  their  children  for  Baptism  that  they 
will  use  all  diligence  in  bringing  them  up  in  con- 
formity to  the  Word  of  God;  and  they  should  be 
solemnly  admonished  of  this  obligation,  and  earnest- 
ly exhorted  to  faithfulness  therein. 

If  50.  We  regard  all  children  who  have  been  bap- 
tized as  placed  in  visible  covenant  relation  to  God, 
and  under  the  special  care  and  supervision  of  the 
Church. 

H  51.  The  Pastor  shall  make  an  accurate  register 
of  the  names  of  all  the  baptized  children  within  his 
48 


Memheesuip 


pastoral  care;  giving  the  dates  of  their  birth  and 
baptism,  the  names  of  their  parents,  and  the  places 
of  their  residence.  He  shall  give  a  certificate  of 
such  registration  to  tbe  parents  of  all  such  children 
removing  from  his  Charge,  which  certificate  shall 
transfer  the  relation  of  said  children  to  the  Charge 
to  which  they  are  removed. 

52.  The  Pastor  shall  organize  the  baptized  chil- 
dren of  the  Church,  when  they  shall  have  reached  the 
age  of  ten  years,  or  at  an  earlier  age  when  it  is 
deemed  advisable,  into  Classes,  and  appoint  suitable 
Leaders  (male  or  female),  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to 
meet  them  in  Class  once  a  week,  and  instruct  them 
in  the  nature,  design,  and  obligations  of  Baptism, 
and  in  the  truths  of  religion  necessary  to  make 
them  "wise  unto  salvation";  to  urge  them  to  give 
regular  attendance  upon  the  means  of  grace;  to 
advise,  exhort,  and  encourage  them  to  an  immediate 
consecration  of  their  hearts  and  lives  to  God,  and  to 
inquire  into  the  state  of  their  religious  experience; 
provided,  that  unbaptized  children  shall  not  be  ex- 
cluded from  these  Classes. 

T:  53.  Whenever  baptized  children  shall  under- 
stand the  obligations  of  religion,  and  shall  give  evi- 
dence of  piety,  they  may  be  admitted  into  member- 
ship of  the  Church,  on  the  recommendation  of  the 
Official  Board  or  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting, 
with  the  approval  of  the  Pastor,  after  publicly  assent- 
ing before  the  Church  to  the  Baptismal  Covenant, 
and  also  to  the  usual  questions  on  Doctrines  and 
Discipline.  ''463. 

!T  54.  Whenever  a  baptized  child  shall,  by  orphan- 
age   or    otherwise,    become    deprived   of  Christian 
guardianship,  the  Pastor  shall  ascertain  and  report 
49 


Membership 


the  facts  in  the  case  to  the  Official  Board  or  to  the 
Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting;  and  such  provision 
shall  be  made  for  the  Christian  training  of  the  child 
as  the  circumstances  of  the  case  admit  and  require. 


III.  Transfer  of  Membership  by  Certificate 

II  55,  §  1.  An  acceptable  member  of  the  Church  de- 
siring to  remove  his  membership  from  one  pastoral 
Charge  to  another  is  entitled  to  be  transferred  as 
follows:  The  Pastor,  or,  if  there  be  no  Pastor,  the 
District  Superintendent,  shall  send  to  the  Pastor  ol 
the  Charge  to  which  the  member  is  to  be  transferred  a 
Certificate  in  the  following  form: 

"This  is  to  certify  that  A.  B.,  who  holds  a  notice 

of  this  letter,  is  an  acceptable  Member  of  the  

Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in   ,  and 

having  requested  that  his  membership  be  transferred 

to  the    Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in 

 ,  is  affectionately  commended  to  the  fellow- 
ship of  said  Church.  When  the  Church  to  which  this 
Certificate  of  Transfer  is  issued  acknowledges  the  re- 
ceipt of  same  and  his  enrollment,  his  membership  in 
this  Church  shall  cease." 

§  2.  Notice  of  this  transfer  shall  be  given  to  the 
member  in  accordance  with  the  following  form: 

"At  your  request  I  have  this  day  sent  a  Certificate 

of  Transfer  of  your  membership  to  the   

Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in    When  said 

Certificate  is  acknowledged  and  your  name  is  recorded 
in  the  records  of  said  Church,  your  membership  in 
this  Church  unll  cease." 

§  3.  The  original  Certificate  shall  be  accompanied 
50 


Membekship 


by  a  blank  for  the  acknowledgment  of  the  same  in 
accordance  with  the  following  form: 

"The  Certificate  of  Transfer  of  the  meviiership  of 

A.  B.   from   the    Methodist  Episcopal 

Church  in    to  the    Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church  in                     is  hereby  acknowledged. 

  has  been  duly  received  as  a  Member 

of  this  Church  and  thereby  ceases  to  be  a  Member  of 
the  Church  which  issued  the  Certificate. 

  ,  Pastor." 

§  4.  A  complete  record  of  each  transfer  shall  be 
kept  on  the  stub  in  the  Certificate  book  in  the  fol- 
lowing form: 

Xame  of  member  requesting  transfer  

Charge  to  which  Certificate  is  issued  

Date  on  vshich  Certificate  is  issued  

Date  of  acknoicledgment  of  Certificate  and  actual 

transfer  of  membership  

Name  of  Pastor  or  District  Superintendent  issuing 

Certificate   

Name  of  Pastor  or  District  Superintendent  acknowl- 
edging Certificate  

§  5.  When  a  Pastor  shall  have  received  a  member 
on  said  Certificate,  he  shall  notify  the  Pastor  of  the 
Church  from  which  it  was  issued  in  the  blank  form 
which  accompanies  Certificate,  as  provided  in  §  3. 

§  6.  If  the  residence  of  a  member  who  has  removed 
cannot  be  ascertained  for  one  year,  the  words,  "Re- 
moved without  Certificate,"  shall  be  written  against 
his  name  in  the  Record  of  Church  Membership;  and 
such  name  shall  not  be  counted  in  the  returns  of 
statistics.  But  membership  in  the  Church  can  be 
terminated  only  by  the  withdrawal,  expulsion,  or 
death  of  the  member.  Any  member  of  our  Church 
51 


Membership 


having  united  with  another  Denomination  without 
a  Note  of  Recommendation  shall  be  recorded  as 
"Withdrawn." 

H  56,  §  1.  A  Certificate  of  Membership  may  not 
be  refused,  if  demanded  by  a  member  removing  his 
residence,  except  for  reasons  that  justify  and  require 
judicial  proceedings  against  such  member. 

§  2.  A  Certificate  of  Membership  shall  not  be  given 
unless  a  change  of  the  place  of  holding  member- 
ship is  actually  intended. 

§  3.  A  Pastor  may  give  a  Note  of  Recommenda- 
tion to  any  member  who  wishes  to  unite  with  any 
other  Evangelical  Denomination. 

§  4.  Whenever  a  Pastor  is  appointed  to  another 
Charge  he  may  complete  the  record  of  his  Pastorate 
by  entering  in  the  Church  Record  opposite  the 
names  of  the  members  of  his  family  wTio  are  Church 
members:    "Member  of  Pastor's  family,  transferred 

to  ";  and  enter  the  names  on  the  Record  of 

his  new  Charge  with  the  note:  "Member  of  Pastor's 
family,  transferred  from   "   

Tl  57.  When  any  member  in  good  standing  pro- 
poses to  withdraw  from  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  he  shall  communicate  his  purpose  in  writing 
to  the  Pastor  of  the  Church.  On  receiving  such  no- 
tice of  withdrawal,  the  Pastor  shall  enter  the  fact 
of  withdrawal  upon  the  Record  of  Church  Member- 
ship; and  such  withdrawal  cannot  be  retracted  ex- 
cept by  consent  of  the  Pastor  and  the  Quarterly 
Conference. 


rV.  Qasses  and  Qass  Meetings 
U  58.  The  design  of  the  organization  of  Classes 
and  the  appointment  of  Leaders  is: 
52 


Mkmbeeship 


§  1.  To  establish  a  system  of  pastoral  oversight 
that  shall  effectively  reach  every  member  of  the 
Church. 

§  2.  To  establish  and  keep  up  a  meeting  for  social 
and  religious  worship,  for  instruction,  encourage- 
ment, and  admonition,  that  shall  he  a  profitable 
means  of  grace  to  our  people. 

§  3.  To  aid,  when  desired,  in  carrying  out  the 
Financial  Plan  of  the  Church.    %  299. 

H  59,  §  1.  The  primary  object  of  distributing  the 
members  of  the  Church  into  Classes  is  to  secure  the 
subpastoral  oversight  made  necessary  by  our  itin- 
erant economy. 

§  2.  Let  the  Classes,  wherever  practicable,  be  com- 
posed of  not  more  than  twenty  persons,  and  let  the 
Leader  report  at  each  Quarterly  Conference  the  con- 
dition of  his  Class  as  follows: 

1.  Xumber  of  Members  in  the  Class. 

2.  Xumber  of  Probationers. 

3.  Average  attendance. 

4.  Number  habitually  absent. 

5.  Number  of  Class  Meetings  held. 

6.  Number  who  contribute  to  the  support  of  the 

Church. 

7.  Number  of  visits  made. 

8.  Number  of  heads  of  families  in  the  Clnss, 

and  how  many  of  them  observe  family 
worship. 

9.  Number  of  Church  papers  taken  by  Class 

members. 

10.  Miscellaneous  matters. 

§  3.    Let  each  Leader  be  careful  to  inquire  how 
every  member  of  his  Class  prospers;  not  only  how 
53 


1"  60  Membership 

each  person  outwardly  observes  the  Rules,  but  also 
how  he  grows  in  the  knowledge  and  love  of  God. 

§  4.  Let  the  Leaders  converse  with  their  Pastors 
frequently  and  freely. 

T[  60.  In  order  to  render  Class  Meetings  Interest- 
ing and  profitable,  let  the  Pastor  remove  improper 
Leaders  and  see  that  all  the  Leaders  are  of  sound 
judgment  and  truly  devoted  to  God. 

%  61.  In  the  arrangement  of  Class  Meetings  two 
or  more  Classes  may  meet  together  and  be  conducted 
according  to  such  plan  as  shall  be  agreed  upon  by 
the  Leaders  in  concurrence  with  the  Pastor. 

H  62.  Let  care  be  observed  that  Class  Meetings  do 
not  fall  into  formality  through  the  use  of  a  uniform 
method.  Let  speaking  be  voluntary  or  the  exercises 
conversational,  the  Leader  taking  such  measures 
as  may  best  assist  in  making  the  services  fresh, 
spiritual  and  of  permanent  religious  profit. 

H  63.  Let  the  Leaders  be  directed  to  such  a  course 
of  reading  and  study  as  shall  best  qualify  them  for 
their  work.  Especially  let  such  books  be  recom- 
mended as  will  tend  to  increase  their  knowledge  of 
the  Scriptures  and  make  them  familiar  with  those 
passages  best  adapted  to  Christian  education.  When- 
ever practicable  let  the  Pastors  examine  the  Leaders 
in  the  studies  recommended.    Appendix,  ^  70. 


54 


Special  Advices 


ments  in 
ng  and 

CHAPTER  II  "^t""" 
he 

SPECIAL  ADVICES 


I.  Slavery 


Tl  64.  We  declare  that  we  are  as  much  as  ever 
convinced  of  the  great  evil  of  Slavery.  We  believe 
that  the  buying,  selling,  or  holding  of  human  beings, 
to  be  used  as  chattels,  is  contrary  to  the  laws  of 
God  and  nature,  and  inconsistent  with  the  Golden 
Rule,  and  with  that  T'.ule  in  our  Discipline  which 
requires  all  who  desire  to  continue  among  us  to  "do 
no  harm,"  and  to  "avoid  evil  of  every  kind."  We 
therefore  affectionately  admonish  all  our  Ministers 
and  people  to  keep  themselves  pure  from  this  great 
evil,  and  to  seek  its  extirpation  by  all  lawful  and 
Christian  means.   


II.  Dress 

Tf  65.  Let  all  our  people  be  exhorted  to  conform 
to  the  spirit  of  the  apostolic  precept,  not  to  adorn 
themselves  "with  gold,  or  pearls,  or  costly  array" 
(1  Tim.  2.  9). 


III.  Marriage 

H  66,  §  1.  We  do  not  prohibit  our  people  from 
marrying  persons  who  are  not  of  our  Church,  pro- 
vided such  persons  have  the  form,  and  are  seeking 
the  power  of  godliness;  but  we  are  determined  to 
55 


Special  Advices 


each  persor  ^^^^^  marrying  persons  who  do  not  come 
how  he  f^'^  description.    Many  of  our  members  have 
g  ^    J   uiiawakenecl  persons.     This  has  produced 
effects;  they  have  been  either  hindered  for  life, 
1-  have  turned  baclv  to  perdition. 
§  2.  To  discourage  such  marriages,  1.  Let  every 
Minister  publicly  enforce  the  Apostle's  caution,  "Be 
ye  not  unequally  yoked  together  with  unbelievers" 
(2  Cor.  6.  14).    2.  Let  all  be  exhorted  to  take  no 
step  in  so  weighty  a  matter  without  advising  with 
the  more  serious  of  their  brethren. 

§  3.  In  general  a  woman  ought  not  to  marry  with- 
out the  consent  of  her  parents.  Yet  there  may  be 
exceptions.  For  if,  1.  A  woman  believes  it  to  be  her 
duty  to  marry;  if,  2.  Her  parents  absolutely  refuse 
to  let  her  marry  any  Christian;  then  she  may,  nay, 
ought  to  marry  without  their  consent.  Yet  even 
then  a  Methodist  Minister  ought  not  to  be  married 
to  her.  


IV.  Divorce 

^  67.  No  divorce,  except  for  adultery,  shall  be  re- 
garded by  the  Church  as  lawful;  and  no  Minister 
shall  solemnize  marriage  in  any  case  where  there  is 
a  divorced  wife  or  husband  living;  but  this  rule 
shall  not  be  applied  to  the  innocent  party  to  a 
divorce  for  the  cause  of  adultery,  nor  to  divorced 
parties  seeking  to  be  reunited  in  marriage. 


V.  Amusements 
If  68.  Improper  amusements  and  excessive  indul- 
gence in  innocent  amusements  are  serious  barriers 
to  the  beginning  of  the  religious  life  and  fruitful 
56 


Special  Advices  ,  ^  68 

causes  of  spiritual  decline.  Some  amusements  in 
common  use  are  also  positively  demoralizing  and 
furnish  the  first  easy  steps  to  the  total  loss  of  char- 
acter. We  therefore  look  with  deep  concern  on  the 
great  increase  of  amusements  and  on  the  general 
prevalence  of  harmful  amusements,  and  lift  up  a 
solemn  note  of  warning  and  entreaty  particularly 
against  theater-going,  dancing,  and  such  games  of 
chance  as  are  frequently  associated  with  gambling; 
all  of  which  have  been  found  to  be  antagonistic  to 
vital  piety,  promotive  of  worldliness,  and  especially 
pernicious  to  youth.  We  affectionately  admonish  all 
our  people  to  make  their  amusements  the  subject  of 
careful  thought  and  frequent  prayer,  to  study  the 
subject  of  amusements  in  the  light  of  their  tenden- 
cies, and  to  be  scrupulously  careful  in  this  matter  to 
set  no  injurious  example.  We  adjure  them  to  re- 
member that  the  question  for  a  Christian  must  often 
be,  not  whether  a  certain  course  of  action  is  posi- 
tively immoral,  but  whether  it  will  dull  the  spirit- 
ual life  and  be  an  unwise  example.  We  enjoin  on 
all  our  Bishops,  District  Superintendents  and  Pastors 
to  call  attention  to  this  subject  with  solemn  urgency 
in  our  Annual  and  Quarterly  Conferences  and  in  all 
our  pulpits;  and  on  our  Editors,  Sunday  school 
Officers,  Epworth  League  Officers  and  Class  Leaders, 
to  aid  in  abating  the  evils  we  deplore.  We  deem 
it  our  bounden  duty  to  summon,  the  whole  Church 
to  apply  a  thoughtful  and  instructed  conscience  to 
the  choice  of  amusements,  and  not  to  leave  them  to 
accident,  or  taste,  or  passion;  and  we  affectionately 
advise  and  beseech  every  member  of  the  Church 
absolutely  to  avoid  "the  taking  such  diversions  as 
cannot  be  used  in  the  name  of  the  Lord  Jesus." 
57 


1'  69  Special  Advices 

VI.  Temperance. 
TI  69.  Temperance,  in  its  broader  meaning,  is  dis- 
tinctively a  CTiristian  virtue,  enjoined  in  the  Holy- 
Scriptures.  It  implies  a  subordination  of  all  the 
emotions,  passions  and  appetites  to  the  control  of 
reason  and  conscience.  Dietetically,  it  means  a  wise 
use  of  suitable  articles  of  food  and  drink,  with  en- 
tire abstinence  from  such  as  are  known  to  be  hurt- 
ful. Both  science  and  human  experience  agree  with 
the  Holy  Scriptures  in  condemning  all  alcoholic  bev- 
erages as  being  neither  useful  nor  safe.  The  busi- 
ness of  manufacturing  and  of  vending  such  liquors 
is  also  against  the  principles  of  morality,  political 
economy  and  the  public  welfare.  We  therefore  re- 
gard voluntary  total  abstinence  from  all  intoxicants 
as  the  true  ground  of  personal  temperance  and  com- 
plete legal  prohibition  of  the  traffic  in  alcoholic 
drinks  as  the  duty  of  civil  government.  We  heart- 
ily approve  of  all  lawful  and  Christian  efforts  to 
save  society  from  the  manifold  and  grievous  evils 
resulting  from  intemperance,  and  earnestly  advise 
our  people  to  cooperate  in  all  measures  which  may 
seem  to  them  wisely  adapted  to  secure  that  end.  We 
refer  to  our  General  Rule  on  this  subject  (H  30), 
and  affectionately  urge  its  strict  observance  by  all 
our  members.  Finally,  we  are  fully  persuaded  that, 
under  God,  hope  for  the  ultimate  success  of  the  Tem- 
perance Reform  rests  chiefly  upon  the  combined  and 
sanctified  influence  of  the  Family,  the  Church,  and 
the  State.  

VII.  Tithing 

H  70.  We  believe  that  the  evangelization  of  man- 
kind can  best  be  accomplished  by  an  adequate  sup- 
58 


"Worship 


port  of  all  the  agencies  used  by  the  Church,  and  that 
t(f  this  end  the  scriptural  doctrine  of  systematic 
giving  should  be  taught  in  our  pulpits  and  practiced 
by  our  ministers  and  members. 


CHAPTER  III 
WORSHIP 

L  Order  of  Public  "Worship 


1  71,  §  1.  Let  all  our  services  begin  exactly  at  the 
time  appointed,  and  let  all  our  people  kneel  in  silent 
prayer  on  entering  the  sanctuary. 

I.  [VoLUXTARv.  instrumental  or  vocal.]' 

II.  SixGi.NG  from  the  Methodist  Hymnal,  the 
People  standing. 

III.  [The  Apostles'  Creed,  recited  by  all,  stand- 
ing. 

I  believe  in  God  the  Father  Almighty,  Maker  of  heaven 
and  earth : 

And  in  Jesus  Christ  his  only  Son  our  Lord ;  who 
was  conceived  by  the  Holy  Gho-^st,  bom  of  the  Virgin 
Mary,  suffered  under  Pontius  Pilate,  was  crucified,  dead, 
and  buried ;  the  third  day  he  rose  from  the  dead ;  he 
ascended  into  heaven,  and  sitteth  at  the  right  hand  of 
God  the  Father  Almighty  ;  from  thence  he  shall  come  to 
judge  the  quick  and  the  dead. 

I  believe  in  the  Holy  Ghost:  the  holy  catholic  Church — 
the  communion  of  saints ;  the  forgiveness  of  sins ;  the 
resurrection  of  the  body;  and  the  life  everlasting. 
Amen.] 


1  Parts  inclosed  in  brackets  may  be  used  or  omitted. 

59 


Worship 


IV.  Prayer,  concluding  with  the  Lord's  Prayer, 
repeated  audibly  by  all,  both  Minister  and  Peoyle 
kneeling.^  • 

V.  [Anthem,  or  Voluntary.] 

VI.  Lesson  from  the  Old  Testajient,  which  may 
be  read  responsively,  the  People  standing.- 

VII.  [The  Gloria  Patri. 

Glory  be  to  the  Father,  and  to  the  Son,  and  to  the 
Holy  Ghost,  as  it  was  in  the  beginning,  is  uow,  and 
ever  shall  be,  world  witliout  end.  Amen.] 

VIII.  Lesson  from  the  New  Testament. 

IX.  Notices,  followed  by  Collection;  during  or 
after  which  an  Offertory  may  be  rendered. 

X.  Singing  from  the  Methodist  Hymnal,  the 
People  standing. 

XI.  The  Sermon. 

XII.  Prayer,  the  People  kneeling.^ 

XIII.  Singing  from  the  Methodist  Hymnal,  the 
People  standing.'' 

XIV.  DoxoLOGY  and  the  Apostolic  Benediction. 
(2  Cor.  13.  14.) 

§  2.  At  the  service  during  which  the  Sacraments 
are  administered  any  of  the  items  of  the  preceding 
order  may  be  omitted  except  singing,  prayer  and  the 
apostolic  benediction. 

§  3.  In  administering  the  Sacraments,  and  in  the 
Burial  of  the  Dead,  let  our  form  of  Ritual  invariably 
be  used. 


'Let  all  our  people  be  exhorted  to  kneel  in  prayer,  keeping  their  faces 
toward  the  minister. 

21n  the  afternoon  or  evening  the  Lesson  from  the  Old  Testament  may 
be  omitted. 

sThe  order  of  prayer  and  singing  after  sermon  may  be  reversed. 
*An  Invitation  to  come  to  Christ,  or  to  unite  with  the  Church,  should 
be  given  when  this  hymn  Is  announced. 

60 


WoRSHir 


§  4.  Let  th6  people  be  earnestly  exhorted  to  take 
part  in  the  public  worship  of  God:  first,  by  singing; 
secondly,  by  prayer,  in  the  scriptural  attitude  of 
kneeling,  and  by  the  repetition  of  the  Lord's  Prayer. 

§  5.  Let  the  Society  be  met,  wherever  it  is  practi- 
cable, on  the  Sabbath  day. 


II.  The  Spirit  and  Truth  of  Singing 
1  72.  To  guard  against  formality  in  singing, 
§  1.  Choose  such  hymns  as  are  proper  for  the 
occasion,  and  do  not  sing  too  much  at  once;  seldom 
more  than  four  or  five  stanzas. 

§  2:  Let  the  tune  be  suited  to  the  sentiment,  and 
do  not  suffer  the  people  to  sing  too  slowly. 

§  3.  In  every  Congregation  let  due  attention  be 
given  to  the  cultivation  of  sacred  music. 

§  4.  Should  the  Pastor  desire  it,  let  the  Quarterly 
Conference  appoint  annually  a  Committee  of  three 
or  more  of  which  the  Pastor  shall  be  chairman, 
which,  cooperating  with  him,  shall  regulate  all 
matters  relating  to  this  part  of  divine  worship.  The 
action  of  said  Committee  shall  be  in  every  respect 
subject  to  the  control  of  the  Quarterly  Conference. 
T  100,  §  10. 

§  5.  As  singing  is  a  part  of  divine  worship  in 
which  all  ought  to  unite,  therefore  exhort  every 
person  in  the  Congregation  to  sing. 


61 


PART  in 
CONFERENCES 


I.  THE  GENERAL  CONFERENCE 

II.  ANNUAL  CONFERENCES 

III.  LAY  ELECTORAL  CONFERENCES 
rV.  CENTRAL  MISSION  CONFERENCES 

V.  MISSION  CONFERENCES 

VI.  DISTRICT  CONFERENCES 
VIL  QUARTERLY  CONFERENCES 
VIIL  OFFICIAL  BOARD 

IX.  LEADERS  AND  STEWARDS'  MEETING 


Annlai,  Confeeexces  ^  75 


CHAPTER  I 
THE  GENERAL  CONFERENCE 

The  Composition,  Organization.  Powers,  and  Restrictions  of  the  Gen- 
eral Conference  are  set  forth  In  the  Constitution  of  the  Chnrch,  Division 
ill,  pages  37-ti. 


CHAPTER  II 
ANNUAL  CONFERENCES 

L  Number  and  Organi2ation 


^  73,  §  1.  There  are  now  one  hundred  and  thirty- 
two  Annual  Conferences,  and  these  shall  severally  be- 
come bodies  corporate,  wherever  practicable,  under 
the  authority  of  the  laws  of  the  States  and  Territories 
•within  whose  bounds  they  are  located. 

§  2.  For  the  purpose  of  representation  on  the  Book 
Committee  and  on  the  General  Committees  and  Boards 
the  Annual  Conferences  shall  be  grouped  into  as  many 
General  Conference  Districts  as  the  General  Con- 
ference may  from  time  to  time  determine.  Appendix, 
page  441. 

•"74.  All  Members  of  an  Annual  Conference  and 
those  on  Trial  therein  shall  attend  its  sessions. 

75.  The  Bishops  shall  appoint  the  times  for  hold- 
ing the  Annual  Conferences;  but  they  shall  allow 
each  Annual  Conference  to  sit  one  week  at  least. 
65 


^  76  Annual  Conferences 

H  76.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  appoint  the 
place  of  its  own  session;  but  should  it  become  neces- 
sary, from  any  unforeseen  cause,  to  change  the  place 
of  its  session  after  it  has  been  fixed  by  the  Confer- 
ence, the  Pastor  or  Pastors  in  the  place  where  the 
Conference  was  appointed  to  be  held,  and  the  District 
Superintendent,  shall  have  power  to  make  such 
change.  But  this  authority  shall  not  be  exercised 
without  first  consulting  the  other  District  Superin- 
tendents of  the  Conference  so  far  as  practicable. 

H  77.  A  Bishop  shall  preside  in  the  Annual  Con- 
ference. In  case  no  Bishop  is  present,  a  member  of 
the  Conference,  appointed  by  the  Bishop,  shall  pre- 
side. But  if  no  appointment  is  made,  or  the  person 
appointed  does  not  attend,  the  Conference  shall  elect 
by  ballot,  without  debate,  a  President  from  among 
the  Elders. 

If  78.  A  record  of  the  proceedings  of  each  Annual 
Conference  shall  be  kept  by  a  Secretary  chosen  for 
the  purpose,  and  shall  be  signed  by  the  President 
and  Secretary;  and  a  copy  of  said  record  shall  be 
sent  to  the  General  Conference.  Journals  not  thus 
attested  cannot  be  approved  by  the  General  Con- 
ference. 


11.  Order  of  Business 

If  79.  The  business  of  the  Annual  Conference,  is  to 
inquire: 

1.  Is  this  Annual  Conference  Incorporated  accord- 
ing to  the  requirement  of  tlie  Discipline? 

2.  Who  have  been  Received  by  Transfer,  and  from 
what  Conferences? 

66 


Annual  Conferences 


3.  Who  have  been  Readmitted? 

Note— Here  enter  also  date  of  Location  and  the  Conference  which 
granted  It. 

4.  Who  have  been  Received  on  Credentials,  and 
from  what  Churches? 

5.  Who  have  been  Received  on  Trial? 

(a)  In  studies  of  First  Year. 

(&)  In  studies  of  Third  Year.    •[  167,  §  2. 

6.  Who  have  been  Continued  on  Trial? 

(a)  In  studies  of  First  Year. 
(&)  In  studies  of  Second  Year. 

(c)  In  studies  of  Third  Year. 

(d)  In  studies  of  Fourth  Year. 

7.  Who  have  been  Discontinued? 

8.  Who  have  been  Admitted  into  Full  Membership? 

(a)  Elected  and  ordained  Deacons  this  year. 

(b)  Elected    and    ordained    Deacons  pre- 

viously. 

9.  What  Members  are  in  studies  of  Third  Year? 

(a)  Admitted    into    Full    Membership  this 
year. 

(&)  Admitted    into    Full    Membership  pre- 
viously. 

10.  What  Members  are  in  studies  of  Fourth  Year? 

11.  What  Members  have  completed  the  Conference 
Course  of  Study? 

(a)  Elected  and  ordained  Elders  this  year. 
(6)  Elected  and  ordained  Elders  previously. 

12.  What  others  have  been  elected  and  ordained 
Deacons? 

(a)  As  Local  Preachers.    H  167,  §  1. 
(&)  Under  Missionary  Rule.   ^  167,  §  4. 

(c)  Under  Seminary  Rule.   H  167,  §  2. 
67 


^79  Anxual  Conferences 

13.  What  others  have  been  elected  and  ordained 
Elders? 

(a)  As  Local  Deacons.    1  170,   §  1. 
(&)  Under  Missionary  Rule.   1  170,  §  4. 
(c)  Under  Seminary  Rule.   %  170,  §  3. 

14.  Was  the  character  of  each  Preacher  examined? 

15.  Who  have  been  Transferred,  and  to  what  Con- 
ferences? 

16.  Who  have  Died? 

17.  Who  have  been  Located  at  their  own  request? 

18.  Who  have  been  Located? 

19.  Who  have  Withdrawn? 

20.  Who  have  been  permitted  to  Withdraw  under 
Charges  or  Complaints? 

21.  Who  have  been  Expelled? 

22.  What  other  Personal  Notation  should  be  made? 

NOTB.— Here  enter  with  adequate  statement  of  tacts,  the  names  of 
I.  Those  whose  Orders  have  been  recognized  without  admission  to  the 
Annual  Conference.  II.  Those  whose  Credentials  have  been  restored. 
III.  Those  formerly  expelled,  but  now  restored  by  the  action  ot  a 
Judicial  or  General  Conference. 

23.  Who  are  the  Supernumerary  Preachers? 

24.  Who  are  the  Superannuated  Preachers? 

25.  Who  are  the  Triers  of  Appeals? 

26.  What  is  the  Statistical  Report  for  this  year? 
Note.— For  Form  of  Statistical  Report,  see  T  86. 

27.  What  is  the  aggregate  of  the  Benevolent  Col- 
lections ordered  by  the  General  Conference,  as  re- 
ported by  the  Conference  Treasurer? 

28.  What  are  the  claims  on  the  Conference  Fund? 

29.  What  has  been  received  on  these  claims,  and 
how  has  It  been  applied? 

30.  What  is  the  amount  of  the  five  per  cent  of  col- 
lections for  the  Conference  Claimants'  Connectional 


Annual  Conferences 


^  82 


Fund  paid  by  the  Treasurer  to  the  Board  of  Confer- 
ence Claimants? 

31.  Where  are  the  Preachers  stationed? 

32.  Where  shall  the  next  Conference  be  held? 


III.  Powers  and  Duties 

1  80.  An  Annual  Conference  has  power  to  hear  a 
complaint  against  its  members,  and  may  try,  re- 
prove, suspend,  deprive  of  Ministerial  Office  and  Cre- 
dentials, expel  or  acquit  any  of  them  against  whom 
charges  may  be  preferred.   "  *;  232-247. 

^  81.  The  Election  and,  so  far  as  it  is  practicable, 
the  Ordination  of  Elders  and  Deacons  should  be  done 
at  the  Annual  Conference.  165-172. 

82.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  appoint  an- 
nually, for  each  of  its  Districts,  a  Board  of  Church 
Location  and  Erection,  which  shall  consist  of  the 
District  Superintendent,  who  shall  be  Chairman,  and 
not  less  than  two  nor  more  than  five  Ministers,  and 
an  equal  number  of  Laymen.  The  duty  of  said 
Board  shall  be  to  prevent,  as  far  as  possible,  the 
selection  of  improper  sites,  and  to  consider  and  de- 
termine all  questions  relating  to  the  selection  of  new 
church  locations  which  may  be  referred  to  it  by  the 
District  Superintendent  or  by  the  vote  of  any  Quar- 
terly Conference.  The  decision  of  said  Board  shall 
be  final,  unless  overruled  by  the  Annual  Conference. 
It  shall  also  be  made  the  duty  of  this  Board,  when 
requested  by  the  District  Superintendent  or  the 
Quarterly  Conference  of  the  Church  undertaking  the 
erection  of  a  new  edifice  or  the  considerable  remodel- 
ing of  an  existing  one,  to  review  carefully  the  neces- 
sities and  conditions  of  the  case,  as  well  as  the 
69 


^  83  Annual  Conferences 

subscriptions  and  other  assets  toward  the  new  enter- 
prise, together  with  the  plans  and  specifications,  with 
a  view  of  determining  whether  the  same  is  feasible 
or  not.  The  Board  shall  report  its  conclusions  to  the 
District  Superintendent  and  Quarterly  Conference. 
Its  decision  in  such  instance  shall  be  considered  ad- 
visory. 

H  83.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  carefully  meet 
the  obligations  laid  upon  it  in  connection  with  all 
our  benevolent  causes. 

"If  84.  In  eacli  Annual  Conference,  the  Bishop  pre- 
siding shall  inquire  whether  the  disciplinary  plan  for 
the  support  of  our  benevolent  causes  is  carried  out 
In  every  District  and  Pastoral  Charge;  and  of  each 
District  Superintendent,  whether  he  has  urged  in  the 
Quarterly  Conference  the  collection  in  full  for  all  the 
benevolent  causes. 


rV.  Statistics 

IT  85.  That  the  Statistics  may  be  accurately  re- 
ported and  the  Benevolent  Collections  duly  accounted 
for,  let  the  following  rules  be  observed: 

§  1.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  appoint  a  Stat- 
istician and  a  Conference  Treasurer,  whose  names 
and  addresses  shall  be  printed  in  the  General  Minutes 
at  the  head  of  its  Statistical  Tables. 

§  2.  On  the  first  day  of  the  Conference  session, 
each  Pastor  shall  present  his  Statistical  and  Finan- 
cial Reports  correctly  and  plainly  written,  all  collec- 
tions and  other  moneys  being  reported  in  dollars 
only,  without  fractions  thereof. 

§  3.  In  connection  with  his  report  of  the  amount 
collected  for  each  of  our  benevolent  causes,  the  Pas- 
70 


Annual  Confkeences  T  85 

tor  shall  deliver  to  the  Conference  Treasurer  either 
the  money  thus  raised  or  a  satisfactory  voucher  for 
the  same;  and  the  credit  given  to  his  Charge  shall 
exactly  correspond  with  the  money  and  vouchers 
thus  delivered. 

§  4.  At  the  opening  of  the  second  day's  session  the 
Bishop  presiding  shall  call  upon  the  Statistician  and 
the  Conference  Treasurer  respectively  to  read  the 
names  of  all  Charges  from  which  reports  have  not 
been  received,  or  from  which  incorrect  or  defective 
reports  have  been  made.  This  call  shall  be  made 
at  the  beginning  of  each  day's  session  until  correct 
reports  have  been  received  from  every  Charge. 

§  5.  In  case  any  Charge  fails  to  make  a  report  the 
Statistician  shall  fill  up  the  blanks  from  the  report 
of  the  preceding  year,  omitting  the  collections  for 
benevolent  causes;  and  he  shall  indicate  such  filling 
up  by  putting  the  figures  in  brackets. 

§  6.  When  the  name  of  a  Charge  has  been  changed 
the  Statistician  shall  cause  the  former  name  to  be 
printed  in  a  parenthesis  under  the  present  one. 

§  7.  The  Statistician  and  the  Conference  Treasurer 
shall  compare  the  reports  of  collections  made  for 
the  Statistical  Tables  with  the  accounts  of  money 
and  vouchers  received  by  the  Treasurer,  so  that  dis- 
crepancies, if  any  shall  be  found,  may  be  corrected 
before  publication. 

§  8.  The  Conference  Treasurer  shall  receive  and 
account  for  such  other  moneys,  additional  to  the 
regular  benevolent  collections,  as  the  Conference  may 
direct;  and  a  Committee  appointed  by  the  Confer- 
ence shall  audit  his  accounts. 

§  9.  When  the  provisions  of  §  3  shall  have  been 
complied  with  the  Conference  Treasurer  shall  return 
71 


^  86  Annual  Conferences 


the  "Financial  Report"  to  the  Pastor  with  the  word 
"'Credited"  either  written  or  stanaped  over  the  Treas- 
urer's signature  as  a  voucher  for  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ference of  the  contributing  Charge. 

§  10.  The  Publishing  Agents  shall  provide,  1.  Sta- 
tistical Blanks  for  the  Pastor  and  the  Statistician; 
2.  Blank  "Financial  Report"  for  each  Pastor,  with 
suitable  "Envelopes"  also  printed  in  blank;  3.  Blanks 
for  the  Treasurer's  Accounts. 

H  86.  The  Statistical  Report  to  the  Conference 
shall  be  in  the  following  form: 

Note  1.— Statistics  Nos.  I  and  IV  and  a  summary  ot  No.  Ill  must  be 
published  In  the  General  Minutes. 

Note  2.— The  several  Annual  Conferences  are  required  invariably  to 
publish  Statistics  Nos.  I,  III,  and  IV  in  their  own  Minutes.  The  publica- 
lon  of  Statistics  No.  II  Is  optional  with  the  respective  Conferences. 

Note  3.— The  Statisticians  of  Conferences  and  Missions,  as  soon 
as  practicable  after  the  Annual  Meeting,  shall  forward  Statistics 
Nos.  I,  III,  and  IV  to  the  Publishing  Agents  at  New  York,  and  No.  II  to 
the  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  Board  ot  Sunday  Schoolsat  Chicago. 


§  I.  Statistics  No.  I. — Qiurch  Membership,  etc 

CHURCH  MEMBERSHIP 

Number  of  Probationers. 
Numbers  of  Full  Members. 
Number  of  Local  Preachers, 
Number  of  Deaths. 

BAPTISMS 

Number  of  Children. 
Number  of  Adults. 

72 


Annual  Conferknces  ^  86 


SUNDAY  SCHOOLS 

Number  of  Schools. 

Number  of  Officers  and  Teachers. 

Number  of  Scholars. 

EPWOETH  LEAGUES 

Number  of  Senior  Chapters. 
Number  of  Members. 
Number  of  Junior  Chapters. 
Number  of  Members. 

CHURCH  PROPERTY 

Number  of  Churches. 
Probable  Value. 
Number  of  Parsonages. 
Probable  Value. 

Amount  paid  on  Buildings  and  Improvements, 
Amount  paid  on  old  Indebtedness. 
Present  Indebtedness. 


§  2.  Statistics  No.  IL — Sunday  Schools 
Number  of  Schools. 
Number  of  Officers  and  Teachers. 
Number  of  Scholars  of  all  grades  in  the  Sunday 
Schools. 

Average  Attendance  of  all  grades  in  the  Sutiday 
Schools. 

Number  of  members  in  the  Home  Department. 
Number  of  Children  on  the  Cradle  Roll. 
Total  Enrollment  in  all  Departments. 
Number  of  Officers  and  Teachers  who  are  Church 
Members  or  Probationers. 
Number  of  Scholars  (whether  attendants  or  mem- 
73 


^  86  AxStUAL  CONFIiEENCES 


bers  in  the  Home  Department)  who  are  Church  Mem- 
bers or  Probationers. 

Number  of  Members  of  the  Sunday  School  con- 
verted during  the  year. 

Current  expenses:  Lesson  Leaves,  Books,  etc. 


§  3.  Statistics  No.  III. — Chorch  Expenses 

Note  1.— The  General  Conference  has  ordered  that  in  reporting  the 
amount  raised  in  each  Pastoral  Charge  for  "  Jlinisterlal  Support "  the 
amount  reported  shall  include  the  several  sums  raised  for  the  support  of 
the  Pastor,  for  the  support  of  the  Conference  Claimants,  for  the  support 
of  the  District  Superintendent,  and  for  the  support  of  the  Bishopsj  and 
shall  also  include  rent  paid  for  a  House  for  the  Pastor;  and  in  case  the 
Pastor  occupies  a  Parsonage,  then  it  shall  include,  instead  of  rent  paid, 
a  sum  equal  to  a  fair  rental  value  of  the  said  Parsonage.  Missionary 
appropriations  are  not  to  be  included. 

Note  2.— Any  Conference  desiring  to  do  so  may  use  separate  colunms 
in  Statistics  No.  Ill  for  House  Rent  and  Traveling  Expenses. 

SUPPORT   OF  PASTOE 

Claims: 

Salary. 

House  Rent. 
Total. 
Receipts: 

Salary. 

■  House  Rent. 

Total. 

■  '  '  Deficiencies. 

STJPPORT  OF  CONFERENCE  CLAIMANTS 

Amount  Apportioned. 
Amount  Paid. 

SUPPORT  OF  DISTRICT  SUPERINTENDENTS 

Amount  Apportioned. 
Amount  Paid. 

74 


Annual  Coxferexces 


SUPPORT  OF  BISHOPS 

Amount  Apportioned. 
Amount  Paid. 

Total  Support  Paid  as  above. 

CURRENT  EXPENSES 

Church: 

Sexton,  Fuel,  Light,  etc. 
Sunday  Schools: 

Lesson  Leaves,  Books,  etc. 
Total. 


§  4.  Sutistics  No.  rV.— Benevolent  Collections 

Board  of  Foreign  Missions: 

a.  Church. 

b.  Sunday  Schools. 

c.  Special  Gifts. 

Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension: 

a.  Church. 

6.  Sunday  Schools. 

c.  Special  Gifts. 
Board  of  Education: 

o.  Church — General  Education. 

6.  Sunday  Schools. 

c.  Children's  Fund. 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools: 

a.  Church. 

h.  Sunday  Schools. 
Board  of  Conference  Claimants: 

Connectional  Fund. 

Permanent  Fund. 
Freedmen's  Aid  Society. 
American  Bible  Society. 
Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society. 

75 


T"  87       Lay  Electoral  Conferences 

Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society: 

a.  Cash. 

b.  Supplies. 

Total  Disciplinary  Collections. 
Other  Benevolent  Collections. 

Local  Educational  Interests. 

Total  Benevolent  Collections. 
General  Conference  Expenses.  • 
Central  Office  Expenses  of  Epworth  League. 

Final  Total. 

Note.— Applications  for  blanks  are  to  be  made  to  the  Methodist  Book 
Concern,  New  York,  by  the  Secretary  of  each  Conference,  for  distribution 
among  the  Pastors.  Orders  for  the  Spring  Conferences  should  be  made 
by  October  1,  and  will  then  be  filled  by  December  1.  Orders  for  the  Fall 
Conferences  should  be  made  by  March  1,  and  will  then  be  filled  by  June  1. 
Applications  must  state  the  name  of  Conference,  number  of  Districts, 
number  of  Charges,  and  how  many  of  tlie  Districts  have  over  fifty 
Charges. 

CHAPTER  III 
•    LAY  ELECTORAL  CONFERENCES 

The  Composition,  Organization,  and  Powers  of  the  Lay  Electoral  Con- 
ference are  set  forth  in  the  Constitution  of  tlie  Church,  Division  IIL 
Chapter  J  I,  Article  in,  pages  37-44. 


I.  Election  of  Delegates 


If  87,  §  1.  The  first  or  third  Quarterly  Conference 
of  each  Charge  for  the  Conference  year  within  which 
a  Lay  Electoral  Conference  is  to  be  convened  shall  ap- 
point one  Judge  of  Election  and  two  Tellers,  who 
shall  constitute  the  Election  Board  of  the  Charge; 
provided  the  said  Charge  be  composed  of  but  one 
Church.  The  Election  Board  shall  fix  the  time  and 
place  for  the  holding  of  an  election  for  one  Lay  Dele- 
76 


Lay  Electoral  Conferences      ^  87 


gate  to  the  Lay  Electoral  Conference  and  one  Re- 
serve Lay  Delegate  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  Division  III  of  the  Constitution  of  the  Church. 

§  2.  It  shall  see  that  suitable  public  notice  of  the 
time  and  place  of  the  election  shall  be  given,  public 
announcement  of  the  same  being  made  at  two  regular 
preaching  services  at  least,  on  different  days,  within 
six  weeks  immediately  preceding  the  election.  It 
shall  take  charge  of  the  election,  receive  and  count 
the  ballots,  and  certify  the  whole  number  of  votes 
cast  and  for  whom  cast  to  the  fourth  Quarterly  Con- 
ference, which  shall  declare  the  result  and  give  to  the 
person  receiving  the  highest  number  of  votes  for  each 
place  a  certificate  of  election,  which  shall  be  signed 
by  the  District  Superintendent  and  the  Secretary  of 
the  Quarterly  Conference. 

§  3.  In  every  Charge  which  consists  of  more  than 
one  Church  or  Society  the  Quarterly  Conference  shall 
appoint  a  Judge  of  Election  and  two  Tellers  for  each 
of  such  Churches  or  Societies,  and  each  of  such 
Boards  shall  proceed  as  is  above  provided  for  the 
Election  Board  of  a  single  Church.  The  Quarterly 
Conference  shall  proceed  in  the  same  manner  as  is 
above  provided  for  Charges  having  but  one  Church  or 
Society. 

§  4.  The  Secretary  of  the  fourth  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence shall  certify  the  result  of  the  ballot  without  delay 
to  the  Secretary  of  the  preceding  Lay  Electoral  Con- 
ference or  to  any  other  person  designated  by  said 
Conference  to  prepare  the  roll  of  the  ensuing  Lay 
Electoral  Conference.  Said  certificate  shall  contain 
the  names  of  the  Lay  Delegate  and  of  the  Reserve 
Lay  Delegate  elected,  the  post  office  of  each  and  the 
name  of  the  Pastoral  Charge. 

77 


*l  88     Central  Mission  Conferences 


II.  Laymen's  Associations 
If  88.  There  may  be  assembled  at  the  seat  of  the 
Annual  Conference  a  Laymen's  Association  organized 
within  the  bounds  of  the  Conference,  composed  of 
Delegates  selected  from  the  Charges  in  such  manner 
as  the  Laymen's  Association  may  determine.  The  pur- 
pose of  such  Association  shall  be  to  advance  the  local 
and  Conference  interests  of  the  Church  and  to  enlist 
all  laymen  in  the  general  activities  of  the  denom- 
ination. 


CHAPTER  IV 
CENTRAL  MISSION  CONFERENCES 

If  89.  When  in  any  of  our  foreign  Mission  fields 
there  is  more  than  one  Annual  Conference  or  Mis- 
sion, it  shall  be  lawful,  by  order  of  the  General  Con- 
ference, to  organize  a  Central  Conference,  to  be 
composed  either  of  all  the  Members  of  those  Annual 
Conferences  or  Missions,  or  of  Delegates  from  the 
same,  elected  according  to  such  ratio  as  may  be 
agreed  upon  between  the  constituent  parties,  who 
may  also  provide  for  the  admission  of  Laymen  to 
such  Conference,  the  number  of  Lay  Delegates  not 
to  exceed  that  of  the  Clerical  Delegates. 

§  1.  The  first  meeting  of  the  Central  Conference 
shall  be  called  by  the  Bishop  in  charge,  at  such  time 
and  place  as  he  may  select,  to  which  all  the  Members 
of  the  Conferences  and  Missions  concerned  shall  be 
invited,  and  at  which  a  ratio  of  representation  shall 
be  fixed  by  the  Conference.  The  time  and  place  of 
future  meetings  shall  be  determined  by  the  Confer- 
78 


Central  Mission  Conferences      H  89 


ence;  provided,  that  it  shall  meet  at  least  once  in 
four  years. 

§  2.  A  Bishop,  if  present,  shall  preside  over  the 
Conference;  but  in  his  absence  the  Conference  shall 
elect  a  President  from  among  its  own  Members. 

§  3.  This  Conference  may  take  under  its  super- 
vision the  educational,  publishing,  and  such  other 
connectional  interests  and  work  as  may  be  committed 
to  it  by  the  Annual  Conferences  and  Missions;  but 
never  in  contravention  of  the  Book  of  Discipline,  or 
the  orders  of  the  General  Conference;  and  it  shall 
have  no  authority  to  involve  the  Missionary  Society 
in  any  financial  responsibility,  nor  to  hold  or  control 
the  property  of  the  Society  without  the  official  per- 
mission of  said  Society. 

§  4.  In  the  Central  Conference  the  right  shall  be 
reserved  to  vote  by  Conferences  or  Missions  when- 
ever the  Delegations  from  one  third  of  the  several 
Conferences  or  Missions  represented  shall  so  demand. 
In  such  cases  the  concurrent  vote  of  the  Delegations 
from  two  thirds  of  all  the  Conferences  and  Missions 
present  and  voting  shall  be  necessary  to  complete  an 
action. 

§  5.  A  Central  Conference  may  fix  the  boundaries 
of  the  Annual  Conferences  within  its  bounds,  pro- 
posals for  changes  being  first  submitted  to  the  An- 
nual Conferences  concerned  as  prescribed  in  1^  450- 
452;  provided,  however,  that  the  number  of  Annual 
Conferences  which  may  be  organized  within  the 
bounds  of  a  Central  Conference  shall  first  have  been 
determined  by  the  General  Conference;  and  provided, 
further,  that  no  Conference  shall  be  organized  with 
less  than  twenty-five  Members. 

§  6.  When  a  Central  Conference  has  been  duly  or- 
79 


^  90  Mission  Conferences 

ganized  the  organization  shall  not  be  discontinued 
except  by  order  or  consent  of  the  General  Conference. 

§  7.  The  Journal  of  the  proceedings  of  a  Cen- 
tral Conference,  duly  signed  by  the  President  and 
Secretary,  shall  be  sent  to  the  General  Conference  for 
Its  consideration. 

§  8.  The  Central  Conference  of  Southern  Asia  is 
authorized  to  fix  the  residences  of  the  Missionary 
Bishops  for  Southern  Asia. 


CHAPTER  V 
MISSION  CONFERENCES 

^  90,  §  1.  Any  Mission  established  under  the  pro- 
visions of  the  Discipline  may  be  constituted  a  Mission 
Conference  by  the  General  Conference.    %  382. 

§  2.  A  Mission  Conference  is  authorized  to  exer- 
cise the  powers  of  an  Annual  Conference  subject  to 
the  approval  of  the  presiding  Bishop;  and  its  Mem- 
bers shall  share  pro  rata  in  the  proceeds  of  the 
Book  Concern  with  Members  of  the  Annual  Con- 
ferences, but  shall  not  elect  delegates  to  the  General 
Conference  nor  vote  on  Constitutional  changes,  n  '73- 
86. 

§  3.  The  Bishop  having  Episcopal  supervision  of 
a  Mission  Conference  may  appoint  a  Superintendent, 
who  may  also  be  the  District  Superintendent  where 
there  are  two  or  more  Districts.  It  shall  be  the  duty 
of  the  Superintendent  to  take  the  general  supervision 
of  the  Conference,  and  yet  not  so  as  to  interfere  with 
the  duties  of  the  District  Superintendents,  and  to 
represent  the  state  of  the  work  and  its  needs  to  the 


Mission  Conferences  ^  90 

Bishop  having  charge,  and  to  the  Corresponding 
Secretaries  of  the  Missionary  Boards. 

§  4.  If  there  is  no  Bishop  present  at  an  Annual 
Session  of  a  Mission  Conference,  the  Superintendent 
shall  preside;  but  if  there  is  no  Superintendent  pres- 
ent, the  presidency  shall  be  determined  as  in  an  An- 
nual Conference.    H  77. 

§  5.  Each  Mission  Conference  at  its  Annual  Ses- 
sion shall  appoint  a  Standing  Committee,  whose  duty 
it  shall  be,  with  the  concurrence  of  the  President  of 
the  Conference,  to  make  an  estimate  of  the  amount 
necessary  for  the  support  of  each  Pastoral  Charge,  in 
full,  or  supplementary  to  the  amount  raised  by  the 
Charge  thus  aided;  such  estimates  shall  be  subject  to 
modification  by  the  Managers  of  the  Missionary 
Boards,  and  in  the  aggregate  shall  not  exceed  the 
amount  appropriated  by  the  General  Missionary  Com- 
mittees; and  the  amount  to  be  expended  in  a  Mission 
Conference  shall  be  paid  in  quarterly  installments  to 
the  Superintendent,  or  to  the  District  Superintendent 
where  there  is  no  Superintendent. 

§  6.  Any  Charge  within  a  Mission  Conference  may 
receive  aid  from  the  Missionary  Boards  without  hav- 
ing been  designated  in  the  estimates  made  by  the 
Conference  at  its  Annual  Meeting. 

[For  Missions,  see      382,  398  ] 


81 


District  Confekences 


CHAPTER  VI 
DISTRICT  CONFERENCES 

I.  Organization  and  Duties 


*I  91.  The  District  Conference  shall  be  composed  of 
the  Traveling  Ministers,  the  Local  Preachers,  the  Ex- 
horters,  and  the  District  Stewards  within  the  Dis- 
trict, together  with  one  Sunday  School  Superintend- 
ent, one  President  of  an  Epworth  League  Chapter, 
one  President  of  the  Methodist  Brotherhood,  one 
President  of  a  Ladies'  Aid  Society,  and  one  Class 
Leader  from  each  Pastoral  Charge  in  the  District. 
But  if  there  shall  be  more  than  one  Sunday  School 
Superintendent  or  League  President,  Brotherhood 
President  or  President  of  a  Ladies'  Aid  Society  in 
any  Charge,  then  the  Quarterly  Conference  shall 
designate  one  of  each  for  this  service,  and  it  shall 
also  select  the  Class  Leader. 

If  92.  The  District  Conference  shall  meet  once  or 
twice  each  year  as  it  may  determine.  The  District 
Superintendent  shall  designate  the  time  and  place 
for  the  first  meeting  after  the  adoption  of  this  plan 
by  the  District;  but  the  District  Conference  shall  at 
each  meeting  determine  the  place  for  its  next  meet- 
ing, the  time  to  be  fixed  by  the  District  Superintend- 
ent. 

1  93.   If  a  Bishop  be  present  at  the  District  Con- 
ference, he  shall  preside.    In  the  absence  of  a  Bishop 
the  District  Superintendent  shall  preside.    If  neither 
82 


District  Conferences  ^  95 

be  present,  the  District  Conference  shall  choose  its 
own  President  by  ballot,  without  debate,  from  among 
the  Traveling  Elders. 

iy  94.  A  record  of  the  proceedings  of  each  District 
Conference  shall  be  kept  by  a  Secretary  chosen  for 
the  purpose,  and  a  copy  of  said  record  shall  be  sent 
to  the  ensuing  Annual  Conference. 

95.  The  regular  business  of  the  District  Confer- 
ence shall  be: 

§  1.  To  take  the  general  oversight  of  all  the  tem- 
poral and  spiritual  affairs  of  the  District,  subject  to 
the  provisions  of  the  Discipline. 

§  2.  To  take  cognizance  of  all  the  Local  Preachers 
and  Exhorters  in  the  District,  as  provided  in  203- 
211,  and  to  arrange  a  Plan  of  Appointments  for  each 
until  the  next  District  Conference. 

§  3.  To  inquire  whether  all  the  collections  for  the 
benevolent  institutions  of  the  Church,  as  recognized 
by  the  Discipline,  are  properly  attended  to  in  all  the 
Pastoral  Charges,  and  to  adopt  suitable  measures  for 
promoting  their  success. 

§  4.  To  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  Sunday 
Schools  in  the  District,  and  to  adopt  suitable 
measures  for  insuring  their  success. 

§  5.  To  inquire  into  the  Condition  of  the  Epworth 
League  Chapters  in  the  District,  and  to  adopt  suitable 
measures  for  insuring  their  success. 

§  6.  To  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  Methodist 
Brotherhoods  in  the  District,  and  to  adopt  suitable 
measures  for  insuring  their  success. 

§  7.  To  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  Ladies' 
Aid  Societies  in  the  District,  and  to  adopt  suitable 
measures  for  insuring  their  success. 

§  8.  To  inquire  respecting  opportunities  for  Mis- 
83 


1  96  District  Conferences 

sionary  and  Church  Extension  enterprises  within  the 
District,  and  to  take  measures  for  the  occupation  of 
any  neglected  portion  of  its  territory  by  Mission 
Sunday  Schools  and  by  appointments  for  Public 
Worship. 

§  9.  To  provide  for  appropriate  religious  and  liter- 
ary exercises  during  the  session,  for  the  mutual 
benefit  of  those  in  attendance. 


II.  Order  of  Business 

H  96.  The  order  of  business  for  the  District  Con- 
ference shall  be: 

'§  1.  To  inquire  what  members  of  the  District  Con- 
ference are  present. 

§  2.  To  appoint  Committees  on 

1.  Examination  of  candidates  for  License  to 

Preach. 

2.  Examination  of  Local  Preachers  in  each  of 

the  four  years  of  the  Course  of  Study. 

3.  Examination  of  candidates  for  Reception  on 

Trial  in  the  Annual  Conference. 

4.  Examination  of  candidates  for  Orders. 

5.  Home  Mission  work. 

6.  Appointments  of  Local  Preachers  and  Ex- 

horters. 

7.  Apportionment    to    each    Charge    of  the 

amounts  to  be  raised  for  benevolent  causes. 

8.  Program  of  religious  and  literary  exercises 

for  the  next  meeting. 

9.  Miscellaneous  matters. 
§  3.  To  receive  Reports: 

1.  From  the  District  Superintendent,  as  to  the 
condition  of  the  work  under  his  charge; 
84 


District  Conferences 


and  his  own  work  as  District  Superintend- 
ent. 

2.  From  each  Pastor,  as  to  the  religious  condi- 

tion of  his  Charge,  his  pastoral  labors,  the 
benevolent  collections  and  the  circulation 
of  our  Church  periodicals  and  books. 

3.  From  each  Local  Preacher,  according  to  the 

form  prescribed  in  H  207. 

4.  From  each  Exhorter,  including  a  statement 

of  tlie  Prayer  Meetings  he  has  held,  and 
other  work  done,  especially  in  destitute 
places  and  among  the  sick  and  the  poor. 
1l  211. 

5.  From  each  District  Steward,  as  to  the  tem- 

poral affairs  of  the  Charge  he  represents. 

6.  From  each  Sunday  School  Superintendent, 

as  to  the  condition  of  the  Sunday  Schools 
of  the  Charge  he  represents. 

7.  From  each  President  of  an  Epworth  League 

Chapter,  as  to  the  condition  of  the  Chap- 
ters of  the  Charge  he  represents. 

8.  From    each    President    of    the  Methodist 

Brotherhood,  as  to  the  condition  of  the 
Chapters  of  the  Charge  he  represents. 

9.  From  each  President  of  a  Ladies'  Aid  So- 

ciety, as  to  the  condition  of  the  Societies 
of  the  Charge  she  represents. 

10.  From  each  Class  Leader,  as  to  the  condi- 

tion of  the  Classes  of  the  Charge  he  repre- 
sents. 

11.  From  each  Committee. 

§  4.  To  inquire  concerning  Local  Preachers: 

1.  Are  there  any  Charges  or  Complaints? 

2.  Who  shall  have  their  Licenses  renewed? 

85 


1  97  District  Conferences 

3.  Who  shall  be  Licensed  to  Preach? 

4.  Who  shall  be  recommended  for  Ordination? 

5.  Who  shall  be  recommended  for  Recognition 

of  Orders? 

6.  Who  shall  be  recommended  for  Reception 

on  Trial  in  the  Annual  Conference? 

7.  What    work    is    assigned    to    each  Local 

Preacher? 
§  5.  To  inquire  concerning  Exhorters: 

1.  Who  shall  have  their  Licenses  renewed? 

2.  What  work  is  assigned  to  each  Exhorter? 

§  6.  To  fix  the  seat  of  the  next  District  Conference. 

§  7.  To  transact  other  appropriate  business. 

§  8.  The  order  of  business  may  be  varied,  and  the 
business  interspersed  with  such  literary  and  religious 
exercises  as  the  Conference  may  direct. 


III.  Discontinuance 
^  97.  The  provisions  for  District  Conferences  shall 
be  of  force  and  binding  only  in  those  Districts  in 
which  the  Quarterly  Conferences  of  a  majority  of 
the  Circuits  and  Stations  shall  have  approved  the 
same  by  asking  the  District  Superintendent  to  con- 
vene a  District  Conference,  as  herein  provided.  A 
District  Conference  may  be  discontinued  by  a  vote 
of  a  majority  of  the  members  present  at  any  regular 
session,  notice  thereof  having  been  given  at  a  previous 
session,  and  with  the  concurrence  of  a  majority  of  the 
Quarterly  Conferences  in  the  District.  In  those 
Districts  in  which  District  Conferences  shall  be  held 
the  powers  given  to  the  District  Conferences  shall 
not  be  exercised  by  the  Quarterly  Conferences.  In 
all  other  cases  the  powers  of  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ences shall  remain  as  hereinafter  provided. 

86 


QUARTEKLY  CONFEKENOES  ^  100 


CHArTER  VII 
QUARTERLY  CONFERENCES 

I.  Organization  and  Duties 


K  98.  The  Quarterly  Conference  shall  be  composed 
of  all  the  Traveling  Ministers,  Local  Preachers,  Bx- 
horters,  Stewards  and  Class  Leaders,  together  with 
the  Trustees  of  church  and  parsonage  property,  the 
first  Superintendents  of  the  Sunday  Schools,  the 
Presidents  of  the  Epworth  League  Chapters,  the 
Superintendents  of  the  Junior  Leagues,  the  Presidents 
of  the  Chapters  of  the  Methodist  Brotherhood,  the 
Presidents  of  the  Ladies'  Aid  Societies,  and  Dea- 
conesses employed  within  the  Charge;  provided,  that 
said  Class  Leaders,  Trustees,  Superintendents,  Presi- 
dents, and  Deaconesses  are  members  of  our  Church 
in  the  Charge,  and  approved  by  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ference for  membership  therein. 

*i  99,  §  1.  The  District  Superintendent  shall  pre- 
side in  the  Quarterly  Conference;  or,  he  may  ap- 
point a  Traveling  Elder  to  preside;  but  in  the  absence 
of  the  District  Superintendent,  and  of  the  Traveling 
Elder  so  appointed,  the  Pastor  shall  preside. 

§  2.  The  Quarterly  Conference  shall  appoint  a  Sec- 
retary, who  shall  take  minutes  of  the  proceedings 
thereof,  and  transmit  them  to  the  Recording  Steward. 

11  100.  The  regular  business  of  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ference shall  be: 

§  1.  To  hear  complaints,  and  to  receive  and  try 
charges  as  directed  in  249-255. 

87 


%   100  QUARTEKLY  CONFERENCES 


§  2.  To  take  cognizance  of  all  Local  Preachers  and 
Exhorters  in  the  Circuit  or  Station,  as  provided  in 
HH  203-205. 

§  3.  To  receive  the  annual  report  of  the  Trustees; 
to  elect  Trustees  where  the  laws  of  the  State  permit; 
and,  at  its  discretion,  to  approve  for  membership  in 
the  Quarterly  Conference  Trustees  who  are  members 
of  the  Church  within  the  Charge,  but  who  were 
elected  otherwise  than  by  the  Quarterly  Conference. 
319-325. 

§  4.  To  elect  Stewards  for  the  Charge,  and  to  elect 
one  of  these  as  District  Stewards,  and  one  as  Record- 
ing Steward,    n  291-296. 

§  5.  To  have  oversight  of  all  the  Sunday  Schools 
within  the  bounds  of  the  Circuit  or  Station,  and  to 
inquire  into  the  condition  of  each;  to  confirm  or  re- 
ject Sunday  School  Superintendents  nominated  by 
the  Sunday  School  Board;  at  its  discretion,  to  ap- 
prove for  membership  in  the  Quarterly  Conference 
Superintendents  who  are  members  of  the  Church 
within  the  Charge;  and  to  remove  any  Superintend- 
ent who  may  prove  unworthy  or  inefficient.  420, 
421. 

§  6.  To  have  general  oversight  of  the  Epworth 
League  Chapters  and  other  organizations  of  young 
people;  to  confirm  or  reject  Presidents  of  the  Ep- 
worth League  elected  by  the  Chapters,  and  Junior 
League  Superintendents  nominated  by  the  Pastor; 
at  its  discretion,  to  approve  for  membership  in  the 
Quarterly  Conference  Presidents  and  Junior  League 
Superintendents  who  are  members  of  the  Church 
within  the  Charge;  and  to  remove  any  President  or 
Junior  League  Superintendent  who  may  prove  un- 
worthy and  inefficient.    T  447. 

88 


QUAKTEKLY  CONFERENCES 


IT  100 


§  7.  To  have  general  oversight  of  the  Methodist 
Brotherhoods,  and  other  organizations  of  similar 
purpose;  to  confirm  or  reject  Presidents  elected  by 
them;  at  its  discretion,  to  approve  for  membership 
in  the  Quarterly  Conference  Presidents  who  are  mem- 
bers of  the  Church  within  the  Charge;  and  to  remove 
any  President  who  max  prove  unworthy  or  inefficient. 
1[  449. 

§  8.  To  have  general  oversight  of  Ladies'  Aid  So- 
cieties and  other  organizations  of  similar  designa- 
tion and  purpose;  to  confirm  or  reject  Presidents 
elected  by  these  Societies;  at  its  discretion,  to  ap- 
prove for  membership  in  the  Quarterly  Conference 
Presidents  who  are  members  of  the  Church  within 
the  Charge;  and  to  remove  any  President  who  may 
prove  unworthy  or  inefficient.    \  343. 

§  9.  To  meet  carefully  all  the  obligations  laid  by 
the  Discipline  upon  the  Quarterly  Conference  in  ref- 
erence to  the  support  of  the  Ministry  and  of  our 
benevolent  causes. 

§  10.  To  appoint  at  the  fourth  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence Committees  for  the  ensuing  Conference  year  on 
(1)  Foreign  Missions.  H  386.  (2)  On  Home  Missions 
and  Church  Extension.  V  400.  (3)  On  Sunday 
Schools.  «:  421.  (4)  On  Tracts.  «;  369.  (5)  On  Tem- 
perance. 444,  §  6.  (6)  On  Education.  «T  413.  (7) 
On  Freedmen's  Aid.  «:  432,  §  2.  (8)  On  Hospitals. 
(9)  On  Church  Records,  f  102.  (10)  On  Auditing 
Accounts.  If  101.  (11)  On  Parsonages  and  Furniture. 
1[  342.  (12)  On  Church  Music.  ^  72,  §  4.  (13)  On 
Estimating  Pastors'  Salaries.  %  299.  (14)  On  Es- 
timating the  amount  necessary  for  Conference  Claim- 
ants. 11[  300,  315. 


89 


•[  101 


Quarterly  Conferences 


II.  Order  of  Business 
TI  101.  The  Order  of  Business  in  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ference, after  the  Roll  of  Members  has  been  called 
and  a  Secretary  appointed,  shall  be  to  inquire  as 
follows: 

Note.— Questions,  or  items  under  questions,  marked  thus  1-1 -]  are  to 
be  considered  at  the  first  Quarterly  Conference ;  those  marked  l-l,  2, 3-1 
at  the  first,  second,  and  third  Quarterly  Conferences;  those  marked 
(-4-1  at  the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference ;  all  other  questions  and  Items 
at  each  Quarterly  Conference. 

§  1.  What  Trustees  are  approved  as  members  of  the 
Quarterly  Conference?  H  100,  §  3. 

§  2.  What  Class  Leaders  are  approved  as  members 
of  the  Quarterly  Conference?  H  98. 

§  3.  Who  are  confirmed — 

1.  As  Sunday  School  Superintendents?  ^  100, 

§  5. 

2.  As  Presidents  of  Epworth  Leagues?  If  100,  §  6. 

3.  As    Superintendents    of    Junior  Leagues? 

H  100,  §  6. 

4.  As  Presidents  of  Metliodist  Brotherhoods? 

1[  100,  §  7. 

5.  As   Presidents   of   Ladies'    Aid  Societies? 

If  100,  §  8. 

§  4.  Who  are  approved  as  members  of  the  Quar- 
terly Conference? 

1.  As    Superintendents    of    Sunday  Schools. 

If  100,  §  5. 

2.  As  Presidents  of  Epworth  Leagues.    Tf  100, 

§  6. 

3.  As    Superintendents    of    Junior  Leagues. 

If  100,  §  6. 

4.  As  Presidents  of  Methodist  Brotherhoods. 

Tl  100,  §  7. 

90 


QUAKTEKLY  CONFERENCES 


*  101 


5.  As    Presidents    of    Ladies'    Aid  Societies. 

1l  100,  §  8. 

6.  As  Deaconesses  employed  within  the  Charge? 

If  219,  §  13. 
§  5.  Are  there  any  formulated  Complaints? 
§  6.  [-4-]  Who   is   appointed    Trier   of  Appeals? 
II  289,  §  1. 

§  7.  [-1-]  "WTiat  is  the  complete  record  for  member- 
ship during  the  past  year? 

1.  Members  on  the  Roll  and  reported  to  last 

Conference. 

2.  Members   Received   after  Recommendation. 

3.  Members  Received  by  Certificate. 

4.  Members  Received  from  Other  Denomina- 

tions. 

5.  Whole  number  received  during  year. 

6.  Total. 

7.  Members  Dismissed  by  Certificate. 

8.  Members  Deceased. 

9.  Members  Removed  without  Letter. 

10.  Members  Withdrawn. 

11.  Members  Excluded. 

12.  Total  to  be  deducted. 

13.  Net  Membership. 

14.  Have  acknowledgments  been  received  from 

all  Charges  to  which  Certificates  have  been 
issued? 

15.  Have  all  Certificates  received  been  acknowl- 

edged to  the  Charges  which  issued  them? 

16.  Have  Charges  to  which  members  have  gone 

without  Letter  been  notified? 

17.  Have  all  known  to  have  moved  into  this 

Charge  with  or  without  Letter  been 
visited? 

91 


1  101 


Quarterly  Conferences 


§  8.  What  is  the  complete  Record  of  Minis- 

terial Support  for  the  past  year? 

1.  Paid  to  Pastor. 

2.  Paid  to  Assistant. 

3.  Paid  to  Conference  Claimants. 

4.  Paid  to  District  Superintendent. 

5.  Paid  to  Episcopal  Fund. 
§  9.  Are  there  any  Reports? 

1.  From  Pastor.  H  173,  §  30. 

2.  From  Local  Preachers.  K  207. 

3.  From  Exhorters.  \  211. 

4.  From  Sunday  School  Superintendents.  If  420, 

§  5. 

5.  From  Presidents  of  Epworth  League  Chap- 

ters. H  446. 

6.  From  Superintendents  of  Junior  Leagues. 

7.  From  Presidents  of  Methodist  Brotherhoods. 

1l  449. 

8.  [-4-]  From  Presidents  of  Ladies'  Aid  So- 

cieties. H  343,  §  2. 

9.  From    Deaconesses    employed    within  the 

Charge?  \  219,  §  13. 

10.  From  Class  Leaders.  If  59. 

11.  [-4-]  From  Trustees.  If  325. 

12.  [-4-]  From  the  Official  Board.  If  103. 

13.  From  Committees.  If  100,  §  10. 

§  10.  [-1-]  What  amounts  have  been  estimated  for, 
and  apportioned  to,  this  Charge  this  year  for  the  sup- 
port of  the  Ministry? 

1.  For  Pastor. 

2.  For  Assistant. 

3.  For  Conference  Claimants. 

4.  For  District  Superintendent. 

5.  For  Episcopal  Fund. 

92 


Quarterly  Conferexces        ^  101 


6.  For  Rent. 

7.  For  Traveling  and  Moving  Expenses. 

§  11.  WTiat  is  the  Financial  Plan  adopted  by  the 
Stewards?  297-299. 

§  12.  Have  the  directions  of  the  Discipline  for  rais- 
ing supplies  for  the  support  of  the  Ministry  been 
carried  out?        103,  297-299. 

§  13.  Have  the  directions  of  the  Discipline  for  the 
support  of  Conference  Claimants  been  carried  out, 
and  has  the  pro  rata  division  been  made?    ^  300. 

§  14.  What  amounts  have  been  received  this  quarter 
for  the  support  of  the  Ministry,  and  how  have  they 
been  applied? 

Received: 

1.  For  Pastors. 

2.  For  Conference  Claimants. 

3.  For  District  Superintendent. 

4.  For  Episcopal  Fund. 

5.  For  Rent. 

6.  For  Traveling  and  Moving  Expenses. 
Applied: 

1.  To  Pastors. 

2.  To  Conference  Claimants. 

3.  To  District  Superintendent. 

4.  To  Episcopal  Fund. 

5.  To  Rent. 

6.  To  Traveling  and  Moving  Expenses. 

§  15.  [-1-]  What  amounts  have  been  apportioned 
to  this  Charge  this  year  for  benevolent  causes? 

1.  For  Board  of  Foreign  Missions. 

2.  For  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 

Extension. 

3.  For  Board  of  Education. 

4.  For  Board  of  Sunday  Schools. 

»3 


1^  101  Quarterly  Conferences 


5.  For  Board  of  Conference  Claimants. 

Connectional  Fund. 
Permanent  Endowment  Fund. 

6.  For  Freedmen's  Aid  Society. 

7.  For  Other  Purposes. 

§  16.  [-4-]  What  amounts  have  been  asked  and  re- 
ceived for  benevolent  causes  this  year? 

1.  For  Board  of  Foreign  Missions:  a.  From 
Church,  b.  From  Sunday  Schools,  c.  From 
Special  Gifts. 

2.  For  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension:  a.  From  Church,  b.  From  Sun- 
day Schools,  c.  From  Special  Gifts. 

3.  For  Board  of  Education:  a.  Public  Educa- 
tional Collection,  b.  Children's  Fund. 

4.  For  Board  of  Sunday  Schools:  a.  From 
Church,  b.  From  Sunday  Schools. 

5.  For  Board  of  Conference  Claimants: 
Connectional  Fund. 

Permanent  Endowment  Fund. 

6.  For  Freedmen's  Aid  Society. 

7.  For  American  Bible  Society. 

8.  For  Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society. 

9.  For  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society: 
a.  Cash.  b.  Supplies. 

10.  For  Other  Purposes. 

11.  For  General  Expenses  of  Epworth  League. 
§  17.  a.  Are  the  Sunday  Schools  organized  into 

Missionary  Societies?  Tflf  387,  §  5;  401,  §  3.  b.  Are 
they  organized  into  Temperance  Societies?  1[  444,  §  7. 
c.  Are  they  furnished  with  the  publications  author- 
ized by  our  Church? 

§  18.  Have  the  Rules  respecting  the  Instruction  of 
Children  been  observed?        52,  422,  444,  §  7. 

94 


Qlautekly  Confkrencks 


1  101 


§  19.  Who  are  licensed  to  preach,  or  recommended 
to  the  District  Conference  for  License  to  preach? 
n  203,  204. 

§  20.  [-4-]  Was  the  Character  of  each  Local  Preach- 
er, Exhorter,  and  Deaconess  examined?  HH  205,  211, 
219,  §  1. 

§  21.  a.  What  Local  Preachers  and  Exhorters  are 
recommended  to  the  District  Conference  for  renewal 
of  License?  %  203. 

b.  [-4-]  What  Local  Preachers  and  Exhorters  have 
had  their  licenses  renewed?        204,  211. 

§  22.  [-4-]  What  Local  Preachers  are  recommended 
for  Orders?  H  204,  §  3. 

§  23.  [-4-]  What  Local  Preachers  are  recommended 
for  the  Recognition  of  Orders?  HH  204,  §  3;  156,  §  2. 

§  24.  [-4-]  What  Local  Preachers  are  recommended 
for  Reception  on  Trial  in  the  Annual  Conference? 
If  204,  §  3. 

§  25.  [-1,  2,  3-]  Is  any  change  desired  in  the  Board 
of  Stewards?      100,  §  4. 

§  26.  [-4-]  Who  shall  be  the  Stewards  for  the  en- 
suing Conference  year?  T^lf  100,  §  4;  291. 

§  27.  [-4-]  Who  shall  be  the  Recording  Steward? 
If  291. 

§  28.  [-4-]  Who  shall  be  the  District  Steward? 
If  291. 

§  29.  [-4-]  Who  are  the  Trustees  of  Church  and 
Parsonage  property.  319-323. 

§  30.  [-4-]  What  Committees  are  appointed  for  the 
ensuing  Conference  year?  «i  100,  §  10. 

§  31.  [-4-]  Have  the  General  Rules  been  read  this 
year?  If  173,  §  4. 

§  32.  [-4-]  Has  the  advice  concerning  Systematic 
Giving  been  observed?  If  70. 

95 


%  102        Quarterly  Conferences 


§  33.  [-4-]  Have  the  questions  prescribed  in  H  413, 
§  ?.,  been  asked  and  answered? 

§  34.  [-4-]  Has  the  Pastor  made  a  Visiting  List,  or 
Plan  of  his  Charge,  as  required  by  the  Discipline? 
%  173,  §  32. 

§  35.  Are  the  Church  Records  properly  kept?  If  102. 

§  36.  [-4-]  Have  the  Records  of  the  Official  Board 
been  received  and  approved?  H  103. 

§  37.  Is  the  Church  and  Parsonage  property  in- 
sured? H  179,  §  9. 

§  38,  [-1-]  Is  the  report  of  the  Auditing  Committee 
now  ready?    ^  102. 

§  39.  Have  the  inquiries  ordered  in  H  179,  §§  11, 
12,  been  duly  made? 

§  40.  Who  are  the  Custodians  of  the  Deeds  and 
other  legal  papers  affecting  the  Church  property? 

§  41.  Where  shall  the  next  Quarterly  Conference  be 
held? 

§  42.  Is  there  any  other  Business? 


III.  Auditing  and  Records 

H  102,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Committee 
on  Auditing  Accounts  to  audit  the  books  of  Church 
Treasurers,  Recording  Stewards  and  Sunday  School 
Treasurers  within  the  Quarterly  Conference,  and  re- 
port the  same  at  the  first  Quarterly  Conference. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Committee  on 
Church  Records  to  see  that  the  Records  of  Member- 
ship, of  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting,  of  the 
Official  Board,  of  the  Sunday  School  Board,  of  the 
Board  of  Trustees,  and  of  the  Quarterly  Conference 
are  properly  kept;  and  when  any  of  these  books  are 
filled  up,  or  are  no  longer  in  use,  they  shall  be  de- 
posited with  the  Recording  Steward  for  preservation. 
96 


Official  Board  ^  103 


CHAPTER  VIII 
OFFICIAL  BOARD 
H  103.  The  Quarterly  Conference  of  any  Charge 
may  organize  and  continue  during  its  pleasure  an 
Oflacial  Board,  to  be  composed  of  all  the  members  of 
the  Quarterly  Conference.  In  the  case  of  circuits  the 
Quarterly  Conference  may  organize^  and  continue 
during  its  pleasure,  OflBcial  Boards  for  the  several 
appointments  of  the  Charge,  such  Official  Boards  to 
be  composed  of  the  members  of  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ference attached  to  the  respective  appointments.  The 
Official  Board  may  hold  its  meetings  at  such  times 
as  it  may  determine,  and  shall  be  presided  over  by 
the  Pastor,  or,  in  his  absence,  by  a  chairman  elected 
by  the  meeting.  When  so  organized  the  Official 
Board  may  discharge  such  duties  as  the  Quarterly 
Conference  may  from  time  to  time  direct,  including^ 
those  of  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting.  The 
Board  may  direct  that  the  Stewards  and  Trustees 
shall  annually  submit  to  it  the  amount  needed  for 
Support  and  for  the  current  expenses  of  the  Church, 
which  combined  amounts  it  shall  apportion  among 
the  members  of  the  Church,  and  as  far  as  practicable 
among  the  attendants  of  the  congregation,  in  such 
manner  as  shall  seem  to  the  Official  Board  to  be  wise. 
Should  such  action  for  a  combined  financial  system 
be  taken,  the  Board  shall  elect  a  Treasurer  for  the 
common  fund,  and  such  other  officers  and  committees 
as  it  may  desire,  in  order  to  carry  out  the  plan. 
When  such  action  is  taken  it  shall  make  void  such- 
97 


^  104  Leaders  and  Stewaeds'  Meeting 


provisions  of  the  Discipline,  under  support  of  Minis- 
ters as  relate  to  the  financial  duties  of  the  stewards, 
nil  294,  297-300.  The  Board  shall  keep  a  record  of 
its  proceedings,  and  send  the  same  to  the  fourth 
Quarterly  Conference  for  approval. 


CHAPTER  IX 
LEADERS  AND  STEWARDS'  MEETING 

U  104.  The  Pastor  shall,  as  often  as  practicable, 
hold  a  meeting  of  all  the  Leaders  and  Stewards  of 
the  Charge,  to  be  denominated  the  Leaders  and  Stew- 
ards' Meeting,  in  order  to  inquire,  1.  Are  there  any 
sick?  2.  Are  there  any  requiring  temporal  relief? 
3.  Are  there  any  who  walk  disorderly  and  will  not 
be  reproved?  4.  Are  there  any  who  willfully  neglect 
the  means  of  grace?  5.  Are  any  changes  to  be  made 
in  the  classes?  6.  Are  there  any  persons  to  be  recom- 
mended for  admission  into  the  Church?  7.  Are  there 
any  to  be  recommended  for  License  to  exhort  or 
preach?  8.  Wtat  amount  has  been  received  for  the 
support  of  the  Pastor  or  Pastors?  9.  Is  there  any 
miscellaneous  business? 


98 


PART  IV 
THE  raNISTRY 


L  QUALIFICATIONS  AND  "WORK 
II.  MINISTERS  AND  ANNUAL  CONFERENCES 

III.  DEACONS 

IV.  ELDERS 
V.  PASTORS 

VL  SUPERNUMERARY  MINISTERS 
VII.  SUPERANNUATED  MINISTERS 
VIII.  DISTRICT  SUPERINTENDENTS 

IX.  MISSIONARY  BISHOPS 
X.  BISHOPS 

XI,  SUPERANNUATED  BISHOPS 


QUALIFICATIOMS  AND  WoKK         ^  106 


CHAPTER  I 
QUALIFICATIONS  AND  WORK 

I.  Call  to  Preach 


II  105.  In  order  that  we  may  try  those  persons 
who  profess  to  be  moved  by  the  Holy  Ghost  to  preach, 
let  the  following  questions  be  asked,  namely: 

§  1.  Do  they  know  God  as  a  pardoning  God?  Have 
they  the  love  of  God  abiding  in  them?  Do  they  de- 
sire nothing  but  God?  Are  they  holy  in  all  manner 
of  conversation? 

§  2.  Have  they  gifts,  as  well  as  grace,  for  the  work? 
Have  they,  in  some  tolerable  degree,  a  clear,  sound 
understanding;  a  right  judgment  in  the  things  of 
God;  a  just  conception  of  salvation  by  faith?  Has 
God  given  them  any  degree  of  utterance?  Do  they 
speak  justly,  readily,  clearly? 

§  3.  Have  any  been  truly  convinced  of  sin  and  con- 
verted to  Grod,  and  are  believers  edified,  by  their 
preaching? 

§  4.  As  long  as  these  marks  concur  in  anyone,  we 
believe  he  is  called  of  God  to  preach.  These  we  re- 
ceive as  suflBcient  proof  thqt  he  is  moved  by  the  Holy 
Ghost. 


II.  Rules  for  Preacher's  Conduct 
*f  106.  Rule  1.  Be  diligent.    Never  be  unemployed. 
Never  be  triflingly  employed.    Never  trifle  away 
101 


1"  107        Qualifications  and  Work 


time;  neither  spend  any  more  time  at  any  place  than 
is  strictly  necessary. 

If  107.  Rule  2.  Be  serious.  Let  your  motto  be, 
"Holiness  to  the  Lord."  Avoid  all  lightness,  jesting, 
and  foolish  talking. 

H  108.  Rule  3.  Converse  sparingly  and  conduct 
yourself  prudently  with  women  (1  Tim.  5.  2). 

H  109.  Rule  4.  Believe  evil  of  no  one  without  good 
evidence;  unless  you  see  it  done  take  heed  how  you 
credit  it.  Put  the  best  construction  on  everything. 
You  know  the  judge  is  always  supposed  to  be  on  the 
prisoner's  side. 

I  no.  Rule  5.  Speak  evil' of  no  one,  because  your 
word,  especially,  would  eat  as  doth  a  canker.  Keep 
your  thoughts  within  your  own  breast  till  you  come 
to  the  person  concerned. 

II  111.  Rule  6.  Tell  everyone  under  your  care 
what  you  think  wrong  in  his  conduct  and  temper,  and 
that  lovingly  and  plainly,  as  soon  as  may  be;  else  it 
will  fester  in  your  heart.  Make  all  haste  to  cast  the 
fire  out  of  your  bosom. 

If  112.  Rule  7.  Avoid  all  affectation.  A  Preacher  of 
the  Gospel  is  the  servant  of  all. 

H  113.  Rule  8.  Be  ashamed  of  nothing  but  sin. 

If  114.  Rule  9.  Be  punctual.  Do  everything  ex- 
actly at  the  time.  And  do  not  mend  our  rules, 
but  keep  them;  not  for  wrath,  but  for  conscience' 
sake. 

If  115.  Rule  10.  You  have  nothing  to  do  but  to  save 
souls;  therefore  spend  and  be  spent  in  this  work;  and 
go  always  not  only  to  those  that  want  you,  .but  to 
those  that  want  you  most. 

Observe!  it  is  not  your  business  only  to  preach  so 
many  times,  and  to  take  care  of  this  or  that  Society, 
102 


Qualifications  and  Work      1  117 


but  to  save  as  many  as  you  can;  to  bring  as  many 
sinners  as  you  can  to  repentance,  and  with  all  your 
power  to  build  them  up  in  that  holiness  without 
which  they  cannot  see  the  Lord.  And  remember!  a 
Methodist  Preacher  is  to  mind  every  point,  great  and 
small,  in  the  Methodist  Discipline!  Therefore  you 
will  need  to  exercise  all  the  sense  and  grace  you 
have. 

If  116.  Rule  11.  Act  in  all  things  not  according  to 
your  own  will,  but  as  a  son  in  the  Gospel.  As  such, 
it  is  your  duty  to  employ  your  time  in  the  manner  in 
which  we  direct:  in  preaching,  and  visiting  from 
house  to  house;  in  reading,  meditation,  and  prayer. 
Above  all,  if  you  labor  with  us  in  the  Lord's  vine- 
yard, it  is  needful  you  should  do  that  part  of  the 
work  which  we  advise,  at  those  times  and  places 
which  we  judge  most  for  His  glory. 

H  117.  Smaller  advices  which  might  be  of  use  to 
us  are  perhaps  these:  1.  Be  sure  never  to  disappoint 
K  congregation.  2.  Begin  at  the  time  appointed. 
3.  Let  your  whole  deportment  be  serious,  weighty, 
and  solemn.  4.  Always  suit  your  subject  to  your 
audience.  5.  Choose  the  plainest  text  you  can. 
6.  Take  care  not  to  ramble,  but  keep  to  your  text, 
and  make  out  what  you  take  in  hand.  7.  Take  care 
of  anything  awkward  or  affected,  either  in  your 
gesture,  phrase,  or  pronunciation.  8.  Do  not  usually 
pray  extempore  above  eight  or  ten  minutes  (at  most) 
without  intermission.  9.  Frequently  read  and  en- 
large upon  a  portion  of  Scripture;  and  let  young 
Preachers  often  exhort  without  taking  a  text. 
10.  Always  avail  yourself  of  the  great  festivals  by 
preaching  on  the  occasion. 

103 


1  118 


Qualifications  and  Work 


III.  Spiritual  Qualifications 
H  118.  The  duty  of  a  Preacher  is:    1.  To  preach. 
2.  To  meet  the  Societies  and  Classes.    3.  To  visit  the 
sick. 

H  119.  A  Preacher  shall  be  qualified  for  his  charge 
by  walking  closely  with  God,  and  having  his  work 
greatly  at  heart,  and  by  understanding  and  loving 
discipline,  ours  in  particular. 

H  120.  We  do  not  sufficiently  watch  over  each 
other.  Should  we  not  frequently  ask  each  other.  Do 
you  walk  closely  with  God?  Have  you  now  fellow- 
ship with  the  Father  and  the  Son?  At  what  hour  do 
you  rise?  Do  you  punctually  observe  the  morning 
and  evening  hours  of  retirement?  Do  you  spend  the 
day  in  the  manner  which  the  Conference  advises?  Do 
you  converse  seriously,  usefully,  and  closely?  To  be 
more  particular:  Do  you  use  all  the  means  of  grace 
yourself,  and  enforce  the  use  of  them  on  all  other 
persons? 

H  121.  The  means  of  grace  are  either  Instituted 
or  Prudential. 

H  122.    The  Instituted  are: 

§  1.  Prayer:  private,  family,  and  public;  consist- 
ing of  deprecation,  petition,  intercession  and  thanks- 
giving. Do  you  use  each  of  these?  Do  you  forecast 
daily,  wherever  you  are,  to  secure  time  for  private 
devotion?  Do  you  practice  it  everywhere?  Do  you 
ask  everywhere.  Have  you  family  prayer?  Do  you 
ask  individuals.  Do  you  use  private  prayer  every 
morning  and  evening  in  particular? 

§  2.  Searching  the  Scriptures:  1.  Reading:  con- 
stantly, some  part  of  every  day;  regularly,  all  the 
Bible  in  order;  carefully,  with  notes;  seriously,  with 
104 


Qualifications  and  AVork       ^  124 


prayer  before  and  after;  fruitfully,  immediately  prac- 
ticing what  you  learn  there.  2.  Meditating:  at  set 
times;  by  rule.  3.  Hearing:  at  every  opportunity; 
with  prayer  before,  at,  after.  Have  you  a  Bible 
always  about  you? 

§  3.  The  Lord's  Supper:  Do  you  use  this  at  every 
opportunity?  With  solemn  prayer  before?  With 
earnest  and  deliberate  self-devotion? 

§  4.  Fasting:  Do  you  use  as  much  abstinence  and 
fasting  every  week  as  your  health,  strength,  and 
labor  will  permit? 

§  5.  Christian  Conference:  Are  you  convinced  how 
important  and  how  difficult  it  is  to  order  your  con- 
versation aright?  Is  it  always  in  grace?  Seasoned 
with  salt?  Meet  to  minister  grace  to  the  hearers? 
Do  you  not  converse  too  long  at  a  time?  Is  not  an 
hour  commonly  enough?  Would  it  not  be  well  always 
to  have  a  determined  end  in  view?  And  to  pray  be- 
fore and  after  it? 

H  123.  Prx  dential  means  we  may  use  either  as 
Christians,  as  Methodists,  or  as  Preachers. 

§  1.  As  Christians:  What  particular  rules  have  you 
in  order  to  grow  in  grace?   What  arts  of  holy  living? 

§  2.  As  Methodists :  Do  you  ever  miss  your  Class? 

§  3.  As  Preachers:  Have  you  thoroughly  consid- 
ered your  duty?  And  do  you  make  a  conscience  of 
executing  every  part  of  it?  Do  you  meet  every 
Society  and  their  Leaders? 

If  124.  These  means  may  be  used  without  fruit. 
But  there  are  some  means  which  cannot,  namely: 
watching,  denying  ourselves,  taking  up  our  cross,  ex- 
ercise of  the  presence  of  God. 

§  1.  Do  you  steadily  watch  against  the  world? 
Yourself?    Your  besetting  sin? 

105 


^  125      Qualifications  and  Work 


§  2.  Do  you  deny  yourself  every  useless  pleasure  of 
sense?  imagination?  honor?  Are  you  temperate  in 
all  things?  For  instance,  1.  Do  you  use  only  that 
kind  and  that  degree  of  food  which  is  best  both  for 
body  and  soul?  Do  you  see  the  necessity  of  this?  Do 
you  eat  no  more  at  each  meal  than  is  necessary?  Are 
you  not  heavy  or  drowsy  after  dinner?  2.  Do  you  use 
only  that  kind  and  that  degree  of  drink  which  is  best 
both  for  your  body  and  soul?  Do  you  choose  and  use 
water  for  your  common  drink,  and  only  take  wine 
medicinally  or  sacramentally? 

§  3.  Wherein  do  you  take  up  your  cross  daily?  Do 
you  cheerfully  bear  your  cross,  however  grievous  to 
nature,  as  a  gift  of  God,  and  labor  to  profit  thereby? 

§  4.  Do  you  endeavor  to  set  God  always  before 
you?   To  see  his  eye  continually  fixed  upon  you? 

If  125.  Never  can  you  use  these  means  but  a  bless- 
ing will  ensue.  And  the  more  you  use  them  the  more 
you  will  grow  in  grace. 


IV.  Profitable  Use  of  Time 

IT  126.  As  a  general  method  of  employing  our  time 
we  advise  you,  1.  As  often  as  possible  to  rise  at  four. 
2.  From  four  to  five  in  the  morning  and  from  five  to 
six  in  the  evening  to  meditate,  pray,  and  read  the 
Scriptures  with  notes,  and  the  closely  practical  parts 
of  what  Mr.  Wesley  has  published.  3.  From  six  in 
the  morning  till  twelve,  wherever  it  is  practicable,  let 
the  time  be  spent  in  appropriate  reading,  study,  and 
private  devotion. 

If  127.  Other  reasons  may  concur,  but  the  chief 
reason  that  the  people  under  our  care  are  not  better 
is  because  we  are  not  more  knowing  and  more  holy. 
106 


Qualifications  and  Work      ^  130 


H  128.  And  we  are  not  more  knowing  because  we 
are  idle.  We  forget  our  first  rule:  "Be  diligent. 
Never  be  unemployed.  Never  be  triflingly  employed. 
Neither  spend  any  more  time  at  any  place  than  is 
strictly  necessary."  We  fear  there  is  altogether  a 
fault  in  this  matter,  and  that  few  of  us  are  clear. 
Which  of  us  spend  as  many  hours  a  day  in  God's  work 
j  as  we  did  formerly  in  man's  work?  We  talk — talk — 
!  or  read  what  comes  next  to  hand.  We  must,  abso- 
lutely must,  cure  this  evil,  or  betray  the  cause  of  God. 
But  how?  1.  Read  the  most  useful  books,  and  that 
[l  regularly  and  constantly.  2.  Steadily  spend  all  the 
morning  in  this  employment,  or  at  least  five  hours  in 
the  four  and  twenty.  "But  I  have'  no  taste  for  read- 
ing." Contract  a  taste  for  it  by  use,  or  return  to 
your  former  employment.  "But  I  have  no  books."  Be 
diligent  to  spread  the  books,  and  you  will  have  the 
use  of  them. 


V.  Necessity  of  Union  Among  Ourselves 
Tf  129.  Let  us  be  deeply  sensible  (from  what  we 
have  known)  of  the  evil  of  a  division  in  principle, 
spirit,  or  practice,  and  the  dreadful  consequences  to 
ourselves  and  others.  If  we  are  united,  what  can 
stand  before  us?  If  we  divide,  we  shall  destroy 
ourselves,  the  work  of  God,  and  the  souls  of  our 
people. 

U  130.  In  order  to  a  closer  union  with  each  other, 
1.  Let  us  be  deeply  convinced  of  the  absolute  neces- 
sity of  it.  2.  Pray  earnestly  for,  and  speak  freely  to, 
each  other.  3.  When  we  meet,  let  us  never  part  with- 
out prayer.  4.  Take  great  care  not  to  despise  each 
other's  gifts.  5.  Never  speak  lightly  of  each  other. 
107 


^  131      Qualifications  and  Work 


6.  Let  us  defend  each  other's  character  in  everything 
so  far  as  is  consistent  with  truth.  7.  Labor  in  honor 
each  to  prefer  the  other  before  himself.  We  recom- 
mend a  serious  perusal  of  The  Causes,  Evils,  and 
Cures  of  Heart  and  Church  Divisions. 


VL  Deportment  at  Conference 
If  131.  It  is  desired  that  all  things  be  considered 
on  these  occasions  as  in  the  immediate  presence  of 
God;  that  every  person  speak  freely  whatever  is  in 
his  heart. 

1[  132.  In  order,  therefore,  that  we  may  best  im- 
prove our  time  at  the  Conferences,  1.  While  we  are 
conversing  let  us  have  an  especial  care  to  set  God 
always  before  us.  2.  In  the  intermediate  hours  let 
us  redeem  all  the  time  we  can  for  private  exercises. 
3.  Therein  let  us  give  ourselves  to  prayer  for  one  an- 
other, and  for  a  blessing  on  our  labor. 


Vn.  Where  and  How  to  Preach 

-  f  133.  It  is  by  no  means  advisable  for  us  to  preach 
in  as  many  places  as  we  can  without  forming  any 
Societies.  We  have  made  the  trial  in  various  places, 
and  that  for  a  considerable  time.  But  all  that  seed 
has  fallen  by  the  wayside.  There  is  scarcely  any 
fruit  remaining. 

I  134.  We,  should  endeavor  to  preach  most,  1. 
Where  there  is  the  greatest  number  of  quiet  and  will- 
ing hearers;   2.  Where  there  is  most  fruit. 

If  135.  We  ought  diligently  to  observe  in  what 
places  God  is  pleased  at  any  time  to  pour  out  his 
108 


Qualifications  and  Wokk       1[  138 


Spirit  more  abundantly,  and  at  that  time  to  send 
more  laborers  than  usual  into  that  part  of  the 
harvest. 

U  136.  The  best  general  method  of  preaching  is, 
1.  To  convince;  2.  To  offer  Christ;  3.  To  invite; 
4.  To  build  up.  And  to  do  this  in  some  measure  in 
every  sermon. 

^  137.  The  most  effectual  way  of  preaching  Christ 
is  to  preach  him  in  all  his  offices;  and  to  declare  his 
law,  as  well  as  his  Gospel,  both  to  believers  and  unbe- 
lievers. Let  us  strongly  and  closely  insist  upon  in- 
ward and  outward  holiness  in  all  its  branches. 


VnL  Pastoral  Fidelity 

If  138.  We  can  further  assist  those  under  our  care 
by  instructing  them  at  their  own  houses.  What  un- 
speakable need  is  there  of  this!  The  world  says, 
"The  Methodists  are  no  better  than  other  people." 
This  is  not  true  in  the  general;  but, 

§  1.  Personal  religion,  both  toward  God  and  man, 
is  too  superficial  among  us.  We  can  only  touch  on  a 
few  particulars.  How  little  faith  is  there  among  us! 
How  little  communion  with  God!  How  little  living  in 
heaven,  walking  in  eternity,  deadness  to  every  crea- 
ture! How  much  love  of  the  world!  Desire  of  pleas- 
ure, of  ease,  of  getting  money!  How  little  brotherly 
love!  What  continual  judging  one  another!  What 
gossiping,  evil-speaking,  talebearing!  What  want  of 
moral  honesty!  To  instance  only  one  particular: 
Who  does  as  he  would  be  done  by  in  buying  and 
selling? 

§  2.  Family  religion  is  wanting  in  many  branches. 
And  what  avails  public  preaching  alone,  though  we 
109 


^  139      Qualifications  and  Wokk 


could  preach  like  angels?  We  must,  yea,  every  Trav- 
eling Preacher  must,  instruct  the  people  from  house 
to  house.  Till  this  be  done,  and  that  in  good  earnest, 
Methodists  will  be  no  better. 

§  3.  Our  religion  is  not  sufficiently  deep,  universal, 
uniform;  but  superficial,  partial,  uneven.  It  will  be 
so  till  we  spend  half  as  much  time  in  this  visiting  as 
we  now  do  in  talking  uselessly.  Can  we  find  a  better 
method  of  doing  this  than  Mr.  Baxter's?  If  not,  let 
us  adopt  it  without  delay.  His  whole  tract,  entitled 
Gildas  Salvianus ;  or.  The  Reformed  Pastor,  is  well 
worth  a  careful  perusal.  Speaking  of  this  visiting 
from  house  to  house  he  says  (p.  273),  "We  shall  find 
many  hindrances,  both  in  ourselves  and  the  people." 
1.  In  ourselves  there  is  much  dullness  and  laziness, 
so  that  there  will  be  much  ado  to  get  us  to  be  faithful 
in  the  work.  2.  We  have  a  base,  man-pleasing  tem- 
per, so  that  we  let  people  perish  rather  than  lose 
their  love;  we  let  them  go  quietly  to  hell  lest  we 
should  offend  them.  3.  Some  of  us  also  have  a  foolish 
bashfulness.  We  know  not  how  to  begin,  and  blush 
to  contradict  the  devil.  4.  But  the  greatest  hindrance 
is  weakness  of  faith.  Our  whole  motion  is  weak,  be- 
cause the  spring  of  it  is  weak.  5.  Lastly,  we  are  un- 
skillful in  the  work.  How  few  know  how  to  deal 
with  men,  so  as  to  get  within  them,  and  suit  all  our 
discourse  to  their  several  conditions  and  tempers;  to 
choose  the  fittest  subjects  and  follow  them  with  a 
holy  mixture  of  seriousness,  terror,  love,  and  meek- 
ness! 

f  139.  But  undoubtedly  this  private  application  is 
implied  in  those  solemn  words  of  the  Apostle:  "I 
charge  thee  before  God  and  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
who  shall  judge  the  quick  and  the  dead  at  his  appear- 
110 


Qualifications  and  Work       ^  142 


ing,  to  preach  the  word;  be  instant  in  season,  out  of 
season;  reprove,  rebuke,  exhort,  with  all  long-suffer- 
ing." 

II  140.  O  brethren,  if  we  could  but  set  this  work  on 
foot  in  all  our  Societies,  and  prosecute  it  zealously, 
what  glory  would  redound  to  God!  If  the  common 
lukewarmnegs  were  banished,  and  every  shop,  and 
every  house,  busied  in  speaking  of  the  words  and 
works  of  God,  surely  God  would  dwell  in  our  habita- 
tions, and  make  us  his  delight! 

11  141.  And  this  is  absolutely  necessary  to  the  wel- 
fare of  our  people,  some  of  whom  neither  repent  nor 
believe  to  this  day.  Look  around,  and  see  how  many 
of  them  are  still  in  apparent  danger  of  damnation. 
And  how  can  you  walk  and  talk,  and  be  merry  with 
such  people,  when  you  know  their  case?  When  you 
look  them  in  the  face,  you  should  break  forth  into 
tears,  as  the  prophet  did  when  he  looked  upon  Hazael, 
and  then  set  upon  them  with  the  most  vehement  ex- 
hortations. O,  for  God's  sake,  and  the  sake  of  poor 
souls,  bestir  yourselves,  and  spare  no  pains  that  may 
conduce  to  their  salvation!  What  cause  have  we  to 
mourn  before  the  Lord  that  we  have  so  long  neglected 
this  good  work!  If  we  had  but  engaged  in  it  sooner, 
how  many  more  might  have  been  brought  to  Christ! 
And  how  much  holier  and  happier  might  our  Socie- 
ties have  been  before  now!  And  why  might  we  not 
have  done  it  sooner?  There  were  many  hindrances; 
and  so  there  always  will  be.  But  the  greatest  hin- 
drance is  in  ourselves,  in  our  littleness  of  faith  and 
love. 

f  142.  But  it  is  objected: 

§  1.  "This  will  take  up  so  much  time  that  we  shall 
not  have  leisure  to  follow  our  studies."   We  answer, 
111 


^  143      Qualifications  and  Wokk 

1.  Gaining  knowledge  is  a  good  thing,  but  saving 
souls  is  a  better.  2.  By  this  very  thing  you  will  gain 
the  most  excellent  knowledge,  that  of  God  and  eter- 
nity. 3.  You  will  have  time  for  gaining  other  knowl- 
edge, too,  only  sleep  no  more  than  you  need,  "and 
never  be  idle,  nor  triflingly  employed."  But,  4.  If 
you  can  do  but  one,  let  your  studies  alone.  We  ought 
to  throw  by  all  the  libraries  in  the  world,  rather  than 
be  guilty  of  the  loss  of  one  soul. 

§  2.  "The  people  will  not  submit  to  it."  If  some 
will  not,  others  will,  and  the  success  with  them  will 
repay  all  your  labor.  O  let  us  herein  follow  the  ex- 
ample of  St.  Paul!  1.  For  our  general  business. 
Serving  the  Lord  with  all  humility  of  mind:  2.  Our 
special  work.  Take  heed  to  yourselves  and  to  all  the 
flock:  3.  Our  doctrine.  Repentance  toward  God,  and 
faith  toward  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ:  4.  The  place,  I 
have  taught  you  publicly,  and  from  house  to  house: 
5.  The  object  and  manner  of  teaching,  I  ceased  not  to 
warn  everyone  night  and  day,  with  tears:  6.  His  in- 
nocence and  self-denial  herein,  I  have  coveted  no 
man's  silver  or  gold:  7.  His  patience.  Neither  count 
I  my  life  dear  unto  myself.  And  among  all  other 
motives  let  these  be  ever  before  our  eyes:  (1)  The 
Church  of  God,  which  he  hath  purchased  with  his 
oion  hlood:  (2)  Grievous  wolves  shall  enter  in;  yea, 
of  yourselves  shall  men  arise,  speaking  perverse 
things. 

t  143.  Write  this  upon  your  hearts,  and  it  will  do 
you  more  good  than  twenty  years'  study.  Then  you 
will  have  no  time  to  spare:  you  will  have  work 
enough.  Then  likewise  no  Preacher  will  stay  with 
us  who  is  as  salt  that  has  lost  its  savor.  For  to  such 
this  employment  would  be  mere  drudgery.  And  in 
112 


Qualifications  and  Wokk       ^  146 

order  to  do  it,  you  will  have  need  of  all  the  knowl- 
edge you  can  procure,  and  grace  you  can  attain. 

H  144.  The  sum  is,  Go  into  every  house  in  course, 
and  teach  everyone  therein,  young  and  old,  to  be 
Christians  inwardly  and  outwardly:  make  every  par- 
ticular plain  to  their  understandings:  fix  it  in  their 
minds:  write  it  on  their  hearts.  In  order  to  this, 
there  must  be  precept  upon  precept,  line  upon  line. 
What  patience,  what  love,  what  knowledge  is  requi- 
site for  this!  We  must  needs  do  this,  were  it  only  to 
avoid  idleness.  Do  we  not  loiter  away  many  hours 
in  every  week?  Each  try  himself;  no  idleness  is  con- 
sistent with  a  growth  in  grace.  Nay»  without  exact- 
ness in  redeeming  time  you  cannot  retain  the  grace 
you  receive  in  justification. 

H  145.  Why  are  we  not  more  holy?  why  do  we  not 
live  in  eternity?  walk  with  God  all  the  day  long?  why 
are  we  not  all  devoted  to  God,  breathing  the  whole 
spirit  of  missionaries?  Chiefly  because  we  are  enthu- 
siasts; looking  for  the  end  without  using  the  means. 
To  touch  only  upon  two  or  three  instances:  Who  of 
us  rise  at  four,  or  even  at  five,  when  we  do  not 
preach?  Do  we  know  the  obligation  and  benefit  of 
fasting  or  abstinence?  How  often  do  we  practice  it? 
-The  neglect  of  this  alone  is  sufficient  to  account  for 
our  feebleness  and  faintness  of  spirit.  We  are  con- 
tinually grieving  the  Holy  Spirit  of  God  by  the  habit- 
ual neglect  of  a  plain  duty.  Let  us  amend  from  this 
hour. 

H  146.  In  order  to  guard  against  Sabbath-break- 
ing, evil-speaking,  unprofitable  conversation,  light- 
ness, expensiveness  or  gayety  of  apparel,  and  con- 
tracting debts  without  due  care  to  discharge  them, 
1.  Let  us  preach  expressly  on  each  of  these  heads. 
113 


^  147  Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences 

2.  Read  in  every  Society  tlie  Sermon  on  Evil-speak- 
ing. 3.  Let  tlie  Leaders  closely  examine  and  exhort 
every  person  to  put  away  the  accursed  thing.  4.  Let 
the  Preachers  warn  every  Society  that  none  who  is 
guilty  herein  can  remain  with  us.  5.  Extirpate  out 
of  our  Church  buying,  or  selling  goods  which  have 
not  paid  the  duty  laid  upon  them  by  government. 
Let  none  remain  with  us  who  will  not  totally  abstain 
from  this  evil  in  every  kind  and  degree.  Extirpate 
bribery — receiving  anything,  directly  or  indirectly — 
for  voting  at  any  election.  Show  no  respect  to  per- 
sons herein,  but  expel  all  that  touch  the  accursed 
thing.  And  strfengly  advise  our  people  to  discounte- 
nance all  treats  given  by  candidates  before  or  at  elec- 
tions, and  not  to  be  partakers,  in  any  respect,  of  such 
iniquitous  practices. 


CHAPTER  II 
MINISTERS  AND  ANNUAL  CONFERENCES 


I.  Reception  on  Trial 


^  147.  A  Preacher  is  to  be  received  on  Trial  by  an 
Annual  or  Mission  Conference. 

H  148,  §  1.  But  he  must  (1)  present  a  recom- 
mendation from  the  District  Conference,  or,  where 
no  District  Conference  exists,  from  the  Quarterly 
Conference,  of  which  he  is  a  member,  duly  signed  by 
the  President  and  Secretary  thereof;  (2)  give  to  the 
Annual  or  Mission  Conference  satisfactory  evidence 
114 


Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences  151 


of  his  knowledge  of  the  studies  prescribed  for  candi- 
dates for  Reception  on  Trial,  and  (3)  have  previously- 
deposited  with  the  Committee  on  Conference  Rela- 
tions, written  answers  to  the  following  questions, 
namely: 

1.  Are  you  in  debt  so  as  to  embarrass  you  in  the 
work  of  the  Ministry? 

2.  Will  you  wholly  abstain  from  the  use  of  tobacco? 

Note.— Like  answers  shall  also  be  required  of  Ministers  proposing  to 
come  to  us  from  other  Churches. 

§  2.  Observe!  Taking  on  Trial  is  entirely  different 
from  admitting  a  Preacher  into  Full  Membership. 
One  on  Trial  may  be  either  admitted  or  rejected  with- 
out doing  him  any  wrong;  otherwise  it  would  be  no 
trial  at  all. 

H  149.  While  he  is  on  Trial  the  Annual  Confer- 
ence alone  has  jurisdiction  over  the  question  of  his 
authority  to  preach,  and  his  continuance  on  Trial 
shall  be  equivalent  to  the  renewal  of  his  License  to 
preach.  If  he  shall  be  discontinued,  he  shall  be  a 
member  of  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the  Charge 
where  he  resides  at  the  time;  and,  if  he  is  not  a 
Deacon  or  Elder,  his  License  shall  expire  unless  re- 
newed within  one  year.  If  205,  §  4. 

Tf  150.  When  an  unordained  Preacher  is  received 
on  Trial  in  an  Annual  Conference,  and  is  regularly- 
appointed  to  a  Charge  by  the  Bishop  presiding  in 
said  Conference,  he  shall  be  authorized,  as  long  as 
the  above  conditions  exist,  to  solemnize  Marriage 
according  to  the  laws  of  the  State  in  which  he  lives. 

If  151.  At  each  Annual  Conference  those  who  are 
received  on  Trial  or  are  admitted  into  Full  Member- 
ship shall  be  asked  whether  they  are  willing  to  devote 
themselves  to  the  missionary  work,  and  a  list  of  the 
115 


^  152  Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences 

names  of  all  those  who  are  willing  to  do  so  shall  be 
taken  and  reported  to  the  Corresponding  Secretaries 
of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions;  and  all  such  shall 
be  considered  as  ready  and  willing  to  be  employed  as 
Missionaries  whenever  called  for  by  any  of  the 
Bishops. 


IL  Admission  into  Foil  Membership 
^  152.  A  Preacher  on  Trial  who  has  been  em- 
ployed in  the  regular  itinerant  work  on  Circuits  or 
Stations,  or  as  instructor  in  one  of  our  institutions 
of  learning,  for  two  successive  years  from  the  time 
he  was  received  on  Trial,  may  be  admitted  into  Full 
Membership  in  the  Annual  Conference  after  he  has 
given  satisfactory  evidence  of  his  knowledge  of  the 
first  two  years  of  the  Conference  Course  of  Study, 
and  after  the  examination  before  the  Conference  pre- 
scribed in  1[  153;  provided,  this  shall  not  be  so  con- 
strued as  to  prevent  the  reception  into  Full  Member- 
ship of  one  who,  while  a  student  in  some  one  of  our 
literary  schools  or  theological  seminaries,  has  been 
for  the  proper  length  of  time  regularly  employed  as 
Pastor  in  a  Circuit  or  Station  under  the  appointment 
of  the  District  Superintendent. 

If  153.  In  admitting  a  Preacher  at  the  Conference 
into  Full  Membership,  after  solemn  fasting  and 
prayer,  he  shall  be  asked,  before  the  Conference,  the 
following  questions,  with  any  others  which  may  be 
thought  necessary,  namely: 

1.  Have  you  faith  in  Christ? 

2.  Are  you  going  on  to  perfection? 

3.  Do  you  expect  to  be  made  perfect  in  love  in  this 
life? 

4.  Are  you  earnestly  striving  after  it? 

116 


Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences  1^  154 


5.  Are  you  resolved  to  devote  yourself  wholly  to 
God  and  his  work? 

6.  Do  you  know  the  General  Rules  of  our  Church? 

7.  Will  you  keep  them? 

8.  Have  you  studied  the  Doctrines  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church? 

9.  After  full  examination  do  you  believe  that  our 
Doctrines  are  in  harmony  with  the  Holy  Scriptures? 

10.  Will  you  preach  and  maintain  them? 

.  11.  Have  you  studied  our  form  of  Church  Discipline 
and  Polity? 

12.  Do  you  approve  our  Church  Government  and 
Polity? 

13.  Will  you  support  and  maintain  them? 

14.  Have  you  considered  the  Rules  for  a  Preacher, 
especially  those  relating  to  Diligence,  to  Punctuality, 
and  to  Doing  the  Work  to  which  you  are  assigned? 

15.  Will  you  keep  them  for  conscience'  sake? 

16.  Will  you  diligently  instruct  the  children  in 
every  place? 

17.  Will  you  visit  from  house  to  house? 

18.  Will  you  recommend  fasting  or  abstinence,  both 
by  precept  and  example? 

19.  Are  you  determined  to  employ  all  your  time  in 
the  work  of  God? 

Note.— The  candidate  for  Admission  into  Full  Membership  mast  again 
deposit  with  the  Secretary  of  the  Conference,  or  with  the  Committee  on 
Conference  Relations,  written  answers  to  the  questions  set  forth  in  H  148. 

H  154.  A  Missionary  employed  in  a  Mission  may 
be  admitted  into  Full  Membership,  if  recommended 
by  the  Superintendent  of  the  Mission  where  he  la- 
bors, without  being  present  at  his  Annual  Conference 
for  examination;  but  he  shall  in  all  cases  answer  the 
questions  in  H  153,  in  the  presence  of  the  Annual 
117 


155  MiNISCERS  AND  AnNUAL  CONFERENCES 


Meeting  of  the  Mission  when  practicable;  otherwise 
in  the  presence  of  the  Superintendent. 

'i  155.  A  Minister  who  has  been  located  at  his 
own  request  may  be  readmitted  by  an  Annual  Con- 
ference, at  its  discretion,  upon  his  Certificate  of 
Location.   


III.  Ministers  from  Other  Churches 

H  156.  Ministers  duly  accredited  as  in  good  stand- 
ing in  other  Evangelical  Churches  until  their  withr 
drawal  or  dismissal  therefrom,  and  having  been 
blameless  in  life  and  doctrine  thereafter,  may  be  re- 
ceived into  our  ministry  in  the  following  manner: 

§  1.  The  Quarterly  Conference  may  receive  them 
as  Local  Preachers  not  entitled  to  administer  the 
Sacraments. 

§  2.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  District  Con- 
ference (or  of  the  Quarterly  Conference  where  no 
District  Conference  exists)  the  Annual  Conference 
may  at  any  time  thereafter  recognize  the  Orders  of 
those  thus  received;  may  at  any  time  within  two 
years  thereafter,  upon  like  recommendation,  receive 
them  into  the  Conference,  either  on  Trial  or  in  Full 
Membership;  and  may,  at  its  discretion,  require  them 
to  pursue,  in  whole  or  in  part,  the  Conference  Course 
of  Study.  In  case  a  Minister  comes  from  a  Church 
having  but  a  single  Order  in  its  ministry,  the  Con- 
ference may  receive  him  either  as  a  Deacon  or  as 
an  Elder. 

§  3.  But  Ministers  of  the  above  description  may 
apply  directly  to  the  Annual  Conference,  which 
may  receive  their  Credentials  from  another  Church, 
and,  finding  them  of  unquestionable  validity  and 
sufficiency,  may  exercise  in  behalf  of  said  Minis- 
118 


Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences  ^157 


ters  all  the  powers  conferred  in  the  preceding 
section. 

§  4.  In  all  these  cases  the  candidates  for  Admission 
Into  Full  Membership  must  satisfactorily  answer  the 
questions  set  forth  in  Ti  153;  and  candidates  who 
come  to  us  from  other  than  Methodist  Churches  must, 
before  the  recognition  of  their  Orders,  take  upon 
them  our  Ordination  Vows,  and  give  satisfactory  evi- 
dence of  their  agreement  with  us  in  Doctrine  and 
Discipline. 

§  5.  The  Annual  Conference  may  also  admit  to 
equal  grade  Preachers  who  are  on  Trial  in  the  minis- 
try of  another  Methodist  Church,  using,  however, 
special  care  that  before  they  are  admitted  to  Full 
Membership  their  examination  be  entirely  satisfac- 
tory. 

H  157.  Wherever  the  Orders  of  a  Minister  are  rec- 
ognized according  to  the  foregoing  provisions  he 
shall  be  furnished  with  a  Certificate,  signed  by  the 
Bishop,  in  the  following  words,  namely: 

"This  is  to  Certify  that  the  . .  Annual  Confer- 
ence, having  examined  the  Credentials  of  the  Rev. 

 as  (an  Elder  or  a  Deacon)  of  the  

Church,  and  having  received  other  testimonials  of  his 
Grace,  Gifts,  and  Usefulness,  and  being  satisfied 
therewith,  has  this  day  accepted  and  recognized  him 

in  due  form  as   (an  Elder  or  a  Deacon)  in  the 

Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  entitled  to  exercise  un- 
der its  authority  all  the  functions  pertaining  to  that 
office,  so  long  as  his  life  and  doctrine  become  the 
Gospel  of  Christ. 

"Given  under  my  hand  and  seal  at    this 

  day  of  ,  in  the  year  of  our  Lord   

"  ,  President." 

119 


■[  158  Ministers  and  Annual  Conferences 


II  158.  When  the  Orders  of  a  Minister  of  another 
Church  shall  have  been  duly  recognized,  his  Creden- 
tials from  said  Church  shall  be  returned  to  him  with 
this  inscription  written  plainly  across  the  face  of 
them: 

"Accredited  by  the    Annual  Conference  of 

the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  this  ...  day  of 
19..,  as  the  basis  of  new  Credentials. 

"  President. 

"  ,  Secretary." 


rV.  Ministers  in  Official  Positions 

H  159.  Traveling  Preachers  who  are  elected  to 
official  positions  by  the  General  Conference  shall  be 
Members  of  such  Annual  Conference  as  they  may, 
with  the  approbation  of  the  Bishops,  select. 


V,  Termination  of  Conference  Membership 
1.  By  Location 

1  160.  An  Annual  Conference  may  grant  to  any 
Member  who  is  in  good  standing  therein  a  Location, 
certified  by  the  President  of  the  Conference.  Such 
Minister  shall  thereupon  hold  his  membership  as  a 
Local  Elder  or  Deacon  in  the  Quarterly  Conference 
where  he  resides.     205,  §4. 

H  161.  Whenever  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence applies  for  a  Location,  it  shall  be  asked.  Is  he  in- 
debted to  the  Book  Concern?  and  if  it  be  ascertained 
that  he  is,  the  Conference  shall  require  him  to  secure 
said  debt,  if  they  judge  it  necessary  or  proper,  be- 
fore they  grant  him  a  Location. 

120 


^[iXISTERS  AND  AnNUAL  CONFERENCES  ^  104 


2.  By  Surrender  of  Ministerial  Office 
H  162.  Any  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference  in 
good  standing,  who  may  desire  to  surrender  his  Min- 
isterial Office  and  withdraw  from  the  Conference,  may 
be  allowed  to  do  so  by  the  Conference  at  its  session; 
in  which  case  his  Credentials  shall  be  filed  with  the 
papers  of  the  Annual  Conference  of  which  he  was 
a  Member,  and  his  membership  in  the  Church  shall 
be  recorded  in  the  Society  where  he  resided  at  the 
time  of  such  surrender. 

3.  By  Withdrawal 

%  163,  §  1.  When  a  Minister  in  good  standing  with- 
draws to  join  the  Ministry  of  another  Church,  his 
Credentials  should  be  surrendered  to  the  Conference, 
and,  if  he  shall  desire  it,  may  be  returned  to  him 
with  the  following  inscription  written  plainly  across 
the  face  of  them,  namely: 

"A  B  has  this  day  been  honorably  dis- 
missed by  the    Annual  Conference  from  the 

ministry  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

"Dated   

"  ,  President. 

"  Secretary." 

§  2.  When  in  the  interval  of  the  Annual  Conference 
a  Member  thereof  shall  deposit  with  a  Bishop  or  with 
his  District  Superintendent  a  letter  of  withdrawal 
from  our  Ministry,  or  his  Credentials,  or  both,  the 
same  shall  be  presented  to  the  Annual  Conference 
at  its  next  session  for  its  action  thereon. 

4.  By  Refusal  to  do  Work  Assigned 
If  164.  No  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference  who 
declines  or  ceases  to  do  the  work  to  which  he  was 
121 


1  165 


Deacoms 


duly  appointed,  except  in  case  of  sickness,  serious 
disability,  or  other  unavoidable  circumstance,  sliall 
on  any  account  exercise  tlie  peculiar  functions  of  his 
Office,  whether  Deacon  or  Elder,  or  even  be  allowed 
to  preach  among  us;  nevertheless,  the  final  determi- 
nation in  every  such  case  is  with  the  Annual  Con- 
ference. H  239. 


CHAPTER  III 
DEACONS 

If  165.  A  Deacon  is  constituted  by  the  election  of 
the  Annual  Conference  and  the  laying  on  of  the 
hands  of  a  Bishop. 

11  166.  A  Deacon  has  authority  to  preach;  to  con- 
duct Divine  Worship;  to  solemnize  Matrimony;  to 
administer  Baptism;  and  to  assist  the  Elder  in 
administering  the  Lord's  Supper. 

167.  Preachers  of  the  following  classes  are  eli- 
gible to  the  Office  of  Deacon: 

§  1.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  Local  Preachers  for 
four  consecutive  years;  (2)  shall  present  a  recom- 
mendation for  Deacons'  Orders  from  the  District 
Conference  or  from  the  Quarterly  Conference  where 
no  District  Conference  exists,  duly  attested  by  the 
President  and  Secretary  thereof,  and  (3)  shall  have 
completed,  satisfactorily  to  the  Annual  Conference, 
the  studies  prescribed  for  Local  Preachers  who  are 
candidates  for  Deacons'  Orders. 

Note.— Preachers  on  Trial  in  an  Annual  Conference  are  for  purposes 
of  ordination,  as  for  amenability,  considered  as  Local  Preachers. 

§  2.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  Local  Preachers  for 
two  full  years;  and  (2)  also  at  and  during  the  same 
122 


Elders 


1  170 


time  regular  students  in  one  of  our  theological  semi- 
naries; (3)  shall  have  been  received  on  Trial,  and 
(4)  shall  have  completed,  satisfactorily  to  the  An- 
nual Conference,  the  first  two  years  of  the  Conference 
Course  of  Study. 

§  3.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  on  Trial  in  an  An- 
nual Conference  for  two  years,  and  (2)  shall  have 
completed  satisfactorily  to  the  Annual  Conference 
the  first  two  years  of  the  Conference  Course  of 
Study. 

§  4.  Those  Preachers  on  Trial  who  shall  be  ap- 
pointed by  a  Bishop  to  a  foreign  Mission,  or  to  a 
remote  field  in  any  Conference,  or  to  a  Church  in  a 
foreign  country  outside  of  a  Mission  or  Conference, 
or  to  a  Chaplaincy  in  the  Army  or  Navy,  in  a  Prison, 
or  a  Reformatory,  Sanitary,  or  Charitable  Institu- 
tion; provided,  that  the  Bishop  and  a  majority  of  the 
District  Superintendents  recommend  such  election. 


CHAPTER  IV 
ELDERS 

H  168.  An  Elder  is  constituted  by  the  election  of 
the  Annual  Conference,  and  by  the  laying  on  of  the 
hands  of  a  Bishop  and  of  some  of  the  Elders  who  are 
present. 

H  169.  An  Elder  has  authority  to  preach;  to  con- 
duct Divine  Worship;  to  solemnize  Matrimony,  and 
to  administer  the  Sacraments  of  Baptism  and  the 
Lord's  Supper. 

H  170.  Preachers  of  the  following  classes  are  eli- 
gible to  the  Office  of  Elder: 
123 


1  ivi 


Elders 


§  1.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  for  four  consecutive 
years  Local  Deacons;  (2)  shall  present  a  recom- 
mendation for  Elders'  Orders  from  the  District  Con- 
ference or  from  the  Quarterly  Conference  where  no 
District  Conference  exists,  duly  attested  by  the 
President  and  Secretary  thereof,  and  (3)  shall  have 
completed  satisfactorily  to  the  Annual  Conference  the 
Studies  prescribed  for  Local  Deacons  who  are  candi- 
dates for  Elders'  Orders. 

Note  1.— Preachers  on  Trial  In  an  Annual  Conference  are  for  purposes 
of  ordination,  as  for  amenability,  considered  as  Local  Preachers. 

Note  2.— The  Election  of  such  Preachers  to  Eiders'  Orders  prop- 
erly precedes  their  Admission  to  Full  Membersliip. 

§  2.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  in  Full  Membership 
in  the  Annual  Conference  for  two  successive  years, 
and  (2)  also  Deacons  during  the  same  time,  and 
(3)  shall  have  completed,  satisfactorily  to  the  Con- 
ference, the  Conference  Course  of  Study. 

§  3.  Those  who  (1)  have  been  received  on  Trial, 
and  elected  to  the  office  of  Deacon  under  the  pro- 
visions of  TI  167,  §  2;  (2)  have  completed,  satis- 
factorily to  the  Conference,  the  Conference  Course 
of  Study,  and  (3)  have  been  admitted  into  Full  Mem- 
bership. 

§  4.  Those  who  (1)  are  members  of  or  have  been 
received  on  Trial  in  an  Annual  Conference,  and  (2) 
have  been  appointed  to  a  Chaplaincy  in  the  Army, 
or  Navy,  or  to  a  foreign  Mission,  or  to  the  Pastorate 
of  a  Church  in  a  foreign  country  outside  of  a  Mission 
or  Conference,  or  to  a  Mission  among  foreign  people 
within  an  English-speaking  Conference. 

If  171.  The  Annual  Conferences  in  India  are  au- 
thorized, with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop  presid- 
ing, to  elect  to  the  Office  of  Deacon  or  Elder  Local 
124 


Pastors 


^  173 


Preachers  who  have  been  engaged  in  the  regular 
work  for  two  years,  or  four  years,  respectively. 

*;  172.  When  a  Preacher  shall  have  passed  his  ex- 
amination, and  been  admitted  into  Full  Membership, 
and  been  elected  to  the  Office  of  Deacon,  but  fails  of 
his  Ordination  through  the  absence  of  the  Bishop,  his 
eligibility  to  the  Office  of  Elder  shall  count  from  the 
time  of  his  election  to  the  OflBce  of  Deacon. 


CHAPTER  V 
PASTORS  (Preachers  in  Charge) 
173.  The  duties  of  the  Pastor  of  a  Station  or 
Circuit  are: 

§  1.  To  have  the  oversight  of  the  other  Preachers 
in  his  Pastoral  Charge. 

§  2.  To  appoint  all  the  Leaders;  to  change  them 
when  he  deems  it  necessary,  and  to  examine  each  of 
them,  with  all  possible  exactness,  at  least  once  a 
quarter,  concerning  his  method  of  leading  a  Class. 

§  3.  To  receive  persons  on  probation,  to  instruct 
them  in  the  doctrines,  rules,  and  regulations  of  the 
Church,  to  receive  persons  into  Full  Membership 
when  properly  recommended,  to  receive  and  dismiss 
members  by  Certificate,  and  to  administer  the  Dis- 
cipline within  his  Church. 

§  4.  To  read  and  explain  the  General  Rules  at  least 
once  a  year  in  every  Congregation. 

§  5.  To  enforce  vigorously  but  calmly  the  rules  of 
the  Church. 

§  6.  To  appoint  Prayer  Meetings  wherever  advis- 
able in  his  Charge. 

125 


1  173 


Pastors 


§  7.  To  arrange  the  appointments,  wherever  prac- 
ticable, so  as  to  give  the  Local  Preachers  regular  and 
systematic  employment  on  the  Sabbath. 

§  8.  To  license  such  persons  as  he  may  deem 
proper  to  officiate  as  Exhorters  in  the  Church,  accord- 
ing to  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline.  H  210. 

§  9.  To  hold  Watch-night  Meetings  yearly,  and 
Love  Feasts  quarterly;  suffering  no  Love  Feast  to 
last  above  an  hour  and  a  half;  to  hold  Quarterly 
Meetings  in  the  absence  of  the  District  Superintend- 
ent, and  of  the  Traveling  Elder  appointed  by  him 
as  his  substitute. 

§  10.  To  take  care  that  every  Society  be  supplied 
■with  our  Church  literature. 

§  11.  To  form  Classes  of  the  larger  children, 
youth,  and  adults  for  instruction  in  the  Word  of  God; 
and  to  attend  to  all  the  duties  prescribed  for  the 
training  of  children.    VJ  52,  422. 

§  12.  To  catechise  the  children  publicly  in  the  Sun- 
day School,  and  at  special  meetings  appointed  for 
that  purpose,  and  also  privately;  to  report  to  each 
Quarte-ly  Conference  the  extent  to  which  he  has 
done  this  work. 

§  13.  To  organize,  if  possible,  and  to  maintain,  if 
practicable,  Chapters  of  the  Epworth  League. 

§  14.  To  organize,  if  possible,  and  to  maintain,  if 
practicable,  Chapters  of  the  Methodist  Brother- 
hood. 

§  15.  To  organize,  if  possible,  and  to  maintain,  if 
practicable.  Ladies'  Aid  Societies. 

§  16.  To  examine  the  accounts  of  the  Stewards. 

§  17.  To  see  that  the  Stewards  provide,  whenever 
practicable,  unfermented  wine  for  use  in  the  Sacra- 
ment of  the  Lord's  Supper. 

126 


Pastors 


t  173 


§  18.  To  teacli  systematic  giving  in  accordance 
with  Special  Advice  VII. 

§  19.  To  appoint  a  person  to  receive  the  quarterly- 
collection  in  the  Classes. 

§  20.  To  see  that  public  collections  be  made  quar- 
terly, if  need  be. 

§  21.  To  call  the  Committee  on  Temperance  to- 
gether at  least  once  in  three  months  for  the  purpose 
of  considering  the  best  means  to  be  employed  for  pro- 
moting the  cause  of  Temperance  in  the  community. 

§  22.  To  recommend  everywhere  decency  and 
cleanliness. 

§  23.  To  attend  to  all  the  duties  enjoined  upon 
Pastors  in  reference  to  Foreign  Missions,  Home  Mis- 
sions and  Church  Extension,  Education,  Sunday 
Schools,  Freedmen's  Aid,  Conference  Claimants,  and 
the  distribution  of  Tracts;  forming  societies  and 
taking  collections  to  aid  these  objects  in  such  manner 
as  the  Discipline  shall  from  time  to  time  direct. 

§  24.  To  take  a  collection  or  subscription,  if  the 
Annual  Conference  shall  not  give  other  directions  on 
the  subject,  the  proceeds  of  which  shall  be  at  the  dis- 
posal of  the  Pastor  for  the  distribution  of  Tracts. 

§  25.  To  take  an  annual  collection  in  behalf  of  the 
American  Bible  Society. 

§  26.  To  take  a  collection  during  each  of  the  three 
Conference  years  preceding  the  session  of  the  General 
Conference  to  aid  in  paying  the  expenses  of  the 
General  Conference,  of  Judicial  Conferences,  of 
Fraternal  Delegates,  and  of  such  General  Conference 
Commissions  as  do  not  relate  to  the  publishing  in- 
terests. 

§  27.  To  take  an  annual  collection  in  behalf  of  the 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools,  and  to  see  that  the  collec- 
127 


1  1V3 


Pastors 


tion  ordered  by  %  419,  §  4,  be  taken  annually  in  eacb 
Sunday  School. 

§  28.  To  register  carefully  Marriages  and  Baptisms. 

§  29.  To  give  an  account  of  his  Charge  every  quar- 
ter to  his  District  Superintendent. 

§  30.  To  make  a  written  report  at  each  Quarterly 
Conference  in  the  order,  and  covering  all  the  items, 
set  forth  in  the  following  form: 

The  Preacher  in  charge  of    presents  the 

following 

QUARTERLY  REPORT 

of   Charge  to  the   Quarterly  Confer- 
ence held  at   ,  19  

I.  Sunday  Schools  and  Religious  Instruction 

1.  Number  of  Sunday  Schools  

2.  State  of  the  Schools  

3.  Average  Attendance  

4.  Number  of  Sermons  preached  by  the  Pastor  to 

the  Children  

5.  Number  of  times  the  Pastor  has  catechised  the 

Children  

6.  Number  of  Classes  of  Children  formed  for  re- 

ligious instruction  

II.  Changes  in  Memhership 

[Note.— Enter  under  each  item  the  names  of  the  persons  and  places 
concerned.] 

1.  Persons  desiring  to  Unite  with  the  Church. 

2.  Persons  Received  into  Membership. 

3.  Persons  Received  into  Membership  by  Certifi- 

cate. 

4.  Persons     Received     from     Other  Evangelical 

Churches. 

128 


Pastors 


1  na 


5.  Persons  Dismissed  by  Certificate  and  to  what 
Charge. 

C.  Certificates  Acknowledged  to  the  Charges  issuing 
the  same. 

7.  Certificates  Issued  to  other  Charges  acimowl- 

edged  by  the  same. 

8.  Deceased. 

9.  Removed  Without  Letter. 

10.  Where  new  address  is  known  has  Pastor  been 

Notified? 

11.  Withdrawn. 

12.  Excluded. 

nr.  Pastoral  Labor 

1.  Number  of  Pastoral  Visits  

2.  Other  Items   ... 

IV.  Benevolent  Collections  this  Quarter 

1.  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  

2.  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension. . 

3.  Board  of  Education  

4.  Board  of  Sunday  Schools  

5.  Board  of  Conference  Claimants: 

Connectional  Fund  

Permanent  Fund.  

6.  Freedmen's  Aid  Society  

7.  American  Bible  Society  

8.  Other  Objects  

V.  Subscribers  for  Periodicals 

[XOTE.— To  be  reported  only  at  Fourth  Quarterly  Conference.] 

1  Christian  Advocate  

2.  Methodist  Review  

3.  Sunday  School  Journal  

129 


1 


Pastors 


4.  Sunday  School  Advocate  

5.  The  Classmate  

6.  Epworth  Herald  

7.  Other    Periodicals  :  

 Preacher  in  Charge. 

§  31.  To  make  an  exact  report  to  the  Annual  Con- 
ference of  all  the  items  embraced  in  the  Statistics  of 
the  Conference,  and  to  deliver  to  the  Conference 
Treasurer  all  moneys  raised  for  benevolent  causes, 
or  satisfactory  vouchers  for  the  same  (H  85,  §§  2, 
3) ;  and  to  report  in  open  Conference  whether  he 
has  presented  the  claims  of  our  benevolent  causes 
according  to  the  requirements  of  the  Discipline. 

§  32.  To  make  at  the  close  of  each  Conference  year 
a  Visiting  List  of  the  Members  in  Towns  and  Cities, 
by  streets  and  numbers,  and  to  leave  it  to  his  suc- 
cessor, together  with  a  particular  account  of  his 
Charge  and  a  list  of  subscribers  for  our  Periodicals. 

H  174.  No  Pastor  shall  engage  an  Evangelist  other 
than  one  of  those  appointed  by  the  Bishop  of  his  own 
Conference,  without  first  obtaining  the  written  con- 
sent of  his  District  Superintendent. 

H  175.  No  preaching  place  shall  be  discontinued 
in  the  intervals  between  the  sessions  of  the  Annual 
Conference  without  the  consent  and  advice  of  the 
Quarterly  Conference  and  of  the  District  Superintend- 
ent; and  when  thus  discontinued  the  names  of  the 
members  shall  be  transferred  to  such  contiguous 
Classes  as  the  members  may  select. 


130 


Supernumerary  Ministers       T  176 


CHAPTER  VI 
SUPERNUMERARY  MINISTERS 

^  176.  A  Supernumerary  Minister  is  one  who,  be- 
cause of  impaired  health,  or  other  equally  sufficient 
reason,  is  temporarily  unable  to  perform  full  work. 
This  relation  shall  not  be  granted  for  more  than  five 
years  in  succession.  He  may  receive  an  appoint- 
ment, or  be  left  without  one,  according  to  the  judg- 
ment of  the  Annual  Conference  of  which  he  is  a 
Member;  and  he  shall  be  subject  to  all  the  limitations 
of  the  Discipline  in  respect  to  reappointment  and 
continuance  in  the  same  Charge  that  apply  to  Effect- 
ive Ministers.  In  case  he  has  no  Pastoral  Charge 
he  shall  have  a  seat  in  the  Quarterly  Conference,  and 
all  the  privileges  of  membership,  in  the  place  where 
he  resides.  He  shall  report  to  the  fourth  Quarterly 
Conference  and  to  the  Pastor  all  Marriages  solem- 
nized and  all  Baptisms  administered.  In  case  he  re- 
sides beyond  the  bounds  of  his  Conference,  he  shall 
forward  annually  a  Certificate  similar  to  that  re- 
luired  of  a  Superannuated  Minister,  and  in  case  of 
failure  so  to  do  the  Conference  may  locate  him  with- 
out his  consent.  He  shall  have  no  claim  on  the  Con- 
ference funds  except  by  vote  of  the  Conference. 


131 


1  179 


District  Superintendents 


§  9.  To  see  that  all  Church  property  is  well  in- 
sured. 

§  10.  To  promote  by  all  proper  means  the  interests 
of  Foreign  Missions  (HH  384-386),  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  (H  400),  Education  (H  413),  Sun- 
day Schools  (1[  421),  Conference  Claimants'  Connec- 
tional  Funds  (^li  309-318),  Freedmen's  Aid  Society 
(11  432),  Epworth  Leagues  (%  447),  Methodist 
Brotherhoods  (H  449,  §  8),  Temperance  (H  444,  §  6), 
and  Ladies'  Aid  Societies  (f  343) ;  to  observe  the 
rules  of  the  Cburch  as  to  these  and  other  benevolent 
causes,  and  to  secure  conformity  thereto  by  both 
Pastors  and  Quarterly  Conferences;  and  to  report  in 
open  Conference  whether  the  provisions  of  the  Disci- 
pline for  the  support  of  the  various  benevolences  of 
the  Church  have  been  carried  out  in  his  District. 

§  11.  To  inquire  carefully  in  every  Charge  whether 
the  apportionment  for  the  Episcopal  Fund  has  been 
paid  in  accordance  with  the  provision  of  the  Disci- 
pline.   H  304. 

§  12.  To  inquire  carefully  in  every  Charge  whether 
the  apportionments  for  the  expenses  of  the  General 
Conference  and  other  general  expenses  of  the  Church 
have  been  paid.    If  356. 

§  13.  To  report  to  the  Annual  Conference  the  con- 
dition and  statistics  of  the  literary  and  tbeological 
institutions  located  in  his  District,  and  under  the 
care  of  our  Church;  and  to  ask  at  the  last  Quarterly 
Conference  of  each  Charge  the  questions  set  forth  in 
11413,  §  2. 

§  14.  To  carefully  inquire  at  each  Quarterly  Con- 
ference whether  the  rules  respecting  the  instruction 
of  children,   including  instruction   in  Temperance, 
have  been  faithfully  observed.    liH  413,  444,  §  7. 
134 


District  Superintendknts 


1  181 


^  15.  To  take  care  fhat  every  part  of  our  Discipline 
}tv  enforced  in  his  District. 

S  16.  To  decide  all  Questions  of  Law  involved  in 
1)1  oceedings  pending  in  a  District  or  Quarterly  Con- 
ference, subject  to  an  appeal  to  the  President  of  the 
next  Annual  Conference.  But  in  all  cases  the  applica- 
tion of  law  shall  be  with  the  Conference.     241,  §  2. 

17.  To  attend  the  Bishop  when  present  in  his 
District,  and  to  give  him  by  letter,  when  absent,  all 
necessary  information  of  the  state  of  his  District. 

§  18.  To  furnish  the  Member  of  the  General  Mis- 
sionary Committee  of  his  General  Conference  Dis- 
trict, prior  to  the  annual  meeting  of  that  Committee, 
a  written  statement  of  the  condition  of  the  Missions 
under  his  care  and  of  their  pecuniary  needs. 

§  19.  To  direct  the  attention  of  candidates  for  the 
Ministry  to  the  advantages  of  a  thorough  training  in 
the  literary  and  theological  schools  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  and  also  to  direct  those  who  are 
admitted  on  Trial  to  the  Course  of  Study  prescribed 
by  the  Bishops. 

§  20.  To  explain  to  Preachers  on  Trial,  as  well  as 
to  those  who  are  to  be  proposed  for  Trial,  that  the 
Annual  Conference  may  refuse  to  admit  them  to  Full 
Membership  without  doing  them  any  wrong. 

1[  180.  If  any  Pastor  absent  himself  from  his 
Charge  the  District  Superintendent  shall,  as  far  as 
possible,  fill  his  place  with  another  Preacher,  who 
shall  be  paid  for  his  labors  out  of  the  allowance  of 
the  absent  Pastor,  and  in  proportion  thereto. 

If  181.  A  District  Superintendent  shall  not  employ 
a  Preacher  who  has  been  rejected  by  the  previous 
Annual  Conference,  unless  the  Conference  give  him 
authority. 

135 


1"  182  Missionary  Bishops 


CHAPTER  IX 
MISSIONARY  BISHOPS 
H  182,  §  1.  A  Missionary  Bishop  is  a  Bishop 
elected  for  a  specified  Foreign  Mission  field,  with 
full  Episcopal  powers,  but  with  Episcopal  jurisdic- 
tion limited  to  the  Foreign  Mission  field  for  which  he 
was  elected. 

§  2.  When  two  or  more  Missionary  Bishops  are 
located  in  the  same  Foreign  Mission  field  they  shall 
be  coordinate  with  one  another. 

183.  A  Missionary  Bishop  is  not,  in  the  mean- 
ing of  the  Discipline,  a  General  Superintendent. 

II  184.  A  Missionary  Bishop  is  not  subordinate  to 
the  General  Superintendents,  but  is  coordinate  with 
them  in  authority  in  the  field  to  which  he  is  ap- 
pointed. In  the  practical  application  of  this  coor- 
dinate authority,  when  the  General  Superintendents 
are  making  their  assignments  to  the  Conferences,  any 
Missionary  Bishop  who  may  be  in  the  United  States 
shall  sit  with  them  when  his  field  is  under  considera- 
tion; and  arrangements  shall  be  made  so  that  once  in 
every  quadrennium,  and  not  oftener  unless  a  serious 
emergency  arises,  every  Mission  over  which  a  Mis- 
sionary Bishop  has  jurisdiction  shall  be  administered 
conjointly  by  a  General  Superintendent  and  the 
Missionary  Bishop.  In  case  of  a  difference  of  judg- 
ment the  existing  status  shall  continue,  unless  over- 
ruled by  the  General  Superintendents,  who  shall  have 
power  to  decide  finally. 

H  185.  The  names  of  the  Missionary  Bishops  shall 
be  printed  below  the  names  of  the  Bishops  under 
136 


Missionary  Bishops  T  191 


the  title  of  "Missionary  Bishops"  in  the  Hymnal  and 
Book  of  Discipline. 

^  186.  A  Missionary  Bishop  is  amenable  for  his 
conduct  to  the  General  Conference,  as  is  a  General 
Superintendent. 

11  187.  The  election  of  a  Missionary  Bishop  car- 
ries ■with  it  his  assignment  to  a  specified  Foreign  Mis- 
sion field,  and  such  Bishop  cannot  be  made  a  General 
Superintendent  except  by  a  distinct  election  to  that 
office. 

1  188.  A  Missionary  Bishop  shall  receive  his  sup- 
port from  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions. 

^  189.  A  Missionary  Bishop  shall  be  ex  officio  a 
member  of  the  General  Missionary  Committee,  and 
shall,  in  his  field,  cooperate  with  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions  of  the  Church  in  the  same  way  in  which  a 
General  Superintendent  cooperates  in  a  Foreign 
Mission  field  over  which  he  has  Episcopal  charge. 

!i  190.  When  a  Missionary  Bishop,  by  death  or 
other  cause,  ceases  to  perform  Episcopal  duty  for  the 
foreign  field  to  which  he  was  assigned  by  the  General 
Conference,  the  General  Superintendents  shall  at 
once  take  supervision  of  said  field. 

•I  191.  The  transfer  of  a  Preacher  from  a  field 
within  the  jurisdiction  of  a  Missionary  Bishop  to  a 
Conference  under  the  Episcopal  supervision  of  a  Gen- 
eral Superintendent,  or  from  a  Conference  under  the 
Episcopal  Supervision  of  a  General  Superintendent  to 
a  field  within  the  jurisdiction  of  a  Missionary  Bishop, 
shall  require  mutual  agreement  between  the  two 
Bishops;  and  a  similar  agreement  shall  be  required 
between  the  two  Bishops  having  charge  when  the  pro- 
posed transfer  is  between  two  Foreign  fields  over 
which  there  are  Missionary  Bishops. 

137 


1  192 


Bishops 


CHAPTER  X 
BISHOPS 

I.  Constittited 


H  192.  A  Bishop  is  to  be  constituted  by  the  elec- 
tion of  the  General  Conference  and  the  laying  on  of 
the  hands  of  three  Bishops,  or  at  least  of  one  Bishop 
and  two  Elders. 

K  193.  If  by  death,  or  otherwise,  there  be  no 
Bishop  remaining  in  our  Church,  the  General  Confer- 
ence shall  elect  a  Bishop,  and  the  Elders,  or  any  three 
of  them,  who  shall  be  appointed  by  the  General  Con- 
ference for  that  purpose,  shall  consecrate  him  ac- 
cording to  the  Ritual. 


II.  Duties 
If  194.  The  duties  of  a  Bishop  are: 
§  1.  To  preside  in  the  Annual  Conferences. 
§  2.  To  form  the  Districts  according  to  his  judg- 
ment. 

§  3.  To  fix  the  appointments  of  the  Preachers  un- 
der the  following  provisions  and  limitations: 

1.  He  shall  appoint  the  Preachers  to  the  Pastoral 
Charges  annually. 

2.  He  shall  not  allow  a  District  Superintendent  to 
preside  in  the  same  District  more  than  six  consecu- 
tive years,  nor  more  than  six  years  in  any  consecutive 
twelve.    Nevertheless,  if  in  any  case  the  term  of  six 

138 


Bishops 


1"  194 


years  shall  expire  in  the  interval  between  the  ses- 
sions of  the  Annual  Conference  he  may  continue 
him  until  the  next  session,  provided  the  time  shall 
not  be  more  than  six  months.  But  District  Superin- 
tendents in  either  Missions  or  Mission  Conferences 
in  foreign  lands  may  be  appointed  to  the  same  Dis- 
trict for  more  than  six  consecutive  years. 

3.  He  may  make  the  following  appointments 
annually: 

(1)  The  Corresponding  Secretaries  and  Assist- 
ant Secretaries  of  our  Connect ional  Be- 
nevolent Societies  and  Boards. 

(2)  The  Publishing  Agents  at  New  York  and 
Cincinnati. 

(3)  The  Editors  and  Assistant  Editors  at  New- 
York,  Syracuse,  Pittsburg,  Cincinnati,  Chi- 
cago, Kansas  City,  San  Francisco,  Portland, 
and  New  Orleans,  and  the  Editor  of  Zion's 
Herald. 

(4)  Chaplains  to  Prisons,  to  Reformatory, 
Sanitary,  or  Charitable  Institutions,  and  in 
the  Army  and  Navy. 

(5)  Preachers  for  the  special  benefit  of  Sea- 
men. 

(G)  Ministers  in  the  service  of  the  American 
Bible  Society,  or  of  any  State  Bible  So- 
ciety auxiliary  thereto;  or  of  the  Sunday 
School  League  of  America. 

(7)  The  Presidents,  Principals,  and  Teachers 
of  institutions  of  learning  which  are  under 
our  care. 

(8)  The  Secretaries  and  Superintendents  of 
City  Missions. 

139 


Bishops 


4.  He  may,  if  requested  by  an  Annual  Conference, 
appoint — 

(1)  An  Agent  to  travel  throughout  such  Con- 
ference for  the  purpose  of  distributing 
Tracts. 

(2)  An  Agent  or  Agents  to  promote  the  cause 
of  Temperance. 

(3)  Instructors  in  Institutions  of  Learning 
not  under  our  care. 

(4)  An  Agent  or  Agents  for  the  benefit  of  our 
Institutions  of  Learning. 

(5)  An  Agent  for  the  German  Publishing 
Fund. 

(6)  Agents  for  other  benevolent  institutions. 

(7)  Editors  of  unofficial  Papers  or  Magazines 
published  in  the  interest  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church;  provided,  that  in  no 
such  case  shall  the  Church  incur  any- 
financial  responsibility. 

(8)  One  or  more  Members  of  an  Annual  Con- 
ference to  do  evangelistic  work  on  Charges 
within  that  Conference,  if  invited  by  their 
Pastors  and  in  cooperation  with  them;  or 
in  neglected  territory  within  any  District, 
when  requested  by,  and  in  cooperation 
with,  the  District  Superintendent  of  such 
District;  provided,  the  Conference  shall  de- 
termine by  vote  how  many  of  its  members 
may  be  thus  appointed;  and  provided,  fur- 
ther, that  the  said  Annual  Conference  shall 
by  vote  of  two  thirds  of  its  members  pres- 
ent and  voting  request  such  appointment. 

§  4.  To  fix  within  their  own  Conferences  the  Quar- 
terly Conference  membership  of  all  Ministers  ap- 
140 


Bishops 


1  196 


pointed  under  sub-sections  3  and  4  of  §  3  above  (ex- 
cept those  who  are  Pastors  of  Churches),  and  also 
of  those  Ministers  who  are  left  without  appointment 
to  attend  some  one  of  our  schools.  196. 

§  5.  To  change,  in  the  interval  between  the  ses- 
sions of  the  Annual  Conference,  tbf  appointments  of 
the  Preachers  as  necessity  may  require  and  as  the 
Discipline  directs. 

§  6.  To  travel  through  the  Connection  at  large. 

§  7.  To  oversee  the  spiritual  and  temporal  busi- 
ness of  our  Church. 

§  8.  To  preside,  when  present,  in  the  District  Con- 
ference. 

§  9.  To  Consecrate  Bishops,  and  Ordain  Elders  and 
Deacons. 

§  10.  To  decide  all  Questions  of  Law  involved  in 
proceedings  pending  in  an  Annual  Conference,  sub- 
ject to  appeal  to  the  General  Conference.  But  in  all 
cases  the  application  of  law  shall  be  with  the  Con- 
ference.   


III.  Powers 

11  195.  The  Bishops  shall  prescribe  the  studies 
upon  which  those  applying  for  License  to  Preach,  for 
Orders  as  Local  Preachers,  and  for  Reception  on  Trial 
shall  respectively  be  examined;  also  a  Course  of  Study 
for  Local  Preachers,  extending  through  four  years; 
and  a  Conference  Course  of  Study,  extending  through, 
four  years,  to  be  pursued  by  those  who  have  been 
received  on  Trial  in  an  Annual  Conference. 

196.  A  Bishop  may  leave  without  appointment 
a  Preacher  on  Trial  or  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Con- 
ference who  desires  to  attend  any  of  our  literary  or 
theological  seminaries,  whenever  he  shall  be  request- 
141 


1  19V 


Bishops 


ed  so  to  do  by  the  Annual  Conference  and  it  shall 
seem  to  him  expedient;  provided,  however,  that 
the  time  thus  spent  in  school  shall  not  count  on  that 
required  for  Trial  in  the  Annual  Conference,  except 
when  at  least  two  full  years  have  been  spent  in 
regular  work  undpr  appointment  by  a  District  Super- 
intendent who  certifies,  together  with  the  Quarterly 
Conference,  to  the  efficiency  of  his  work.  A  preacher 
thus  left  without  appointment  may  be  employed  as 
a  supply  in  another  Conference  by  a  District  Superin- 
tendent without  transfer. 

If  197.  Bishops  are  relieved  from  the  duty  of  in- 
vestigating and  reporting  upon  charges  of  misteach- 
ing  in  our  theological  schools;  but  when  charges  of 
that  nature  are  made  to  or  laid  before  them,  they 
may,  without  action  thereon,  refer  the  same  to  the 
Annual  Conference  of  which  the  accused  is  a  member 
for  such  proceeding  as  such  Conference  may  deem 
appropriate  in  the  premises.  If,  however,  the  Pro- 
fessor is  a  layman,  the  charges  shall  be  sent  to  the 
Pastor  of  the  church  of  which  he  is  a  member  and 
he  shall  be  brought  to  trial  according  to  the  provi- 
sions of  1|  262  of  the  Discipline.  But  in  case  the 
complaints  affect  the  manner  of  teaching,  or  the  per- 
sonal fitness  of  the  Professor  for  his  office,  and  not  his 
doctrinal  soundness,  the  Bishops  shall,  after  due  con- 
sideration of  the  same,  advise  the  governing  board 
of  the  school  in  which  he  is  a  teacher  of  their  judg- 
ment in  the  case., 

H  198.  A  Bishop  may,  when  he  judges  it  necessary, 
unite  two  or  more  Pastoral  Charges  for  Quarterly 
Conference  purposes,  without  affecting  their  separate 
financial  interests  or  pastoral  relations. 

If  199.  If  a  Bishop  cease  from  traveling  at  large 
142 


SUPEEAXNUATEU  BlSllOI'S 


•[  202 


among  the  people  without  the  consent  of  the  General 
Conference  he  shall  not  thereafter  exercise,  in  any 
degree,  the  Episcopal  Office  in  our  Church. 

1i  200.  In  case  there  be  no  Bishop  to  travel  at  large 
through  the  Districts  and  exercise  the  Episcopal 
Office,  on  account  of  death  or  otherwise,  the  Districts 
shall  be  regulated  in  every  respect  by  the  Annual 
Conferences  and  the  District  Superintendents  in  the 
interval  of  the  sessions  of  the  General  Conference, 
ordination  excepted. 


CHAPTER  XI 
SUPERANNUATED  BISHOPS 

H  201.  A  Superannuated  General  Superintendent  is 
relieved  from  the  obligation  to  travel  through  the 
Connection  at  large,  and  may  choose  the  place  of  his 
residence.  He  shall  not  be  assigned  to  the  Presi- 
dency of  Annual  Conferences  nor  make  appoint- 
ments; but,  if  requested  by  a  Bishop  presiding,  he 
may  take  the  chair  temporarily  in  a  General  or  An- 
nual Conference;  and,  at  the  request  of  the  Bishop 
presiding  in  the  Annual  Conference,  he  may  ordain 
candidates  previously  elected  to  orders. 

11  202.  A  Superannuated  Bishop  shall  be  an  advis- 
ory member  of  the  Board  of  Bishops;  and  his  name 
shall  be  printed  with  the  signatures  of  Bishops  in 
the  introduction  to  the  Discipline,  the  Hymnal,  and 
the  Journal  of  the  General  Conference.  He  shall  also 
be  a  member  of  the  different  Boards  and  General 
Committees  of  which  Bishops  are  ex  officio  members, 
and  may  also  preside  over  the  General  Conference 
Standing  Committee  on  Boundaries. 

143 


PART  V 

LOCAL  PREACHERS,  EXHORTERS, 
DEACONESSES 


I.  LOCAL  PREACHERS 
II.  EXHORTERS 
III.  DEACONESSES 


Local  Preacuees  ^  204 


CHAPTER  I 
LOCAL  PREACHERS 

H  203.  Wherever  a  District  Conference  exists,  the 
powers  hereinafter  conferred  on  Quarterly  Confer- 
ences in  relation  to  Local  Preachers  and  Exhorters 
shall  be  exercised  only  by  the  District  Conference; 
but  it  shall  not  license  any  person  to  preach,  nor  re- 
new the  License  of  any  person  to  preach  or  exhort, 
nor  recommend  any  Local  Preacher  to  the  Annual 
Conference  for  Orders  or  for  Recognition  of  Orders 
or  for  Reception  on  Trial,  without  the  previous  rec- 
ommendation of  the  Quarterly  Conference,  or  of  the 
Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting  of  the  Charge  of 
which  such  person  or  Preacher  is  a  member. 

H  204.  The  Quarterly  Conference,  where  no  Dis- 
trict Conference  exists,  shall  have  authority — 

§  1.  To  license  proper  persons  to  preach;  provided, 
they  shall  have  been  previously  recommended  by  the 
Society  of  which  they  are  members,  or  by  the  Leaders 
and  Stewards'  Meeting;  shall  have  passed  a  satisfac- 
tory examination  in  the  studies  prescribed  for  candi- 
dates for  License  to  Preach;  shall  have  been  exam- 
ined in  the  presence  of  the  Conference  on  the  subject 
of  Doctrine  and  Discipline,  and  shall  also  have  sat- 
isfactorily answered  the  question,  "Will  you  wholly 
abstain  from  the  use  of  tobacco?"  And  no  member  of 
the  Church  shall  be  at  liberty  to  preach  without  such 
a  License. 

S  2.  To  examine  Local  Preachers  in  the  Course  of 
Study  prescribed  for  them;  to  inquire  into  the  gifts, 
147 


1^  205  Local  Preachers 


labors,  and  usefulness  of  each  by  name,  and  to  renew 
their  licenses  annually  when  in  the  judgment  of  the 
Conference  their  gifts,  grace,  and  usefulness,  and 
their  faithfulness  and  proficiency  in  study,  warrant 
such  renewal.  In  the  case  of  Local  Preachers  who 
are  candidates  for  the  traveling  ministry,  examina- 
tions may  be  suspended  while  they  are  pursuing  reg- 
ular courses  of  study  in  our  theological  seminaries  or 
universities  or  colleges  approved  by  the  University 
Senate. 

§  3.  To  recommend  to  the  Annual  Conference  Local 
Preachers  who  are  suitable  candidates  for  Deacons' 
or  Elders'  Orders  (Hlf  167,  §  1;  170,  §  1),  for  Recogni- 
tion of  Orders  (If  156,  §  2),  or  for  Reception  on  Trial 
148,  §  1);  such  candidates  having  been  previously 
examined  in  the  presence  of  the  Quarterly  Conference 
on  the  subject  of  Doctrine  and  Discipline. 

§  4.  To  try,  suspend,  deprive  of  Ministerial  OflSce 
and  Credentials,  expel,  or  acquit  any  Local  Preacher 
of  the  Circuit  or  Station  against  whom  Charges  shall 
have  been  preferred.  HTf  249-255. 

Note.— For  the  Licensing,  Amenability,  and  Appeal  of  Local  Preach- 
ers In  Missions  in  the  United  States  and  Territories,  see  1!  382,  §  2. 

H  205,  §  1.  Every  Local  Preacher,  ordained  or  un- 
ordained,  not  having  a  Pastoral  Charge,  shall  be  a 
member  of,  and  amenable  to,  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence where  he  resides.  And  when  he  shall  change 
his  residence  he  shall  procure  from  the  Pastor  of  the 
Charge  from  which  he  removes,  or  from  the  District 
Superintendent,  a  Certificate  of  his  Official  Standing 
and  of  Dismissal,  and  shall  present  it  to  the  Pastor 
of  the  Charge  to  which  he  removes.  If  he  neglects 
to  do  this,  he  shall  not  be  recognized  nor  use  his 
office  as  a  Local  Preacher  in  the  Charge  to  which 
148 


Local  Preachers  ^  207 


he  has  removed;  and  he  shall  continue  to  be  amen- 
able to  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the  Charge  from 
which  he  has  removed,  which  may,  if  the  neglect 
be  long  continued,  after  due  notice  try  him  for 
persistent  disobedience  to  the  order  of  the  Church, 
and  upon  conviction  thereof  deprive  him  of  Minis- 
terial Office  and  Credentials. 

§  2.  If  a  Local  Preacher  be  appointed  to  a  Pastoral 
Charge,  he  shall  procure  from  the  Pastor  of  the 
Charge  from  which  he  removes,  or  from  the  District 
Superintendent,  a  Certificate  of  his  Official  Standing 
and  of  Dismissal,  and  shall  present  it  to  the  Quar- 
terly Conference  of  the  Charge  to  which  he  has 
been  appointed,  at  its  next  session,  and  his  Church 
and  his  Quarterly  Conference  membership  shall  be  in 
that  Charge. 

§  3.  An  unordained  Local  Preacher,  while  serving 
as  a  regularly  appointed  Pastor  of  a  Charge,  shall  be 
authorized,  when  the  laws  of  the  State  permit,  to 
solemnize  matrimony. 

§  4.  "Whenever  a  Preacher  is  located  or  discon- 
tinued by  an  Annual  Conference,  he  shall  thereupon 
hold  his  Quarterly  Conference  membership  where  he 
resides  at  the  time  of  location  or  discontinuance. 

If  206.  The  District  Superintendents  and  the  Pas- 
tors are  required  to  arrange  the  appointments, 
wherever  it  is  practicable,  so  as  to  give  the  Local 
Preachers  regular  and  systematic  employment  on  the 
Sabbath. 

H  207.  Every  Local  Preacher  shall  be  enrolled  in  a 
Class,  and  meet  with  it.  He  shall  make  to  the  Dis- 
trict or  Quarterly  Conference  a  report  of  his  labors, 
as  follows:  1.  Number  of  Sermons  preached.  2. 
Number  of  Prayer  Meetings  attended.  3.  Number  of 
149 


f  208 


EXHOETERS 


Class  Meetings  attended.  4.  Number  of  Sunday 
Schools  attended.  5.  Number  of  Funerals  conducted. 
6.  Miscellaneous  Items.  He  shall  also  report  (1)  the 
Number  of  Marriages  solemnized,  with  the  names  of 
the  persons  married;  and  (2)  the  Number  of  Bap- 
tisms administered,  with  the  names  and  ages  of  the 
persons  baptized,  that  due  entry  may  be  made  by  the 
Pastor  in  the  Church  Records. 

H  208.  Whenever  a  Local  Preacher  fills  the  place 
of  a  Pastor,  with  the  approbation  of  the  District 
Superintendent,  he  shall  be  paid  for  his  time  a  sum 
proportioned  to  the  allowance  of  the  Pastor,  which 
sum  shall  be  paid  by  the  Charge  at  the  next  Quar- 
terly Meeting,  if  the  Pastor  whose  place  he  filled  was 
either  sick  or  necessarily  absent;  and  in  other  cases, 
out  of  the  altowance  of  the  Pastor. 

T[  209.  If  a  Local  Preacher  )e  distressed  in  his 
temporal  circumstances  on  account  of  his  service  in 
the  Charge,  he  may  apply  to  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence, which  may  give  him  such  relief  as  is  judged 
proper,  after  the  allowance  of  the  Pastors  and  their 
families  and  all  other  regular  allowances  are  paid. 


CHAPTER  II 
EXHORTERS 

TT  210.  An  Exhorter  shall  be  constituted  by  the 
recommendation  of  the  Class  of  which  he  is  a  mem- 
ber, or  of  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting  of  the 
Charge,  and  a  License  signed  by  the  Pastor. 

H  211.  The  duties  of  an  Exhorter  are,  to  hold 
Meetings  for  Prayer  and  Exhortation  wherever  op- 
150 


Deaconesses 


T  212 


portunity  is  afforded,  subject  to  the  direction  of  the 
Pastor;  to  attend  all  the  sessions  of  the  District  and 
Quarterly  Conferences,  and  to  present  a  written  re- 
port to  the  same.  He  shall  be  subject  to  an  annual 
examination  of  character  in  tlie  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence, and  a  renewal  of  License,  to  be  signed  by  the 
President  thereof. 


CHAPTER  III 
DEACONESSES 


I.  Deaconesses 


*;  212,  §  1.  A  Deaconess  is  a  woman  who  has  been 
led  by  the  spirit  and  the  providence  of  God  to  forego 
all  other  pursuits  in  life  that  she  may  devote  herself 
wholly  to  the  Christlike  service  of  doing  good;  and 
having  received  this  divine  call,  has  been  tested  and 
trained  during  a  probation  of  at  least  two  years;  and, 
after  sucli  preparation,  has  been  approved  by  the 
Church  and  solemnly  set  apart  to  this  vocation  in 
the  Church. 

§  2.  No  vow  of  perpetual  service  is  required  of  the 
Deaconess.  She  renders  a  free-will  service,  and,  so 
long  as  she  is  in  good  standing  as  a  Deaconess,  is 
entitled  to  a  suitable  support.  Her  relation  as 
Deaconess  being  voluntary,  she  may  withdraw  from 
it  at  any  time,  but  she  shall  give  reasonable  notice  of 
her  intention. 

§  3.  The  single  aim  and  controlling  purpose  of  the 
151 


IF  213 


Deaconesses 


Deaconess  is  to  minister,  as  Jesus  did,  to  the  wants 
of  a  suffering,  sorrowing,  and  sin-laden  world.  Her 
worlt  is  to  visit  the  siclt,  pray  with  the  dying,  com- 
fort the  sorrowing,  seek  the  wandering,  save  the  sin- 
ning, relieve  the  poor,  care  for  the  orphan,  and  to 
take  up  other  Christlike  service. 

§  4.  The  work  of  the  Deaconess  is  a  part  of  the 
work  which  the  Church  does  in  the  Master's  name, 
and  Deaconess  Homes  and  other  authorized  Deacon- 
ess Institutions  are  the  agencies  of  the  Church  for 
the  promotion  of  that  part  of  its  work  which  is  done 
by  the  Deaconess. 


II.  Episcopal  Supervision 
H  213.  The  Board  of  Bishops  shall  have  genera: 
oversight  of  the  deaconess  work  of  the  Church.  Th« 
General  Deaconess  Board  shall  annually  report  to  th( 
Board  of  Bishops  such  information  as  they  maj 
require. 


III.  General  Deaconess  Board 
T  214.  There  shall  be  a  General  Deaconess  Board 
composed  of  eleven  members,  two  of  whom  shal 
be  General  Superintendents  designated  by  the  Boarc 
of  Bishops,  and  nine  other  members  as  follows: 
three  at  large  and  two  representatives  from  eact 
of  the  three  forms  of  deaconess  administration 
all  to  be  nominated  by  the  Board  of  Bishops  anc 
elected  quadrennially  by  the  General  Conference 
The  persons  so  elected  shall  remain  in  office  unti 
their  successors  are  elected.  The  Board  of  Bishops 
shall  have  authority  to  fill  any  vacancy  which  maj 
152 


Deaconesses 


t  216 


occur  during  the  quadrennium,  but  they  shall  observe 
the  classification  above  named.  The  annual  meeting 
of  this  Board  shall  be  held  at  such  time  and  place 
as  may  be  determined  by  the  Board,  due  notice  hav- 
ing been  given.  Six  members  shall  constitute  a 
quorum. 

215,  §  1.  In  foreign  fields  under  the  supervision 
of  General  Superintendents  there  may  be  a  Board  com- 
posed of  the  Superintendent  in  charge  and  four  other 
members  to  be  nominated  by  the  Board  of  Bishops 
and  elected  quadrennially  by  the  General  Conference. 

§  2.  In  a  mission  field,  which  is  under  the  super- 
vision of  Missionary  Bishops,  there  may  be  a  Board, 
composed  of  the  Missionary  Bishops  of  that  field  and 
four  other  members,  two  at  large  and  two  from  the 
Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society;  to  be  nomi- 
nated by  the  said  Missionary  Bishops  and  to  be 
elected   quadrennially   by   the  General  Conference. 

§  3.  These  Boards  are  authorized  to  exercise  within 
their  respective  fields  the  functions  of  the  General 
Deaconess  Board  as  provided  herein.  Vacancies  shall 
be  filled  by  the  Bishop  having  jurisdiction  over  the 
field  where  the  vacancy  occurs. 

^  216.  The  Annual  Conference  shall  have  power 
to  authorize  the  establishment  of  any  Deaconess 
Home,  or  other  institutions  in  which  Deaconesses  are 
maintained  or  employed,  provided  that  during  the 
interim  between  Conference  sessions,  any  such  work 
may  be  undertaken  with  the  consent  of  the  Confer- 
ence Deaconess  Board  and  the  General  Deaconess 
Board.  The  Annual  Conference  shall  satisfy  itself 
that  there  is  evident  need  of  the  proposed  institution 
in  the  locality  designated;  that  it  would  not  be  likely 
to  affect  unfavorably  any  existing  institution;  that 
153 


f  213 


Deaconesses 


Deaconess  is  to  minister,  as  Jesus  did,  to  the  wants 
of  a  suffering,  sorrowing,  and  sin-laden  world.  Her 
work  is  to  visit  the  sick,  pray  with  the  dying,  com- 
fort the  sorrowing,  seek  the  wandering,  save  the  sin- 
ning, relieve  the  poor,  care  for  the  orphan,  and  to 
take  up  other  Christlike  service. 

§  4.  The  work  of  the  Deaconess  is  a  part  of  the 
work  which  the  Church  does  in  the  Master's  name, 
and  Deaconess  Homes  and  other  authorized  Deacon- 
ess Institutions  are  the  agencies  of  the  Church  for 
the  promotion  of  that  part  of  its  work  which  is  done 
by  the  Deaconess. 


II.  Episcopal  Sapervision 
1[  213.  The  Board  of  Bishops  shall  have  general 
oversight  of  the  deaconess  work  of  the  Church.  The 
General  Deaconess  Board  shall  annually  report  to  the 
Board  of  Bishops  such  information  as  they  may 
require. 


III.  General  Deaconess  Board 
TI  214.  There  shall  be  a  General  Deaconess  Board, 
composed  of  eleven  members,  two  of  whom  shall 
be  General  Superintendents  designated  by  the  Board 
of  Bishops,  and  nine  other  members  as  follows: 
three  at  large  and  two  representatives  from  each 
of  the  three  forms  of  deaconess  administration, 
all  to  be  nominated  by  the  Board  of  Bishops  and 
elected  quadrennially  by  the  General  Conference. 
The  persons  so  elected  shall  remain  in  office  until 
their  successors  are  elected.  The  Board  of  Bishops 
shall  have  authority  to  fill  any  vacancy  which  may 
152 


Deaconesses 


1  216 


occur  during  the  quadrennium,  but  they  shall  observe 
the  classification  above  named.  The  annual  meeting 
of  this  Board  shall  be  held  at  such  time  and  place 
as  may  be  determined  by  the  Board,  due  notice  hav- 
ing been  given.  Six  members  shall  constitute  a 
quorum. 

«i  215,  §  1.  In  foreign  fields  under  the  supervision 
of  General  Superintendents  there  may  be  a  Board  com- 
posed of  the  Superintendent  in  charge  and  four  other 
members  to  be  nominated  by  the  Board  of  Bishops 
and  elected  quadrennially  by  the  General  Conference. 

§  2.  In  a  mission  field,  which  is  under  the  super- 
vision of  Missionary  Bishops,  there  may  be  a  Board, 
composed  of  the  Missionary  Bishops  of  that  field  and 
four  other  members,  two  at  large  and  two  from  the 
Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society;  to  be  nomi- 
nated by  the  said  Missionary  Bishops  and  to  be 
elected   quadrennially   by   tbe  General  Conference. 

§  3.  These  Boards  are  authorized  to  exercise  within 
their  respective  fields  the  functions  of  the  General 
Deaconess  Board  as  provided  herein.  Vacancies  shall 
be  filled  by  the  Bishop  having  jurisdiction  over  the 
field  where  the  vacancy  occurs. 

f  216.  The  Annual  Conference  shall  have  power 
to  autbiorize  the  establishment  of  any  Deaconess 
Home,  or  other  institutions  in  which  Deaconesses  are 
maintained  or  employed,  provided  that  during  the 
interim  between  Conference  sessions,  any  such  work 
may  be  undertaken  with  the  consent  of  the  Confer- 
ence Deaconess  Board  and  the  General  Deaconess 
Board.  The  Annual  Conference  shall  satisfy  itself 
that  there  is  evident  need  of  the  proposed  institution 
in  the  locality  designated;  that  it  would  not  be  likely 
to  affect  unfavorably  any  existing  institution;  that 
153 


1  217 


Deacoxesses 


there  is  good  prospect  for  its  adequate  support,  and 
that  its  property,  of  whatever  form,  is  not  financially 
embarrassed. 

If  217,  §  1.  To  increase  the  interest  of  our  preachers 
and  people  in  the  deaconess  work,  it  is  recommended 
that  the  General  Deaconess  Board  publish  in  our 
Church  papers  each  year  a  report  or  statement  in 
behalf  of  this  cause  and  a  reference  to  the  Relief 
Funds.  This  Board  may  also  authorize  conventions 
and  other  general  meetings  for  the  promotion  of 
deaconess  work. 

§  2.  All  questions  of  difference  arising  between 
institutions  or  societies  in  the  administration  of 
deaconess  work  shall  be  presented  in  writing  to  the 
General  Deaconess  Board,  at  the  earliest  date  practi- 
cable. The  final  determination  shall  be  with  the 
Board. 

§  3.  The  Deaconess  being  entitled  to  a  suitable  sup- 
port, the  General  Deaconess  Board  shall  fix  the  maxi- 
mum allowance,  and  the  support  shall  be  as  uniform 
as  practicable  throughout  the  Church. 

§  4.  The  General  Deaconess  Board  shall  have  gen- 
eral supervision  of  all  deaconess  work  throughout 
the  Church,  and  shall  approve  general  rules  for  the 
government  of  Deaconess  Homes,  and  other  deaconess 
institutions,  and  also  for  the  government  of  all  Dea- 
conesses, however  maintained  or  employed.  . 

§  5.  The  General  Deaconess  Board  shall  adopt  a 
distinctive  garb  to  be  worn  by  all  Deaconesses 
throughout  the  Church  for  their  designation  and 
for  the  protection  of  themselves  and  the  office.  It 
also  shall  adopt  a  distinctive  garb  to  be  worn  by  can- 
didates during  their  probation.  This  Board  shall 
secure  legal  protection  of  this  garb  as  the  distinctive 
154 


Deaconesses 


1  218 


dress  for  Deaconesses  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church. 

§  6.  Each  form  of  deaconess  administration  shall 
be  free  to  employ  secretaries  in  the  interest  of  deacon- 
ess work,  and  determine  their  duties. 

§  7.  The  German  Central  Deaconess  Board  may- 
appoint  a  Superintendent  of  the  German  Methodist 
Deaconess  Work  in  America,  provided  that  such  ap- 
pointment shall  be  made  without  expense  or  financial 
responsibility  to  the  General  Conference,  and  shall 
in  no  wise  conflict  with  the  provisions  of  this 
chapter. 


IV.  Conference  Deaconess  Board 
TT  218,  §  1.  In  each  Annual  Conference  a  Confer- 
ence Deaconess  Board  of  nine  members,  of  whom  at 
least  three  shall  be  women,  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Conference,  the  members  to  serve  for  three  years; 
the  election  to  be  so  arranged  that  three  members 
shall  be  chosen  each  year. 

§  2.  The  Conference  Deaconess  Board  is  authorized 
to  license  Deaconesses;  to  transfer  Deaconesses  on 
the  recommendation  of  the  local  Board  of  a  deacon- 
ess institution,  or  of  the  governing  body  of  any  one 
of  the  three  forms  of  deaconess  administration.  It 
shall  encourage  and  promote  the  establishment  and 
support  of  deaconess  institutions,  as  it  deems  wise 
within  the  limits  of  the  Conference.  It  shall  see 
that  all  Charters,  Deeds,  and  other  Conveyances  of 
the  property  of  deaconess  institutions  conform  strict- 
ly to  the  Discipline,  and  to  the  laws,  usages,  and 
forms  of  the  State  or  Territory  within  which  such 
property  is  situated;  that  all  property  is  well  insured, 
155 


1  219 


Deaconesses 


and  that  all  disciplinary  regulations  for  such  prop- 
erty are  observed. 

§  3.  This  Board  may  exercise  appellate  authority 
in  questions  arising  between  institutions,  or  individ- 
uals and  institutions  within  its  jurisdiction.  Its 
decisions  shall  stand  unless  reversed  by  the  General 
Deaconess  Board. 

§  4.  The  Local  Board  of  Management  of  deaconess 
institutions  shall  report  to  the  Conference  Deaconess 
Board  the  number  of  Deaconesses  connected  with 
each  institution,  and  how  employed,  the  amount  of 
money  received  and  expended,  and  such  other  in- 
formation as  may  be  desired.  Said  Local  Board  shall 
have  authority  to  assign  the  Deaconesses  under  its 
control  to  their  respective  fields  of  labor,  subject  to 
the  approval  of  the  Conference  Board. 

§  5.  The  Conference  Deaconess  Board  shall  report 
to  the  Annual  Conference  at  its  session  all  informa- 
tion furnished  by  Local  Boards  of  Management,  and 
such  other  information  as  may  be  requested  by  the 
Annual  Conference.  It  shall  also  annually  report 
the  same  information  to  the  General  Deaconess 
Board.  It  shall  secure  the  public  presentation  of  this 
cause  during  the  session  of  its  Annual  Conference. 


V.  Regalations  for  Deaconesses 
H  219,  §  1.  The  Deaconess  License  may  be  given 
only  to  a  candidate  who  is  unmarried  and  over 
twenty-three  years  of  age,  provided  that  she  be  rec- 
ommended by  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the 
Church  of  which  she  is  a  member;  that  she  present 
a  certificate  of  good  health  from  a  reputable  physi- 
156 


Deaconesses 


1  219 


cian;  and  when  coming  from  a  Deaconess  Home,  or 
other  recognized  deaconess  institution,  that  she  pre- 
sent a  recommendation  from  the  superintendent  or 
manager  of  the  same.  She  must  have  given  two 
years  of  continuous  probationary  service;  but  two 
years  of  satisfactory  study  in  a  training  school,  or 
two  years  of  service  in  a  hospital,  or  two  years  divid- 
ed between  the  training  school  and  the  hospital, 
may  be  counted  as  an  equivalent  of  these  years  of 
probationary  service.  She  must  have  passed  an  ex- 
amination satisfactory  to  the  Conference  Board,  as  to 
religious  qualifications,  and  in  the  course  of  study 
prescribed  for  Deaconesses  by  the  Bishops. 

§  2.  The  Conference  Board  may  license  women  thus 
qualified  and  recommended,  and  when  so  licensed  they 
are  entitled  to  consecration  as  Deaconesses  accord- 
ing to  the  Order  of  Service  prescribed  by  the  Disci- 
pline. The  consecration  shall  take  place  at  the  ses- 
sion of  the  Annual  Conference  whenever  practicable; 
in  other  cases,  at  such  place  and  time  as  the  Confer- 
ence Board  shall  determine. 

§  3.  No  person  shall  be  recognized  or  employed  as 
a  Deaconess  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  who 
fails  to  comply  with  the  Disciplinary  requirements. 
Each  Deaconess  shall  wear  the  prescribed  distinctive 
garb.  The  wearing  of  this  distinctive  deaconess 
garb  by  a  member  of  our  Church,  who  is  not  en- 
titled to  wear  it,  shall  be  regarded  as  a  violation  of 
our  Order  and  Discipline. 

§  4.  The  annual  renewal  of  the  License  of  a  Deacon- 
ess by  the  Conference  Board,  on  the  recommendation 
of  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the  Church  with  which 
she  is  connected,  is  necessary  to  her  recognition  and 
employment  as  a  Deaconess. 

157 


1  219  Deaconesses 


§  5.  The  annual  approval  of  a  Deaconess  by  the 
Annual  Conference  within  whose  bounds  she  holds 
her  Deaconess  membership,  shall  be  necessary  for 
her  continuance  in  this  vocation;  and  such  approval 
may  not  be  given  without  a  recommendation  from  her 
Conference  Board  after  the  renewal  of  her  License. 

§  6.  A  Deaconess  who  has  resigned,  or  has  been 
discontinued,  shall  return  her  License  and  Certifi- 
cate of  Consecration  to  the  Conference  Board  having 
jurisdiction  in  her  case,  and  shall  refrain  from  wear- 
ing the  distinctive  deaconess  garb. 

§  7.  Any  Deaconess  who  has  faithfully  performed 
her  duties,  and  who,  for  reasons  satisfactory  to  the 
Board  of  Deaconess  Administration  with  which  she 
is  connected,  wishes  to  retire  from  the  service,  shall 
receive  from  that  Board  a  certificate  of  honorable 
discharge.  A  Deaconess  receiving  such  discharge, 
on  her  formal  request,  may  be  allowed  to  retain  her 
License  and  Certificate  of  Consecration;  but  the  date 
of  her  discharge  must  be  inscribed  on  each  by  the 
president  of  the  Conference  Board.  Any  Deaconess 
having  been  honorably  discharged  may  be  restored 
to  the  service  and  receive  a  License  at  the  discretion 
of  the  Conference  Board  from  which  she  received 
her  discharge,  without  reexamination  In  the  course 
of  study  or  undergoing  a  new  probation,  but  sbe  shall 
present  a  recommendation  from  a  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence and  a  new  certificate  of  health.  When  a  Deacon- 
ess who  has  been  discharged  is  thus  restored,  the 
President  of  the  Conference  Board  shall  inscribe  the 
date  of  such  restoration  on  her  Certificate  of  Conse- 
cration. 

§  8.  Each  Deaconess  shall  be  enrolled  as  a  member 
in  a  deaconess  institution,  or  mother-house,  or  in  the 
158 


Dkaconesses 


1  219 


list  of  Deaconesses  of  one  of  the  three  forms  of 
deaconess  administration,  and  shall  be  subordinate 
to  and  directed  by  the  Superintendent  in  charge  or 
other  officer  invested  with  this  authority,  except  when 
absent  on  detached  service.  While  engaged  in  such 
detached  service  the  Deaconess  shall  bear  a  certifl- 
cate  of  good  standing  from  the  institution  or  ad- 
ministration with  which  she  is  enrolled.  The  mem- 
bership of  a  Deaconess  may  be  changed  from  one 
Home  to  another  within  the  bounds  of  a  Conference 
by  the  mutual  agreement  of  the  Local  Boards  of  Man- 
agement of  the  Home  concerned.  The  change,  when 
made,  shall  be  duly  noted  on  their  records  and 
promptly  reported  to  and  recorded  by  the  Conference 
Board. 

§  9.  A  Deaconess,  when  detailed  for  service  in  a 
particular  Church,  or  in  connection  with  a  particular 
institution,  shall,  during  such  detached  service,  be 
under  the  direction  of  the  Pastor  of  the  Church  or 
officers  of  the  institution  in  which  she  is  engaged.  A 
Deaconess  engaged  in  other  detached  service  outside 
of  an  organized  Charge  or  in  institutions  not  related 
to  the  Conference  Board,  shall  be  under  the  direction 
of  the  form  of  deaconess  administration  to  which  she 
belongs. 

S  10.  A  Deaconess  may  be  transferred  from  one 
Conference  to  another  by  and  with  the  consent  of  the 
two  Conference  Boards  concerned  when  such  transfer 
has  been  arranged  for  by  the  administrative  bodies 
concerned;  and  the  change  of  a  Deaconess  from  one 
Conference  to  another  to  meet  a  pressing  emergency 
may  be  recorded  as  a  transfer  when  approved  by  the 
Conference  Boards  concerned. 

§  11.  When  a  Deaconess  is  to  be  transferred  she 
159 


1  219 


Deaconesses 


shall  receive  a  Certificate  of  Transfer  issued  and 
recorded  by  authority  of  her  Conference  Board,  and 
she  shall  present  the  same,  as  soon  as  practicable,  to 
the  Conference  Board  to  whose  jurisdiction  she  is 
transferred. 

§  12.  A  young  woman,  graduate  from  our  advanced 
schools,  or  having  an  educational  training  satisfac- 
tory to  the  form  of  deaconess  administration  to  which 
she  belongs,  who  is  not  free  to  enter  the  deaconess 
work  for  a  lifelong  service,  but  earnestly  desires  to 
engage  in  it  as  a  duty  for  not  less  than  three  years, 
including  the  period  of  suitable  training,  may  be 
received  into  any  deaconess  institution  on  the  ap- 
proval of  the  governing  body  of  the  deaconess  admin- 
istration with  which  she  is  connected.  Before  issuing 
approval  to  any  applicant  she  must  have  a  recom- 
mendation from  the  Quarterly  Conference  of  the 
Church  of  which  she  is  a  member;  and  she  shall 
furnish  evidence  of  satisfactory  educational  attain- 
ments, and  make  clear  that  she  seeks  the  position 
from  her  conviction  of  duty  to  engage  in  this  service 
for  Christ's  sake.  Those  who  are  accepted  shall  be 
subject  to  the  rules  of  the  deaconess  administration 
with  which  they  are  associated,  and  wear  the  proba- 
tioner's garb.  Anyone,  to  continue  in  this  relation, 
must  have  the  annual  recommendation  of  the  Quar- 
terly Conference  and  the  annual  approval  of  the  Con- 
ference Board. 

§  13.  A  Deaconess  employed  by  the  Church  of  which 
she  is  a  member  shall  be  a  member  of  the  Quarterly 
Conference  of  such  Church,  when  approved  for  mem- 
bership therein,  and  shall  report  to  said  Quarterly 
Conference. 


160 


Deaconesses 


«[  220 


VI.  Retired  Deaconess  and  Her  Support 
220,  §  1.  A  Deaconess  who  is  no  longer  able  to 
continue  her  work  on  account  of  age,  loss  of  health, 
or  other  disability,  may  be  retired  from  active  service 
and  placed  in  the  list  of  retired  Deaconesses,  by 
action  of  the  governing  body  of  the  deaconess  admin- 
istration with  which  she  is  connected,  based  on 
information  given  by  the  Superintendent  and  Local 
Board  of  Management  of  the  deaconess  institution  of 
wliich  she  is  a  member. 

S  2.  Should  any  deaconess  administration  and  the 
Local  Board  unite  in  the  judgment  that  a  retired 
Deaconess  would  be  able  to  render  some  other  need- 
ful service,  and  should  concur  in  counseling  her  to 
engage  in  such  service,  the  Deaconess  shall  be  guided 
by  this  counsel,  but  her  rights  as  a  Deaconess  shall 
not  be  impaired  by  such  service. 

§  3.  Each  retired  Deaconess  who  entered  the  work 
under  forty  years  of  age,  so  long  as  she  is  approved 
by  the  deaconess  administration  -  with  which  she  is 
connected,  shall  be  entitled  to  receive  from  the  Relief 
Fund  of  said  administration  such  an  allowance  as 
may  be  determined  by  the  General  Deaconess  Board. 

§  4.  In  order  to  provide  an  adequate  support  for 
retired  Deaconesses,  two  administrative  bodies  are 
already  accumulating  a  Permanent  Deaconess  Fund. 
This  action  is  approved,  and  it  is  recommended  that 
further  measures  be  taken  to  provide  for  all  Deacon- 
esses. 

§  5.  Each  deaconess  institution  shall  pay  into  the 
Permanent  Deaconess  Fund  of  the  deaconess  admin- 
istration with  which  it  is  connected,  $10  per  annum 
for  each  licensed  deaconess,  and  $5  per  annum  for 
161 


1  221 


Deaconesses 


each  probationer  or  unlicensed  worker.  Each  station 
served  by  a  Deaconess  shall  pay  $15  per  year  for  each 
licensed  deaconess,  and  $10  per  year  for  each  proba- 
tioner or  unlicensed  deaconess. 


VII.  Deaconess  Institutions 
1[  221,  §  1.  No  institution  for  the  prosecution  or 
maintenance  of  any  form  of  deaconess  work  shall 
be  recognized  as  a  Deaconess  Institution  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church  until  it  has  been  au- 
thorized by  the  Annual  Conference  and  approved  by 
the  General  Deaconess  Board.  Every  sucb  Deaconess 
Institution  shall  conform  to  the  regulations  of  this 
chapter. 

§  2.  All  property  for  Homes  and  other  Deaconess 
Institutions  shall  be  held  in  trust  for  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  and  this  may  be  by  the  "Woman's 
Foreign  Missionary  Society,  the  Woman's  Home  Mis- 
sionary Society,  'the  German  Central  Deaconess 
Board,  or  by  a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  by  the  local 
society  with  which  the  institution  is  connected. 

§  3.  The  provisions  of  this  paragraph  shall  not  dis- 
turb the  tenure  of  existing  Homes  or  Institutions 
operated  for  deaconess  work,  nor  exclude  any  so- 
cieties or  associations  which  were  engaged  in  dea- 
coness work  in  May,  1900;  but  any  of  these  are  author- 
ized to  employ  Deaconesses,  and  to  establish  and 
operate  Homes  and  Institutions  for  the  deaconess 
work  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  according  to 
the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 

§  4.  Each  Institution  and  each  society  which  main- 
tains or  employs  Deaconesses,  or  holds  property  for 
162 


Deaconesses 


1  222 


deaconess  uses,  within  the  bounds  of  an  Annual  Con- 
ference, shall  report  regularly  to  its  Conference 
Board  at  least  one  month  before  the  meeting  of  the 
Conference,  according  to  such  form  as  the  General 
Deaconess  Board  shall  adopt  for  use  throughout  the 
Church,  and  shall  furnish  such  other  information 
as  its  Conference  Board  may  request. 


VIII.  Exception 
222.  The  foregoing  provisions  shall  relate  to 
all  Annual  Conferences,  Mission  Conferences,  and 
Missions.  But  in  those  parts  of  Europe  where  the 
deaconess  woiTt  exists  as  a  legal  corporation,  with  an 
inspector  appointed  by  the  Annual  Conference,  any 
of  the  foregoing  provisions  not  compatible  with  the 
provisions  of  such  legal  corporation  shall  be  inop- 
erative. 


163 


PART  VI 

JUDICIAL  ADMINISTRATION 


L  TRIAL  OF  BISHOP 
II.  TRIAL  OF  MISSIONARY  BISHOP 
IIL  TRIAL  OF  MEMBER  OF  CONFERENCE 
IV.  TRLA.L  OF  PREACHER  ON  TRIAL 
V.  TRIAL  OF  LOCAL  PREACHER 
VI.  TRLA.L  OF  MEMBER 
VII.  JUDiaAL  CONFERENCE 
VIII.  APPEAL  OF  BISHOP 
IX.  APPEAL  OF  MEMBER  OF  CONFERENCE 
X.  RESTORATION  OF  CREDENTIALS 
XL  APPEAL  OF  LOCAL  PREACHER 
XII.  APPEAL  OF  MEMBER— COURT  OF  APPEALS 


Trial  of  Bishop  1  226 


CHAPTER  I 
TRIAL  OF  BISHOP 

223.  A  Bishop  is  answerable  for  his  conduct  to 
the  General  Conference,  which  shall  have  power  to 
order  the  manner  of  his  trial. 

224.  When  a  Bishop  is  accused  of  immoral  con- 
duct, the  District  Superintendent  within  whose  Dis- 
trict said  immorality  is  alleged  to  have  been  com- 
mitted shall  call  to  his  aid  four  Traveling  Elders, 
which  five  Ministers  shall  carefully  inquire  into  the 
case;  and  if,  in  their  judgment,  there  is  reasonable 
ground  for  such  accusation,  they,  or  a  majority  of 
them,  shall  prepare  and  sign  the  proper  charge  in 
the  case,  and  shall  send  a  copy  thereof,  so  signed,  to 
the  accused,  and  shall  give  notice  thereof  to  one  of 
the  Bishops.  Said  Bishop,  so  notified,  shall  convene  a 
Judicial  Conference,  to  be  composed  of  the  Triers 
of  Appeals,  appointed  as  hereinafter  provided,  of  five 
neighboring  Conferences.  Said  Judicial  Conference 
shall  have  full  power  to  try  the  accused  Bishop,  and 
to  suspend  him  from  the  functions  of  his  Office,  de- 
pose him  from  the  Ministry,  or  expel  him  from  the 
Church,  as  they  may  deem  his  offense  requires.  One 
of  the  Bishops  shall  preside  at  his  trial. 

TI  225.  The  accused  shall  have  the  right  of  per- 
emptory challenge,  yet  not  so  as  to  reduce  fhe  num- 
ber of  the  Judicial  Conference  below  twenty-one. 

H  226.  The  President  of  such  Judicial  Conference 
shall,  at  the  commencement  of  the  trial,  appoint  a 
Secretary,  who  shall  make  a  correct  record  of  the 
167 


1  227 


Trial  of  Bishop 


proceedings,  and  of  all  the  evidence  in  the  case, 
which,  when  read  and  approved,  shall  be  signed  by 
the  President  and  Secretary. 

H  227.  In  case  of  imprudent  conduct,  the  District 
Superintendent  within  whose  District  the  alleged 
offense  occurred  shall  take  with  him  two  Traveling 
Elders,  and  shall  admonish  the  Bishop  so  offending. 
In  case  of  a  second  offense,  one  of  the  Bishops,  to- 
gether with  three  Traveling  Elders,  shall  call  upon 
him,  and  reprehend  and  admonish  him.  If  -  he  still 
persist  in  his  imprudence,  he  shall  then  be  tried  in 
the  manner  ordered  in  f!!  224-226. 

H  228.  When  it  is  alleged  that  an  immorality  or 
imprudence  has  been  committed  without  the  bounds 
of  'any  District,  the  District  Superintendent  within 
the  bounds  of  whose  District  the  Bishop  resides  shall 
proceed  as  hereinbefore  specified. 

If  229.  When  a  Bishop  disseminates,  publicly  or 
privately,  doctrines  which  are  contrary  to  our 
Articles  of  Religion  or  established -standards  of  doc- 
trine, the  same  process  shall  be  observed  as  is  pre- 
scribed in  n  224-226. 

t  230.  Complaint  against  the  administration  of  a 
Bishop  may  be  forwarded  to  the  General  Conference, 
and  entertained  there;  provided,  that  in  its  judgment 
he  has  had  due  notice  that  such  complaint  would  be 
made. 


CHAPTER  II 
TRIAL  OF  MISSIONARY  BISHOP 
If  231.  If  charges  of  Immoral  conduct  are  made 
against  a  Missionary  Bishop  during  the  interval  be- 
168 


Trial  of  ]M:oMHEit  of  Coxfeuence    ^  232 


tween  the  sessions  of  the  General  Conference,  the 
Board  of  Foreign  Missions  shall  appoint  eleven  of 
their  number,  being  Ministers,  to  Investigate  the 
case.  A  General  Superintendent  shall  preside  over 
the  Committee  of  Investigation  and  sball  cause  a 
correct  record  of  the  charges,  specifications,  proceed- 
ings, vote,  and  judgment  in  the  investigation  to  be 
kept  and  transmitted  to  the  next  General  Conference. 
If  the  Committee  of  Investigation  find  the  charges 
sustained,  they  may  suspend  the  accused  Missionary 
Bishop  until  the  meeting  of  the  next  General  Con- 
ference. 


CHAPTER  III 
TRIAL  OF  MEMBER  OF  CONFERENCE 

I.  Preliminary  Investigation 


^  232,  §  1.  When  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence is  under  report  of  being  guilty  of  some  crime 
expressly  forbidden  in  the  Word  of  God,  sufficient  to 
exclude  a  person  from  the  kingdom  of  grace  and 
glory: 

In  the  interval  between  the  sessions  of  the  An- 
nual Conference  the  District  Superintendent  shall 
call  not  less  than  five  nor  more  than  nine  Members 
of  the  Conference  to  investigate  the  case,  and,  if  pos- 
sible, bring  the  accused  and  accuser  face  to  face. 
He  shall  preside  throughout  the  proceedings,  and 
shall  certify  and  declare  the  judgment  of  the  Com- 
mittee; and  he  shall  cause  a  correct  record  of  the 
charges,  specifications,  proceedings,  evidence,  and 
169 


^  232   Trial  of  Member  of  Conference 


judgment  in  the  investigation  to  be  kept  and  trans- 
mitted to  the  Annual  Conference. 

§  2.  But  if  the  accused  be  a  District  Superintend- 
ent, three  of  the  senior  Ministers  of  his  District  shall 
inquire  into  the  character  of  the  report,  and,  if  they 
deem  an  investigation  necessary,  they  shall  call  in 
the  District  Superintendent  of  any  adjoining  District 
of  the  Conference,  who  shall  appoint  a  Committee 
of  not  less  than  five  nor  more  than  nine  Elders  of  the 
Annual  Conference  of  which  the  accused  is  a  Member, 
to  investigate  the  case;  and  lie  shall  also  preside  at 
the  investigation. 

§  3.  If  in  either  of  the  above  cases  of  investigation 
the  accused,  after  due  notice  given  him,  shall  refuse 
or  neglect  to  appear  before  the  Committee,  the  in- 
vestigation shall  proceed  in  his  absence.  If  in  either 
case  the  charge  be  sustained,  the  accused  shall  be  sus- 
pended by  the  Committee  from  all  Ministerial  serv- 
ices and  Church  privileges  until  the  ensuing  Annual 
Conference;  at  which  his  case  shall  be  fully  consid- 
ered and  determined  upon  the  evidence  contained  in 
the  record  of  the  investigation,  and  such  other  evi- 
dence as  may  be  admitted. 

§  4.  A  Supernumerary  or  Superannuated  Minister 
residing  without  the  bounds  of  his  own  Conference 
shall  be  subject,  under  the  authority  of  the  District 
Superintendent  of  the  District  within  which  he  re- 
sides, to  the  investigation  prescribed  in  §  1  of  this 
paragraph. 

§  5.  A  Conference  Evangelist  who  commits  an  of- 
fense without  the  bounds  of  his  own  Conference,  shall 
be  subject  to  the  same  investigation  as  above,  under 
the  authority  of  the  District  Superintendent,  within 
whose  District  the  offense  is  alleged  to  have  occurred. 
170 


TlilAL  OF  MeMUEU  of  CONFERENCE     1  235 

H  233,  §  1.  In  all  cases  the  papers,  including  the 
record  of  the  investigation,  charges,  evidence,  and 
findings,  shall  be  transmitted  to  the  ensuing  session 
of  the  Annual  Conference  of  which  the  accused  is  a 
Member;  on  which  papers,  and  such  other  evidence 
as  may  be  admitted,  the  case  shall  be  determined. 

§  2.  If,  in  any  of  the  foregoing  cases  of  investiga- 
tion, counsel  has  not  been  provided  for  the  Church 
or  for  the  accused,  the  District  Superintendent  shall 
have  power  to  appoint  counsel  for  both,  or  for  either. 

§  3.  In  both  the  investigation  and  the  trial  of  a 
Minister,  witnesses  from  without  shall  not  be  re- 
jected, and  the  testimony  of  an  absent  witness  may  be 
taken  before  the  Preacher  in  Charge  where  such  wit- 
ness resides,  or  before  a  Preacher  appointed  by  the 
District  Superintendent  of  the  District  within  which 
such  witness  resides;  provided,  in  every  case  suf- 
ficient notice  has  been  given  to  the  adverse  party  of 
the  time  and  place  of  taking  such  testimony. 

§  4.  An  Annual  Conference  may  entertain  and  try 
charges  against  its  Members  though  no  investigation 
upon  them  has  been  held,  or  though  an  investigation 
has  not  resulted  in  suspension,  due  notice  having 
been  given  to  the  accused. 


II.  Charges 

If  234.  In  cases  of  improper  temper,  words,  or  ac- 
tions, the  Minister  so  offending  shall  be  admonished 
by  his  senior  in  office.  Should  a  second  transgression 
take  place,  one,  two,  or  three  Ministers  are  to  be 
taken  as  witnesses.  If  he  continue  to  offend,  let  the 
District  Superintendent  proceed  as  in  1  232.  §  1. 

If  235.  When  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 
171 


^  236  Trial  op  Mkmbeh  ov  Coxfekence 

fails  in  business,  or  contracts  debts  which  he  is  not 
able  to  pay,  the  District  Superintendent  shall  appoint 
three  judicious  Members  of  the  Church  to  inspect  the 
accounts,  contracts,  and  circumstances  of  the  sup- 
posed delinquent;  and  if,  in  their  opinion,  he  has  be- 
haved dishonestly,  or  contracted  debts  without  the 
probability  of  paying,  let  the  case  be  disposed  of 
according  to  1[  232,  §  1. 

I  236.  Any  Traveling  or  Local  Preacher  who  shall 
hold  religious  service  within  the  bounds  of  any  Mis- 
sion, Circuit,  or  Station,  when  requested  by  the 
Preacher  in  Charge  not  to  hold  such  services,  shall 
be  deemed  guilty  of  imprudent  conduct,  and  after  the 
admonitions  ordered  in  232,  252,  if  he  do  not  re- 
frain from  such  conduct,  shall  be  liable  to  charges 
and  investigation  or  trial  under  the  provisions  of  the 
Discipline  relating  to  these  respective  classes  of 
Preachers.  A  Local  Preacher  offending  against  this 
provision  may  be  tried  in  the  Charge  where  the 
offense  was  committed. 

II  237.  When  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 
disseminates,  publicly  or  privately,  doctrines  which 
are  contrary  to  our  Articles  of  Religion  or  established 
standards  of  doctrine,  let  the  same  process  be  ob- 
served as  is  directed  in  M  232,  §  1.  But  if,  after  the 
charge  is  sustained,  the  Minister  so  offending  does 
solemnly  engage  to  the  Committee  of  investigation 
not  to  disseminate  such  erroneous  doctrines  in  public 
or  private,  the  Committee  may  waive  suspension, 
that  the  case  may  be  laid  before  the  next  Annual 
Conference,  which  shall  determine  the  matter.  And 
in  all  cases  where  a  Member  is  so  expelled  or  deposed 
he  shall  not  be  relicensed  to  preach  until  he  shall 
have  satisfied  the  Conference  from  which  he  was  ex- 

172 


Tkial  of  Member  of  Conference  ^  240 


pelled  or  deposed,  and  shall  have  promised  in  writ- 
ing to  wholly  desist  from  disseminating  such  doc- 
trines privately  or  publicly. 

^  238.  Whenever  specific  complaints  are  made  in 
writing  and  signed  by  five  responsible  persons,  mem- 
bers or  Ministers  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
charging  a  Professor  in  one  of  our  theological  schools 
with  violating  his  pledge  to  the  Bishops  of  loyalty 
to  our  doctrine  and  polity,  said  charges  shall  be 
lodged  with  the  District  Superintendent  of  the 
Annual  Conference  to  which  the  accused  belongs,  who 
shall  carefully  consider  the  same;  and  if  in  his 
opinion  they  are  of  sufficient  gravity  to  require  an 
investigation,  he  shall  immediately  proceed  accord- 
ing to  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  in  1!  232. 

H  239.  When  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference, 
in  the  interval  between  the  sessions  of  his  Confer- 
ence, declines  or  ceases  to  do  the  work  to  which  he 
was  duly  appointed,  except  for  the  reasons  indicated 
in  H  164,  let  the  District  Superintendent  proceed  as 
directed  in  %  232,  §  1.  If  the  District  Superintend- 
ent fail  to  do  this,  he  shall  account  therefor  to  the 
next  Annual  Conference. 

H  240.  When  it  is  alleged  of  a  Member  of  an 
Annual  Conference  that  he  is  so  unacceptable  or  in- 
efficient as  to  be  no  longer  useful  in  his  work,  or  that 
without  reason  of  impaired  health  of  himself  or  family 
disqualifying  him  for  pastoral  work,  he  goes  into  secu- 
lar business,  his  case  shall  be  referred  to  a  Commit- 
tee of  five  or  more  Members  of  his , Conference  for  in- 
quiry; and  if  said  Committee  shall  find  the  allegation 
sustained,  and  shall  so  recommend,  the  Conference 
may  request  him  to  locate.  If  he  shall  refuse,  and 
the  conditions  complained  of  shall  continue,  the  Con- 
173 


^  241  Trial  of  Member  of  Conference 


ference  may,  at  its  next  session,  after  formal  trial 

and  conviction,  locate  him  without  his  consent.  But 

he  shall  have  the  right  of  appeal  to  a  Judicial  Con- 
ference, which  may  restore  him. 


III.  Maladministration 
H  241.  In  cases  of  alleged  maladministration — 
§  1.  A  Minister  shall  be  answerable  to  his  Confer- 
ence on  the  charge  of  corrupt,  negligent,  or  partisan 
administration,  but  not  for  errors  in  judgment. 

§  2.  Errors  or  defects  in  Judicial  Proceedings  shall 
be  duly  considered  when  presented  on  appeal.  But 
Errors  of  Law  or  Administration  connected  with  in- 
vestigations under  H  232,  and  Errors  of  Law  made  by 
a  District  Superintendent  in  cases  of  appeal  are  to  be 
corrected  by  the  President  of  the  next  Annual  Con- 
ference on  appeal  in  open  session;  and  the  Conference 
may  also  order  just  and  suitable  remedies  for  the 
injury  resulting  from  such  errors. 

§  3.  Errors  of  Administration  not  connected  with 
Judicial  Proceedings  may  be  presented  in  writing  to 
the  Annual  Conference,  for  its  judgment  thereon;  and 
the  Conference  may  also  order  just  and  suitable 
remedies  when  the  rights  of  Ministers  or  members 
of  the  Church  have  been  injuriously  affected  by  such 
errors.   


IV.  Trial 

\\  242.  The  Annual  Conference  may,  at  its  discre- 
tion, try  an  accused  Member  in  either  of  the  three 
following  methods: 

§  1.  The  entire  trial,  including  the  examination  of 
witnesses,  may  be  by  the  Conference  in  full  session. 
174 


Trial  of  Member  of  Conference  ^  243 

§  2.  Or,  the  Bishop  may  appoint  an  Elder  as  a  Com- 
missioner to  take  the  evidence  in  the  case,  in  whole 
or  in  part;  and  said  Commissioner  shall  cause  a 
correct  record  of  the  proceedings  before  him,  and 
of  the  evidence  signed  by  the  witnesses  respectively, 
to  be  laid  before  the  Conference;  upon  which  evidence, 
and  such  other  as  may  be  admitted,  the  case  shall 
be  determined. 

§  3.  Or,  the  Conference  may  appoint  from  its  Mem- 
bers a  Select  Number  of  not  less  than  nine  nor  more 
than  fifteen,  to  try  the  accused,  who  shall  have  the 
right  to  challenge  for  cause;  which  Select  Number, 
in  the  presence  of  a  Bishop,  or  of  a  Chairman  whom 
the  President  of  the  Conference  shall  have  ap- 
pointed, and  one  or  more  of  the  Secretaries  of  the 
Conference,  shall  have  full  power  to  consider  and 
determine  the  case  according  to  the  rules  which  gov- 
ern Annual  Conferences  in  such  proceedings;  and 
they  shall  make  a  faithful  report  in  writing  of  all 
their  proceedings,  duly  subscribed  by  the  President 
and  Secretary  of  the  Select  Number,  to  the  Secretary 
of  the  Conference,  and  deliver  up  to  him  therewith 
the  bill  of  charges,  the  evidence  taken,  and  the  de- 
cision rendered,  with  all  other  documents  brought 
into  the  trial. 

§  4.  But  the  Annual  Conference  may,  when  a  case 
cannot  be  tried  during  the  session  for  want  of  testi- 
mony, refer  it  to  one  of  the  District  Superintendents, 
who  shall  proceed  as  directed  in  H  232,  and  the  Con- 
ference shall  determine  whether  the  case  seems  to  be 
of  such  gravity  as  to  require  that  the  Minister  be  left 
without  appointment  until  the  investigation  shall  be 
held. 

H  243.  When  a  Minister  is  tried  on  a  charge  of  im- 
175 


1  244  TuiAL  OP  Member  op  Conference 

morality,  and  the  Conference  or  the  Select  Number 
shall  find  that  this  charge  is  not  sustained  by  the  evi- 
dence, but  that  the  Minister  has  been  proven  guilty 
of  "high  imprudence  and  unministerial  conduct,"  it 
may  declare  this  fact,  and  subject  the  offender  to  re- 
proof, suspension,  or  deprivation  of  Ministerial  Office 
and  Credentials. 

H  244.  In  no  case,  either  of  an  investigation  or  a 
trial  of  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference,  shall  any 
person  act  as  Counsel  who  is  not  a  Member  of  an 
Annual  Conference. 

K  245.  In  case  any  Member  of  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence be  deposed  from  the  Ministry  without  being  ex- 
pelled from  the  Church,  he  shall  have  his  member- 
ship in  the  Church  where  he  resided  at  the  time  of 
his  deposition. 

If  246.  After  a  Minister  shall  have  been  regularly 
tried  and  expelled  he  shall  have  no  Privileges  of 
Society  or  Sacraments  in  our  Church,  without  con- 
trition, reformation,  and  confession,  satisfactory  to 
the  Conference  from  which  he  was  expelled. 

H  247.  When  a  Traveling  Preacher  is  accused  of 
immorality  and  desires  to  withdraw  from  the  Church, 
the  Annual  Conference  may  permit  him  to  withdraw; 
in  which  case  the  record  shall  be,  "Withdrawn  under 
Complaints."  If  formal  charges  of  immorality  have 
been  presented,  he  may  be  permitted  to  withdraw;  in 
which  case  the  record  shall  be,  "Withdrawn  under 
Charges:"  and  if  thus  withdrawn  under  "Com- 
plaints," or  under  "Charges,"  the  relation  to  the 
Church  of  the  Preacher  thus  withdrawn  shall  be  the 
same  as  if  he  had  been  expelled. 


176 


Trial  of  Pkeacuer  on  Tbial       ^  249 


CHAPTER  IV 
TRIAL  OF  PREACHER  ON  TRIAL 
H  248.  A  Preacher  on  Trial  in  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence is,  in  reference  to  Amenability  and  Appeal,  con- 
sidered as  a  Local  Preacher;  but  in  his  case  the  Dis- 
trict Superintendent  shall  perform  the  duties  which 
are  prescribed  to  the  Preacher  in  Charge  in  the  case 
of  an  accused  Local  Preacher. 


CHAPTER  V 

TRIAL  OF  LOCAL  PREACHER 

H  249.  When  a  Local  Preacher,  vordained  or  unor- 
dained,  is  reported  to  be  guilty  of  some  crime  ex- 
pressly forbidden  in  the  Word  of  God,  sufficient  to 
exclude  a  person  from  the  kingdom  of  grace  and 
glory,  the  Preacher  in  Charge  shall  call  a  Committee 
of  Investigation,  consisting  of  three  or  more  Local 
Preachers,  before  which  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
accused  to  appear,  and  by  which,  if  the  charge  is  sus- 
tained, he  shall  be  suspended  from  all  Ministerial 
services  and  Church  privileges  until  the  next  District 
or  Quarterly  Conference.  If  the  accused  refuse  or 
neglect  to  appear  before  said  Committee,  the  investi- 
gation may  proceed  in  his  absence.  The  Preacher 
in  Charge  shall  cause  exact  minutes  of  the  charges, 
testimony,  and  proceedings  in  the  investigation,  to- 
gether with  the  decision  of  the  Committee,  to  be  laid 
177 


^  250        Trial  of  Local  Preacher 

before  the  District  or  Quarterly  Conference,  where  it 
shall  be  the  duty  of  the  accused  to  appear  for  trial. 

1[  250.  Should  the  District  or  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence order  a  trial,  its  President  shall  appoint  a  Sec- 
retary, who  shall  make  a  correct  record  of  the 
proceedings  and  evidence  in  the  case,  and  if  the  ac- 
cused be  found  guilty,  the  Conference  shall  affix  a 
penalty  to  the  offense,  according  to  U  204,  §  4. 

H  251.  Should  the  District  Conference  having 
jurisdiction  in  the  case  of  an  accused  Local  Preacher 
judge  it  expedient  to  try  him  by  a  Select  Number,  it 
may  appoint  not  less  than  nine  nor  more  than  fifteen 
of  its  members  for  the  purpose,  the  accused  having 
the  right  to  challenge  for  cause;  which  Select  Num- 
ber, in  the  presence  of  a  Bishop,  or  an  Eider  whom 
the  President  of  the  District  Conference  may  appoint, 
and  with  a  Secretary  appointed  by  the  District  Con- 
ference, shall  have  full  power  to  consider  and  deter- 
mine the  case  according  to  the  rules  which  govern 
District  Conferences  in  such  cases;  and  the  Secretary 
shall  make  a  faithful  report  in  writing  of  all  the  pro- 
ceedings and  evidence  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Dis- 
trict Conference,  and  shall  deliver  up  to  him  all  the 
papers  in  the  case. 

1[  252,  §  1.  In  case  of  improper  tempers,  words, 
or  actions,  the  Local  Preacher  so  offending  shall  be 
admonished  by  the  Preacher  in  Charge.  Should  a 
second  transgression  take  place,  one,  two,  or  three 
members  of  the  Church  are  to  be  taken  as  witnesses. 
If  be  continue  to  offend,  he  shall  be  tried  at  the  next 
District  or  Quarterly  Conference,  and,  if  found  guilty 
and  impenitent,  he  shall  be  expelled  from  the 
Church. 

§  2.  If  a  Local  Preacher  be  found,  on  due  trial  by 
178 


Trial  of  Local  Preacher        ^  255 


the  District  or  Quarterly  Conference,  neglectful  of  his 
duties  as  a  Local  Preacher  or  unacceptable  in  his 
ministry,  it  may  deprive  him  of  his  ministerial  office. 

Note.— A  Local  Preacher  holding  religious  services  within  a  Charge 
against  the  will  of  its  Pastor,  shall  be  proceeded  against  according  to  11  236. 

ly  253.  When  a  Local  Preacher  disseminates,  pub- 
licly or  privately,  doctrines  which  are  contrary  to 
our  Articles  of  Religion  or  established  standards  of 
doctrine,  let  the  same  process  be  observed  as  is 
directed  in  n  249,  250. 

H  254.  When  a  Local  Preacher  fails  in  business, 
or  contracts  debts  which  he  is  not  able  to  pay,  let  the 
Preacher  in  Charge  appoint  three  judicious  Members 
of  the  Church  to  inspect  the  accounts,  contracts,  and 
circumstances  of  the  supposed  delinquent;  and  if,  in 
their  opinion,  he  has  behaved  dishonestly,  or  con- 
tracted debts  without  the  probability  of  paying,  let 
the  case  be  disposed  of  according  to  liH  249,  250. 

If  255.  When,  in  the  judgment  of  the  District 
Superintendent,  a  fair  and  impartial  trial  cannot  be 
had  in  the  Quarterly  Conference  where  the  accused 
holds  his  membership,  the  District  Superintendent 
may  refer  the  case  for  trial  to  some  other  Quarterly 
Conference,  within  the  bounds  of  his  District. 


179 


1"  256  Trial  of  Member 


CHAPTER  VI 
TRIAL  OF  MEMBER 

Immoral  Conduct 


II  256.  A  member  of  the  Church  accused  of  im- 
morality shall  be  brought  to  trial  before  a  Committee 
of  not  less  than  five  members  of  the  Church.  They 
shall  be  chosen  by  the  Preacher  in  Charge,  and,  if 
he  judge  it  to  be  necessary,  he  may  select  them  from 
any  part  of  the  District.  The  parties  may  chal- 
lenge for  cause.  The  Preacher  in  Charge  shall  pre- 
side in  the  trial,  and  shall  cause  a  correct  record  of 
the  proceedings  and  evidence  to  be  made. 

U  257.  If  tlie  accused  person  be  found  guilty  by 
the  decision  of  a  majority  of  the  Committee,  and  the 
crime  be  such  as  is  expressly  forbidden  in  the  Word 
of  God,  sufficient  to  exclude  a  person  from  the  king- 
dom of  grace  and  glory,  let  the  Preacher  in  Charge 
expel  him. 

If  258.  But  if,  in  view  of  mitigating  circumstances 
and  of  humble  and  penitent  confession,  the  Commit- 
tee find  that  a  lower  penalty  is  proper,  it  may  at  its 
discretion  either  impose  censure  on  the  offender,  or 
suspend  him  from  all  Church  privileges  for  a  definite 
time. 

If  259.  If  the  accused  person,  after  sufficient  notice 
has  been  given  him,  shall  refuse  or  neglect  to  appear 
before  the  Committee,  he  may  be  tried  in  his  absence, 
and,  if  found  guilty,  shall  be  expelled. 

ISO 


Trial  of  Memhkr 


«l  261 


II.  Imprudent  and  Unchristian  Conduct 
^  260.  In  cases  of  neglect  of  duties  of  any  kind; 
imprudent  conduct;  indulging  sinful  temners  or 
words;  the  buying,  selling,  or  using  intoxicating 
liquors  as  a  beverage,  signing  petitions  in  favor 
of  granting  license  for  the  sale  of  intoxicating 
liquors,  becoming  bondsmen  for  persons  engaged  in 
such  traflSc,  or  renting  property  as  a  place  in  or  on 
■which  to  manufacture  or  sell  intoxicating  liquors; 
dancing;  playing  at  games  of  chance;  attending 
theaters,  horse  races,  circuses,  dancing  parties,  or 
patronizing  dancing  scbools,  or  taking  such  other 
amusements  as  are  obviously  of  misleading  or  ques- 
tionable moral  tendency;  or  disobedience  to  the  order 
and  Discipline  of  the  Church — on  the  first  offense, 
let  private  reproof  be  given  by  the  Pastor  or  Leader, 
and  if  there  be  an  acknowledgment  of  the  fault  and 
proper  humiliation,  the  person  may  be  borne  with. 
On  the  second  offense  the  Pastor  or  Leader  may  take 
with  him  one  or  two  discreet  members  of  the  Church. 
On  the  third  offense  let  him  be  brought  to  trial,  and 
if  found  guilty  and  there  be  no  sign  of  real  humilia- 
tion, he  shall  be  expelled. 


III.  Neglect  of  Means  of  Grace 
261,  §  1.  ^Mien  a  member  of  our  Church  habitu- 
ally neglects  the  means  of  grace,  such  as  the  Public 
Worship  of  God,  the  Supper  of  the  Lord,  family  and 
private  Prayer,  searching  the  Scriptures,  Class  Meet- 
ings and  Prayer  Meetings — 

S  2.  Let  the  Preacher  in  Charge,  whenever  it  is 
practicable,  visit  him  and  explain  to  him  the  conse- 
quence if  he  continue  to  neglect. 

181 


1"  262  Trial  of  Member 


§  3.  If  he  do  not  amend,  let  the  Preacher  in  Charge 
bring  his  case  before  a  Committee  of  not  less  than 
five,  before  which  he  shall  be  cited  to  appear.  And 
if  he  be  found  guilty  of  willful  neglect  by  the  de- 
cision of  a  majority  of  the  members  before  whom  the 
case  is  brought,  let  him  be  excluded. 


rV.  Causing  Dissension 
H  262.  If  a  member  of  our  Church  shall  be  accused 
of  endeavoring  to  sow  dissension  in  any  of  our  So- 
cieties, by  inveighing  against  either  Doctrines  or 
Discipline,  the  person  so  offending  shall  first  be  re- 
proved by  the  Preacher  in  Charge;  and  if  he  persist 
in  such  pernicious  practice,  he  shall  be  brought  to 
trial,  and,  if  found  guilty,  shall  be  expelled. 


V.  Disagreement  in  Business — Arbitration 

^  263.  On  any  disagreement  between  two  or  more 
members  of  our  Church  concerning  business  trans- 
actions, which  cannot  be  settled  by  the  parties,  the 
Preacher  in  Charge  shall  inquire  into  the  circum- 
stances of  the  case,  and  shall  recommend  to  the  par- 
ties a  reference  to  arbitration;  two  arbiters  to  be 
chosen  by  one  party,  and  two  by  the  other  party, 
which  four  arbiters  shall  choose  a  fifth;  the  five  ar- 
biters being  members  of  our  Church.  The  Preacher  in 
Charge  shall  preside,  and  the  Disciplinary  forms  of 
trial  shall  be  observed. 

H  264.  If  either  party  refuse  to  abide  by  the  judg- 
ment of  the  arbiters,  he  shall  be  brought  to  trial,  and 
182 


Trial  ok  Mejxuer 


%  268 


if  he  fail  to  show  sufficient  cause  for  such  refusal,  he 
shall  be  expelled. 

H  265.  If  any  member  of  our  Church  shall  refuse, 
in  case  of  debt  oi  ither  dispute,  to  refer  the  matter 
to  arbitration  when  recommended  so  to  do  by  the 
Preacher  in  Charge,  or  shall  enter  into  a  lawsuit 
with  another  member  before  these  measures  are 
taken,  he  shall  be  brought  to  trial,  and  if  he  fail  to 
show  that  the  case  is  of  such  a  nature  as  to  require 
and  justify  a  process  at  law,  he  shall  be  expelled. 

H  266.  If,  in  the  case  of  debt  or  dispute,  one  of  the 
parties  is  a  Minister,  the  duties  laid  on  the  Preacher 
in  Charge  in  the  foregoing  paragraph  shall  be  per- 
formed by  the  District  Superintendent  of  the  Min- 
ister concerned.  If  both  are  Ministers,  the  District 
Superintendent  of  either  may  act  in  the  case. 


VI.  Insolvency 

IT  267.  Preachers  in  Charge  are  required  to  exe- 
cute all  our  Rules  fully  and  strenuously  against  all 
frauds,  and  particularly  against  dishonest  insol- 
vencies, suffering  no  one  to  remain  in  our  Church  on 
any  account  who  is  found  guilty  of  any  fraud. 

1  268.  To  prevent  scandal,  when  any  member  of 
the  Church  fails  in  business,  or  contracts  debts  which 
he  is  not  able  to  pay,  let  two  or  three  judicious  mem- 
bers of  the  Church  inspect  the  accounts,  contracts, 
and  circumstances  of  the  supposed  delinquent;  and 
if  they  judge  that  he  has  behaved  dishonestly,  or 
borrowed  money  without  a  probability  of  paying,  let 
him  be  brought  to  trial,  and,  if  found  guilty,  expelled. 


183 


^  269  Teial  of  Member 


VII.  General  Directions  Concerning  Trials 
1[  269.  In  all  cases  of  trial  of  members  let  all  wit- 
nesses for  the  Church  be  duly  notified  by  the 
Preacher  in  Charge.  The  order  concerning  absent 
witnesses  and  witnesses  from  without  shall  be  the 
same  as  that  observed  in  the  trial  of  Ministers.  The 
accused  shall  have  the  right  to  call  to  his  assistance 
as  counsel  any  member  or  Minister  in  good  and  regu- 
lar standing  in  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

%  270.  In  all  cases  requiring  the  accused  member 
to  be  expelled  the  Preacher  in  Charge  shall  pronounce 
the  sentence  of  expulsion. 

H  271.  An  expelled  person  shall  have  no  privileges  ~ 
of  Society  or  of  the  Sacraments  in  our  Church  with- 
out confession,  contrition,  and  satisfactory  reforma- 
tion. 

H  272.  In  all  cases  of  trial  and  appeal  it  is  im- 
proper for  the  Presiding  Officer  to  deliver  a  charge  to 
the  Committee  explaining  the  evidence  and  setting 
forth  the  merits  of  the  case. 


CHAPTER  VII 
JUDICIAL  CONFERENCE 
H  273.  The  several  Annual  Conferences  shall,  at 
each  session,  select  five  Elders,  men  of  experience 
and  sound  judgment  in  the  affairs  of  the  Church,  who 
shall  be  known  as  Triers  of  Appeals. 

^  274.  When  notice  of  Appeal  is  given  to  the 
President  of  an  Annual  Conference,  he  shall  pro- 
ceed, with  due  regard  to  the  wishes  and  rights  of 
184 


Judicial  Conference  ^  276 


the  Appellant,  to  designate  three  Conferences  con- 
veniently near  to  that  from  which  the  Appeal  is 
taken,  whose  Triers  of  Appeals  shall  constitute  a 
Judicial  Conference,  and  to  fix  the  time  and  place 
of  its  session.  He  shall  also  give  notice  thereof  to  all 
concerned.  When  said  Judicial  Conference  shall  have 
assembled  it  shall  be  competent  to  try  Appeals  which 
may  be  presented  to  it  from  any  Conference  con- 
veniently near,  due  notice  having  been  given  to  all 
concerned. 

It  275.  The  Appellant  shall  have  the  right  of  per- 
emptory challenge,  yet  so  that  the  Triers  of  Appeals 
present,  and  ready  to  proceed  with  the  hearing,  shall 
not  fall  below  eleven,  which  number  shall  be  required 
for  a  quorum. 

Y  276.  A  Bishop  shall  preside  in  the  Judicial  Con- 
ference, and  shall  decide  all  Questions  of  Law  arising 
in  its  proceedings,  subject  to  an  appeal  to  the  Gen- 
eral Conference.  The  Conference  shall  appoint  a 
Secretary,  who  shall  keep  a  faithful  record  of  all  the 
proceedings,  and  shall,  at  the  close  of  the  trial,  trans- 
mit the  records  made  and  the  papers  submitted  in 
the  case,  or  certified  copies  thereof,  to  the  Secretary 
of  the  preceding  General  Conference,  to  be  filed  for 
review  at  the  next  General  Conference.  If  284.  And 
in  all  cases  the  findings  of  the  Judicial  Conference 
shall  be  reported  by  its  Secretary  to  the  Secretary  of 
the  Annual  Conference  whose  membership  is  affected 
thereby,  and  the  same  shall  be  published  in  the 
Minutes  of  said  Conference. 


185 


1"  211  Appeal  of  Bishop 


CHAPTER  VIII 

APPEAL  OF  BISHOP 

H  277.  A  Bishop  shall  have  the  right  of  Appeal  to 
the  ensuing  General  Conference,  if  he  signify  his  in- 
tention to  appeal  within  three  months  of  the  time 
when  he  is  informed  of  his  conviction.  And  in  case 
of  an  Appeal,  the  record  of  the  trial  and  all  the  docu- 
ments relating  to  the  case,  including  the  charges  and 
specifications,  shall  be  transmitted  to  the  ensuing 
General  Conference,  which  record  and  documents 
only  shall  be  used  in  evidence  in  the  trial  of  the  Ap- 
peal. The  General  Conference  may,  at  its  discretion, 
hear  the  Appeal  by  a  Judicial  Committee  of  its  own 
number. 


CHAPTER  IX 
APPEAL  OF  MEMBER  OF  CONFERENCE 

If  278.  In  all  cases  of  trial  and  conviction  of  Mem- 
bers of  the  Annual  Conferences,  an  Appeal  shall  be 
allowed  to  a  Judicial  Conference,  constituted  as 
hereinbefore  provided,  if  the  condemned  person  sig- 
nify his  intention  to  appeal  within  three  months  of 
the  time  when  he  is  informed  of  his  conviction. 

H  279.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Secretary  of  the 
Annual  Conference  carefully  to  preserve  the  min- 
utes of  the  trial,  whether  before  a  Select  Number  or 
before  the  Conference,  and  all  the  documents  re- 
lating to  the  case,  together  with  the  charge  or 
charges,  and  the  specification  or  specifications;  which 
minutes  and  documents  only,  in  case  of  an  Appeal 
186 


Appeal  of  Member  of  Conference   1^  281 

from  the  decision  of  an  Annual  Conference,  shall  be 
presented  to  the  Judicial  Conference  as  evidence  in 
the  case. 

f  280.  In  all  cases  where  an  Appeal  is  made,  and 
admitted  by  the  Judicial  Conference,  after  the 
charges,  findings,  and  evidence  have  been  read,  the 
Appellant  shall  state,  either  personally  or  by  his 
representative,  the  grounds  of  his  Appeal,  showing 
the  reason  why  he  appeals,  and  he  shall  be  allowed 
to  make  his  Appeal  without  interruption.  After 
which  the  Representatives  of  the  Annual  Conference 
from  whose  decision  the  Appeal  is  made  shall  be  per- 
mitted to  respond  in  presence  of  the  Appellant,  who 
shall  have  the  privilege  of  replying  to  such  Repre- 
sentatives, which  reply  shall  close  the  pleadings  on 
both  sides.  This  done,  the  parties  shall  withdraw, 
and  the  Judicial  Conference  shall  decide  the  case. 
It  may  reverse,  in  whole  or  in  part,  the  findings  of 
the  Annual  Conference,  or  it  may  remand  the  case 
for  a  new  trial.  It  may  determine  what  penalty,  not 
higher  than  that  affixed  by  the  Annual  Conference, 
shall  be  imposed.  If  it  neither  reverse,  in  whole  or 
in  part,  the  judgment  of  the  Annual  Conference,  nor 
remand  the  case  for  a  new  trial,  the  judgment  of  the 
Annual  Conference  shall  stand.  But  it  shall  not  re- 
verse the  judgment,  nor  remand  the  case  for  a  new 
trial  on  account  of  errors  plainly  not  affecting  the 
result.  Counsel  on  both  sides  shall  be  Members  of 
an  Annual  Conference. 

t  281.  Appeals  from  an  Annual  Conference  in  the 
United  States  not  easily  accessible,  may,  at  the  discre- 
tion of  the  President  thereof,  be  heard  by  a  Judicial 
Conference  selected  from  among  the  more  accessible 
Conferences.  Appeals  from  an  Annual  or  Mission 
187 


^  282    Appeal  of  Member  of  Conference 

Conference  not  in  the  United  States  may  be  heard  at 
the  discretion  of  the  Bishop  in  permanent  charge 
thereof,  due  reference  being  had  to  the  rights  and 
Interests  of  all  concerned,  either  by  a  Judicial  Con- 
ference called  by  said  Bishop  from  neighboring  for- 
eign Conferences,  or  by  a  Judicial  Conference  called 
by  him  to  meet  at  or  near  New  York,  or  by  the  Gen- 
eral Conference  through  a  special  Judicial  Commit- 
tee appointed  for  the  purpose. 

H  282.  When  the  case  of  any  Minister  who  has 
been  suspended  or  expelled  is  remanded  for  a  new 
trial  he  shall  be  suspended  from  all  Ministerial  serv- 
ice until  the  next  ensuing  session  of  the  Annual 
Conference. 

T[  283.  Should  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 
be  accused  of  crime  in  the  interval  of  the  Conference 
session  and  be  suspended  by  a  Committee,  and  be  sub- 
sequently found  guilty  by  his  Conference  and  ex- 
pelled, his  claims  upon  the  Funds  of  the  Conference 
shall  cease  from  the  time  of  his  suspension.  Should 
a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference  be  suspended  and 
afterward  be  restored,  he  shall  have  no  claim  on  the 
congregation  nor  upon  the  Funds  of  the  Conference 
during  the  period  of  such  suspension. 

If  284.  The  General  Conference  shall  carefully  re- 
view the  decisions  of  Questions  of  Law  contained  in 
the  records  and  documents  transmitted  to  it  from 
the  Judicial  Conferences,  and  in  case  of  serious  error 
therein  shall  take  such  action  as  justice  may  require. 
The  papers  submitted  shall  be  returned  by  the  Sec- 
retary of  the  Committee  on  Judiciary  in  the  next 
General  Conference  to  the  Chairman  of  the  Delega- 
tion of  the  Annual  Conference  of  which  the  accused 
is  a  Member. 

188 


RjJSTOKATIOX  OF  CREDENTIALS       %  286 


CHAPTER  X 
RESTORATION  OF  C3^DENTIALS 
f  285.  When  any  Member  of  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence is  deprived  of  his  Credentials,  by  expulsion  or 
otherwise,  they  shall  be  filed  with  the  papers  of  his 
Conference;  and  should  he,  at  any  future  time,  give 
satisfactory  evidence  to  the  said  Conference  of  his 
amendment,  and  procure  a  certificate  of  the  Quarter- 
ly Conference  of  the  Charge  where  he  resides,  or  of 
an  Annual  Conference  which  may  have  received  him 
on  Trial,  recommending  to  the  Annual  Conference  of 
which  he  was  formerly  a  Member  the  restoration  of 
his  Credentials,  the  said  Conference  may  restore 
them. 

«"  286.  When  a  Local  Elder  or  Deacon  shall  be  ex- 
pelled, the  District  Su'perintendent  shall  require  of 
him  the  Credentials  of  his  ordination,  to  be  filed 
with  the  papers  of  the  Annual  Conference  within  the 
limits  of  which  the  expulsion  has  taken  place.  And 
should  he,  at  any  future  time,  produce  to  the  Annual 
Conference  a  certificate  of  his  restoration,  signed  by 
the  President  and  countersigned  by  the  Secretary  of 
the  Quarterly  Conference,  his  Credentials  may  be  re- 
stored to  him. 


189 


^  28V       Appeal  of  Local  Preacheu 


CHAPTER  XI 
APPEAL  OF  LOCAL  PREACHER 
H  287.  In  case  of  condemnation,  a  Local  Preacher 
shall  be  allowed  to  appeal  to  the  next  Annual  Confer- 
ence, provided  that  he  signify  to  the  District  or 
Quarterly  Conference  his  determination  to  appeal;  in 
which  case  the  President  of  the  District  or  Quarterly 
Conference  shall  lay  the  minutes  of  the  trial  before 
the  said  Annual  Conference,  at  which  the  Local 
Preacher,  so  appealing,  may  appear;  and  the  said 
Annual  Conference,  as  in  the  case  of  accused  Mem- 
bers thereof,  by  a  Select  Number  or  in  full  session, 
shall  judge  and  finally  determine  the  case  from  the 
minutes  of  the  said  trial  so  laid  before  it. 


CHAPTER  XII 
APPEAL  OF  MEMBER— COURT  OF  APPEALS 

II  288.  Any  member  of  the  Church  against  whom 
judgment  is  rendered  by  the  Committee  of  Trial,  as 
authorized  in  n  256-272,  may  appeal  from  such  judg- 
ment to  the  Court  of  Appeals,  as  hereinafter  con- 
stituted, by  giving  notice  in  writing  of  his  intention 
to  appeal,  which  notice  must  be  presented  to  the 
Preacher  in  Charge  and  to  the  District  Superintend- 
ent within  thirty  days  after  said  judgment  is  rendered. 

1[  289,  §  1.  The  several  charges  composing  a  District 
Superintendent's  District  shall  at  the  fourth  Quar- 
190 


Appeal  op  Member 


t  289 


terly  Conference  of  each  year  select  from  among  the 
members  of  the  Church  on  the  Charge  one  person 
of  experience  and  sound  judgment  in  the  affairs  of 
the  Church,  who  shall  be  known  as  a  Trier  of  Ap- 
peals of  Members. 

§  2.  When  due  notice  of  Appeal  is  given  to  the 
District  Superintendent  of  any  District,  he  shall 
proceed,  with  due  regard  to  the  wishes  and  rights  of 
the  Appellant,  to  convene  the  Court  of  Appeals,  which 
shall  be  constituted  of  such  of  the  Triers  of  Appeals 
on  his  District  as  he  shall  summon,  the  number  so 
summoned  by  him  to  be  not  more  than  fifteen  nor 
less  than  ten,  and  the  Trier  of  Appeals  belonging  to 
the  Charge  to  which  the  accused  member  belongs 
shall  not  be  one  of  the  number  so  summoned.  The 
District  Superintendent  shall  give  not  less  than  ten 
nor  more  than  thirty  days'  notice  of  the  time  and 
place  at  which  the  Court  of  Appeals  will  assemble, 
and  such  notice  shall  be  given  to  all  concerned. 

§  3.  When  said  Court  of  Appeals  shall  have  as- 
sembled it  shall  be  competent  to  try  Appeals  which 
may  be  presented  to  it  from  any  Charge  on  the  Dis- 
trict, due  notice  having  been  given  to  all  concerned. 
The  Appellant  shall  have  the  right  of  peremptory 
challenge;  provided,  that  the  Triers  of  Appeals  present 
and  ready  to  proceed  with  the  hearing  shall  not  fall 
below  seven,  which  shall  constitute  a  quorum.  The 
District  Superintendent  of  his  District  shall  preside 
in  the  Court  and  shall  decide  all  Questions  of  Law 
arising  in  its  proceedings,  subject  to  an  appeal  to  the 
President  of  the  next  Annual  Conference. 

§  4.  The  Appellant  shall  have  the  right  to  have  his 
case  decided  upon  the  record  of  the  proceedings  and 
evidence  submitted  to  the  Committee  of  Trial  which 
191 


1  289 


Appeal  of  Member 


heard  the  case  below;  or  he  may,  if  he  shall  so  elect, 
have  the  case  tried  cle  novo  in  the  Court  of  Appeals; 
in  which  event  he  shall  at  the  time  he  appeals  file 
with  the  notice  of  Appeal  a  written  statement  that 
he  elects  to  have  his  case  tried  de  novo.  The  Preach- 
er in  Charge,  within  five  days  after  he  has  received 
notice  of  Appeal,  as  above  provided,  shall,  unless  the 
notice  states  that  the  Appellant  intends  to  have  the 
case  tried  de  novo,  file  with  the  District  Superintend- 
ent of  the  District  a  complete  record  of  all  the  pro- 
ceedings before  the  Committee  of  Trial,  including 
any  papers  submitted  and  evidence  taken,  all  of  which 
must  be  certified  by  him  to  be  correct.  The  judg- 
ment rendered  by  the  Court  of  Appeals  shall  be  final, 
subject  only  to  an  appeal  on  Questions  of  Law  as 
herein  provided. 

§  5.  When  it  is  decided  by  either  party  to  take  an 
Appeal  from  a  ruling  on  a  Question  of  Law  made  by 
the  District  Superintendent  the  party  taking  the  Ap- 
peal must  file  notice  of  Appeal  with  the  Secretary 
of  the  Annual  Conference  within  the  boundaries 
of  which  the  Church  to  which  he  belongs  is  located; 
and  such  notice  of  Appeal  must  be  filed  with  the 
Secretary  of  such  Annual  Conference  and  with  the 
District  Superintendent  at  least  five  days  before  the 
first  meeting  of  the  Conference  after  the  decision 
appealed  from  was  made;  and  the  Secretary  shall 
lay  the  matter  before  the  President  of  the  Annual 
Conference,  when  It  convenes,  who  shall  within 
fifteen  days  render  his  decision  in  writing  and  file 
the  same  with  the  Secretary  of  the  Conference,  who 
shall  send  a  certified  copy  thereof  to  the  Appellant. 

§  6.  An  Appeal  may  be  taken  from  the  decision  of 
the  President  of  the  Conference  to  the  next  General 
192 


Court  of  Appeals 


•[  290 


Conference  by  filing  notice  of  Appeal  with  the  Secre- 
tary of  the  Annual  Conference  within  sixty  days 
after  notice  of  the  decision  has  been  given.  The 
notice  of  Appeal  must  state  the  grounds  upon  which 
the  ruling  is  objected  to.  The  Secretary  of  the 
Annual  Conference  shall  thereupon  transmit  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  preceding  General  Conference  a  cer- 
tified copy  of  the  ruling,  the  notice  of  the  Appeal, 
together  with  the  record  of  the  proceedings  in  the 
Court  of  Appeal,  including  the  charges,  evidence,  and 
findings,  to  be  filed  for  review  at  the  next  General 
Conference. 

^  290,  §  1.  The  Court  shall  keep  a  faithful  record 
of  all  the  proceedings,  and  shall,  at  the  close  of  the 
trial,  turn  over  all  the  records  made  and  the  papers 
submitted  in  the  case,  including  the  evidence,  to 
the  District  Superintendent  who  shall  be  the  custo- 
dian of  the  same,  subject  to  the  following  provisions: 

§  2.  If  an  Appeal  is  taken  on  rulings  of  law,  he 
shall  transmit  the  records,  papers,  and  evidence  to 
the  Secretary  of  the  Annual  Conference  within  ten 
days  after  he  has  received  notice  of  the  Appeal.  If 
no  Appeal  is  taken,  the  District  Superintendent  shall 
deposit  the  records,  papers,  and  evidence  in  the  case 
with  the  RecordiDg  Steward  of  the  Charge  where 
the  case  arises. 

§  3.  If  an  Appeal  is  taken  to  the  General  Confer- 
ence the  Secretary  of  the  General  Conference  shall 
transmit  a  certified  copy  of  the  decision  of  the  Gen- 
eral Conference,  together  with  all  records,  papers, 
and  the  evidence  received  by  him,  to  the  Secretary 
of  the  Annual  Conference,  who  shall  announce  to 
his  Conference  the  decision  reached,  which  shall  be 
entered  on  the  Journal  of  the  Conference;  and  the 
193 


T  290  Appeal  op  Memker 


records,  papers,  and  evidence  shall  be  transmitted  by 
said  Secretary  to  the  District  Superintendent  and 
shall  be  disposed  of  by  him  in  the  manner  above  pro- 
vided. If  no  Appeal  to  the  General  Conference  is 
taken,  the  Secretary  of  the  Annual  Conference  shall, 
after  a  decision  has  been  rendered  by  the  President 
of  the  Annual  Conference,  transmit  the  records,  papers, 
and  evidence  to  the  District  Superintendent,  who  shall 
dispose  of  the  same  as  above  provided. 


194 


PART  VII 
TEMPORAL  ECONOMY 


I.  SUPPORT  OF  MINISTERS 
II.  CHURCH  PROPERTY 
III.  LADIES'  AID  SOCIETIES 


Support  of  Ministers  ^294 


CHAPTER  I 
SUPPORT  OF  MINISTERS 


1.  Stewards 


291.  There  shall  be  not  less  than  three  nor  more 
than  twenty-one  Stewards  in  each  Circuit  or  Station. 
After  each  annual  election  one  of  the  Stewards  shall 
be  appointed  by  the  Quarterly  Conference  a  Record- 
ing Steward,  and  one  a  District  Steward.  But  when 
two  or  more  Charges  shall  be  united  the  Stewards 
shall  hold  office  until  the  Quarterly  Conference  shall 
elect  a  new  Board. 

i;  292.  Let  the  Stewards  be  persons  of  solid  piety 
who  are  members  of  the  Church  in  the  Charge,  who 
both  know  and  love  Methodist  Doctrine  and  Disci- 
pline, and  are  of  good  natural  and  acquired  abilities 
to  transact  the  temporal  business  of  the  Church. 

1[  293.  The  Pastor  shall  have  the  right  to  nomi- 
nate the  Stewards,  but  the  Quarterly  Conference  shall 
confirm  or  reject  such  nomination.  The  Stewards 
elected  at  the  Fourth  Quarterly  Conference  shall  en- 
ter upon  the  discharge  of  their  duties  on  the  adjourn- 
ment of  the  next  Annual  Conference,  and  shall  hold 
office  for  one  year,  or  until  their  successors  are 
elected. 

\\  294.    The  duties  of  Stewards  are:    To  take  an 
exact  account  of  all  the  money  or  other  resources  re- 
ceived for  the  support  of  the  Ministers  in  the  Charge^ 
197 


1  295 


Support  of  Ministers 


and  to  apply  the  same  as  the  Discipline  directs;  to 
make  an  accurate  return  of  every  expenditure  of 
money,  whether  for  the  Ministers  or  the  poor  mem- 
bers of  the  Church;  to  seek  the  needy  and  distressed 
in  order  to  relieve  and  comfort  them;  to  inform  the 
Ministers  of  any  sick  or  disorderly  persons;  to  tell 
the  Ministers  what  they  think  wrong  in  them;  to 
attend  the  Quarterly  Meetings,  the  Official  Board 
Meetings,  and  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meetings  of 
the  Charge;  to  give  advice,  if  asked,  in  planning  the 
Circuit;  to  attend  committees  for  the  application  of 
money  to  Churches;  to  give  counsel  in  matters  of 
arbitration;  to  provide  the  elements  for  the  Lord's 
Supper;  to  write  circular  letters  to  the  Societies  in 
the  Circuit,  exhorting  them  to  greater  liberality,  if 
need  be,  and  urging  systematic  giving  in  accordance 
with  Special  Advice  "VII,  and  also  to  let  them  know, 
when  occasion  requires,  the  state  of  the  temporal 
concerns  of  the  Charge. 

%  295.  The  duties  of  the  District  Stev/ards  are: 
To  attend  the  Annual  District  Stewards'  Meeting 
when  called  by  the  District  Superintendent,  and  to 
perform  the  duties  specified  in  If  306. 

If  296.  Stewards  are  accountable  for  the  faithful 
performance  of  their  duties  to  the  Quarterly  Confer- 
ence of  the  Charge,  which  shall  have  power  to  dis- 
miss or  change  them  at  pleasure. 


II.  Stewards  and  Stipport  of  Ministers 

If  297.    The  more  effectually  to  raise  the  amount 
necessary  to  meet  the  estimates  made  for  the  support 
of  Ministers,  let  the  Stewards  at  the  beginning  of  the 
year  estimate  the  amount  needed  monthly.  Then 
198 


Support  op  Ministers  1"  299 


let  them  ascertain  from  each  member  of  the  Church, 
and,  as  far  as  practicable,  from  each  attendant  of 
the  Congregation,  what  each  will  give  as  his  monthly- 
contribution. 

\\  298.  Let  these  sums  be  entered  by  the  Record- 
ing Steward  in  a  book  which  he  shall  keep  as  Treas- 
urer of  the  Board  of  Stewards.  If  the  total  amount 
of  these  sums  does  not  equal  the  amount  needed 
monthly,  then  let  the  Stewards  apportion  the  defi- 
ciency among  all  such  as  are  willing  to  assume  such 
deficiency,  setting  down  to  each  person,  with  his  con- 
sent, the  additional  amount  which  they  think  he 
ought  to  pay. 

H  299.  Let  the  Stewards  then  adopt  and  carry  out 
a  Financial  Plan  by  which  everyone,  except  such  as 
prefer  to  make  weekly  contributions  through  their 
Class  Leaders,  shall  have  the  opportunity  of  regularly 
contributing  each  month,  or  oftener,  not  grudgingly 
or  of  necessity,  the  sum  which  has  been  pledged  by 
him.  Let  these  contributions  be  paid  over  regularly 
to  the  Recording  Steward  or  Class  Leader,  and  be 
brought  by  him  to  the  Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meet- 
ing, Official  Board,  or  Quarterly  Conference,  as  the 
case  may  be;  and  let  the  Stewards  report  to  the  first 
Quarterly  Conference  of  each  year  the  details  of  the 
Financial  Plan.  Also,  let  them  report  to  each  subse- 
quent Quarterly  Conference  whether  the  Plan,  to- 
gether with  the  further  directions  contained  in  this 
chapter,  has  been  faithfully  carried  out.  The  Re- 
cording Steward  shall  keep  an  individual  account  of 
all  these  pledges  and  contributions,  and  shall  pay 
over  the  money  collected,  under  the  direction  of  the 
Stewards,  to  the  Ministers  authorized  to  receive 
them. 

199 


1  300 


Support  of  Bishops 


H  300.  The  Stewards  of  each  Pastoral  Charge  shall 
provide  for  raising  the  amount  apportioned  to  It  by 
the  Annual  Conference  for  the  support  of  Conference 
Claimants,  either  by  a  public  collection,  or  in  such 
other  ways  as  they  may  deem  best.  The  amount  ap- 
portioned shall  be  a  claim  for  Ministerial  Support, 
in  common  with  that  of  the  Pastor,  the  District 
Superintendent,  and  the  Episcopal  Fund,  and  the 
moneys  raised  for  this  support  sh"ll  be  applied  pro 
rata  to  these  several  claims  on  the  basis  of  the  au- 
thorized apportionment  of  each. 


III.  Support  of  Bishops 

H  301.  The  General  Conference  shall  determine 
-which  of  the  Bishops  are  Effective  and  which  are 
Superannuated. 

If  302,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Book  Com- 
mittee to  make  an  estimate  of  the  amount  necessary 
to  furnish  a  competent  support  for  each  Effective 
Bishop,  considering  the  number  and  condition  of  his 
family. 

§  2.  The  Book  Committee  shall  estimate  and  ap- 
portion the  aggregate  sums  required,  and  shall, 
through  the  District  Superintendents,  insist  that  each 
Annual  Conference  pay  into  the  Episcopal  Fund  the 
amount  apportioned,  and  that  the  wise  and  equitable 
plan  of  prorating  as  provided  in  %  304  shall  not  be 
disregarded  in  the  interest  of  Pastors'  and  District 
Superintendents'  salaries,  against  the  disciplinary 
Tights  of  the  Episcopal  apportionment. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Book  Committee,  in 
^xing  the  allowance  to  Superannuated  Bishops  and 
to  the  widows  of  Bishops,  to  inquire  carefully  into 
200 


SurPOET  OF  Ijisnors 


•f  305 


the  financial  condition  of  each  of  them,  and  to  fix 
the  allowance  in  each  case  at  such  a  sum  as  may  be 
required  for  their  comfortable  support;  provided, 
that  the  amount  so  fixed  for  a  Superannuated  Bishop 
shall  not  exceed  one  half  the  amount  allowed  for  his 
support  during  the  last  year  in  which  he  was  classed 
as  Effective. 

1"  303.  The  Bishops  are  authorized  to  draw  on  the 
Treasurer  of  the  Episcopal  Fund  for  the  amount 
allowed  to  them,  and  for  their  traveling  expenses,, 
including  expenses  of  visitations  to  foreign  fields. 

«l  304.  The  Book  Committee  shall  divide  the  ag- 
gregate sum  required  to  be  raised  for  these  purposes 
among  the  Annual  Conferences,  on  the  basis  of  the 
total  amount  raised  in  the  respective  Annual  Confer- 
ences for  Ministerial  support,  exclusive  of  Missionary 
appropriations,  and  the  Annual  Conferences  shall  ap- 
portion the  same  to  the  several  Districts,  and  the  Dis- 
trict Stewards  to  the  several  Charges.  The  amount 
apportioned  to  each  Pastoral  Charge  for  the  support 
of  the  Bishops  shall  be  a  pro  rata  claim  with  that 
of  the  Pastors,  Conference  Claimants,  and  District 
Superintendents;  and  no  Pastor,  Conference  Claim- 
ant, or  District  Superintendent  shall  be  entitled  to  his 
allowance  except  to  the  extent  to  which  the  claims 
of  the  Bishops  are  also  met  by  the  Charge  or  District 
with  which  such  Pastor,  Conference  Claimant,  and 
District  Superintendent  are  connected.  It  shall  be 
the  duty  of  the  Annual  Conferences  to  see  that  the 
amounts  apportioned  to  the  different  Pastoral  Charges 
for  the  support  of  the  Bishops  are  raised  and  for- 
warded quarterly,  when  practicable,  to  the  Treasurer 
of  the  Episcopal  Fund. 

1l  305.  The  Treasurer  shall  charge  the  sums  paid 
201 


1^  306  Support  of  District  Superintendents 

to  the  Bishops  and  to  the  widows  and  children  of 
deceased  Bishops,  to  the  Episcopal  Fund;  and  all 
collections  received  from  the  different  Charges  for 
the  support  of  the  Bishops  shall  be  credited  to  said 
Fund.  The  Treasurer  shall  report  annually  to  the 
Annual  Conferences  the  amount  received  from  the 
several  Annual  Conferences  on  account  of  said  Fund, 
and  also  the  expenditures  made;  and  he  shall  also 
make  to  each  General  Conference  a  full  and  detailed 
exhibit  of  such  receipts  and  expenditures  for  the 
preceding  four  years. 


IV,  Support  of  District  Superintendents 
^  306.  There  shall  be  held  annually,  in  every  Dis- 
trict,  a  meeting  of  the  District  Stewards  (lllf  291,  295), 
whose  duty  it  shall  be,  with  the  advice  of  the  District 
Superintendent,  who  shall  preside  in  such  meeting,  to 
make  an  estimate  of  the  amount  necessary  to  furnish 
a  comfortable  support  for  the  District  Superintend- 
ent; and  to  apportion  the  same,  including  House 
Rent  and  Traveling  Expenses,  and  also  the  claim  of 
the  Conference  Claimants  and  Bishops  apportioned 
to  the  District  by  the  Annual  Conference,  among  the 
different  Charges  in  the  District,  according  to  their 
several  ability;  and  in  all  cases  the  District  Superin- 
tendent shall  share  with  the  Pastors  in  his  District 
in  proportion  to  what  they  have  respectively  re- 
ceived. But  if  there  be  a  surplus  of  money  raised 
for  the  support  of  the  Pastors  in  one  or  more  of  the 
Charges  in  his  District,  the  District  Superintendent 
shall  receive  such  surplus,  provided  he  do  not  re- 
ceive more  than  his  allowance.  The  minutes  of  the 
District  Stewards'  meeting  shall  be  kept  by  a  Secretary 
202 


Slpport  of  Pastors 


«[  308 


chosen  for  the  purpose,  who  shall  also  record  the  same 
in  a  book  of  which  the  District  Superintendent  shall 
be  the  custodian. 


V.  Sapport  of  Pastors 
307,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Quarterly 
Conference  of  each  Charge  at  the  session  immediately- 
preceding  the  Annual  Conference  to  appoint  an  Esti- 
mating Committee,  consisting  of  three  or  more  mem- 
bers of  the  Church,  who  shall,  after  conferring  with 
the  Minister  or  Ministers  stationed  among  them, 
make  an  estimate  of  the  amount  necessary  to  furnish 
to  each  a  comfortable  support,  taking  into  considera- 
tion the  number  and  condition  of  his  family;  which 
estimate  shall  be  subject  to  the  action  of  the  Quar- 
terly Conference,  and  to  which  shall  be  added  the 
amount  apportioned  for  the  support  of  the  Conference 
Claimants,  the  Bishops,  and  the  District  Superintend- 
ent; and  the  Stewards  shall  provide  for  raising  the 
sum  thus  required  in  accordance  with  •"•[  297-300. 

§  2.  The  Traveling  and  Moving  Expenses  of  the 
Ministers  shall  not  be  included  in  the  estimate,  but 
shall  be  paid  by  the  Stewards  as  a  separate  item. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  Annual  Confer- 
ence, whenever  practicable,  to  organize  Conference 
Sustentation  Fund  Societies  to  supplement  inade- 
quate ministerial  support  in  Charges  so  financially 
feeble  that  they  are  unable  to  furnish  sufficient 
support. 

^  308.  Should  the  people  among  whom  a  Member 
of  an  Annual  Conference  has  labored  fail  to  pay  him 
his  allowance,  he  may  present  a  claim  for  the  same 
to  the  Conference,  and  the  Conference  may  authorize 
203 


^   309  SUPPOET  OF  CONFEKENCE  CLAIMANTS 

the  Board  of  Stewards  to  pay  part  or  all  of  said  claim 
out  of  the  funds  at  its  disposal  for  such  purposes, 
and  shall  include  in  its  report  the  name  of  the  Charge 
with  the  amount  paid.  In  no  case,  however,  shall 
the  Church  or  the  Conference  be  held  accountable 
for  any  final  deficiency. 


VI.  Support  of  Conference  Qaimants 

1.  Claim 

H  309,  §  1.  An  Inherent  Claim.  The  claim  to  a 
comfortable  support  inheres  in  the  Gospel  Ministry 
and  rightfully  inures  to  the  benefit  of  the  Preacher 
in  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  when  he  is  ad- 
mitted to  membership  in  the  Annual  Conference. 
Such  Preacher  may  voluntarily  relinquish  this  claim, 
but  it  can  neither  be  justly  questioned  during  his 
active  service,  nor  invalidated  by  his  being  superan- 
nuated; and  at  his  death  it  rightfully  passes  to  the 
dependent  members  of  his  family. 

§  2.  Superannuated  Preachers,  the  widows  of  de- 
ceased preachers,  and  their  children  under  sixteen 
years  of  age,  are  Conference  Claimants;  and,  when 
recognized  by  an  Annual  Conference,  become  the 
beneficiaries  of  the  Funds  hereinafter  provided.  No 
such  Claimant  shall  be  deprived  of  his  claim  except 
by  action  of  the  Annual  Conference,  taken  after  op- 
portunity to  be  heard  has  been  given. 

2.  FuxDS 

T  310,  §  1.  The  Several  Funds.  For  the  support 
of  Conference  Claimants  the  following  Funds  are  es- 
tablished: 

204 


SlPPORT  of  CoXFEREXCli  CLAIMANTS   "l  311 


The  Connectional  Fund  for  Conference  Claimants. 

The  Annual  Conference  Annuity  Fund  for  Confer- 
ence Claimants. 

The  Annual  Conference  Special  Fund  for  Confer- 
ence Claimants. 

§  2.  These  several  Funds,  derived  from  public  col- 
lections, private  gifts,  bequests,  and  other  sources, 
shall  be  administered  as  hereinafter  provided. 

§  3.  That  the  Church  may  effectually  meet  the 
sacred  obligation  to  provide  a  comfortable  support 
for  Conference  Claimants,  the  rules  and  regulations 
herein  provided  for  obtaining  and  administering 
the  Funds  established  for  this  purpose  shall  be  ob- 
served by  all  our  Pastors,  District  Superintendents, 
and  Bishops,  and  by  all  Pastoral  Charges,  Quarterly, 
District,  and  Annual  Conferences. 

3.  AXM^-ERSARIES  AND  APPORTIONMENTS 

^311,  §  1.  Conference  Anniversary.  Bach  Annu- 
al Conference  shall  hold  one  service  during  its  ses- 
sion, to  be  known  as  the  Conference  Claimants' 
Anniversary,  for  the  promotion  of  the  interests  of 
Conference  Claimants. 

§  2.  The  Annual  and  Lay  Electoral  Conferences 
are  recommended  to  hold  a  joint  session  quadren- 
nially in  the  interests  of  Conference  Claimants,  and, 
jointly,  to  adopt  such  measures  as  shall  successfully 
promote  during  the  quadrennium  the  active  coopera- 
tion of  Preachers  and  people  in  the  liberal  support  of 
this  cause. 

§  3.  The  Annual  Conference  is  authorized  to  estab- 
lish and  maintain  a  Permanent  Fund  under  such 
plans,  rules,  and  regulations  as  it  may  determine, 
the  income  from  which  shall  be  applied  for  the  sup- 
205 


^  312  Support  of  Conference  Claimants 

port  of  Conference  Claimants.  It  is  recommended 
that  each  Annual  Conference  provide  for  an  incor- 
porated Board  to  administer  such  Permanent  Fund. 

1i  312,  The  Apportionment.  The  Conference 
Board  of  Stewards,  in  determining  what  shall  be 
apportioned  to  the  several  Pastoral  Charges  in  the 
Conference,  shall  first  estimate  the  total  amount  re- 
quired for  the  support  of  all  its  Conference  Claim- 
ants. From  this  amount  they  shall  subtract  the  in- 
come received  during  the  previous  year  from  the 
Chartered  Fund,  Book  Concern,  and  from  all  other 
sources  for  this  purpose,  not  including  the  receipts 
from  the  Pastoral  Charges  for  annual  distribution; 
to  this  remainder  shall  be  added  five  per  cent  for  the 
Connectional  Fund,  as  fixed  by  the  General  Confer- 
ence, and  this  final  sum  when  approved  by  the 
Annual  Conference,  shall  be  equitably  apportioned 
among  the  several  Pastoral  Charges  in  such  manner 
as  the  Conference  may  determine. 

[For  duties  of  Stewards  on  the  several  Charges,  see  II  300.] 

1,  313.  Conference  Claimants'  Day.  Each  Congre- 
gation shall  annually  observe  one  Sunday  as  Confer- 
ence Claimants'  Day,  on  which,  the  Pastor  shall  pre- 
sent the  obligation  of  the  Church  to  provide  a  com- 
fortable support  for  Conference  Claimants,  and,  un- 
less otherwise  provided  by  the  Stewards,  the  people 
shall  be  asked  to  contribute  on  that  day  at  least 
the  amount  apportioned  for  this  purpose.  [The  Board 
of  Conference  Claimants  has  chosen  the  second  Sun- 
day before  May  30  as  such  "Veterans'  Suxday."] 

\\  314.  The  sum  received  from  the  Congregation 
for  Conference  Claimants  shall  be  paid  by  the  Pas- 
tor to  the  Treasurer  designated  by  the  Annual  Con- 
ference to  receive  the  same,  who  shall  receipt  to  him 
206 


Support  of  Conference  Claimants  ■[  315 

therefor.  The  said  Treasurer  shall  forward  to  the 
Treasurer  of  the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  of 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  the  five  per  cent  fixed 
by  the  General  Conference  for  the  Connectional 
Fund;  also  a  certified  copy  of  the  report  of  the  Con- 
ference Board  of  Stewards  as  adopted  by  the  Con- 
ference, together  with  other  data  named  in  ^  427, 
§  2,  for  the  guidance  of  the  Board  of  Conference 
Claimants  in  making  the  distribution  of  the  Connec- 
tional Fund. 

4.  Administration  of  Funds 
^  315,  §  1.  Administration  of  Funds.  The  Quar- 
terly Conference  of  each  Pastoral  Charge  to  which 
Charge  a  Conference  Claimant  is  related  shall 
require  its  Committee  for  Estimating  the  Preacher's 
Salary,  also  to  estimate  the  amount  necessary  to 
provide  for  such  Conference  Claimant  a  comfortable 
support — giving  full  information  in  all  cases  of 
special  need.  After  this  estimate  has  been  considered 
and  approved  by  the  Quarterly  Conference,  it  shall 
be  certified  by  the  President  and  Secretary  of  the 
Quarterly  Conference  and  sent  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
Annual  Conference  with  which  the  Claimant  is  re- 
lated, for  the  information  of  the  Board  of  Stewards. 

§  2.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  elect  a  Board 
of  Stewards,  which  may  consist  of  both  Preachers 
and  Laymen,  and  may  be  arranged  in  classes  so  that 
one  third  of  the  members  shall  be  elected  each  year. 

1.  The  estimates  received  from  the  Quarterly  Con- 
ferences for  the  support  of  Conference  Claimants, 
together  with  the  name  of  each  Claimant,  shall  be 
annually  referred  to  the  Conference  Board  of 
Stewards. 

207 


^  316  SurpoET  OF  Conference  Claimants 

2.  This  Board  shall  ascertain  what  Claimants  are 
In  special  need  (that  Is,  whose  needs  require  more 
than  can  be  paid  them  from  the  Claimants'  Annuity- 
Fund)  and,  using  as  a  general  basis  the  estimates 
received  from  the  Quarterly  Conferences  and  other 
available  information,  the  Stewards  shall  make  an 
equitable  allowance  to  the  Conference  Claimants 
severally. 

3.  Upon  the  recommendation  of  the  Annual  Con- 
ference, this  Board  may  consider  and  act  upon  any 
claim  which  the  Quarterly  Conference  may  have  over- 
looked. 

4.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall  determine  for 
itself  whether  its  Board  of  Stewards  shall  make  a 
preliminary  report;  whether  this  shall  be  read  in 
open  Conference;  and  whether  the  action  of  the  Board 
of  Stewards  shall  be  final. 

5.  When  the  allowances  made  to  the  Conference 
Claimants  by  this  Board  are  approved  they  shall  be 
paid  pro  rata  from  the  moneys  available  for  this 
purpose. 

6.  Any  Annual  Conference  shall  have  authoiity 
to  recognize  the  widow  and  minor  children  of  a  for- 
mer Member  as  Claimants  by  agreement  with  the 
Conference  of  which  he  was  a  Member  at  the  time 
of  his  death. 

H  316,  §  1.  Annual  Conference  Annuity  Fund.  The 
Annual  Conference  Annuity  Fund  for  Conference 
Claimants  shall  be  distributed  on  the  basis  of  service, 
and  consists  of: 

1.  The  dividends  from  the  Book  Concern  and  from 
the  Chartered  Fund. 

2.  Such  part  of  the  annual  receipts  from  Congre- 
gations as  each  Annual  Conference  may  determine. 

208 


SuPrOKT  OF  COXFEREXCK  Cl.AlMAXTS  ^  317 

3.  The  income  from  any  permanent  Fund  created 
by  the  Annual  Conference  for  this  purpose,  such  as 
endowments,  bequests,  or  gifts  of  money  for  perma- 
nent investments  or  grants  of  property  held  in  trust 
for  this  Fund. 

4.  Such  gifts  and  bequests  as  are  made  to  this  Fund 
for  immediate  distribution. 

§  2.  The  allowances  from  the  Annuity  Fund  shall 
be  made  to  the  Conference  Claimants  according  to 
the  following  regulations: 

1.  The  allowance  of  the  Superannuated  Preacher 
who  has  been  in  the  effective  relation  thirty-five 
years  shall  not  be  less  than  one  half  of  the  average 
of  the  annual  support  paid  to  the  Effective  Members 
of  his  Annual  Conference,  house  rent  excluded. 

2.  The  allowance  of  any  Superannuated  Preacher, 
determined  by  this  standard  will  not  be  less  than  one 
seventieth  (1-70)  of  the  average  salary  of  the  Effec- 
tive Members  of  his  Conference  multiplied  by  the 
•number  of  years  of  his  effective  relation. 

3.  The  allowance  of  a  widow  shall  be  determined 
by  the  number  of  years  during  which  she  was  the 
wife  of  a  Preacher  in  the  effective  relation,  and  shall 
be  one  half  of  the  allowance  of  a  Superannuated 
Preacher  for  this  term  of  years. 

4.  The  term  of  a  father's  effective  relation  shall 
determine  the  claim  of  his  child,  and  the  allowance 
shall  be  one  fifth  of  that  of  a  Superannuated  Preacher 
for  this  term. 

H  317,  A7inuaJ  Conference  Special  Fund.  The  An- 
nual Conference  Special  Fund  for  Conference  Claim- 
ants shall  be  distributed  on  the  basis  of  special  need 
as  provided  In  |  315,  and  consists  of: 

1.  Such  part  of  the  annual  receipts  from  the  Con- 
209 


^  318  CiiuKcu  Property 

gregations  as  each  Annual  Conference  may  deter- 
mine. 

2.  The  dividend  from  the  Connectional  Fund. 

3.  The  income  from  such  gifts  and  bequests  as 
are  made  to  this  Fund  for  permanent  investment. 

4.  Such  gifts  and  bequests  as  are  made  to  this 
Fund  for  immediate  distribution. 

[For  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  and  the  Connectional  Funds  for 
Conference  Claimants,  see  1111  423-427.] 

^318.  Whenever  any  Claimant  on  the  Funds  of  a 
Conference  shall  be  in  debt  to  the  Book  Concern,  the 
Conference  of  which  he  is  a  Member  shall  have  power 
to  appropriate  the  amount  of  the  claim  allowed  to 
him,  or  any  part  thereof,  to  the  payment  of  said 
debt. 


CHAPTER  II 
CHURCH  PROPERTY 

I.  Trustees — Appointment  and  Duties 


H  319.  Each  Board  of  Trustees  of  our  Church 
property  shall  consist  of  not  less  than  three  nor  more 
than  nine  persons,  each  of  whom  shall  be  not  less 
than  twenty-one  years  of  age,  and  two  thirds  of  whom 
shall  be  members  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 

!i  320.  In  all  cases  where  the  law  of  the  State  or 
Territory  fixes  the  mode  of  election,  the  qualifications 
of  voters  and  of  Trustees,  or  any  other  matters  per- 
taining to  the  election,  let  its  requirements  be  care- 
fully observed. 

U  321.  In  all  other  cases  the  Trustees  may  be 
210 


Church  PuoPERT-si 


1  325 


elected  by  ballot  by  members  of  the  Churcb  not  less 
than  twenty-one  years  of  age,  at  a  meeting  called  for 
that  purpose  at  a  date  near  to  and  not  later  than  the 
fourth  Quarterly  Conference.  Ten  or  more  members 
of  the  required  age  must  unite  in  a  written  request 
for  such  meeting,  and  shall  present  it  to  the  Pastor, 
or,  if  there  be  no  Pastor,  to  the  District  Superintend- 
ent, who  shall  thereupon  fix  the  date  and  place  ot 
the  election,  and  notice  thereof,  shall  be  publicly 
given  from  the  pulpit  for  two  Sundays  prior  to  the 
date  fixed. 

If  322.  But  in  Churches  which  do  not  come  under 
the  provisions  of  If  320,  and  where  no  such  written 
request  shall  be  made  by  the  members,  the  Trustees 
shall  be  elected  annually  by  the  fourth  Quarterly 
Conference  of  the  Charge.  In  case  of  failure  to  elect 
at  the  proper  time  a  subsequent  Quarterly  Conference 
may  elect.  All  the  Trustees  shall  hold  their  oflSce 
until  their  successors  are  elected. 

^  323.  All  the  foregoing  provisions  shall  apply 
both  to  the  creation  of  new  Boards  and  to  the  filling 
of  vacancies,  whether  for  houses  of  worship  or  dwell- 
ings for  the  Preachers. 

TI  324.  Charters  obtained  for  our  Church  property 
shall  conform  in  the  manner  of  creating  and  filling 
Boards  of  Trustees  to  the  provisions  of  this  chapter. 

H  325.  The  Board  or  Boards  of  Trustees  in  any 
Charge  shall  hold  all  Church  property,  using  so 
much  of  the  proceeds  as  may  be  needful  to  pay  debts 
or  to  make  repairs,  and  shall  be  amenable  to  the 
Quarterly  Conference,  to  which  they  shall  make  an 
annual  report  at  the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference, 
embracing  the  following  items:  1.  Number  of 
Churches  and  Parsonages.  2.  Their  probable  value. 
211 


1  326 


Church  Property 


3.  Title  by  whicli  held.  4.  Income.  5.  Expendituies. 
6.  Debts,  and  how  contracted.  7.  Insurance.  8. 
Amount  raised  during  the  year  for  building  or  im- 
proving Churches  or  Parsonages. 

Tl  326.  In  no  case  shall  the  Trustees  of  Church  or 
Parsonage  property  mortgage  or  encumber  the  real 
estate  for  the  current  expenses  of  the  Church. 


II.  Conveyance  of  Church  Property 

H  327.  Before  any  real  estate  is  purchased  for 
either  Church,  Parsonage,  or  other  purpose,  let  the 
Society,  in  all  States  and  Territories  where  the  stat- 
utes will  permit,  first  incorporate.  Let  the  articles 
of  incorporation  provide  that  the  Society  shall  be 
subject  to  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline,  and  the 
usage  and  ministerial  appointments  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church  in  the  United  States  of  America,  as 
from  time  to  time  authorized  and  declared  by  the 
General  Conference  of  said  Church,  and  the  An- 
nual Conference  within  whose  bounds  such  cor- 
poration is  situated,  and  that  the  secular  affairs  of 
such  corporation  shall  be  managed  and  controlled  by 
a  Board  of  Trustees  elected  and  organized  according 
to  the  provisions  of  said  Discipline.  Let  such  artlclea 
further  provide  that  such  corporation  shall  have 
power  to  acquire,  hold,  sell,  and  convey  property, 
both  real  and  personal.  When  this  is  done,  let  all 
property  acquired  be  deeded  directly  to  the  Society 
in  its  corporate  name. 

TI  328.  In  States  where  Church  property  is  re- 
quired to  be  held  by  Trustees,  let  all  deeds  under 
which  the  Church  acquires  property,  whether  de- 
signed for  Church  or  Parsonage  purposes,  be  made 
212 


Church  Propekty 


1  331 


to  the  Trustees,  naming  them,  and  their  successors 
in  oflSce,  followed  by  these  words:  "In  trust  for  the 
use  and  benefit  of  the  Ministry  and  Membership  of 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  in  the  United  States 
of  America,  subject  to  the  Discipline,  Usage,  and 
Ministerial  appointments  of  said  Church,  as  from 
time  to  time  authorized  and  declared;  and  if  sold,  the 
proceeds  shall  be  disposed  of  and  used  in  accordance 
with  the  provisions  of  said  Discipline." 

H  329.  In  all  other  parts  of  such  conveyances,  as 
well  as  in  their  attestation,  acknowledgment,  and 
placing  them  upon  the  record,  let  a  careful  con- 
formity be  had  to  the  laws,  usages,  and  forms  of  the 
particular  State  or  Territory  in  which  the  property 
may  be  situated,  so  as  to  secure  the  ownership  of  the 
premises  in  fee  simple. 

H  330.  In  future  we  will  admit  no  Charter,  Deed, 
or  Conveyance  for  any  house  of  worship  to  be  used 
by  us,  unless  it  be  provided  in  such  Charter,  Deed,  or 
Conveyance  that  the  Trustees  of  said  house  shall  at 
all  times  permit  such  Ministers  belonging  to  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church  as  shall  from  time  to 
time  be  duly  authorized  by  the  General  Conference  of 
our  Church,  or  by  the  Annual  Conferences,  to  preach 
and  expound  therein  God's  holy  Word,  to  execute  the 
Discipline  of  the  Church,  and  to  administer  the  Sac- 
raments therein,  according  to  the  true  meaning  and 
purport  of  our  Deed  of  Settlement. 


III.  Building  Chorches 
T  331.  Let  all  our  Churches  be  plain  and  decent, 
and  with  free  seats  wherever  practicable;  and  not 
more  expensive  than  is  absolutely  unavoidable. 
213 


1  332 


Church  Property 


T[  332.  In  order  more  effectually  to  prevent  our 
people  from  contracting  debts  which  they  are  not 
able  to  discharge,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Quar- 
terly Conference  of  every  Charge  where  it  is  contem- 
plated to  huild  a  house  or  houses  of  worship  to  se- 
cure the  ground  or  lot  on  which  such  house  or 
houses  are  to  be  built,  according  to  our  Deed  of  Set- 
tlement, which  Deed  must  be  legally  executed;  and 
said  Quarterly  Conference  shall  also  appoint  a  ju- 
dicious Committee  of  at  least  three  members  of  our 
Church,  who  shall  form  an  estimate  of  the  amount 
necessary  to  build;  and  three  fourths  of  the  money, 
according  to  such  estimate,  shall  be  secured  or  sub- 
scribed before  any  such  building  shall  be  commenced. 

H  333.  In  all  cases  where  debts  for  building 
houses  of  worship  have  been,  or  may  be,  incurred 
contrary  to  or  in  disregard  of  the  above  recom- 
mendation, our  members  and  friends  are  requested 
to  discountenance  such  a  course  by  declining  to  give 
pecuniary  aid  to  any  agents  who  shall  travel  beyond 
their  own  Circuits  or  Districts  for  the  collection  of 
funds  for  the  discharge  of  such  debts;  except  in  such 
peculiar  cases  as  may  be  approved  by  an  Annual 
Conference,  or  in  case  of  such  agents  as  may  be  ap- 
pointed by  their  authority. 


IV.  Sale  of  Church  Property 
H  334.  If  the  Trustees  of  Church  property,  or  any 
of  them,  have  advanced  any  sum  or  sums  of  money, 
or  are  responsible  for  any  sum  or  sums  of  money  on 
account  of  the  said  property,  and  they,  the  said 
Trustees,  are  obliged  to  pay  the  said  sums  of  money, 
214 


ChUKCH  PROrERTY 


1  335 


they,  or  a  majority  of  them,  shall  be  authorized  to 
raise  the  said  sum  or  sums  of  money  by  a  mortgage 
on  the  said  premises;  or  by  selling  the  said  premises 
after  notice  given  to  the  Pastor  or  Minister  of  the 
Congregation  attending  divine  service  on  the  said 
premises,  if  the*  money  due  be  not  paid  to  the 
said  Trustees,  or  their  successors,  within  one  year 
after  such  notice  is  given.  If  such  sale  take  place,  the 
said  Trustees,  or  their  successors,  after  paying  the 
debt  and  other  expenses  which  are  due  from  the 
money  arising  from  such  sale,  shall  pay  the  balance, 
if  not  needed  and  applied  for  the  purchase  or  im- 
provement of  other  property  for  the  use  of  the 
Church,  to  the  Annual  Conference  within  whose 
bounds  such  property  is  located;  and  in  case  of  the 
reorganization  of  the  said  Society,  and  the  erection 
of  a  new  Church  building  within  five  years  after  such 
transfer  of  funds,  then  the  said  Annual  Conference 
shall  repay  to  said  new  corporation  the  moneys 
which  it  has  received  from  the  Church  or  Society  as 
above  mentioned. 

%  335.  Whenever  it  shall  become  necessary  for 
the  payment  of  debts,  or  with  a  view  to  reinvest- 
ment, to  make  a  sale  of  Church  property  that  may 
have  been  conveyed  to  Trustees  or  a  Church  corpora- 
tion for  either  of  the  foregoing  purposes,  said  Trus- 
tees or  their  successors  may,  upon  application  to  the 
Quarterly  Conference,  obtain  an  order  for  the  sale — 
a  majority  of  all  the  Members  of  such  Quarterly  Con- 
ference concurring,  and  the  Pastor  and  the  District 
Superintendent  of  the  District  consenting — with  such 
limitations  and  restrictions  as  said  Quarterly  Con- 
ference may  judge  necessary;  and  said  Trustees,  so 
authorized,  may  sell  and  convey  such  property; 
215 


^  336  Church  Property 


Provided,  that  in  States  or  countries  where  the 
civil  or  statute  law  provides  any  manner  of  aliena- 
tion, conveyance,  and  control  of  real  estate  incon- 
sistent with  the  foregoing,  such  sale,  alienation,  or 
control  may  be  effected  pursuant  to  the  provisions 
of  the  laws  of  such  State  or  country;  and 

Provided,  that  in  all  cases  the  proceeds  of  the  sale, 
after  the  payment  of  debts,  if  any,  if  not  applied  to 
the  purchase  or  improvement  of  other  property  for 
the  same  uses,  and  deeded  to  the  corporation  in  the 
same  manner,  shall  be  held  by  such  corporation  sub- 
ject to  the  order  of  the  Annual  Conference  within 
whose  bounds  such  property  is  located,  or  of  the 
Trustees  of  the  Conference  Fund;  and 

Provided,  that  nothing  contained  in  this  or  the  last 
preceding  paragraph  shall  prevent  the  establishment 
and  maintenance  of  an  endowment  fund  for  the  use 
and  benefit  of  an  existing  Church  Society  or  Societies, 
and  said  fund  shall  not  be  subject  to  the  order  of 
the  Annual  Conference,  or  the  TYustees  of  the  Con- 
ference Fund,  except  as  provided  in  ^  336. 

H  336.  In  all  cases  where  Church  property  is 
abandoned,  or  no  longer  used  for  the  purpose 
originally  designed,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Trus- 
tees, if  any  remain,  to  sell  such  property  and  pay 
over  the  proceeds  to  the  Annual  Conference  within 
whose  bounds  it  is  located;  and  where  no  such  law- 
ful Trustees  remain,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  said 
Annual  Conference  to  secure  the  custody  of  such 
Church  property  by  such  means  as  the  laws  of  the 
State  may  afford,  subject  to  be  returned  in  the  same 
manner  and  upon  the  same  contingencies  as  named 
in  H  335. 

H  337.  Houses  of  worship  and  Parsonages  may  be 
216 


CiiUECii  Propekty  ■[  342 

removed  from  one  place  to  another  on  the  same  con- 
ditions on  which  they  may  be  sold. 


V.  Building  and  Renting  Parsonages 

"i  338.  It  is  recommended  by  the  General  Confer- 
ence that  our  Ministers  advise  our  friends  in  general 
to  purchase  a  lot  of  ground  in  each  Charge,  to  build 
a  Parsonage  thereon,  and  to  furnish  it  with  at  least 
heavy  furniture. 

*'  339.  The  General  Conference  recommends  to 
each  Charge,  in  case  it  is  not  able  to  comply  with  the 
above  request,  to  rent  a  house  for  its  married  Pastor 
and  his  family,  and  that  the  Annual  Conference  as- 
sist to  make  up  the  rents  of  such  houses  as  far  as 
they  can,  when  the  Charges  cannot  do  it. 

340.  "Wherever  there  are  two  or  more  Societies 
on  a  Pastoral  Charge  a  separate  Board  of  Trustees, 
consisting  of  not  less  than  three  nor  more  than  nine 
persons,  shall  be  elected  by  the  Societies  on  said 
Charge,  to  be  the  custodians  of  the  Parsonage  prop- 
erty on  such  Charge.  Such  Trustees  shall  have  the 
qualifications  required  by  %  319  of  the  Discipline  for 
Trustees  of  Church  property,  and  shall  become  bodies 
corporate  wherever  practicable  under  the  laws  of  the 
States  and  Territories  within  whose  bounds  such 
Parsonage  property  is  located. 

\  341.  The  Stewards  in  each  Charge  shall  be  a 
standing  Committee,  where  no  Trustees  are  consti- 
tuted for  that  purpose,  to  provide  houses  for  the 
families  of  our  married  Ministers,  or  to  assist  the 
Ministers  to  obtain  houses  for  themselves,  when  they 
are  appointed  to  labor  among  them. 

T[  342.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Superin- 
217 


^  343  Ladies'  Aid  Societies 


tendents  and  Ministers  to  use  their  influence  to  carry 
the  above  rules,  respecting  building  and  renting 
houses  for  the  accommodations  of  Ministers  and  their 
families,  into  effect.  In  order  to  this  each  Quarterly 
Conference  shall  appoint  a  Committee,  unless  other 
measures  have  been  adopted,  which,  with  the  advice 
and  aid  of  the  Ministers  and  District  Superintendents, 
shall  devise  such  means  as  may  seem  fit  to  raise 
moneys  for  that  purpose.  And  it  is  recommended  to 
the  Annual  Conferences  to  make  a  special  inquiry  of 
their  Members  respecting  this  part  of  their  duty. 


CHAPTER  III 
LADIES'  AID  SOCIETIES 
f  343,  §  1.  For  the  promotion  of  the  social  and 
financial  interests  of  the  Churches,  Ladies'  Aid  So- 
cieties, or  Societies  of  similar  designation  and  pur- 
pose, may  be  organized  in  the  local  Charge,  which 
Societies  shall  be  under  the  control  of  the  Quarterly 
Conference. 

§  2.  The  President  of  a  Ladies'  Aid  Society  shall 
be  elected  by  the  Society  and  confirmed  by  the  Quar- 
terly Conference.  If  a  member  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  she  shall  then  become  a  Member 
of  the  Quarterly  Conference  if  approved  by  it  for 
membership  therein.  It  shall  be  her  duty  to  present 
to  the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference  a  report  of  her 
Society,  together  with  such  other  information  as  the 
Conference  may  require  and  she  may  be  able  to  give. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  District  Superin- 
tendents when  holding  District  or  Quarterly  Confer- 
218 


Ladies'  Aid  Societies  ^  343 


ences  to  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  Ladies'  Aid 
Societies,  and  to  ascertain  whether  they  are  conduct- 
ing their  affairs  in  harmony  with  the  purpose  and 
Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

§  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  Pastors  to  organize 
and  maintain,  if  practicable.  Ladies'  Aid  Societies. 


219 


PART  VIII 
INSTITUTIONS,  BOARDS,  AND 
SOQETIES 


1.  BOOK  CONCERN 
II.  BOARD  OF  FOREIGN  MISSIONS 

III.  WOMAN'S  FOREIGN  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY 

IV.  BOARD  OF  HOME  MISSIONS  AND  CHURCH 

EXTENSION 
V.  WOMAN'S  HOME  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY 
VI.  CITY  EVANGELIZATION 
VII.  BOARD  OF  EDUCATION 
VIII.  BOARD  OF  SUNDAY  SCHOOLS 

IX.  BOARD  OF  CONFERENCE  CLAIMANTS 

X.  FREEDMEN'S  AID  SOCIETY 
XI.  DENOMINATIONAL  FUNDS 

XII.  CHURCH  TEMPERANCE  SOCIETY 

XIII.  EPWORTH  LEAGUE 

XIV.  METHODIST  BROTHERHOOD 


Book  Coxcern  %  346 


CHAPTER  I 
BOOK  CONCERN 

[N.  B  — The  General  Conference  of  1908  directed  the  unification  of 
the  two  Publishing  Houses  of  the  Book  Concern  under  one  Charter  and 
Management  during  the  quadrenniuiu.  See  Journal,  page  55(3.1 


I.  Pablishing  Hotjses 


^1  344.  The  principal  Publishing  Houses  of  the 
Book  Concern  shall  be  in  the  cities  of  New  York  and 
Cincinnati;  but  there  shall  be  Depositories  of  our 
publications  at  such  other  places  as  the  General  Con- 
ference may  from  time  to  time  determine. 

^  345.  The  General  Conference  shall  quadren- 
nially elect  two  Agents  for  the  Publishing  House 
in  New  York  and  two  Agents  for  the  Publishing  House 
in  Cincinnati;  which  Agents  shall  have  authority, 
under  the  supervision  of  the  Book  Committee,  to 
regulate  the  publications  and  other  business  of  the 
Book  Concern,  except  that  which  belongs  to  the 
Editorial  Departments,  in  such  manner  as  the  inter- 
ests of  the  Church  may  require. 

H  346.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Agents  of  both 
Publishing  Houses  to  publish  such  books,  tracts, 
periodicals,  etc.,  as  are  ordered  by  the  General  Con- 
ference or  by  the  Book  Committee;  the  tracts  to  be 
supplied  to  the  different  societies  and  departments 
of  the  Church  at  the  actual  cost  of  publication. 
They  shall  nominate  an  Editor,  who,  when  elected 
by  the  Book  Committee,  shall  have  editorial  supervi- 
223 


1  347 


Book  Concern 


sion  of  all  manuscripts  and  all  other  intended  publi- 
cations bought  or  otherwise  procured,  which  shall 
bear  the  imprint  of  the  Methodist  Book  Concern  or 
its  Publishing  Agents.  He  shall  also  be  Editor  of 
Tracts. 

1[  347.  The  Agents  at  Cincinnati  shall  supervise 
and  manage  the  business  in  the  West  in  cooperation 
with  the  Agents  at  New  York.  Either  House  shall 
have  authority  to  publish  any  book  or  tract  pre- 
viously issued  by  the  other  House,  when  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  Agents  or  the  Book  Committee  the  in- 
terests of  the  Church  require  such  republication,  and 
the  plates  for  the  same  or  for  any  new  work  about  to 
be  published  by  either  shall  upon  order  be  supplied 
by  the  other  at  cost.  Printed  sheets  shall  be  sup- 
plied by  either  House  to  the  other  at  master's  rates, 
and  bound  books  of  the  General  Catalogue  at  not 
less  than  fifty  per  cent  discount  from  the  retail 
price. 

H  348.  Each  House  shall  pay  such  proportion  of 
the  appropriations  made  by  the  General  Conference 
or  of  the  dividends  authorized  by  the  Book  Commit- 
tee as  the  General  Conference  or  the  Book  Committee 
may  from  time  to  time  direct. 

Tf  349.  The  Publishing  Agents  shall  keep  a  sep- 
arate account  with  each  department  of  the  business, 
and  with  each  periodical  published  under  their  super- 
vision; and  they  shall  set  forth  in  their  reports  to  the 
Annual  and  General  Conferences  the  amount  of 
sales,  receipts,  and  expenditures  for  books,  peri- 
odicals, by  the  Depositories  under  their  control,  to- 
gether with  a  statement  of  the  profits  or  losses  on 
the  same.  They  shall  furnish  to  the  Local  Commit- 
tee, hereinafter  designated,  at  each  of  its  monthly 
224 


Book  Concerx 


T  352 


meetings,  a  full  and  satisfactory  statement  of  the 
transactions  of  the  preceding  month;  and,  if  the  Lo- 
cal Committee  shall  so  require,  present  for  examina- 
tion vouchers  for  all  payments  during  the  period 
specified.  And  they  shall  afford  said  Committee 
every  possible  means  and  facility  for  a  full  and  in- 
telligent understanding  of  the  business. 

If  350.  The  Agents  both  at  New  York  and  Cincin- 
nati shall  annually  take  an  account  of  stock,  includ- 
ing in  their  inventory  all  the  assets  of  whatever  na- 
ture of  the  respective  Publishing  Houses  at  their 
estimated  cash  value,  except  real  estate,  which  shall 
be  appraised  by  the  Local  Committees  respectively 
at  the  beginning  of  each  quadrennium,  which  valua- 
tion shall  not  be  changed  during  the  quadrennium 
except  by  the  purchase  or  sale,  improvement  or  de- 
struction, of  property.  Said  account  shall  also  con- 
tain a  full  and  detailed  statement  of  all  liabilities, 
profits,  and  losses.  The  Agents  shall  hand  over  to 
their  successors  in  office  such  statement  of  assets  and 
liabilities  as  shall  be  approved  and  certified  by  the 
Book  Committee. 

If  351.  The  Publishing  Agents  and  Editors  are  re- 
quired to  give  their  undivided  attention  to  the  duties 
of  their  respective  positions,  and  to  require  of  their 
employees  the  faithful  performance  of  the  work  as- 
signed to  them. 

H  352.  Every  Annual  Conference  shall  appoint  a 
Committee,  which,  in  the  absence  of  an  Agent,  shall 
attend  to  the  collection  of  the  accounts  forwarded 
from  the  Book  Concern,  and  make  accurate  return 
for  the  same.  Every  District  Superintendent  and 
Pastor  shall  do  all  in  his  power  to  collect  debts  due 
the  Book  Concern.  If  any  Minister  or  member  of  our 
225 


353  Book  Concern 


•Church  indebted  to  the  Book  Concern  shall  refuse  or 
neglect  to  make  payment,  or  to  come  to  a  just  settle- 
ment, he  shall  be  dealt  with  in  the  same  manner  as 
in  other  cases  of  debt  or  disputed  accounts. 

IT  353.  The  profits  arising  from  the  Book  Concern, 
after  a  sufficient  capital  to  carry  on  the  business  is 
retained,  shall  be  regularly  applied  to  the  relief  of 
Effective,  Supernumerary,  and  Superannuated  Min- 
isters, their  wives,  widows,  and  children.  The  Pub- 
lishing Agents  shall  every  year  forward  to  each 
Annual  Conference  a  statement  of  the  dividend  to 
which  it  is  entitled,  together  with  a  draft  for  the 
same. 

If  354.  Any  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference 
■who  may  publish  any  work  or  book  of  his  own  shall 
he  responsible  to  the  Conference  for  any  obnoxious 
matter  or  doctrine  contained  therein. 


II.  Book  Committee 
H  355,  §  1.  The  General  Conference  of  A.  D.  1900 
shall  elect  a  Book  Committee  consisting  of  one  mem- 
ber from  each  of  the  General  Conference  Districts 
into  which  the  Annual  Conferences  are  distributed, 
those  elected  from  the  odd  numbered  Districts  to  be 
elected  for  a  term  of  eight  years,  and  those  from 
the  even  Districts  for  a  term  of  four  years;  and 
thereafter  there  shall  be  elected  by  each  General 
Conference,  for  a  term  of  eight  years,  one  member 
for  each  District,  to  take  the  place  of  the  member 
from  the  District  whose  term  is  then  expiring,  or 
to  fill  vacancies,  and  five  members  from  New  York 
or  its  vicinity,  to  be  known  as  the  Local  Committee 
226  . 


Book  Concern  ^  355 


in  New  York;  and  five  members  from  Cincinnati  or 
vicinity,  to  be  Itnown  as  the  Local  Committee  in 
Cincinnati.  The  Boole  Committee  shall  during  the 
interval  of  the  General  Conference  have  power  to 
fill  vacancies  occurring  in  its  own  body. 

In  all  cases  the  person  appointed  to  such  vacancy 
shall  be  from  the  same  Conference  to  which  the  re- 
tiring member  belonged,  or  within  the  bounds  of 
the  Conference  in  which  he  resided. 

§  2.  The  Committee  shall  have  general  supervision 
of  the  publishing  interests  of  the  Church,  examine 
carefully  into  their  condition,  and  make  report  of 
the  same  to  the  Annual  Conferences  and  to  the  Gen- 
eral Conference.  It  shall  also  be  its  duty  to  fix  the 
salaries  of  the  Bishops,  Publishing  Agents,  and  all 
official  Editors  not  otherwise  provided  for,  and,  upon 
the  recommendation  of  the  Agents,  to  elect  a  Book 
Editor,  and  to  determine  the  amount  to  be  allowed 
for  correspondence  for  the  several  official  periodicals. 

§  3.  It  shall  have  full  power  to  discontinue  any 
Depository  or  periodicals  when  the  interests  of  the 
Churchi  or  Book  Concern  demand  it;  said  action 
shall,  however,  not  be  taken  except  by  a  two-thirds 
vote  of  the  Committee,  due  notice  of  such  contem- 
plated action  having  been  given  the  Agents.  The 
Committee  shall  have  the  power  to  order  expenses 
curtailed  in  any  department  of  either  Publishing 
House  when  it  deems  it  necessary  for  the  welfare  of 
the  same;  and  when  such  action  as  above  specified 
shall  have  been  taken,  the  Agents  shall  proceed  at 
once  to  carry  out  the  instructions  of  the  Committee. 
The  Committee  shall  also  attend  to  all  matters  re- 
ferred to  it  by  the  Agents  or  Editors  for  its  action 
or  counsel.  The  Agents  of  either  Publishing  House 
227 


1  356 


Book  Concern 


are  authorized,  by  and  with  the  advice  and  consent 
of  the  Local  Committee,  to  sell  any  real  estate  be- 
longing to  the  same  when  it  may  be  deemed  best  for 
the  interests  of  the  Church  and  Book  Concern. 

i;  356,  §  1.  At  the  beginning  of  each  quadrennium 
the  Book  Committee  shall  estimate  the  amount  of 
money  necessary  to  meet  the  expenses  of  the  next 
General  Conference,  of  the  Judicial  Conferences, 
and  of  such  Commissions  as  do  not  relate  to  the  pub- 
lishing interests  of  the  Church,  and  send  the  appor- 
tionments to  the  several  Annual  Conferences.  The 
entire  amount  shall  be  divided  by  each  of  these 
Annual  Conferences  into  three  equal  portions,  and 
one  third  of  the  full  amount  shall  be  raised  in  each 
of  the  three  Conference  years  preceding  the  session 
of  the  General  Conference,  in  order  that  expenses  oc- 
curring within  the  quadrennium  may  be  promptly 
met. 

§  2.  Any  part  of  the  apportionment  unpaid  at  the 
close  of  the  Annual  Conference  session  preceding  the 
General  Conference  shall  be  reapportioned  and  raised 
within  the  coming  Conference  year.  Should  there 
remain  any  deficiency  at  the  close  of  the  first  Annual 
Conference  session  succeeding  the  General  Confer- 
ence, it  shall  be  added  to  the  first  of  the  three  years' 
apportionments  of  the  quadrennium  and  shall  be 
collected  with  it. 

§  3.  All  sums  collected  shall  be  paid  by  the  Pas- 
tors to  the  Conference  Treasurer  at  each  Annual  Con- 
ference session,  unless  otherwise  ordered  by  the  Book 
Committee,  and  said  Treasurer  shall  immediately 
forward  the  same  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  General 
Conference. 

H  357.  The  Local  Committees  at  New  York  and 

228 


Book  CoNCERtf  •[  '358 

Cincinnati,  acting  jointly,  shall  have  power  to  sus- 
pend an  Agent  or  Editor  for  cause  to  them  sufficient; 
and  a  time  shall  be  fixed  at  as  early  a  day  as  prac- 
ticable for  the  investigation  of  the  official  conduct  of 
said  Agent  or  Editor,  due  notice  of  which  shall  be 
given  by  the  Chairman  of  the  Book  Committee  to  the 
Bishops,  who  shall  select  one  of  their  number  to  be 
present  and  preside  at  the  investigation,  which  shall 
be  before  the  fifteen  members  from  the  Districts  in- 
to which  the  Annual  Conferences  are  distributed,  two 
thirds  of  whom  may  remove  said  Agent  or  Editor 
from  office  during  the  interval  of  the  General  Confer- 
ence. And  in  case  a  vacancy  occurs  in  any  of  the 
Agencies  or  Editorial  Departments  authorized  by  the 
General  Conference,  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Book 
Committee,  two  at  least  of  the  General  Superintend- 
ents being  present  and  a  majority  of  tl^ose  present 
concurring,  to  provide  as  soon  as  practicable  for 
such  vacancy  until  the  session  of  the  next  General 
Conference. 

1  358.  The  Book  Committee  shall  be  governed  by 
the  following  regulations: 

§  1.  Immediately  after  its  appointment  the  mem- 
bers shall  divide  themselves  into  two  sections,  the 
one  to  consist  of  the  members  from  the  Eastern  Dis- 
tricts together  with  the  Local  Committee  in  New  York, 
to  be  called  the  Eastern  Section;  the  other  to  con- 
sist of  the  members  from  fhe  Western  Districts  and 
the  Local  Committee  in  Cincinnati,  to  be  called  the 
Western  Section. 

§  2.  To  the  Eastern  Section  shall  pertain  the  super- 
vision of  the  Publishing  House  in  New  York.  The 
five  members  chosen  from  New  York  and  vicinity 
as  a  Local  Committee  shall  meet  monthly  at  the  Book 
229 


1  359 


Book  Concern 


Room  in  New  York,  to  examine  into  the  transactions 
of  the  month  preceding.  They  shall  keep  a  correct 
record  of  their  proceedings,  to  be  submitted  to  the 
Eastern  Section  of  the  Book  Committee  at  its  annual 
meeting,  to  be  held  at  the  place  of  and  on  the  day 
previous  to  the  meeting  of  the  Book  Committee. 

§  3.  The  Western  Section  of  the  Book  Committee 
and  the  Local  Committee  at  Cincinnati  shall  perform 
the  same  duties  for  the  Publishing  House  in  Cincin- 
nati, and  be  under  the  same  regulations  as  are  herein 
specified  for  the  government  of  the  Eastern  Section. 

H  359.  The  annual  meeting  of  the  Book  Committee 
shall  be  held  on  the  second  Wednesday  of  February, 
and  each  Section  shall  have  meetings  at  such  time 
as  it  may  elect. 


'  III.  Editors  and  Periodicals 
H  360.  There  shall  be  elected  quadrennially  by  the 
General  Conference  an  Editor  for  each  of  the  follow- 
ing periodicals:  The  Methodist  Review,  The  Chris- 
tian Advocate,  The  Pittsburg  Christian  Advocate, 
The  Southwestern  Christian  Advocate,  The  Western 
Christian  Advocate,  The  Northwestern  Christian  Ad- 
vocate, The  Central  Christian  Advocate,  The  Epworth 
Herald,  Der  Christliche  Apologete.  The  Pacific  Chris- 
tian Advocate,  Haus  und  Herd.  The  California  Chris- 
tian Advocate,  and  Methodist  Advocate-.! ournal,  and 
also  an  Editor  of  Sunday  School  literature.  The 
Editor  of  Hans  und  Herd  shall  also  be  Editor  of 
German  Sunday  School  books,  periodicals,  and  tracts. 

H  361.  The  Annual  Conferences  are  affectionately 
and  earnestly  requested  not  to  establish  or  encourage 
the  founding  of  any  more  Conference  or  local  Church 
230 


Book  Concern  T  364 


papers;  and  where  such  papers  exist  to  discontinue 
the  same,  when  it  can  be  done  consistently  with 
existing  obligations. 


IV.  Special  Publishing  Committees 

Tf  362.  The  California  Christian  Advocate  shall  be 
published  at  San  Francisco,  California,  by  a  Commis- 
sion appointed  by  the  Book  Committee. 

T[  363.  There  shall  be  a  Publishing  Committee  for 
The  Pittsburg  Christian  Advocate,  consisting  of  three 
members  from  the  Pittsburg  Conference,  two  from 
the  Erie  Conference,  two  from  the  East  Ohio  Confer- 
ence, and  two  from  the  West  "Virginia  Conference,  all 
to  be  chosen  by  the  General  Conference.  The  Com- 
mittee shall  fix  the  salary  of  the  Editor,  keep  an 
account  of  the  receipts  and  expenditures  for  the  pa- 
per, and  shall  report  annually  its  financial  condition 
to  the  patronizing  Conferences.  A  copy  of  said  re- 
port shall  also  be  sent  to  the  Agents  at  New  York, 
and  any  balance  remaining  after  defraying  current 
expenses  shall  be  subject  to  the  order  of  said  Agents. 


V.  Depositories 
If  364.  There  shall  be  Depositories  of  our  books  at 
Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania;  at  Boston,  Massachusetts; 
and  at  Detroit,  Michigan.  They  shall  be  furnished 
by  the  Agents  at  New  York  with  full  supplies  of  the 
books  of  our  General  Catalogue,  Sunday  School  Books 
and  tracts,  to  be  sold  for  the  Concern  at  the  same 
terms  as  at  New  York;  provided,  that  there  shall  not 
be  more  than  fifteen  thousand  dollars'  worth  at  Pitts- 
231 


f  365 


Book  Concern 


burg,  nor  more  than  ten  thousand  dollars'  worth  at 
Boston.  There  shall  also  be  a  Depository  at  Chicago, 
Illinois;  at  Kansas  City,  Missouri;  and  at  San  Fran- 
cisco, California,  to  be  supplied  by  the  Agents  at 
Cincinnati. 

H  365.  The  expenses  incident  to  the  transporta- 
tion, management,  and  sale  of  our  books  at  these 
Depositories  having  been  met  out  of  the  sales,  the 
net  proceeds  shall  be  forwarded  to  the  Agents. 

i;  366.  Full  statements  shall  be  made  to  the 
Agents,  at  dates  fixed  by  them,  of  the  amount  of  sales 
and  expenses;  distinguishing  cash  sales  from  those 
on  credit.  Annual  statements  shall  also  be  made 
of  the  amount  of  stock. 

1i  367.  No  books  shall  hereafter  be  sold  on  com- 
mission, either  from  New  York,  Cincinnati,  or  any 
Depository  or  establishment  under  direction  of  the 
Book  Concern. 


VI.  Grculation  of  Religious  Tracts 
368.  It  is  recommended  to  our  people  every- 
where to  form  Tract  Societies  for  the  distribution  of 
tracts  and  religious  literature. 

H  369.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  District  Super- 
intendent to  bring  the  subject  of  tract  distribution 
before  the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference  in  each 
Charge  within  his  District;  and  said  Conference  shall 
appoint  a  Committee,  of  which  the  Pastor  shall  be 
Chairman,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  devise,  and 
execute  plans  for  local  tract  distribution. 


232 


Foreign  Missions 


1  371 


CHAPTER  II 
BOARD  OF  FOREIGN  MISSIONS 

L  Incorporation 


«I  370.  There  shall  be  a  Board  of  Foreign  Mis- 
sions, duly  incorporated  according  to  law,  and  hav- 
ing its  office  in  New  York  City,  said  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions  being  subject  to  such  rules  and  regulations 
as  the  General  Conference  from  time  to  time  may 
prescribe. 

Note  — For  Charter,  By-Laws,  etc.,  see  Annual  Report  o£  Board  of 
Foreign  Missions. 


II.  Constitution 
1  371,  Article  I.  Name  and  Object.  The  name 
of  this  organization  shall  be  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  Its  ob- 
jects are  religious  and  philanthropic,  designed  to  dif- 
fuse more  generally  the  blessings  of  Christianity,  by 
the  promotion  and  support  of  Christian  Missions 
and  educational  institutions  in  foreign  countries,  and 
also  in  other  places  subject  to  the  sovereignty  of  the 
United  States  which  are  not  on  the  continent  of 
North  America  or  the  islands  adjacent  thereto,  as 
may  be  committed  to  the  care  of  said  ©rganization 
by  the  General  Conference  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  under  such  rules  and  regulations  as  said 
General  Conference  may  from  time  to  time  prescribe, 
233 


1  372 


Foreign  Missions 


IT  372.  Article  II.  Life  Memhers,  Honorary  Mem- 
bers, and  Patrons.  All  members  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  contributing  to  the  funds  of  the 
Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  shall  be  nominally  mem- 
bers of  said  Board.  Any  person  contributing  $20  at 
one  time  shall  be  a  Life  Member.  Any  person  giving 
$200  at  one  time  sball  be  an  Honorary  Life  Member. 
Any  person  giving  $500  at  one  time  shall  be  an  Honor- 
ary Manager  for  life,  and  any  person  giving  $1,000  at 
one  time  shall  be  a  Patron  for  life;  and  such  Manager 
or  Patron  shall  be  entitled  to  a  seat  and  the  right  of 
speaking,  but  not  of  voting,  in  the  meetings  of  the 
Board  of  Managers. 

\  373,  §  1.  Article  III.  General  Committee  of 
Foreign  Missions.  There  shall  be  a  General  Commit- 
tee of  Foreign  Missions,  composed  of  the  General  Su- 
perintendents, the  Missionary  Bishops,  the  Correspond- 
ing Secretary,  the  First  Assistant  Corresponding 
Secretary,  the  Recording  Secretary,  the  Treasurer, 
the  Assistant  Treasurer,  two  representatives,  one  lay 
and  one  ministerial,  from  each  General  Conference 
District,  and  as  many  representatives  from  the  Board 
of  Managers  as  there  are  General  Conference  Dis- 
tricts. 

§  2.  The  representatives  of  the  Board  of  Managers 
shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  from  its  own  members, 
and  shall  include  as  nearly  as  may  be  an  equal  num- 
ber of  Ministers  and  Laymen. 

§  3.  The  representatives  of  the  General  Conference 
Districts  shall  be  elected  by  the  General  Conference, 
on  the  nominations  of  the  delegates  within  said  Dis- 
tricts, respectively,  for  a  term  of  four  years. 

§  4.  Tlie  Board  of  Bishops  shall  fill  any  vacancy 
that  may  occur  among  members  appointed  by  the 
234 


Foreign  Missions  •[  374 


General  Conference,  so  that  each  General  Conference 
District  may  be  fully  represented  at  each  annual 
meeting. 

ll  374,  §  1.  The  General  Committee  of  Foreign 
Missions  shall  meet  annually  at  such  place  in  the 
United  States  as  the  General  Committee,  from  year 
to  year,  may  determine,  and  at  such  time  in  the  month 
of  November  as  shall  be  determined  by  the  Cor- 
responding Secretaries  and  Treasurers,  of  which 
due  notice  shall  be  given  to  each  member;  and  the 
Bishops  shall  preside  over  the  deliberations  of  the 
General  Committee.  But  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
said  Committee  shall  not  be  held  in  the  same  General 
Conference  District  more  frequently  than  once  in 
four  years. 

§  2.  Said  General  Committee  of  Foreign  Missions 
shall  determine  what  fields  shall  be  occupied  as 
Foreign  Missions  and  the  amount  necessary  for  the 
support  of  each,  and  shall  make  appropriations  for 
the  same,  including  an  Emergency  Fund  of  fifty 
thousand  dollars  ($50,000);  provided,  the  General 
Committee  of  Foreign  Missions  shall  not  appropriate 
for  a  given  year,  including  the  emergency  appropria- 
tion of  fifty  thousand  dollars  ($50,000),  more  than 
the  total  Income  for  the  year  immediately  preceding. 
In  the  intervals  between  the  meetings  of  the  General 
Committee  of  Foreign  Missions,  the  Board  of  Man- 
agers may  provide,  from  the  Emergency  Fund,  for 
any  unforeseen  emergency  that  may  arise  in  any  of 
our  Foreign  Missions. 

§  3.  The  General  Committee  of  Foreign  Missions 
shall  be  amenable  to  the  General  Conference,  to  which 
it  shall  make  a  full  report  of  its  doings.  Any  ex- 
pense incurred  in  the  discharge  of  its  duties  shall  be 
235 


"|[  375  Foreign  Missions 


paid  from  the  treasury  of  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions. 

TI  375,  §  1.  Article  IV.  Board  of  Managers. 
The  management  and  disposition  of  the  affairs  and 
property  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  and  the 
administration  of  the  appropriations  and  all  other 
funds  shall  be  vested  in  a  Board  of  Managers,  con- 
sisting of  the  General  Superintendents  and  the  Mis- 
sionary Bishops,  who  shall  be  ex  officio  members  of 
said  Board,  thirty-two  Laymen,  and  thirty-two 
Traveling  Ministers  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  elected  by  the  General  Conference,  accord- 
ing to  the  requirements  of  the  existing  Charter  of 
said  Board  of  Foreign  Missions.  Vacancies  in  the 
Board  shall  be  filled  as  the  Charter  provides;  and  the 
absence,  without  reasonable  excuse,  of  any  member 
from  six  consecutive  meetings  of  the  Board  shall 
create  a  vacancy.  The  Board  shall  also  have  au- 
thority to  make  By-laws,  not  inconsistent  with  this 
Constitution  or  the  Charter,  to  print  books,  periodi- 
cals, and  tracts  for  Foreign  Missions;  to  elect  a  Presi- 
dent, Vice-Presidents,  and  a  Recording  Secretary, 
also  such  additional  Assistant  Secretaries  as  may  be 
necessary;  to  fill  vacancies  that  may  occur  among 
the  oflBcers  elective  of  its  own  body;  and  shall  present 
a  statement  of  its  transactions  and  funds  to  the 
Church  in  its  annual  report,  and  shall  also  lay  before 
the  General  Conference  a  report  of  its  transactions 
for  the  preceding  four  years,  and  the  state  of  its 
funds. 

§   2.  The  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  shall  have 
power  to  suspend  a  Corresponding  Secretary,  Treas- 
urer, Assistant  Treasurer,  or  any  elected  member  of 
the  Board  of  Managers,  for  cause  to  them  suflacient; 
236 


Foreign  Missions  If  376 


and  a  time  and  place  shall  be  fixed  by  the  Board  of 
Managers,  at  as  early  a  day  as  practicable,  for  the 
investigation  of  the  official  conduct  of  the  person 
against  whom  complaint  has  been  made.  Due  notice 
shall  be  given  by  the  Board  to  the  Bishops,  who  shall 
select  one  of  their  number  to  preside  at  the  investiga- 
tion, which  shall  be  before  a  Committee  of  twelve 
persons,  six  Ministers  and  six  Laymen,  none  of  whom 
shall  be  members  of  the  Board  of  Managers.  Said 
Committee  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Bishop  selected 
to  preside  at  the  investigation.  Two  thirds  of  said 
Committee  shall  have  power  of  removal  from  office, 
in  the  interval  of  General  Conference,  of  the  official 
against  whom  complaint  has  been  made. 

§  3.  In  case  a  vacancy  shall  occur  in  the  oLice  of 
Corresponding  Secretary,  First  Assistant  Correspond- 
ing Secretary,  Treasurer,  or  Assistant  Treasurer,  the 
Bishops  shall  have  power  to  fill  the  vacancy;  and, 
until  they  do  so,  the  Board  of  Managers  shall  provide 
for  the  duties  of  the  office. 

§  4.  Thirteen  members  present  at  any  meeting  of 
the  Board  of  Managers  shall  be  a  quorum. 

§  5.  The  Board  shall  have  authority  to  solicit  and 
receive  funds  for  the  publication  and  distribution  of 
tracts. 

^  376,  §  1.  Article  V.  Corresponding  Secretaries. 
There  shall  be  one  Corresponding  Secretary,  who 
shall  be  the  executive  officer  of  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions,  and  a  First  Assistant  Corresponding  Secre- 
tary, both  of  whom  shall  be  elected  by  the  General 
Conference  quadrennially. 

§  2.  They  shall  be  subject  to  the  direction  of  the 
Board  of  Managers  and  their  salaries,  which  shall 
be  fixed  by  the  Board  of  Managers,  shall  be  paid  out 
237 


•|[  375  Foreign  Missions 


paid  from  the  treasury  of  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions. 

H  375,  §  1.  Article  IV.  Board  of  Managers. 
The  management  and  disposition  of  the  affairs  and 
property  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  and  the 
administration  of  the  appropriations  and  all  other 
funds  shall  be  vested  in  a  Board  of  Managers,  con- 
sisting of  the  General  Superintendents  and  the  Mis- 
sionary Bishops,  who  shall  be  ex  officio  members  of 
said  Board,  thirty-two  Laymen,  and  thirty-two 
Traveling  Ministers  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  elected  by  the  General  Conference,  accord- 
ing to  the  requirements  of  the  existing  Charter  of 
said  Board  of  Foreign  Missions.  Vacancies  in  the 
Board  shall  be  filled  as  the  Charter  provides;  and  the 
absence,  without  reasonable  excuse,  of  any  member 
from  six  consecutive  meetings  of  the  Board  shall 
create  a  vacancy.  The  Board  shall  also  have  au- 
thority to  make  By-laws,  not  inconsistent  with  this 
Constitution  or  the  Charter,  to  print  books,  periodi- 
cals, and  tracts  for  Foreign  Missions;  to  elect  a  Presi- 
dent, Vice-Presidents,  and  a  Recording  Secretary, 
also  such  additional  Assistant  Secretaries  as  may  be 
necessary;  to  fill  vacancies  that  may  occur  among 
the  officers  elective  of  its  own  body;  and  shall  present 
a  statement  of  its  transactions  and  funds  to  the 
Church  in  its  annual  report,  and  shall  also  lay  before 
the  General  Conference  a  report  of  its  transactions 
for  the  preceding  four  years,  and  the  state  of  its 
funds. 

§   2.  The  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  shall  have 
power  to  suspend  a  Corresponding  Secretary,  Treas- 
urer, Assistant  Treasurer,  or  any  elected  member  of 
the  Board  of  Managers,  for  cause  to  them  sufficient; 
236 


Foreign  Missions 


t  376 


and  a  time  and  place  shall  be  fixed  by  the  Board  of 
Managers,  at  as  early  a  day  as  practicable,  for  the 
investigation  of  the  official  conduct  of  the  person 
against  whom  complaint  has  been  made.  Due  notice 
shall  be  given  by  the  Board  to  the  Bishops,  who  shall 
select  one  of  their  number  to  preside  at  the  investiga- 
tion, which  shall  be  before  a  Committee  of  twelve 
persons,  six  Ministers  and  six  Laymen,  none  of  whom 
shall  be  members  of  the  Board  of  Managers.  Said 
Committee  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Bishop  selected 
to  preside  at  the  investigation.  Two  thirds  of  said 
Committee  shall  have  power  of  removal  from  office, 
in  the  Interval  of  General  Conference,  of  the  official 
against  whom  complaint  has  been  made. 

§  3.  In  case  a  vacancy  shall  occur  in  the  oLice  of 
Corresponding  Secretary,  First  Assistant  Correspond- 
ing Secretary,  Treasurer,  or  Assistant  Treasurer,  the 
Bishops  shall  have  power  to  fill  the  vacancy;  and, 
until  they  do  so,  the  Board  of  Managers  shall  provide 
for  the  duties  of  the  office. 

§  4.  Thirteen  members  present  at  any  meeting  of 
the  Board  of  Managers  shall  be  a  quorum. 

§  5.  The  Board  Shall  have  authority  to  solicit  and 
receive  funds  for  the  publication  and  distribution  of 
tracts. 

*[  376,  §  1.  Article  V.  Corresponding  Secretaries. 
There  shall  be  one  Corresponding  Secretary,  who 
shall  be  the  executive  officer  of  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions,  and  a  First  Assistant  Corresponding  Secre- 
tary, both  of  whom  shall  be  elected  by  the  General 
Conference  quadrennially. 

§  2.  They  shall  be  subject  to  the  direction  of  the 
Board  of  Managers  and  their  salaries,  which  shall 
be  fixed  by  the  Board  of  Managers,  shall  be  paid  out 
237 


1  377 


Foreign  Missions 


of  the  treasury.  They  shall  be  employed  exclusively 
in  conducting  the  correspondence  of  the  Board,  in 
furnishing  the  Church  with  missionary  intelligence, 
in  supervising  the  foreign  Missionary  work  of  the 
Church,  and  by  correspondence,  traveling,  and  other- 
v/ise  in  promoting  the  general  interests  of  the  cause. 

If  377.  Akticle  VI.  Election  of  Officers.  The 
officers  to  be  elected  by  the  Board  shall  be  chosen  and 
hold  their  office  for  the  term  of  one  year,  or  until 
their  successors  shall  be  elected;  or,  if  a  vacancy 
occurs  during  the  year  by  death,  resignation,  or  other- 
wise, it  may  be  filled  at  any  regular  meeting  of  the 
Board.  The  first  election  of  each  quadrennium  shall 
be  held  at  the  regular  meeting  of  the  Board  next  suc- 
ceeding the  General  Conference. 

II  378.  Article  VII.  Presiding  Officer.  At  all 
meetings  of  the  Board,  the  President,  or,  in  his  ab- 
sence, one  of  the  Vice-Presidents,  and  in  the  absence 
of  the  President  and  all  of  the  Vice-Presidents,  a 
member  appointed  by  the  meeting  for  the  purpose 
shall  preside.  The  minutes  of  each  meeting  shall  be 
signed  by  the  Chairman  of  the  meeting  at  which  the 
same  are  read  and  approved,  and  by  the  Recording 
Secretary. 

H  379.  Article  VIII.  Special  Gifts.  Credit  shall 
be  given  for  special  gifts  from  any  Charge  when  said 
Charge,  including  the  Sunday  School,  shall  have 
raised  its  full  apportionment  for  the  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions,  and  such  special  donation  shall  be  received 
by  the  Board  for  the  specified  purpose.  Special  dona- 
tions shall  be  applied  in  full  to  the  purposes 
designated  by  the  donors,  but  shall  be  included  in 
estimating  the  cost  of  collection  and  administration. 

Nevertheless,  whenever  a  Charge  or  an  individual 
238 


FoRKiGN  Missions 


1  382 


or  group  of  individuals  in  any  Charge  shall  support 
entirely  one  of  our  Missionaries  in  the  foreign  field, 
who  is  a  regularly  appointed  Missionary  of  the  So- 
ciety, and  assigned  to  the  Charge,  the  entire  amount 
may  be  credited,  irrespective  of  apportionments. 

1  380.  Article  IX.  Support  of  Superannuated 
and  other  Missionaries.  The  Board  may  provide  for 
the  support  of  Superannuated  Missionaries,  widows 
and  orphans  of  Missionaries,  who  may  not  be  provid- 
ed for  by  their  Annual  Conferences  respectively; 
provided,  they  shall  not  receive  more  than  is  usually 
allowed  Superannuated  Ministers,  their  widows  and 
orphans,  in  home  Conferences. 

No  one  shall  be  acknowledged  as  a  Missionary  or 
receive  support  as  such  from  the  funds  of  the  Board 
of  Foreign  Missions  who  has  not  been  approved  by 
the  Board  of  Managers,  and  been  assigned  to  some 
definite  field,  except  as  above  provided.  Ministerial 
Missionaries  shall  be  constituted  by  the  joint  action 
of  a  General  Superintendent  and  the  Board.  Lay 
Missionaries  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Board  of 
Managers. 

1i  381.  Abticle  X.  Amendments.  This  Constitu- 
tion shall  be  subject  to  amendment  or  alteration  only 
by  the  General  Conference. 


III.  Administration  of  -Foreign  Missions 
H  382,  §  1.  When  a  Mission  is  established  in  a 
foreign  country,  outside  of  an  Annual  Conference,  the 
Bishop  having  Episcopal  supervision  of  the  same  may 
appoint  a  member  of  the  Mission  as  Superintendent, 
who  may  also  be  a  District  Superintendent.  It  shall 
be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent,  in  the  absence  of 
^9 


%  383  FouEiGN  Missions 


a  Bishop,  to  preside  in  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the 
Mission  and  to  arrange  the  work  and  taice  general 
supervision  of  the  entire  Mission.  He  shall  also, 
from  time  to  time,  represent  the  state  of  the  Mission 
and  its  needs  to  the  Bishop  having  charge  and  to  the 
Corresponding  Secretaries. 

§  2.  The  Bishop  having  Episcopal  supervision  of 
a  Mission  shall  annually  designate  a  time  at  which 
all  the  members  of  the  Mission  and  also  the  native 
preachers  employed  as  supplies  or  helpers  in  the 
Mission  shall  come  together  for  the  purpose  of  hold- 
ing an  Annual  Meeting,  said  meeting  possessing,  in 
all  ecclesiastical  matters,  the  duties  and  powers  of  a 
District  Conference;  and  also  transacting  such  other 
business  as  may  be  assigned  by  the  Board  or  grow 
out  of  the  local  interests  of  the  work.  In  the  absence 
of  a  Bishop  or  the  Superintendent  the  Annual  Meet- 
ing shall  choose  its  presiding  oflScer  in  the  manner 
provided  for  District  Conferences. 

§  3.  When  a  Mission  in  a  foreign  country  is  organ- 
ized into  a  Mission  Conference  or  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence the  administration  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Mis- 
sions shall  not  thereby  be  disturbed  but  shall  be  con- 
tinued as  in  other  foreign  missions. 


IV.  Annual  Conference  Board 
T[  383,  §  1.  It  shall-  be  the  duty  of  each  Annual 
Conference  to  organize  within  its  bounds  an  Annual 
Conference  Board  of  Foreign  Missions..  This  Annual 
Conference  Board  shall  consist  of  the  District  Super- 
intendents, District  Missionary  Secretaries,  and  Dis- 
trict Epworth  League  Presidents,  ex  officio,  and  one 
Sunday  School  Superintendent,  and  one  lay  member 
240 


Foreign  Missions  ^  384 


from  each  District,  to  be  elected  by  the  Annual  Con- 
ference on  the  nomination  of  the  District  Superin- 
tendents. The  Annual  Conference  shall  elect  the 
oflBcers  of  the  said  Board  from  among  the  members 
of  the  Board  on  the  nomination  of  the  District  Super- 
intendents. 

§  2.  The  said  Board  shall  present  an  annual  re- 
port to  the  Annual  Conference  through  its  President; 
and  shall  have  charge  of  the  anniversary  of  the 
Board  of  Foreign  Missions  at  the  Annual  Conference 
session,  to  which  an  entire  evening  shall  be  given. 

§  3.  There  shall  be  at  least  one  meeting  of  the 
Annual  Conference  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  each 
year  for  the  consideration  and  furtherance  of  the 
interests  of  Foreign  Missions  within  the  bounds  of 
the  Conference,  at  which  meeting  a  Secretary  or 
other  representative  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Mis- 
sions shall  be  present  if  possible,  and  the  said  Board 
shall  provide  for  the  presentation  of  the  cause  of 
Foreign  Missions  within  the  bounds  of  the  Confer- 
ence and  may  arrange  for  conventions. 


V.  District  Board 
T  384,  §  1.  There  shall  be  in  each  District  Super- 
intendent's District  a  District  Board  of  Foreign  Mis- 
sions composed  of  the  members  from  the  District  on 
the  Annual  Conference  Board  of  Foreign  Missions. 
The  District  Superintendent  shall  be  the  President 
of  said  District  Board  and  the  District  Missionary 
Secretary  shall  be  its  Secretary.  Meetings  of  the 
said  District  Board  shall  be  held  at  the  call  of  the 
President;  provided  that  at  least  one  meeting  shall 
be  held  each  year. 

241 


%  385  Foreign  Missions 


§  2.  The  said  District  Board  shall  aid  the  Pastors 
in  the  presentation  of  the  cause  of  Foreign  Missions 
within  the  District,  and  may  arrange  for  conven- 
tions. 


VT.  District  Hissionary  Secretaries 

H  385.  The  presiding  Bishop  shall  appoint,  on  the 
nomination  of  the  District  Superintendent,  a  Mem- 
ber of  the  Annual  Conference  as  Missionary  Secretary 
for  each  District  Superintendent's  District,  who  shall 
serve  without  salary,  and  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to 
assist  the  District  Superintendent  in  carrying  on  the 
plans  in  the  interests  of  Foreign  Missions  on  the 
District;  and  who,  by  correspondence  and  otherwise, 
shall  aid  in  the  securing  and  distribution  of  mission- 
ary literature  in  every  Charge;  cooperate  with  the 
missionary  office  in  New  York  city  in  the  distinctive 
work  of  the  Young  People's  Department,  and  keep 
said  office  informed  as  to  foreign  missionary  condi- 
tions on  the  District. 


VTI.  Duties  of  District  Superintendents 
H  386,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District 
Superintendent  to  see  that  the  provisions  of  the  Dis- 
cipline concerning  Foreign  Missions  are  faithfully 
executed  in  his  District,  and  in  order  thereto  he  shall 
inquire  at  each  session  of  the  several  Quarterly  Con- 
ferences, what  has  been  done  toward  raising  funds 
for  the  support  of  Foreign  Missions  during  the  pre- 
ceding quarter,  and  particularly  what  has  been  done 
in  the  Sunday  Schools  for  this  cause. 

242 


Foreign  Missions  ^  387 


§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Superin- 
tendent to  see  that  a  Committee  on  Foreign  Missions 
is  appointed  at  the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference  of 
each  Pastoral  Charge,  of  five  or  more  persons,  includ- 
ing one  Sunday  School  Superintendent  and  one  Ep- 
worth  League  President,  of  which  Committee  the 
Pastor  shall  be  Chairman.  Its  duty  shall  be  to  aid 
the  Pastor  in  disseminating  missionary  information, 
planning  for  the  Annual  Foreign  Missionary  Day, 
and  securing  a  thorough  canvass  of  the. members  of 
the  Churches  and  Congregations  in  the  interest  of 
Foreign  Missions. 


VIII.  Duties  of  Pastors  and  Churches 

H  387,  §  1.  The  support  of  Foreign  Missions  is 
committed  to  Pastors,  Congregations,  Sunday  Schools, 
and  Epworth  Leagues. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor,  aided  by 
the  Committee  on  Foreign  Missions,  to  provide  for 
the  diffusion  of  missionary  information  amoijg  the 
members  of  his  Church,  Congregation,  Sunday  School, 
and  Epworth  League. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor,  aided  by  the 
Committee  on  Foreign  Missions,  to  institute  a 
monthly  missionary  prayer  meeting  or  missionary 
address  in  his  Charge,  for  the  purposes  of  imploring 
the  divine  blessing  upon  Missions  throughout  the 
world,  and  for  the  diffusion  of  missionary  intelligence 
among  the  people. 

§  4.  The  Pastor,  aided  by  the  Official  Board  and 
the  Committee  on  Foreign  Missions,  shall  provide 
for  a  thorough  foreign  missionary  canvass  and  an 
Annual  Missionary  Day,  when  the  Pastor,  or  some 
243 


1  387 


Foreign  Missions 


one  invited  by  him,  shall  present  the  cause  of 
Foreign  Missions,  when  contributions  shall  be  taken 
for  our  foreign  work  exclusively.  If  so  desired,  the 
contributions  may  be  paid  weekly  or  monthly,  and 
the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  shall  supply  envelopes 
for  the  same. 

§  5.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  to  see  that 
each  Sunday  School  on  his  Charge  is  organized  into 
a  Missionary  Society,  and  that  at  least  one  Sunday 
in  each  month  is  observed  in  the  interest  of  Missions 
and  a  collection  taken,  which  shall  be  divided  equally 
between  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  and  the 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension;  and 
all  contributions  of  the  Sunday  School  shall  be  re- 
ported in  a  separate  column  in  the  Annual  and  Gen- 
eral Minutes.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Sunday 
School  Missionary  Society  to  provide,  with  the  con- 
sent of  the  Sunday  School  Board,  for  brief  missionary 
exercises  on  the  day  that  is  set  apart  for  the  monthly 
missionary  collection  to  be  taken,  to  cause  suitable 
literature  to  be  distributed  in  the  Sunday  Schools, 
and  to  arrange  for  occasional  missionary  concerts. 
The  Sunday  School  Missionary  Society  shall  include 
both  Foreign  Missions,  and  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension,  and  the  contributions  shall  be 
equally  divided  between  the  two  Boards. 

§  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  to  organize 
Mission  Study  Classes  on  his  Charge  where  prac- 
ticable. 


244 


Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society  ^  388 


CHAPTER  III 
WOMAN'S  FOREIGN  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY 

388.  For  tlie  more  successful  prosecution  of  the 
Missionary  work  of  tlie  Church  among  women\in 
foreign  lands,  there  shall  be  an  organization  known 
as  the  Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  to  be  governed  and 
regulated  by  its  Constitution,  which  may  be  altered 
or  amended  by  the  General  Conference  as  the  neces- 
sities of  the  work  may  require. 

§  1.  This  Society  shall  work  in  harmony  with,  and 
under  the  supervision  of,  the  authorities  of  the  Board 
of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church.  The  appointment,  recall,  and  remuneration 
of  Missionaries,  and  the  designation  of  their  fields 
of  labor,  shall  be  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Board 
of  Managers  of  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church;  and  annual  appropria- 
tions to  Mission  fields  shall  be  submitted  for  revision 
and  approval  to  the  General  Missionary  Committee 
of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

§  2.  All  Missionaries  sent  out  by  this  Society  shall 
labor  under  the  direction  of  the  particular  Confer- 
ences or  Missions  of  the  Church  in  which  they  may 
be  severally  employed.  They  shall  be  annually  ap- 
pointed by  the  President  of  the  Conference  or  Mis- 
sion, and  shall  be  subject  to  the  same  rules  of  re- 
moval that  govern  the  other  Missionaries. 

§  3.  All  the  work  of  the  Woman's  Foreign  Mission- 
ary Society  in  foreign  lands  shall  be  under  the  direc- 
245 


^  389  Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society 

tion  of  the  Conferences  or  Missions  and  their  Com- 
mittees in  exactly  the  same  manner  as  the  work  of 
the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  the  Superintendent  or  District 
Superintendent  having  the  same  relation  to  the  work 
and  the  person  in  charge  of  it  that  he  would  have 
were  it  a  work  in  the  charge  of  any  Member  of  the 
Corfference  or  Mission. 

H  389,  §  1.  The  funds  of  the  Society  shall  not  be 
raised  by  collections  or  subscriptions  taken  during 
any  of  our  regular  Church  services,  nor  in  any  Sunday 
School,  but  shall  be  raised  by  such  methods  as  the 
Constitution  of  the  Society  shall  provide,  none  of 
which  shall  interfere  with  the  contributions  of  our 
people  and  Sunday  Schools  for  the  treasury  of  the 
Board  of  Foreign  Missions  of  the  Methodist  Episco- 
pal Church;  and  the  amount  so  collected  shall  be 
reported  by  the  Pastor  to  the  Annual  Conference, 
and  be  entered  in  a  column  among  the  Benevolent 
Collections  in  the  Annual  and  General  Minutes. 

§  2.  The  provisions  of  §  1  of  this  paragraph  shall 
not  be  so  interpreted  as  to  prevent  the  Women  from 
taking  collections  in  meetings  convened  in  the  inter- 
ests of  their  Societies;  nor  from  securing  member- 
shipg  and  life  memberships  in  audiences  where  their 
work  is  represented;  nor  from  holding  festivals  or 
arranging  lectures  in  the  interests  of  their  work. 


246 


Home  Missions  and  Churcu  Extension  ^  391 


CHAPTER  IV 

BOARD  OF  HOME  MISSIONS  AND  CHURCH 
EXTENSION 

I.  Incorporation 


H  390.  For  the  prosecution  of  Missionary  and 
Church  Extension  work  in  the  United  States,  Terri- 
tories, and  insular  possessions,  there  shall  be  a  Board 
of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  duly  in- 
corporated according  to  law,  and  having  its  oflice 
in  the  city  of  Philadelphia,  said  Board  being  subject 
to  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the  General  Confer- 
ence may  from  time  to  time  prescribe. 

Note.— For  Charter,  Constitution,  By-Laws,  etc.,  see  Annual  Report 
and  other  publications  of  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension. 


II.  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and  Qiarch 
Extension 

H  391,  §  1.  There  shall  be  a  General  Committee 
of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  consisting 
of  (1)  the  Bishops,  one  of  whom,  as  they  may  deter- 
mine from  time  to  time,  shall  be  chairman;  (2) 
the  Corresponding  Secretary  and  such  Assistant  Cor- 
responding Secretaries  as  the  General  Conference 
may  elect,  the  President,  the  Treasurer,  and  Record- 
ing Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension;  the  Recording  Secretary  being  ex 
247 


T[  392  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 

oHicio  Secretary  of  the  General  Committee  of  Home 
Missions  and  Church  Extension;  (3)  two  repre- 
sentatives from  each  General  Conference  District — 
one  Minister  and  one  Layman — elected  by  the  General 
Conference  on  the  nomination  of  the  delegates  of 
the  Districts,  respectively;  who  shall  be  the  same 
persons  elected  to  serve  on  the  General  Committee 
of  Foreign  Missions;  (4)  as  many  representatives 
elected  by  tlie  Board  as  there  are  General  Conference 
Districts;  not  more  than  five  of  whom  shall  be  from 
any  one  Annual  Conference,  and  shall  include,  as 
nearly  as  may  be,  an  equal  number  of  Ministers  and 
Laymen;  (5)  the  members  elected  by  the  National 
City  Evangelization  Union.    \  404,  §  2. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  this  General  Committee 
to  meet  annually  in  such  place  and  on  such  day  in 
the  month  of  November  as  shall  be  appointed  by 
the  Corresponding  Secretary. 

H  392,  §  1.  The  General  Committee  of  Home  Mis- 
sions and  Church  Extension  shall  determine:  (1) 
What  amount  each  Annual  Conference,  Mission 
Conference,  and  Mission  shall  be  asked  to  raise 
by  collections  for  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension during  the  ensuing  Annual  Conference 
year;  (2)  what  amount  sliall  be  appropriated  for 
Home  Missions  and  what  amount  shall  be  authorized 
for  Church  Extension  within  each  Annual  Confer- 
ence, Mission  Conference,  and  Mission  during  the 
same  period;    (3)  what  amount  shall  be  set  apart 


The  provisions  of  1  385,  relating  to  District  Missionary  Secretaries, 
apply  also  to  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension.  Such 
District  Secretaries  shall  assist  the  District  Superintendent  in  promot- 
ing the  Interests  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  in  cooperation 
with  the  office  in  the  city  of  Philadelphia. 

248 


Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  ^  392 

for  the  Contingent  Fund  for  Home  Mission  purposes 
and  what  amount  shall  be  set  apart  as  an  Emergency 
Fund  in  the  Church  Extension  Department,  and  (4) 
what  amount  shall  be  set  apart  for  office  expenses, 
salaries,  traveling  expenses,  publications,  and  other 
items. 

§  2.  The  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  shall  also  have  authority  to  coun- 
sel and  direct  the  Board  in  the  legal  administration 
of  the  trusts  committed  to  its  care.  It  shall  have 
authority  to  revise  the  list  of  the  members  of  the 
Board,  and  for  inattention  to  the  duties  of  the  office, 
or  other  cause,  to  declare  the  seat  of  any  member 
vacant,  and  to  fill  any  existing  vacancy  in  the 
Board. 

§  3.  If  a  vacancy  should  occur  in  the  General  Com- 
mittee of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  by 
death,  resignation,  removal  from  the  District  of  his 
Conference  or  Church  membership,  or  otherwise,  of  a 
District  representative,  the  Board  of  Bishops  shall 
fill  such  vacancy  by  the  appointment  of  a  successor 
from  the  Annual  Conference  to  which  such  repre- 
sentative belonged;  or  1f  a  Layman,  within  the 
bounds  of  which  he  resided,  such  appointee  to  hold 
oflSce  until  the  end  of  the  quadrennium. 

§  4.  Expenses  incurred  by  the  General  Committee 
of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  in  discharge 
of  its  duties  shall  be  paid  by  the  Treasurer  of  the 
Board. 

§  5.  The  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  may  appropriate  an  amount  each 
year  as  an  Emergency  Fund  for  Church  Extension 
purposes,  and  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  may  grant  emergency  applications 
249 


1"  393  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 


without  the  action  of  the  Annual  Conference  Board; 
but  wherever  practicable,  without  disaster  or  serious 
loss,  the  recommendation  of  this  Board  shall  be  re- 
quired. The  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions 
and  Church  Extension  may  set  apart  a  sum  to  be 
used  as  a  Contingent  Fund  for  Home  Mission  pur- 
poses. This  fund  shall  be  used  only  in  the  case  of 
unforeseen  and  unexpected  need,  and  the  Board  may 
grant  aid  from  the  Contingent  Fund  on  the  applica- 
tion of  the  Pastor,  indorsed  by  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee of  the  Conference  Board  of  Home  Missions 
and  Church  Extension,  with  the  approval  of  the  Dis- 
trict Superintendent. 


III.  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 
II  393,  §  1.  The  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  shall  consist  of  thirty-two  Minis- 
ters and  thirty-five  Laymen,  to  be  appointed  by  the 
General  Conference.  The  Corresponding  Secretary 
and  the  two  Assistant  Corresponding  Secretaries 
shall  be  ex  officio  members,  to  be  included  within 
these  numbers.  The  Board  shall  have  such  powers 
and  prerogatives  as  may  be  needful  to  the  successful 
prosecution  of  its  work;  and  shall  be  subject  to  the 
control  of  the  General  Conference. 

§  2.  The  term  of  service  of  the  members  of  the 
Board  shall  begin  on  the  second  Wednesday  in  June 
following  their  appointment,  and  continue  during 
the  ensuing  four  years,  or  until  their  successors  shall 
be  duly  chosen  and  have  entered  upon  their  duties, 
unless  otherwise  ordered  by  the  General  Conference. 
If  a  vacancy  shall  occur  by  death,  resignation,  or 
otherwise  during  the  interval  between  the  sessions 
250 


Home  Missions  and  Chukch  Extension  %  394 


of  the  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension,  the  Board  shall  have  power  to 
fill  the  vacancy,  until  the  next  meeting  of  said  Gen- 
eral Committee. 

§  3.  The  officers  of  the  Board  shall  be  a  President, 
five  Vice-Presidents,  one  Corresponding  Secretary, 
who  shall  be  the  executive  officer  of  the  Board,  and 
two  Assistant  Corresponding  Secretaries,  who  shall 
rank  in  the  order  of  their  election,  together  with 
a  Recording  Secretary,  a  Treasurer,  and  Assist- 
ant Treasurer,  all  of  whom  shall  be  elected  by  the 
Board  at  the  first  regular  meeting  in  November  of 
each  year,  except  as  hereinafter  provided. 

§  4.  The  Corresponding  Secretary  and  the  two  As- 
sistant Corresponding  Secretaries  shall  be  elected 
by  the  General  Conference.  They  shall,  under  the 
provisions  of  the  Discipline  and  the  directions  of 
the  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  and  of  the  Board,  conduct  its  cor- 
respondence, and  shall,  in  all  their  official  conduct, 
be  subject  to  the  authority  and  control  of  the  Board, 
by  whom  their  salaries  shall  be  fixed  and  paid. 
They  shall  be  exclusively  employed  in  conducting 
the  affairs  of  the  Board,  and  in  promoting  its  general 
interest  by  traveling  or  otherwise.  Should  a  vacancy 
occur  by  death,  resignation  or  otherwise,  the  Board 
shall  have  power  to  provide  for  the  duties  of  the  office 
until  the  Bishops  shall  fill  the  vacancy.  The  Board 
shall  have  power  to  elect  field  agents. 

If  394,  §  1.  The  Board  shall  hold  its  meetings  in 
the  city  of  Philadelphia.  It  shall  have  power  to 
make  By-laws  for  the  regulation  of  its  own  proceed- 
ings not  in  conflict  with  the  Charter,  the  Discipline, 
or  the  directions  of  the  General  Committee  of  Home 
251 


*1[  394  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 

Missions  and  Church  Extension,  to  provide  for  and 
administer  a  Loan  Fund;  to  establish  and  administer 
Annuity  Funds,  either  in  connection  with,  or  sep- 
arate from,  the  Loan  Fund  as  it  may  deem  wise;  to 
take  and  hold  in  trust  for  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  any  real  or  personal  property;  to  dispose  of 
the  same  for  the  use  and  benefit  of  the  Church;  and 
generally  to  do  all  and  singular  the  matters  and 
things  which  shall  be  necessary  and  lawful  in  the 
execution  of  its  trust;  provided,  however,  that  all 
amounts  received  on  the  Loan  Fund  shall  be  used 
only  for  loans  on  adequate  security;  and  provided. 
further,  that  the  aggregate  amount  of  interest  and 
annuities  payable  shall  never  be  allowed  to  exceed 
the  aggregate  amount  of  interest  receivable;  and 
provided,  also,  that  an  equitable  proportion  of  the  ex- 
penses of  administration  of  the  business  of  the  Board 
shall  be  charged  to  and  defrayed  out  of  the  inter- 
est received  on  the  loans  made  by  the  Board  from 
the  Loan  Fund  and  the  Annuity  Funds  respectively. 

§  2.  The  Board  also  shall  have  authority  to  pro- 
vide and  recommend  a  uniform  plan  for  the  organiza- 
tion of  local  Boards  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension  in  cities,  to  be  known  as  the  City  Board 
of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  under 
such  local  administration  as  may  be  deemed  advis- 
able; but  in  no  case  shall  such  local  organizations 
interfere  with  the  general  work  of  the  Board. 

§  3.  The  Board  shall  also  have  authority  to  aid, 
either  by  donation  or  by  loan,  or  both,  in  the  erec- 
tion of  parsonages. 

§  4.  At  all  meetings  of  the  Board  fifteen  members 
shall  constitute  a  quorum.    The  minutes  of  each 
meeting  shall  be  signed  by  the  secretary  thereof. 
252 


Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  %  3!>5 


§  5.  The  Board  shall  publish  quarterly,  or  oftener, 
full  information  concerning  its  work;  and  shall  sub- 
mit to  the  General  Conference  a  report  of  its  pro- 
ceedings for  the  preceding  four  years,  and  of  the 
state  of  its  funds. 

§  6.  The  Board  shall  have  authority  to  solicit  and 
receive  funds  for  the  publication  and  distribution  of 
tracts.   


IV.  City  Evangelization 
1;  395,  §  1.  The  more  effectively  to  promote  the 
work  of  City  Evangelization,  the  Board  of  Home  Mis- 
sions and  Church  Extension  shall  be  authorized  to 
organize  a  Bureau  of  Cities,  to  be  directed  and  admin- 
istered by  the  Board  in  harmony  with  its  other  depart- 
ments, and  with  the  provisions  of  ^  404.  Should 
this  Bureau  be  established,  the  Board  shall  pro- 
vide for  representation  in  its  managing  Commit- 
tee of  three  members  of  the  National  City  Evan- 
gelization Union,  to  be  chosen  by  that  organiza- 
tion. In  the  cities  where  local  Societies  for  City 
Evangelization  have  been  duly  organized,  according 
to  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline,  and  are  in  active 
operation,  all  appropriations  for  Missionary  work 
shall  be  made  to  and  administered  by  such  Societies, 
the  appropriations  for  Church  Extension  being  pro- 
vided for  otherwise,  as  stated  in  this  chapter;  pro- 
vided, however,  that  in  the  case  of  the  German, 
Swedish,  and  Norwegian  Conferences,  the  General 
Committee  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 
shall  be  authorized  to  designate  exceptions  to  this 
rule. 

§  2.    All  organizations  for  City  Evangelization  shall 
report  annually  to  the  General  Committee  of  Home 
253 


^  396  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 

Missions  and  Church  Extension  their  requests  for 
appropriations,  indicating  the  special  purpose  for 
which  grants  are  to  be  used.  They 'shall  also  report 
each  year  to  what  work  the  moneys  have  been  applied 
and  shall  give  in  detail  a  statement  which  may  in- 
clude (1)  number  of  Churches  or  Sunday  Schools 
organized;  (2)  number  of  buildings  erected;  (3) 
number  of  Ministers  or  Missionaries  supported  in 
part  or  in  whole  and  the  amount  paid  to  them;  (4) 
membership;  (5)  the  amount  invested  during  the 
year  in  real  estate  and  in  buildings;  (6)  the  ex- 
penses of  administration;  (7)  the  total  amount 
raised  and  expended  by  the  local  Society  for  the 
support  of  current  work  and  for  permanent  improve- 
ments; the  summaries  of  such  statements  to  be  pub- 
lished in  connection  with  the  report  of  the  General 
Committee  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 
as  a  special  report,  and  quadrennially  reported  to 
the  General  Conference.  These  facts  may  also,  if 
desired,  be  furnished  to  the  Board  of  Home  Missions 
and  Church  Extension  for  its  information  and  use. 
The  aim  of  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church 
Extension  shall  be  to  encourage  with  resources  and 
influence  the  well-established  local  organizations  for 
City  Evangelization,  and  to  promote  similar  organiza- 
tions so  far  as  practicable  in  all  the  cities  of  the 
United  States. 


V.  Annual  Conference  Board 
H  396,  §  1.    Each  Annual  Conference  shall,  on  the 
nomination  of  the  presiding  Bishop,  elect  a  Confer- 
ence Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension, 
composed  of  equal  numbers  of  Ministers  and  Lay- 
254 


Home  Missions  and  ChuiIch  Extension  1"  396 


men,  so  located  that  a  quorum  thereof  may  con- 
veniently assemble.  The  Conference  Board  shall  elect 
a  President,  Vice-President,  Secretary,  and  Treasurer. 
These  officers,  together  with  three  additional  mem- 
bers to  be  elected  by  the  Conference  Board,  shall  con- 
stitute an  Executive  Committee.  The  Executive  Com- 
mittee shall  have  power  to  recommend  emergency 
or  contingent  applications.  The  District  Superintend- 
ents shall  be  ex  officio  members  of  the  Conference 
Board,  but  so  as  not  to  prevent  an  equality  in  the 
number  of  Ministers  and  Laymen.  The  Secretary 
of  the  Annual  Conference  shall  notify  the  Correspond- 
ing Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  of  the  name  and  post  office  ad- 
dress of  each  Member  of  the  Annual  Conference 
Board  within  thirty  days  after  the  adjournment  of 
the  Conference. 

§  2.  The  Annual  Conference  Board  shall  hold  its 
regular  annual  meeting  on  the  second  day  of  the 
session  of  the  Annual  Conference,  at  an  hour  to  be 
name'd  by  the  President  of  such  Board,  and  shall 
make  a  report  to  the  Annual  Conference  during  its 
session,  giving  a  full  account  of  its  transactions 
during  the  preceding  year.  Other  meetings  may  be 
called  at  any  time  by  the  President  or  three  members. 

§  3.  The  District  Superintendents  of  each  Annual 
Conference  shall  be  a  Committee  to  distribute  all 
Home  Mission  funds  at  the  disposal  of  the  Annual 
Conference,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  presiding 
Bishop  and  the  Annual  Conference. 

§  4.  The- Corresponding  Secretary  at  Philadelphia 
shall  send  drafts  for  missionary  appropriations  to 
the  Secretary  of  the  Annual  Conference  Board,  pay- 
able to  the  Treasurer  who  shall  disburse  it.  The 
255 


^  397  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 

Annual  Conference  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Churcli  Extension  sliall  Iteep  an  accurate  account  of 
all  its  receipts  and  disbursements  for  the  year  and 
report  annually  to  the  Annual  Conference  and  also 
to  the  Board  in  Philadelphia,  and  shall  transmit  with 
such  reports  vouchers  for  all  sums  disbursed  by  him. 

§  5.  The  Annual  Conference  Board  shall  be  auxil- 
iary to  the  Board  at  Philadelphia,  and  shall,  under 
its  direction,  have  charge  of  all  the  interests  and 
work  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  within 
the  Conference.  The  Conference  Board  shall  appor- 
tion for  collection  to  the  several  Districts  and  Pas- 
toral Charges  the  amount  asked  of  the  Conference, 
with  due  regard  to  their  circumstances  and  ability, 
and  notify  each  Pastor  and  Quarterly  Conference 
early  in  the  year  of  the  amount  of  their  apportion- 
ment. 

§  6.  The  Annual  Conference  Board  shall  exercise 
all  possible  diligence  in  protecting  the  interests  of 
the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension, 
giving  conscientious  advice  concerning  the  making 
of  loans  and  using  all  diligence  to  aid  in  the  collec- 
tion of  loans.  The  Treasurer  of  the  Conference  Board 
shall,  as  early  as  practicable,  remit  all  funds  com- 
ing into  his  hands  to  the  Board  in  Philadelphia. 


VI.  Boards  in  Mission  Conferences  and  Missions 
H  397.  In  Mission  Conferences  and  Missions  there 
shall  be  a  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension appointed  by  the  Bishop  and  approved  by 
the  Mission  Conference  or  Mission,  consisting  of 
the  Superintendent  and  two  other  Ministers  and 
two  Laymen.  These  shall  have  the  same  powers 
256 


Home  Missions  axd  Cuvrch  Extension  •[  398 


and  duties  within  the  bounds  of  the  Mission  Confer- 
ence or  Mission  that  the  Annual  Conference  Board 
has  within  the  bounds  of  an  Annual  Conference. 


VII.  Administration  of  Missions 
398,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superin- 
tendent, in  the  absence  of  the  Bishop,  to  preside  at 
the  Annual  Meeting  of  a  Mission,  to  arrange  the 
work,  and  take  general  supervision  of  the  entire 
Mission,  and  to  represent  the  state  of  the  Mission 
and  its  needs  to  the  Bishop  having  charge,  and  to 
the  Corresponding  Secretary. 

S  2.  The  Bishop  having  Episcopal  supervision  of  a 
Mission  shall  designate  a  time  at  which  all  the  mem- 
bers of  the  Mission  shall  come  together  for  the  pur- 
pose of  holding  an  Annual  Meeting;  said  meeting 
possessing,  in  all  ecclesiastical  matters,  the  func- 
tions and  privileges  of  a  District  Conference;  and 
also  transacting  such  other  business  as  may  be  as- 
signed by  the  Board  or  grow  out  of  the  local  interests 
of  the  work.  In  the  absence  of  a  Bishop  or  Superin- 
tendent the  Annual  Meeting  shall  choose  its  presiding 
officer  in  the  manner  provided  for  District  Confer- 
ences in  such  cases. 

§  3.  In  Missions  in  the  United  States,  Territories, 
and  insular  possessions  the  power  to  license  and  to 
try  Local  Preachers  and  to  renew  the  Licenses  of 
Local  Preachers  and  Exhorters  shall  remain  with 
the  respective  Quarterly  Conferences;  and  Local 
Preachers  tried  and  convicted  shall  have  their  right 
of  appeal  to  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Mission,  save 
that  two  or  more  Quarterly  Conferences  may  be 
united  for  the  purpose  of  licensing  preachers. 
257 


^  399  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 

§  4.  The  Ministerial  members  of  the  General  Com- 
mittee of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  shall 
constitute  a  Judicial  Conference  to  hear  appeals  of 
Local  Preachers  convicted  at  an  Annual  Meeting, 
said  Judicial  Conference  to  be  presided  over  by  a 
Bishop. 

§  5.  Wherever  Methodist  Episcopal  Churches  are 
organized  in  territory  outside  of  an  Annual  Confer- 
ence, or  of  any  regular  Mission  of  our  Church,  such 
-work  may  be  attached  to  such  Annual  Conference  as 
the  said  Churches  may  elect  with  the  concurrence 
of  the  Bishop  having  charge  of  said  Conference,  and 
may  be  constituted  a  District  Superintendent's  Dis- 
trict.   


VIII.  Annual  Conferences  and  Home  Missions  and 
Qiarch  Extension 

t  399.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  Annual  Con- 
ference to  examine  strictly  into  the  state  of  the 
Missions  within  its  bounds,  and  to  allow  none  to 
remain  on  the  list  of  its  Missions  which,  in  the 
judgment  of  the  Conference,  are  capable  of  self- 
support.  It  shall  report  through  its  Secretary, 
annually,  to  the  Corresponding  Secretary  of  the 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  at 
Philadelphia  the  name  of  each  District  and  Charge, 
within  its  bounds,  sustained  in  whole  or  in  part  by 
said  Conference  as  a  Mission,  together  with  the 
amount  of  missionary  money  appropriated  to  such 
for  the  year,  and  also  the  number  of  years  that  each 
Mission  has  received  assistance  from  the  Missionary 
Treasury,  and  whether  consecutively  or  otherwise, 
and  such  other  information  as  may  be  required  by 
the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension. 
258 


Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  •[  400 

Each  Annual  Conference  shall  arrange,  in  such 
way  as  it  may  deem  best,  for  an  anniversary  of  the 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  to 
be  held  during  the  session  of  the  Conference. 


IX.  Duties  of  District  Superintendents 
H  400.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  District  Super- 
intendent to  bring  the  subject  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  before  the  Quarterly  Conference 
of  each  Charge  within  his  District  at  the  last  Quar- 
terly Conference  in  each  year;  and  said  Quarterly 
Conference  shall  appoint  a  Committee,  to  be  called 
the  Committee  on  Home  Missions  and  Church  Exten- 
sion, whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  aid  the  Pastor  in  carry- 
ing into  effect  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  and 
plans  of  the  Board  for  the  support  of  this  cause,  and 
in  securing  at  least  the  amount  asked  of  the  Circuit 
or  Station;  and  the  District  Superintendent  shall  in- 
quire in  each  Quarterly  Conference  of  each  year  what 
has  been  done  for  this  cause,  and  whether  the  amount 
asked  has  been  received;  and  if  not,  he  shall  urgently 
request  that  such  measures  be  taken  as  will  secure 
the  amount  before  the  close  of  the  year.  He  shall 
see  that  the  provisions  of  this  section  are  faithfully 
executed  in  his  District.  He  shall  inquire  at  each 
session  of  the  Quarterly  Conference  whether  the 
Sunday  Schools  have  been  organized  into  Missionary 
Societies,  and  if  the  cause  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  has  been  properly  represented  in 
each  school.  He  shall  also  urge  that  the  cause  of 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  shall  be  pre- 
sented to  the  Congregations  and  people  separately 
from  every  other  collection. 

259 


1"  401  Home  Missions  and  Chukch  Extension 

X.  Duties  of  Pastors 

If  401,  §  1.  The  support  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension  is  committed  to  the  Churches, 
Congregations,  and  Societies  as  such.  It  shall  be 
the  duty  of  the  Pastor,  aided  by  the  Committee  on 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  to  provide 
for  the  diffusion  of  information  concerning  the  work 
of  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Churcb  Exten- 
sion. He  shall  preach,  or  cause  to  be  preached,  a 
sermon  on  this  subject  in  each  Congregation  every 
year.  He  shall  secure  a  separate  presentation  of 
the  cause  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension, 
and  a  collection  separate  from  every  other  cause  for 
the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Churcb  Extension, 
and  solicit,  aided  by  the  Committee  on  Home  Mis- 
sions and  Church  Extension,  a  contribution  from  each 
member  of  the  Church  and  Congregation,  endeavor- 
ing to  secure  at  least  the  amount  asked  as  above 
provided;  and  he  shall,  at  the  Annual  Conference, 
report  the  amount  received.  He  shall  also  invite 
special  contributions  in  aid  of  the  Annuity  Funds 
and  Loan  Fund  of  the  Board.  Each  Pastor  is  exhort- 
ed to  utilize  the  services  of  the  Committee  appointed 
by  the  Quarterly  Conference. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor,  aided  by 
the  Committee  on  Home  Missions  and  Church  Exten- 
sion, to  institute  a  bimonthly  missionary  prayer  meet- 
ing or  lecture  in  each  Society,  Church,  Congregation, 
or  Sunday  School  wherever  practicable,  for  the  pur- 
pose of  imploring  the  divine  blessing  on  Home  Mis- 
sions and  Church  Extension,  and  for  the  diffusion 
of  missionary  intelligence. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  to  see  that 
each  Sunday  School  on  his  Charge  is  organized  into 
260 


Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  1  402 

a  Missionary  Society,  and  that  at  least  one  Sunday  of 
each  month  is  observed  in  the  interest  of  Missions 
and  a  collection  taken,  which  shall  be  divided  equally 
between  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  and  the 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension; 
and  all  contributions  of  the  Sunday  Schools  shall  be 
reported  in  a  separate  column  in  the  Annual  and 
General  Minutes.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Sunday 
School  Missionary  Society  to  provide,  with  the  con- 
sent of  the  Sunday  School  Board,  for  brief  mission- 
ary exercises  in  the  Sunday  School  on  the  day  that 
the  monthly  missionary  collection  is  taken,  to  cause 
suitable  literature  to  be  distributed  in  the  Sunday 
School,  and  to  arrange  for  occasional  missionary 
concerts.  The  Sunday  School  Missionary  Society 
shall  include  Home  and  Foreign  Missions  and  the 
contributions  shall  be  divided  equally  between  the 
two  Boards. 


XI.  Applications  for  Qitirch  Extension  Aid 
402,  §  1.    All  applications  for  Church  Extension 
aid  shall  be  made  in  accordance  with  blank  form,  to 
be  furnished  by  the  Board  of  Home  Missions 'and 
Church  Extension.    Every  such  application  shall  be 
forwarded  to  the  Conference  Board,  and  the  Confer- 
ence Board  ^hall  forward  the  same,  with  proper 
recommendations,   to  the  Corresponding  Secretary, 
who  shall  submit  all  applications  to  the  Board  of 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  at  a  regular 
or  special  meeting.   And  the  Board  shall  not  consider 
any  application  without  the  recommendation  of  the 
Conference  Board,  except  as  hereinbefore  provided. 
§  2.  Nothing  in  the  chapter  defining  the  Conference 
261 


^  403  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society 


organization  of  the  work  of  the  Board  of  Home  Mis- 
sions and  Church  Extension  shall  supersede  or  affect 
the  administration  of  the  Missionary  work  and  ap- 
propriations in  cities  as  provided  for  in  the  chapter 
on  City  Evangelization. 


CHAPTER  V 
WOMAN'S  HOME  MISSIONARY  SOCIETY 

%  403.  There  shall  be  an  organization  known  as 
the  Woman's  Home  Missionary  Society  of  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church,  which  Society  shall  have 
authority  to  collect  and  disburse  money,  employ  Mis- 
sionaries, and  do  work  among  the  neglected  popula- 
tions in  the  home  field  under  the  same  Disciplinary 
rules  and  regulations  as  those  which  apply  to  the 
"Woman's  Foreign  Missionary  Society,  except  the  re- 
quirements contained  in  H  388,  §§  2,  3. 


CHAPTER  VI 
aXY  EVANGELIZATION 


I.  National  City  Evangelization  Union 


If  404,  §  1.    For  the  promotion  and  coordination 
of  the  work  of  evangelization  there  shall  be  an  or- 
ganization known  as  the  National  City  Evangeliza- 
tion Union.    It  shall  be  composed  of  representatives 
262 


City  Evangelization 


f  404 


from  all  the  local  organizations  or  Unions,  by  what- 
ever name  known,  in  the  cities  of  the  United  States, 
working  for  City  Evangelization  and  City  Church 
Extension  under  the  auspices  of  the  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church. 

§  2.  The  object  of  the  National  City  Evangelization 
Union  is  to  promote  the  efficiency  of  the  local  Unions, 
to  bring  them  into  helpful  and  fraternal  relations, 
to  encourage  the  formation  of  similar  Unions  in  all 
the  cities,  or  in  communities  contiguous  to  each 
other  where  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  has 
three  or  more  Charges,  and,  in  general,  to  keep  be- 
fore the  Church  its  responsibility  for  the  evangeliza- 
tion of  the  cities.  It  shall  work  in  cooperation  with 
the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension, 
and  shall  be  entitled  to  elect  three  of  its  members 
to  represent  it  in  the  General  Committee  of  Home 
Missions  and  Church  Extension.  Should  a  •  Bureau 
of  Cities  be  organized  by  that  Society,  it  shall 
elect  three  of  its  members  to  represent  it  on  that 
Bureau. 

§  3.  The  Board  of  Managers  shall  consist  of  the 
officers  of  the  Society  and  of  thirty  other  members. 
Laymen  and  Ministers,  who  shall  be  elected  at  such, 
times  as  the  Constitution  of  the  National  Union 
shall  provide.  The  Bishops,  the  executive  officers  of 
each  local  Union,  the  executive  officers  of  the  Board 
of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  and  three 
members  chosen  by  that  Board  shall  be  ex  officio 
members  of  the  Board.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the 
Corresponding  Secretary  elected  by  the  National  City 
Evangelization  Union  to  conduct  the  correspondence 
of  the  Union,  and  in  general  to  promote  the  interests 
of  City  Evangelization  throughout  the  Church  by 


^  405  City  Evangelization 


the  circulation  of  literature,  the  visitation  of  cities 
and  Annual  Conferences,  and  by  such  cooperation 
with  the  local  Unions  and  the  Board  of  Home  Mis- 
sions and  Church  Extension  as  may  be  found  practi- 
cable. 

§  4.  The  National  Union  shall  present  to  each 
General  Conference  a  report,  for  the  quadrennium 
next  preceding,  of  its  general  condition  and  work, 
and  of  the  status,  financial  and  otherwise,  of  all  the 
federated  Unions. 


II.  Local  Unions 

H  405,  §  1.  To  promote  City  Evangelization  and 
City  Church  Extension  in  the  United  States  it  is 
recommended  that,  in  every  city  or  in  communities 
contiguous  to  each  other,  where  the  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church  has  three  or  more  Charges,  a  local 
Union  be  organized  with  such  name  and  board  of 
management  as  it  shall  determine;  provided,  that 
€very  Pastor  in  the  territory  covered  by  the  So- 
ciety's Constitution  or  Charter,  and  every  District 
Superintendent  having  jurisdiction  therein,  and  the 
resident  Bishop,  if  there  be  one,  shall  be  recognized 
as  members  of  the  Board,  and  that  each  Quarterly 
Conference  shall  be  entitled  to  at  least  one  repre- 
sentative in  said  Board. 

§  2.  The  local  Union  may  properly  include,  among 
■other  objects,  in  the  scope  of  its  work  the  organizing 
of  Churches  and  Sunday  Schools,  the  erection  of 
buildings,  the  aid  of  weak  Churches,  the  transforma- 
tion of  downtown  Churches  into  new  centers  with 
modern  methods  of  service,  Missions  to  foreign  popu- 
lations, the  maintenance  of  kindergarten  and  indus- 
264 


City  Evangelization  •[  405 


trial  schools,  the  promotion  of  evangelistic,  social, 
and  settlement  work,  the  support  of  rescue  Missions 
and  of  institutions  for  the  relief  of  the  destitute  and 
the  recovery  of  the  outcast.  A  local  Union  may  also 
combine  with  its  plans  for  evangelization  methods 
for  promoting  the  connectional  social  life  of  the  local 
Churches. 

§  3.  There  shall  be  recognized  three  classes  of 
cities: 

1.  To  the  first  class  belong  those  in  which  there  is 
a  local  Society  organized  under  the  general  form 
required  in  %  405,  effectively  at  work  and  administer- 
ing funds  raised  locally  as  well  as  those  appropriated 
by  the  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension. 

2.  To  the  second  class  belong  those  in  which,  either 
from  lack  of  local  interest  or  from  inadequate  organ- 
ization, the  local  Society  is  but  partially  developed. 

3.  To  the  third  class  belong  those  in  which,  though 
the  conditions  in  §  1  are  fulfilled  and  the  need  of 
organization  is  apparent,  no  local  Society  has  been 
formed. 

The  National  City  Evangelization  Union  shall  have 
authority  to  determine  this  classification. 

§  4.  To  the  organizations  in  cities  of  the  first  class 
appropriations  shall  be  made  by  the  General  Commit- 
tee of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension,  to  be 
administered  as  provided  for  in  H  405,  and  to  these 
societies  the  relation  of  the  Board  of  Home  Missions 
and  Church  Extension  shall  be  simply  advisory. 

In  the  case  of  Societies  in  cities  of  the  second  class, 
the  administration  shall  be  determined  by  the  Gen- 
eral Committee  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension and  the  relation  of  the  Board  of  Home  Mis- 


1  406 


City  Evangelizatiox 


sions  and  Church  Extension  may  be  directive,  the 
aim  of  the  Board  being  in  the  cities  of  the  second 
class  to  develop  the  local  Societies  so  that  to  them, 
when  duly  organized  and  in  operation,  may  be  com- 
mitted the  Missionary  work  of  the  city,  such  organiza- 
tions, as  rapidly  as  possible,  placing  the  cities  among 
those  of  the  first  class. 

In  the  cities  of  the  third  class,  the  Board  of  Home 
Missions  and  Church  Extension  shall  directly  or 
through  its  Bureau  of  Cities,  should  such  a  depart- 
ment be  formed,  actively  undertake  Mission  work  in 
connection  with  local  forces,  associating  such  forces 
whenever  feasible  into  a  local  organization  and  hav- 
ing in  view  the  efBcieticy  of  the  work,  the  raising 
of  the  city  as  early  as  practicable  to  the  first  class. 

§  5.  The  local  Unions  shall  have  authority  each 
in  tbe  territory  covered  by  its  Constitution  or  Char- 
ter to  collect  and  disburse  money  for  the  objects 
contemplated  in  its  organization. 


III.  Duties  of  District  Superintendents,  Pastors,  etc. 
IT  406,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  a  District 
Superintendent  whose  District  covers  in  whole,  or 
in  part,  a  city  or  contiguous  communities  where  there 
are  three  or  more  Charges,  to  cooperate  with  the 
Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension  in 
securing  the  organization  of  a  local  Union  as  herein 
provided,  and  he  shall  exercise  special  supervision 
over  it  until  other  provision  be  made  for  its  superin- 
tendence; he  shall  include  in  his  annual  report  to 
the  Annual  Conference  a  statement  of  the  needs  and 
conditions  of  the  local  Unions  on  his  District. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  Pastor  stationed 
266 


Education 


1  407 


within  the  territory  included  in  the  Charter  or  Con- 
stitution of  any  local  Union  duly  organized  according 
to  the  Discipline  once  each  year  to  present  the 
cause  of  City  Evangelization  to  his  Congregation,  ta 
take  up  a  collection  for  the  local  Society,  and  to  re- 
port  the  amount  to  the  Annual  Conference. 

§  3.  The  Annual  Conferences  are  directed  to  take 
such  friendly  cognizance  of  the  local  Unions  within 
their  bounds  as  may  promote  their  efficiency  and 
facilitate  their  work  and  also  to  provide  for  the  pub- 
lication of  their  tabulated'reports  in  tlie  Conference 
Minutes. 

§  4.  The  General  Committee  of  Home  Missions 
and  Church  Extension  shall  cooperate  with  the  Na- 
tional City  Evangelization  Union  in  its  plans  for 
agitation  and  education  and  shall  promote,  as  far  as 
possible,  the  work  of  the  local  Societies  in  the  several 
cities. 


CHAPTER  VII 
BOARD  OF  EDUCATION 

I.  Incorporation  and  Officers 


If  407,  §  1.  For  the  promotion  of  the  educational 
work  of  the  Church  there  shall  be  a  Board  known 
as  the  Board  of  Education  of  the  Methodist  Episco- 
pal Church.  The  Board  of  Education  of  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church,  as  now  duly  incorporated 
according  to  the  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York,  shall 
be  recognized  as  said  Board  of  Education  until 
changed  by  the  General  Conference.  And  the  said 
267 


t  408 


Education 


Board  shall  manage  its  affairs  and  property  in  such 
manner  as  shall  not  be  inconsistent  with  its  Charter 
or  the  rules  and  regulations  of  said  General  Confer- 
ence. 

§  2.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  consist  of  thirty- 
six  members,  one  half  to  be  Laymen,  and  at  least 
three  to  be  Bishops,  with  at  least  one  member  resi- 
dent in  each  General  Conference  District.  These 
members  shall  be  elected  by  the  General  Conference 
and  shall  hold  office  for  twelve  years;  one  third  of 
the  Board  shall  be  elected  *t  each  General  Conference, 
provided  that  upon  the  first  election,  one  third  of  the 
members  shall  be  elected  for  four  years,  one  third 
for  eight  years,  and  one  third  for  twelve  years. 

T[  408.  The  Corresponding  Secretary  shall  be 
elected  by  the  General  Conference.  He  shall,  under 
the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  and  the  direction  of 
the  Board,  conduct  the  correspondence,  and  shall  in 
all  his  official  conduct  be  subject  to  the  authority 
and  control  of  the  Board,  by  whom  his  salary  shall 
be  fixed  and  paid.  •  His  time  shall  be  employed  in 
conducting  the  affairs  of  the  Board  and,  under  its 
direction,  in  promoting  its  general  interests  by  trav- 
eling or  otherwise. 

Any  vacancy  in  this  office,  caused  by  death,  resig- 
nation, or  otherwise,  shall  be  filled  by  the  Board, 
until  the  Bishops,  or  a.  majority  of  them,  shall  fill 
the  vacancy.   


n.  Powers 

%  409,  §  1.   No  institution  of  learning  shall  be  rec- 
ognized by  the  Board  of  Education  as  under  the  aus- 
pices of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  be  inserted 
in  its  classified  list  of  such  institutions,  or  receive 
268 


Education 


•  410 


aid  from  its  connectional  educational  funds,  unless  it 
first  have  the  approval  of  the  Annual  Conference 
within  whose  bounds  it  is  located,  and  of  the  Con- 
ferences associated  in  its  management,  and  unless 
also  (if  it  is  of  collegiate  grade,  and  established  after 
July,  1896)  it  shall  have  secured  the  approval  of  the 
Board  of  Education  before  its  establishment. 

§  2.  In  the  case  of  any  institution  hereafter  estab- 
lished contrary  to  the  provisions  in  §  1  of  this  para- 
graph, the  Board  of  Education,  on  formal  complaint 
made  to  it  by  any  Annual  Conference  interested,  shall 
fix  a  time  and  place  for  hearing  the  authorities  of  the 
said  institution,  and  other  institutions  affected  there- 
by, and  shall  advise  such  adjustment  of  the  relation 
between  them  as  shall  seem  wise  and  proper  under 
the  circumstances. 

§  3.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  recognize  as 
auxiliaries  such  Educational  Societies  as  now  exist, 
or  may  hereafter  be  created,  provided  such  Societies 
prosecute  their  work  in  harmony  with  the  principles 
and  methods  of  the  Board  of  Education. 

410,  §  1.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  receive, 
invest,  and  disburse  the  fund  known  as  the  "Sunday 
School  Children's  Fund"  and  such  other  funds  as  are 
now  in  its  hands  or  may  be  specially  committed  to  it 
for  educational  purposes.  414. 

§  2.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  administer  the 
Children's  Fund  to  assist  worthy  young  people,  mem- 
bers of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  in  obtaining 
a  more  advanced  education.  The  aid  shall  be  granted 
only  in  the  form  of  loans,  but  the  Board  shall  have 
the  authority  to  cancel  said  loans,  in  part  or  in  whole, 
for  protracted  ill  health,  or  for  five  years'  actual 
missionary  service. 

269 


1"  411 


Educatioj^ 


m.  Educational  Institutions 
H  411,  §  1.  The  educational  institutions  under  the 
patronage  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  shall 
be  classified  as  follows: 

1.  Primary  Schools. 

2.  Secondary  Schools. 

3.  Colleges. 

4.  Universities. 

5.  Schools  of  Theology. 

§  2.  In  mission  fields  and  other  localities  where  in- 
adequate provision  has  been  made  for  elementary 
Instruction,  primary  schools  may  be  established. 

§  3.  Wherever  the  conditions  are  favorable,  each 
Conference  may  have  under  its  direct  supervision  one 
or  more  secondary  schools  known  as  academies,  sem- 
inaries, or  collegiate  institutes. 

§  4.  Conferences  shall  not  approve  the  multiplica- 
tion of  colleges  or  imiversities  beyond  the  needs  of 
the  people  or  their  ability  to  equip  and  sustain  them. 

§  5.  Theological  schools,  whose  professors  are  nom- 
inated or  confirmed  by  the  Bishops,  exist  for  the  bene- 
fit of  the  whole  Church.  It  is  the  duty  of  the  Bishops, 
District  Superintendents,  and  Pastors  to  direct  the 
attention  of  our  young  people  to  our  literary  institu- 
tions, and  of  the  candidates  for  our  Ministry,  having 
proper  qualifications,  to  our  theological  seminaries. 

§  6.  The  Board  of  Education  shall  publish  in  its 
annual  reports  a  list  of  all  the  educational  institu- 
tions under  the  patronage  of  the  Methodist  Episco- 
pal Church,  classifying  the  same  according  to  the 
provisions  contained  in  §  1  of  this  paragraph. 


270 


Education 


1"  412 


IV.  University  Senate 

1  412,  §  1.  There  shall  be  a  University  Senate  of 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  quadrennially  ap- 
pointed by  the  Bishops  under  the  authority  of  the 
General  Conference.  It  shall  be  composed  of  persons 
actively  engaged  in  the  work  of  education,  one  from 
each  General  Conference  District  and  one  at  large. 
It  is  not  required  that  the  Conference  relation  of  a 
ministerial  member  be  held  in  the  General  Confer- 
ence District  which  he  represents,  provided  his  resi- 
dence and  educational  work  are  within  such  District. 
If,  in  consequence  of  the  retirement  of  a  member 
from  educational  work,  or  from  any  other  cause,  a 
vacancy  occur  in  the  body  during  the  quadrennium, 
it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Bishops  at  their  next  semi- 
annual meeting  to  fill  said  vacancy. 

§  2.  The  Senate  shall  determine  and  at  least  quad- 
rennially revise  the  minimum  equivalents  of  aca- 
demic work  to  be  required  for  promotion  to  the 
Baccalaureate  degrees  in  the  educational  institutions 
of  our  Church.  The  curricula  thus  determined  shall 
«  provide  for  the  historical  and  literary  study  of  the 
Bible  in  the  vernacular.  In  general,  the  Senate  shall 
have  authority  to  protect  the  educational  standards 
of  our  Church. 

§  3.  At  the  written  request  of  the  President  and 
Corresponding  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Education, 
or  at  the  written  request  of  any  three  of  its  own 
members,  the  Senate  shall  investigate  the  scholastic 
requirements  and  methods  of  any  designated  institu- 
tion claiming  to  be  under  the  patronage  of  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church,  and  shall  report  to  the  Board 
of  Education  its  decision  as  to  whether  the  require- 
271 


1  413 


Education 


ments  and  methods  of  said  institution  are  such  as  to 
justify  its  official  recognition  by  the  authorities  o£ 
the  Church.  Such  decision  shall  thereafter  govern 
the  action  of  the  Board  of  Education. 

§  4.  The  Senate  shall  at  least  quadrennially  report 
to  the  Board  of  Education  its  requirements  and  de- 
cisions, and  on  the  basis  of  these  the  Board  of  Educa- 
tion shall  in  its  official  lists  and  in  its  administration 
classify  the  educational  institutions  of  the  Church, 
whatever  their  legal  or  self-chosen  name  may  be. 


V.  Duties  of  District  Superintendents 
If  413,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  each  District 
Superintendent  to  bring  the  subject  of  education  be- 
fore the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference  of  each  Charge 
■within  his  District,  and  said  Conference  shall  appoint 
a  Committee  on  Education,  consisting  of  not  less  than 
three  nor  more  than  seven  persons,  of  which  Commit- 
tee the  Pastor  shall  be  chairman.  This  Committee 
shall  aid  the  Pastor  in  canvassing  the  Charge  for  the 
purpose  of  stimulating  interest  in  the  higher  educa- 
tion of  our  youth,  by  distributing  the  catalogues  and 
circulars  of  the  secondary  schools,  colleges,  universi- 
ties and  theological  institutions  of  the  Church,  and 
seeking  to  secure  the  attendance  of  our  young  people 
at  these  institutions. 

§  2.  The  District  Superintendent  at  the  fourth 
Quarterly  Conference  of  each  Charge  shall  inquire: 

1.  Has  the  Sermon  on  Education  been  preached 
during  the  year,  when,  and  by  whom? 

2.  Has  the  canvass  for  education  been  made,  and 
the  collection  for  education  been  taken?  Has  Chil- 
dren's Day  been  observed,  and  have  its  collections 

272 


Education 


1  415 


been  taken  as  required  by  the  Discipline?  How  much 
was  contributed  for  each  of  these  purposes? 

3.  What  students  in  the  Charge  are  attending  any 
of  the  secondary  schools,  colleges,  universities,  or 
theological  schools  of  the  Church? 


VI.  Dtrties  of  Pastors 
^  414,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  Pastor  to 
take  one  public  collection  annually  in  each  Society  in 
aid  of  the  work  of  education.  The  money  so  received 
shall  be  paid  over  to  such  auxiliary  of  the  Board  of 
Education,  or  institution  of  learning,  as  the  Annual 
Conference  may  direct,  or,  in  the  absence  of  Annual 
Conference  direction,  to  the  treasury  of  the  Board  of 
Education,  and  this  shall  be  reported  to  the  Annual 
Conference  under  the  head  of  "Public  Educational 
Collection." 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  Pastor  to  cause 
every  Sunday  School  under  his  charge  to  observe  the 
second  Sunday  in  June,  or  such  other  Sunday  as  may 
be  more  convenient,  as  Children's  Day,  and  upon  said 
day,  as  part  of  the  service,  he  shall  take  a  collection 
to  be  devoted  to  the  Sunday  School  Children's  Fund. 
The  Pastor  shall  forward  the  collection  aforesaid  di- 
rectly to  the  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Education, 
and  report  the  same  to  his  Annual  Conference  under 
the  head  of  "Children's  Fund." 

1l  415.  The  Treasurer  of  each  Annual  Conference 
at  the  close  of  each  Conference  session  shall  report  to 
the  Board  of  Education  the  amount  of  all  moneys 
raised  for  educational  purposes  and  the  objects  to 
which  they  have  been  applied. 

273 


^  416  Sunday  Schools 


CHAPTER  VIII 
BOARD  OF  SUNDAY  SCHOOLS 


I.  Incorporation 


H  416,  §  1.  For  the  moral  and  religious  instruc- 
tion of  our  children,  and  for  the  promotion  of  Bible 
knowledge  among  all  our  people,  there  shall  be  a 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools,  duly  incorporated  according 
to  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Illinois,  and  having  its 
headquarters  in  the  city  of  Chicago.  The  said  Board 
shall  have  general  oversight  of  all  the  Sunday  School 
interests  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  and 
shall  be  subject  to  such  rules  and  regulations  as  the 
General  Conference  may  from  time  to  time  prescribe. 

§  2.  The  work  of  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools 
shall  be  to  found  Sunday  Schools  in  needy  neighbor- 
hoods; to  contribute  to  the  support  of  those  Sunday 
Schools  which,  without  assistance,  cannot  continue; 
to  educate  the  Church  in  all  phases  of  Sunday  School 
work,  constantly  endeavoring  to  raise  ideals  and  to 
improve  methods;  to  give  impulse  and  direction  in 
general  to  the  study  of  the  Bible  in  the  Church.  All 
the  work  of  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools  shall  be 
done  under  a  Board  of  Managers  to  be  elected  by 
the  General  Conference,  upon  nomination  by  the 
Board  of  Bishops,  to  consist  of  twenty-seven  mem- 
bers, three  of  whom  shall  be  effective  Bishops 
and  twenty-four  other  members,  Lay  and  Clerical, 
274 


Sunday  Schools 


1"  417 


expert  in  Sunday  School  work,  with  at  least  one 
member  resident  in  each  General  Conference  Dis- 
trict. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board  of  Managers 
to  revise  annually  the  list  of  Managers,  and  in  case 
of  inattention  by  any  Manager  to  the  duties  of  the 
office,  it  shall  declare  his  seat  vacant. 


II.  Corresponding  Secretary 

417,  §  1.  The  Corresponding  Secretary  shall  be 
elected  by  the  General  Conference  and  shall  be  the 
chief  executive  officer  of  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools. 
Under  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  and  the  au- 
thority, direction,  and  control  of  the  Board,  he  shall 
conduct  the  correspondence  and  business,  and  shall 
be  an  advisory  member  thereof.  His  time  shall  be 
employed  in  conducting  the  affairs  and  in  promoting 
the  general  interests  of  the  Board  by  traveling  or 
otherwise.  He  shall  be  the  Superintendent  of  the 
Department  of  Sunday  School  instruction.  The 
Editor  of  Sunday  School  Literature  shall  also  be  an 
advisory  member  of  this  Board.  The  Board  of  Man- 
agers of  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools,  having  each 
year  made  an  estimate  of  the  sum  of  money  needed 
for  the  educational,  benevolent,  and  Missionary  work 
of  the  Board,  the  Corresponding  Secretary  shall 
notify  District  Superintendents  and  Pastors  of  the 
proportion  needed  from  the  respective  Charges. 

§  2.  The  Board  of  Managers  shall  have  power  to 
suspend  the  Corresponding  Secretary  or  Treasurer 
for  a  cause  to  them  sufficient,  and  a  time  shall  be 
fixed  by  the  Board  at  as  early  a  date  as  practicable 
for  the  investigation  of  the  official  conduct  of  said 
275 


1  418 


Sunday  Schools 


Secretary  or  Treasurer,  due  notice  of  which  shall  be" 
given  by  them  to  the  Bishops,  who  shall  select  one  of 
their  number  to  be  present  and  preside  at  the  in- 
vestigation. 

§  3.  Any  vacancy  in  this  office  caused  by  death, 
resignation,  or  otherwise,  shall  be  filled  by  the  Board 
until  the  Bishops,  or  a  majority  of  them,  shall  fill  the 
vacancy. 

^418.  The  General  Conference  shall  elect  each 
quadrennium  an  Editor  of  Sunday  School  Literature. 
He  shall  also,  in  consultation  with  the  Publishing 
Agents,  the  Board  of  Managers,  and  the  Correspond- 
ing Secretary,  have  charge  of  the  Department  of 
Sunday  School  Requisites,  including  books  of  instruc- 
tion for  Sunday  Schools.  The  Editor  of  German  Sun- 
day School  publications  in  Cincinnati  shall  be  the 
German  Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Board  of  Sunday 
Schools,  without  additional  salary. 


III.  Local  Sanday  School  Board 
If  419,  §  1.  Every  Sunday  School  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church  shall  be  under  the  supervision  of  a 
Local  Sunday  School  Board,  and  shall  be  auxiliary  to 
the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools  of  the  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church. 

§  2.  The  Local  Sunday  School  Board  shall  consist 
of  the  Pastor,  who  shall  be  ex  officio  chairman,  the 
Sunday  School  Committee  appointed  by  the  Quarterly 
Conference,  the  Superintendent,  the  Assistant  Super- 
intendents, heads  of  departments,  the  duly  elected 
Secretaries,  Treasurer,  and  Librarians,  the  Teachers 
of  the  School,  the  Assistant  Teachers  who  are  nom- 
inated and  elected  in  the  same  way  as  the  Teachers, 
276 


Sunday  Schools  1"  420 


and  the  President  of  the  Sunday  School  Missionary 
Society.  In  case  of  the  withdrawal  of  Officers  or 
Teachers  from  the  School,  they  shall  cease  to  be  mem- 
bers of  the  Board. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Local  Sunday  School 
Board,  whenever  practicable,  to  organize  the  Schools 
into  Temperance  Societies,  under  such  rules  and 
regulations  as  the  Board  may  prescribe,  the  duty  of 
which  Societies  shall  be  to  see  that  temperance  in- 
struction is  imparted  to  the  School,  and  to  secure,  so 
far  as  possible,  the  pledging  of  its  members  to  total 
abstinence. 

§  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent,  to- 
gether with  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board,  to  take 
a  collection  in  the  School  at  least  once  a  year  for 
the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools. 


IV.  Officers  and  Teachers 
H  420,  §  1.  The  Superintendent  shall  be  nomi- 
nated annually  by  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board, 
and  confirmed  by  the  Quarterly  Conference  at  its 
session  after  such  nomination,  and  in  case  of  a 
vacancy  the  Pastor  shall  superintend  or  secure  the 
superintending  of  the  School  until  such  time  as  a 
Superintendent  nominated  by  the  Local  Sunday 
School  Board '  shall  be  confirmed  by  the  Quarterly 
Conference. 

§  2.  The  other  Officers  of  the  School  shall  be 
elected  by  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board. 

§  3.  The  Teachei-s  of  the  School  shall  be  nominated 
by  the  Superintendent,  after  having  received  the 
concurrence  of  the  Pastor,  and  shall  be  elected  by 
the  Local  Sunday  School  Board. 

277 


^421  Sunday  Schools 


§  4.  The  place  of  any  Officer  or  Teacher  habitually 
neglecting  his  or  her  duty,  being  inefficient,  or  guilty 
of  improper  conduct,  may  be  declared  vacant  by  a 
vote  of  two  thirds  of  the  Board  present  at  any  reg- 
ular or  special  meeting.  When  a  Teacher  ceases  to 
teach,  membership  in  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board 
shall  thereby  be  discontinued. 

§  5.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Superintendent  to 
report  to  each  Quarterly  Conference: 

1.  Name  of  Sunday  School. 

2.  Number  of  Officers  and  Teachers. 

3.  Number  of  Scholars  in  all  grades. 

4.  Average  Attendance. 

5.  Number  of  Scholars  in  Home  Department. 

6.  Number  of  Members  on  the  Cradle  Roll. 

7.  Number  of  Officers  and  Teachers  members  of  the 
Church  or  Probationers. 

8.  Number  of  Scholars  (whether  attendants,  or 
members  of  Home  Department)  members  of  the 
Church  or  Probationers. 

9.  Number  of  members  of  the  Sunday  School  con- 
verted during  the  quarter. 

10.  Current  expenses  for  the  quarter. 

11.  Amount  raised  for  Missions  during  the  quarter. 

12.  Amount  raised  for  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools 
during  the  quarter.   

V,  Dttties  of  District  Superintendents 
H  421,  §  1.    It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District 
Superintendent  to  apportion  to  the  Charges  on  his 
District  such  part  of  the  total  amount  that  may  be 
assumed  by  the  Annual  Conference  for  the  Board  of 
Sunday  Schools  as  properly  belongs  to  his  District. 
§  2.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Superin- 
278 


Sunday  Schools  1"  422 

tendent  to  bring  the  subject  of  Sunday  Schools  before 
the  fourth  Quarterly  Conference;  and  said  Quarterly 
Conference  shall  appoint  a  Committee  of  members 
of  our  Church  of  not  less  than  three  nor  more  than 
nine  for  each  Sunday  School  in  the  Charge,  to  be 
called  the  Committee  on  Sunday  Schools,  whose  duty 
it  shall  be  to  aid  the  Pastor  and  the  Officers  of 
the  Sunday  Schools  in  procuring  suitable  Teachers,  in 
promoting  in  all  proper  ways  the  attendance  of  chil- 
dren and  adults  on  our  Sunday  Schools  and  at  our 
regular  public  worship,  and  in  raising  money  to  meet 
the  expenses  of  the  Sunday  Schools  of  the  Charge. 
Of  this  Committee  the  Pastor  shall  be  chairman. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Superin- 
tendent to  aid  in  all  possible  ways  in  developing  the 
efficiency  of  existing  Sunday  Schools  and  especially 
in  establishing  and  fostering  new  Schools. 


VI.  Duties  of  Pastors 

H  422,  §  1.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor, 
aided  by  the  Superintendent  and  the  Committee  on 
Sunday  Schools,  to  decide  as  to  what  books  and  other 
publications  shall  be  used  in  the  Sunday  Schools. 

§  2.  It  shall  be  the  special  duty  of  the  Pastor,  with 
the  aid  of  the  other  Preachers  and  the  Committee  on 
Sunday  Schools,  to  form  Sunday  Schools  in  all  our 
Congregations  where  ten  persons  can  be  collected  for 
that  purpose,  which  Schools  shall  be  auxiliary  to  the 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church ;  to  engage  the  cooperation  of  as  many  of  our 
members  as  they  can;  to  visit  the  Schools  as  often  as 
practicable,  to  preach  on  the  subject  of  Sunday 
Schools  and  the  religious  instruction  of  children  in 
279 


1"  422  Sunday  Schools 


each  Congregation  at  least  once  in  six  months;  to 
form  classes,  wherever  they  can,  for  the  instruction 
of  the  larger  children,  youth,  and  adults  in  the  Word 
of  God;  and  where  they  cannot  superintend  them  per- 
sonally, to  see  that  suitable  Teachers  are  provided 
for  that  purpose. 

§  3.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  to  enforce 
faithfully  upon  parents  and  Sunday  School  Teachers 
the  great  importance  of  instructing  children  in  the 
doctrines  and  duties  of  our  holy  religion;  to  see  that 
our  Catechisms  be  used  as  extensively  as  possible  in 
our  Sunday  Schools  and  families;  and  to  preach  to 
the  children,  and  catechise  them  publicly  in  the  Sun- 
day Schools  and  at  public  meetings  appointed  for 
that  purpose. 

§  4.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Pastor  in  his  pas- 
toral visits  to  pay  special  attention  to  the  children; 
to  speak  to  them  personally  and  kindly  according 
to  their  capacity  on  the  subject  of  experimental  and 
practical  godliness;  to  pray  earnestly  for  them;  and 
diligently  instruct  and  exhort  all  parents  to  dedicate 
their  children  to  the  Lord  in  Baptism  as  early  as 
convenient. 

§  5.  Each  Pastor  shall  lay  before  the  Quarterly 
Conference,  to  be  entered  on  its  Journal,  the  number 
and  state  of  the  Sunday  Schools  in  his  Charge,  and 
the  extent  to  which  he  has  preached  to  the  children 
and  catechised  them,  and  shall  make  the  required 
report  on  Sunday  Schools  to  his  Annual  Conference. 

§  6.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  every  Pastor  to  cause 
each  Church  under  his  Charge  to  observe  the  last 
Sunday  in  October,  or  such  other  Sunday  as  may  be 
more  convenient,  as  Sunday  School  Day,  and  upon 
said  day  as  part  of  the  service  he  shall  take  a  collec- 
280 


Conference  Claimants 


1  423 


tion  to  be  devoted  to  the  maintenance  and  advance- 
ment of  our  Sunday  School  work  throughout  the 
bounds  of  the  Church.  The  Pastor  shall  forward  the 
said  collection  directly  to  the  Corresponding  Secre- 
tary of  the  Board  of  Sunday  Schools. 


CHAPTER  IX 
BOARD  OF  CONFERENCE  CLAIMANTS 

I.  Authorization  and  Officers 


H  423,  §  1.  There  shall  be  a  Board  of  Conference 
Claimants  nominated  by  the  Bishops  and  elected  by 
the  General  Conference,  consisting  of  one  effective 
Bishop,  seven  Ministers  and  seven  Laymen.  No  Con- 
ference shall  have  more  than  one  representative  on 
the  Board. 

§  2.  The  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  shall  be 
duly  and  legally  incorporated,  according  to  the  laws 
of  the  State  of  Illinois,  with  such  powers  and  pre- 
rogatives as  shall  be  needful  for  the  accomplishing 
of  the  objects  of  the  Board  as  herein  stated.  This 
Board  is  authorized  to  adopt  such  measures  as  in 
its  judgment  are  necessary  to  build  up  and  administer 
a  permanent  Connectional  Fund  which  is  hereby  es- 
tablished, and  to  increase  the  revenues  for  the  bene- 
fit of  Conference  Claimants;  provided,  however,  that 
no  part  of  the  expense  of  administration  shall  be 
taken  from  the  percentage  forwarded  by  the  Annual 
Conferences,  but  the  expenses  of  such  administra-. 
tion  shall  be  paid  from  such  other  funds,  not  other- 
wise designated,  as  may  be  in  the  hands  of  the  Board 
281 


1"  424         Conference  Claimants 


of  Conference  Claimants.  Seven  members  shall  con- 
stitute a  quorum.  The  ofllce  of  the  Board  shall  be 
in  Chicago,  Illinois. 

§  3.  The  terms  of  service  of  the  members  of  this 
Board  shall  be  for  four  years,  and  continue  until 
their  successors  are  duly  elected  and  qualified. 
"Vacancies  occurring  during  the  Interval  of  the  Gen- 
eral Conference  shall  be  filled  by  the  Board  upon 
nomination  by  the  Bishops.  The  Board  shall  convene 
upon  the  second  Tuesday  in  July,  following  their 
election,  and  thereafter  at  such  times  as  shall  be  fixed 
by  the  Board.  The  Board  shall  make  a  detailed  re- 
port to  the  General  Conference. 

[N.  B.— The  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  is 
held  on  the  Wednesday  immediately  following  the  second  Monday  in 
January.] 


II.  Corresponding  Secretary 

^  424.  There  shall  be  a  Corresponding  Secretary 
of  like  standing  and  duties  as  the  Corresponding 
Secretaries  of  the  other  benevolent  Boards,  who  shall 
be  elected  by  the  General  Conference,  and  shall  be 
the  chi«f  executive  officer  of  the  Board.  Under  the 
provisions  of  the  Discipline  and  the  authority,  direc- 
tion, and  control  of  the  Board  he  shall  conduct  the 
correspondence  and  business,  and  shall  be  an  advi- 
sory member  thereof.  His  time  shall  be  employed  in 
conducting  the  affairs  and  promoting  the  general  in- 
terests of  the  Board. 


III.  Connectional  Fund  for  Conference  Qaimants 
1[  425,  §  1.  The  Connectional  Fund  for  Conference 
Claimants  is  established  that  the  Preachers  and  the 
282 


Conference  Claimants         1^  426 


people  of  the  stronger  Annual  Conferences  may  be 
united  with  those  of  the  weaker  Conferences  in  one 
connectional  plan  in  order  that,  by  this  cooperation, 
a  more  equitable  and  general  support  may  be  secured 
for  Superannuated  Preachers  and  other  Conference 
Claimants,  especially  for  those  in  the  more  needy 
Conferences. 

§  2.  This  Fund  consists  of: 

1.  The  five  per  cent  of  the  annual  collections  for 
Conference  Claimants  forwarded  from  the  Annual 
Conferences.  %  312. 

2.  The  income  of  the  Permanent  Connectional 
Fund. 

3.  The  income  from  funds,  endowments,  bequests, 
and  grants,  or  money  for  permanent  investments, 
or  property  held  in  trust,  for  this  Fund. 

4.  The  income  from  all  bequests  for  the  benefit 
of  Conference  Claimants,  the  custody  or  administra- 
tion of  which  is  not  otherwise  designated. 

5.  Such  gifts  and  bequests  as  are  made  to  this 
Fund  for  immediate  distribution. 


IV.  Administration  of  Connectional  Fond 
If  426,  §  1.    This  Connectional  Fund  shall  be  ad- 
ministered by  the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants 
of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  incorporated  by 
authority  of  the  General  Conference. 

§  2.  The  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  as  soon 
as  possible  after  January  1  of  each  year  shall  ascer- 
tain the  amount  of  the  Claimants'  Connectional  Fund 
at  their  disposal  for  distribution  to  the  Annual  Con- 
ferences. 

§  3.  The  distribution  of  this  Fund  shall  be  made  by 
283 


1"  427  Conference  Claimants 

the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  to  the  Annual 
Conferences  severally  and  not  to  the  individual 
claimant. 

§  4.  No  Conference  shall  be  eligible  to  receive  con- 
nectional  aid  unless  its  share  of  the  annual  collec- 
tions shall  have  been  paid  into  the  Connectional 
Fund. 

§  5.  The  Board  of  Conference  Claimants,  in  de- 
termining the  allowances  for  special  relief,  shall  as- 
certain from  the  authorized  reports  received  from  the 
Annual  Conferences  in  what  Conferences  the  Con- 
ference Claimants  are  in  need  of  special  relief,  and 
shall  make  the  distribution  to  such  Conferences  ac- 
cording to  the  relative  need  as  this  shall  appear 
from  these  reports;  but  the  allowances  to  such  Con- 
ferences shall  not  exceed  one  half  of  the  moneys  sub- 
ject to  distribution. 

§  6.  The  remainder  of  the  available  funds  shall 
then  be  distributed  among  the  other  Conferences. 
The  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  shall  first  as- 
certain from  the  reports  of  the  Conferences  the  total 
amount  of  the  deficits,  if  any,  in  the  collections  for 
Conference  Claimants  in  such  Conferences,  and  de- 
termine the  proportion  between  the  sum  available  for 
distribution  to  these  Conferences  and  the  total  deficit 
in  them;  and  each  Conference  shall  then  receive  this 
per  cent  of  its  deficit. 


V.  Annual  Conference  Report 
H  427,  §  1.   The  Treasurer  of  the  Board  of  Confer- 
ence Claimants  shall  send  to  each  Annual  Conference 
a  draft  payable  to  the  Treasurer  designated  to  receive 
it,  for  the  amount  of  the  allowance  thus  made.  He 
284 


CONFEKEXCE  CLAIMANTS  ^  427 


shall  also  send  a  report  for  the  preceding  year  in 
which  shall  be  shown  the  sources,  the  amount,  and 
the  distribution  of  the  income  of  this  Fund;  and, 
in  addition  thereto  for  information,  the  average  of 
the  allowances  paid,  house  rent  excluded,  for  the  sup- 
port of  the  Effective  Members  in  each  Annual  Con- 
ference 'Guring  the  preceding  year. 

§  2.  The  Treasurer  designated  by  the  Annual  Con- 
ference to  receive  the  allowance  from  this  amount, 
when  remitting  to  the  Treasurer  of  the  Board  of 
Conference  Claimants  the  five  per  cent  designated 
for  the  Connectional  Fund,  shall  forward  therewith 
a  certified  copy  of  the  Report  of  the  Conference  Board 
of  Stewards  as  adopted  by  the  Conference,  in  which 
shall  be  shown  the  allowance  made  to  and  the  amount 
received  by  each  Conference  Claimant,  together  with 
the  following  additional  data  for  the  guidance  of 
the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  in  making  the 
distribution  of  the  Connectional  Fund: 

1.  The  total  amount  Estimated  for  Conference 
Claimants  by  the  Annual  Conference  Board  of 
Stewards. 

2.  The  total  amount  Received  for  Conference  Claim- 
ants from  each  of  the  several  sources  of  income. 

3.  The  total  amount  of  the  Allowance  made  to  the 
several  Conference  Claimants  by  the  Board  of 
Stewards. 

4.  The  total  amount  Paid  to  Conference  Claimants. 

5.  The  Average  of  the  Support  paid  to  the  Effective 
Members  of  the  Annual  Conference  (house  rent  ex- 
cluded). 

6.  A  copy  of  "Statistics  No.  III." 

[For  Claims  and  Apportionment  of  Conference  Claimants,  Adminis- 
tration of  Conference  Funds,  etc.,  see  30&-312.] 
285 


^  428  Fkbedmen's  Aid 


CHAPTER  X 
FREEDMEN'S  AID  SOCIETY  » 

I.  General  Object 

H  428.  The  work  of  the  Freedmen's  Aid  Society 
shall  be  the  establishment  and  maintenance  of  insti- 
tutions for  Christian  education  among  the  colored 
people  in  the  Southern  States  and  elsewhere.  The 
instruction  in  these  institutions  shall  include  such 
literary,  professional,  and  biblical  courses  of  study, 
and  such  industrial  training  as  will  tend  to  develop 
the  highest  Christian  character.  These  institutions 
shall  be  located  with  reference  to  an  educational 
system  comprising  collegiate  centers  and  cooperative 
preparatory  academies,  so  that  with  the  greatest 
economy  the  educational  needs  of  the  people  may  be 
most  fully  met.  Contributions  shall  be  taken  through 
the  Church  for  the  maintenance  and  support  of 
this  work,  and  for  this  purpose  Lincoln's  birthday 
shall  be  observed  wherever  practicable.  The  schools 
shall  be  made  self-supporting  as  rapidly  as  the  finan- 
cial condition  of  the  people  will  permit.  Special 
efforts  shall  be  made  to  secure  permanent  endow- 
ments for  the  various  institutions,  and  the  control 
of  any  of  said  schools  may  be  conveyed  to  a  local 
Board  of  Trustees  by  the  Board  of  Managers  when- 
ever it  is  satisfied  that  the  support  will  be  ample 
and  that  the  property  will  be  perpetuated  and  main- 
tained. 

286 


Freedmen's  Aid 


t  429 


II.  Board  of  Managers 
H  429.  There  shall  be  a  Board  of  Managers  con- 
sisting of  three  Bishops,  twelve  Ministers,  and  twelve 
Laymen,  to  be  elected  quadrennially  by  the  Gen- 
eral Conference,  whose  term  of  service  shall  begin 
on  the  second  Wednesday  in  June  following  their 
election,  and  continue  until  their  successors  shall 
enter  upon  their  duties.  At  the  first  election  six 
Ministers  and  six  Laymen  shall  be  chosen  for  four 
years,  the  three  Bishops,  six  Ministers,  and  six  Lay- 
men for  eight  years,  and  thereafter  all  regular  elec- 
tions shall  be  for  eight  years;  but  an  interim  vacancy 
shall  be  filled  by  the  Bishops  until  the  session  of  the 
ensuing  General  Conference,  when  it  shall  elect  for 
the  unexpired  term.  Said  Board  of  Managers,  being 
incorporated  according  to  law,  shall  be  subject  to 
the  control  of  the  General  Conference  and  the  provi- 
sions of  the  Discipline,  and  shall  have  such  powers 
and  prerogatives  as  are  needed  to  conduct  the  work 
of  the  Society,  except  such  matters  as  are  placed 
under  the  authority  of  the  General  Comtnittee. 
Eleven  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the 
transaction  of  all  business,  except  the  appropriation 
or  disposition  of  funds  not  under  the  control  of  the 
General  Committee  and  the  purchase  and  sale  of 
real  estate,  in  which  cases  a  majority  of  the  members 
shall  be  a  quorum  and  the  concurring  vote  of  eleven 
members  shall  be  necessary  to  complete  any  such 
transaction.  The  Board  shall  make  a  quadrennial 
report  to  the  General  Conference,  and  shall  publish 
quarterly,  or  oftener,  full  information  concerning 
its  work. 


287 


^  430  Frekdme-n's  Aid 


III.  Officers 

^  430,  §  1.  The  Officers  of  the  Board  shall  be  a 
President,  three  or  more  Vice-Presidents,  two  co- 
ordinate Corresponding  Secretaries,  a  Recording  Sec- 
retary, a  Treasurer,  and  an  Assistant  Treasurer,  all 
of  whom,  except  the  Corresponding  Secretary,  shall 
be  elected  by  the  Board  at  its  annual  meeting  each 
year,  but  a  vacancy  may  be  filled  at  any  meeting. 

§  2.  The  Corresponding  Secretaries  shall  be  elected 
by  the  General  Conference,  and  as  administrative 
Officers,  shall  be  in  all  official  acts  subject  to  the  au- 
thority and  control  of  the  Board  of  Managers  and 
the  direction  of  the  General  Committee.  Their  time 
shall  be  occupied  under  the  direction  of  the  Board  in 
promoting  the  interests  of  the  Society  by  conducting 
the  correspondence  and  office  work,  traveling  through 
the  Church,  giving  general  supervision  to  the  insti- 
tutions of  learning  under  the  care  of  the  Society, 
and  other  needful  forms  of  service.  In  case  of 
vacancy  by  death,  resignation,  or  otherwise,  the 
Board  £hall  provide  for  the  duties  of  the  office  until 
the  Bishops  shall  fill  the  vacancy.  The  Board  shall 
fix  and  pay  the  respective  salaries  of  all  its  salaried 
Officers. 

§  3.  The  senior  Book  Agent  at  Cincinnati  shall  be 
the  Treasurer  of  this  Society,  and  the  Board  of  Man- 
agers may  appoint  such  Assistant  Treasurers  as  it 
deems  wise. 


IV.  General  Committee 
II  431.   There  shall  be  a  General  Committee  of  the 
Freedmen's  Aid  Society,  composed  as  follows:  (1) 
The   Bishops;    (2)    the   Corresponding  Secretaries, 

288 


Fkeedmen's  Aid  ^  432 


Treasurer,  and  Recording  Secretary  of  the  Board 
of  Managers,  who  shall  be  ex  officio  Secretary 
of  the  General  Committee;  (3)  the  two  representa- 
tives of  each  General  Conference  District  elected  by 
the  General  Conference  to  the  General  Committee 
of  Foreign  Missions;  (4)  an  equal  number  of  repre- 
sentatives, to  be  selected  by  the  Board  of  Managers 
from  its  own  body.  The  General  Committee  shall 
meet  annually  in  such  place  and  on  such  day  in  No- 
vember as  shall  be  fixed  by  the  Corresponding  Secre- 
tary: to  receive  and  consider  the  annual  report  of 
the  Board  of  Managers;  to  designate  what  institu- 
tions shall  receive  aid  for  the  ensuing  year,  and,  as 
far  as  practicable,  the  amount  each  school  shall  re- 
ceive; to  determine  the  total  amount  to  be  expended 
in  the  support  of  the  schools  and  for  administrative 
purposes;  to  fix  what  amount  shall  be  apportioned  to 
each  Annual  Conference  to  be  raised  for  the  use  of 
the  Board,  and  to  counsel  and  direct  the  Board  in  the 
general  administration  of  its  affairs.  It  shall  have 
authority,  for  neglect  of  official  duties,  or  for  other 
cause,  to  declare  vacant  the  seat  of  any  member  of 
the  Board  of  Managers.  If  a  vacancy  shall  occur 
in  the  General  Committee  by  death,  resignation,  re- 
moval from  the  District,  or  otherwise,  the  Bishops 
shall  fill  it.  Expenses  incurred  by  this  Committee 
in  the  discharge  of  its  duties  shall  be  paid  by  the 
Treasurer  of  the  Board. 


V.  Dtrties  of  District  Superintendents  and  Pastors 
H  432,  §  1.    Each  District  Superintendent  shall,  as 
early  in  the  Conference  year  as  possible,  inform  each 
Pastor  in  his  District  of  the  amount  to  be  raised  in 
289 


^  433  Feeedmen's  Aid 


his  Charge,  and  he  shall  also  inquire  at  the  third 
Quarterly  Conference  if  the  amount  asked  for  has 
been  raised,  and  if  not  raised,  he  shall  urge  that  it 
be  raised  before  the  close  of  the  Conference  year. 

§  2.  At  the  last  Quarterly  Conference  of  each  year, 
a  committee  of  not  less  than  three  nor  more  than 
nine  shall  be  appointed,  of  which  the  Pastor  shall  be 
the  chairman,  to  be  called  the  Committee  on  Freed- 
men's  Aid,  whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  aid  in  carrying 
into  effect  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  and  the 
plans  of  the  Officers  and  managers  of  the  Society 
for  the  support  of  this  cause,  so  that  at  least  the 
amount  asked  for  each  year  in  the  Charge  shall  be 
secured.  The  committee  shall  also  see  that  informa- 
tion concerning  this  work  is  diffused  among  the 
people,  using  as  one  means  for  this  purpose  the 
literature  published  by  the  Society. 

%  433.  The  Pastor  once  a  year  shall  present  the 
claims  of  this  work  to  his  people,  and  ask  contribu- 
tions for  the  support  of  the  same,  and  the  Committee 
on  Freedmen's  Aid  shall  cooperate  in  securing  and 
collecting  these  contributions.  The  Pastor  shall 
preach,  or  cause  to  be  preached,  a  sermon  on  the 
occasion.  He  shall  report  to  the  Annual  Conference 
the  amount  collected  for  this  cause,  and  the  collec- 
tion shall  be  published  in  a  column  of  the  General 
Minutes,  and  also  in  the  minutes  of  the  Annual  Con- 
ference. 


290 


Chartered  Fund 


1  434 


CHAPTER  XI 
DENOMINATIONAL  FUNDS 

I.  Chartered  Fund 


1  434.  To  make  further  provision  for  distressed 
Effective  Ministers,  for  the  families  of  Effective  Min- 
isters, for  Superannuated  and  Worn-out  Ministers, 
and  for  the  widows  and  orphans  of  Ministers,  there 
shall  be  a  Chartered  Fund,  to  be  supported  by  the 
voluntary  contributions  of  our  friends;  the  principal 
stock  of  which  shall  be  funded  under  the  direction  of 
Trustees  chosen  by  the  General  Conference,  and  the 
interest  applied  under  the  direction  of  the  General 
Conference,  according  to  the  following  regulations, 
namely: 

§  1.  The  District  Superintendents  and  the  Pastors 
shall  be  collectors  and  receivers  of  subscriptions,  etc., 
for  this  Fund. 

§  2.  The  money  shall,  if  possible,  be  conveyed  by 
bills  of  exchange,  or  otherwise,  through  the  means  of 
the  post,  to  the  General  Publishing  Agents,  who  shall 
pay  it  to  the  Trustees  of  the  Fund.  Otherwise  it  shall 
be  brought  to  the  ensuing  Annual  Conference. 

§  3.  The  interest  shall  be  divided  into  as  many 
equal  parts  as  there  are  Annual  Conferences,  and 
each  Annual  Conference  shall  have  authority  to  draw 
one  of  these  parts  out  of  the  Fund;  and  if  one  or 
more  Conferences  shall  draw  out  of  this  Fund  in  any 
291 


435  Trustees,  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 


given  year  less  than  one  of  these  parts,  then  in  such 
case  or  cases  the  other  Annual  Conferences,  held  in 
the  same  year,  shall  have  authority,  if  they  judge  it 
necessary,  to  draw  out  of  the  Fund  such  surplus  of 
the  interest  as  has  not  been  applied  by  the  former 
Conferences.  The  Bishops  shall  bring  the  neces- 
sary information  of  the  state  of  the  interest  of  the 
Fund,  respecting  the  year  in  question,  from  Confer- 
ence to  Conference. 

§  4.  All  drafts  on  the  Chartered  Fund  shall  be 
made  on  the  Treasurer  of  the  said  Fund,  by  order  of 
the  Annual  Conference,  signed  by  the  President  and 
countersigned  by  the  Secretary  of  the  said  Conference. 

§  5.  The  money  subscribed  for  the  Chartered  Fund 
may  be  lodged,  on  proper  securities,  in  the  respective 
States  in  which  it  has  been  subscribed  under  the 
direction  of  deputies  living  in  such  States  respec- 
tively; provided,  such  securities  and  such  deputies  be 
proposed  as  shall  be  approved  by  the  Trustees  in 
Philadelphia,  and  the  stock  in  which  it  is  proposed 
to  lodge  the  money  be  sufficiently  productive  to  give 
satisfaction  to  the  Trustees. 

H  435.  The  Board  of  Trustees  shall  have  power  to 
fill  any  vacancy  or  vacancies  that  may  occur  by 
death,  resignation,  or  otherwise,  subject,  however, 
to  the  approval  of  the  first  General  Conference  that 
may  be  held  after  such  vacancy  or  vacancies  shall 
have  occurred. 


11.  Trustees,  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 

If  436.  There  shall  be  an  incorporated  Board  of 
Trustees  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  located 
at  Cincinnati,  composed  of  twelve  members,  divided 
292 


Trustees,  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  T  437 

into  classes  of  three  Ministers  and  three  Laymen 
each.  The  term  of  office  shall  he  eight  years.  Each 
General  Conference  shall  elect  one  class,  and  fill 
vacancies  caused  by  death,  resignation,  cessation  of 
membership  in  the  Church,  or  otherwise.  Vacancies 
occurring  in  the  interval  of  the  General  Conference 
shall  be  filled  for  the  remainder  of  the  quadrennium 
by  the  Bishops. 

11  437.  This  Board  shall  hold  in  trust,  for  the  bene- 
fit of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  any  and  all 
donations,  bequests,  grants,  and  funds  in  trust,  etc., 
that  may  be  given  or  conveyed  to  said  Board,  or  to 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  as  such,  for  any 
benevolent  object;  and  to  administer  the  said  funds, 
and  the  proceeds  of  the  same,  in  accordance  with  the 
directions  of  the  donors,  and  the  interests  of  the 
Church  as  contemplated  by  said  donors,  under  the 
direction  of  the  General  Conference;  provided, 'that 
any  sums  thus  donated  or  bequeathed,  but  not 
specially  designated  for  any  benevolent  object,  shall 
be  appropriated  to  the  "Permanent  Fund";  and  pro- 
vided, also,  that  the  Board  shall  not  be  required  to 
accept  any  gift,  bequest,  or  trust  to  which  may  be 
attached  conditions  that  appear  to  the  Board  to  be 
unreasonable,  or  likely  to  produce  embarrassment. 
Having  accepted  in  good  faith,  under  the  conditions 
imposed,  any  gift  or  bequest  in  trust  for  any  one  or 
more  of  the  benevolent  societies  or  other  institutions 
under  the  patronage  or  direction  of  the  Church,  the 
Board  shall  be  responsible  only  for  the  careful  and 
economical  administration  of  the  same,  and  shall  not 
be  held  to  account  to  the  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries 
thereof  either  for  the  fund  or  for  a  continuous  in- 
come therefrom  or  interest  thereon,  beyond  what 
293 


T[  444     Cuuucii  Temperance  Society 


of  a  Bishop,  who  shall  be  President,  and  fifteen  per- 
sons residing  in  the  territory  in,  near  or  convenient 
of  access  to  Chicago,  who  shall  be  nominated  by  the 
Bishops  and  elected  by  the  General  Conference. 

The  Board  of  Managers  shall  meet  annually,  and 
at  such  annual  meetings  may  fill  vacancies  in  the 
Board,  caused  by  death,  resignation  or  other  reason. 

§  4.  Article  III.  The  Officers  of  the  Board  shall  be 
a  President,  Vice-President,  Secretary,  and  Treasurer. 
The  President  shall  be  chosen  out  of  its  own  num- 
ber by  the  Board  of  Bishops.  The  other  Officers  shall 
be  elected  by  the  Board  of  Managers  at  the  first  meet- 
ing thereof,  which  shall  be  held  within  two  months 
after  the  adjournment  of  the  General  Conference,  at 
which  said  Board  shall  have  power  to  fill  any 
vacancies  in  these  offices  other  than  that  of  President. 
The  central  office  of  the  Society  shall  be  located  at 
Chicago,  Illinois.  The  Board  of  Managers  shall  have 
power  to  enact  such  By-laws  as  it  may  deem  neces- 
sary for  its  own  government,  and  to  employ  such 
representatives  of  its  work  as  it  may  deem  neces- 
sary. 

§  5.  Article  IV.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board 
of  Managers  to  officially  represent  the  Church  in  every 
wise  movement  for  the  promotion  of  voluntary  per- 
sonal total  abstinence,  and  to  secure  legal  prohibi- 
tion of  the  liquor  traffic;  to  publish,  approve,  and 
distribute  literature  on  the  liquor  traffic,  the  use  of 
narcotics  and  manufactured  articles  containing  a 
large  percentage  of  alcoholic  spirits;  to  devise  such 
plans  and  make  such  advices  as  shall  enable  the 
Church  to  most  successfully  oppose  and  overthrow 
this  great  foe  of  society,  the  legalized  liquor  traffic; 
to  make  such  use  of  the  money  received  into  its 
296 


Ciiuucii  Tkmperanck  Society     ^  444 


treasury  as  the  work  demands;  to  publish  annually 
a  report  of  its  work,  and  make  a  quadrennial  report 
to  the  General  Conference. 

S  6.  Article  V.  Each  Annual  Conference  shall 
form  within  its  bounds  a  Conference  Temperance 
Society,  which  shall  elect  its  own  officers  and  other- 
wise regulate  its  own  administration.  It  shall  elect 
a  Temperance  Committee  in  each  District  Superin- 
tendent's District,  consisting  of  the  District  Super- 
intendent and  two  others  nominated  by  the  District 
Superintendents  and  elected  by  the  Conference. 

It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Committee  to 
cooperate  with  other  reliable  temperance  movements, 
and  to  give  all  possible  aid  to  No-License  campaigns. 
At  each  session  of  the  Annual  Conference  a  Confer- 
ence anniversary  or  mass  meeting  shall  be  held  in 
the  interest  of  temperance  and  prohibition. 

§  7.  Article  VI.  It  is  recommended  that  Pastors, 
with  the  aid  of  the  Committee  on  Temperance,  pre- 
sent once  in  the  year  to  each  Congregation  the  cause 
of  temperance,  and  ask  a  public  collection  and  contri- 
bution for  the  support  of  the  same;  which  collections 
and  contributions  shall  be  paid  over  to  the  Treasurer  of 
the  Temperance  Society  and  reported  to  the  Annual 
Conference  in  the  same  manner  that  other  collections 
are  reported.  It  shall  be' the  duty  of  the  Pastor  to 
see  that  each  Sunday  School  is  organized  into  a  Tem- 
perance Society,  that  temperance  instruction  is  im- 
parted, and  that  as  far  as  possible  the  members  of 
the  School  are  pledged  to  total  abstinence.  It  shall 
be  the  duty  of  the  District  Superintendent  at  the 
Fourth  Quarterly  Conference  to  inquire  whether  the 
needs  and  requirements  of  this  Article  have  been 
observed. 

297 


1  445 


Epwortu  League 


CHAPTER  XIII 
EPWORTH  LEAGUE 


I.  Constitution 


H  445,  §  1.  For  the  purposes  of  promoting  intelli- 
gent and  vital  piety  among  the  young  people  of  our 
Churches  and  Congregations,  and  of  training  them  in 
works  of  mercy  and  help,  there  shall  be  an  organiza- 
tion under  the  authority  of  the  General  Conference 
of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  and  governed  by 
the  following  Constitution: 

Constitution 

§  2.  Article  I.  Name.  The  title  of  this  organiza- 
tion shall  be  "The  Epworth  League  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church." 

§  3.  Article  II.  Object.-  The  object  of  the  League 
is  to  promote  intelligent  and  vital  piety  in  the  young 
members  and  friends  of  the  Church,  to  aid  them  in 
fhe  attainment  of  purity  of  heart  and  constant  growth 
in  grace,  and  to  train  them  in  works  of  mercy  and 
help. 

§  4.    Article  III.  Organization.    With  a  view  of 
carrying  out  the  objects  of  the  League,  the  Chapters 
and  such  other  Young  People's  Epworth  Societies  as 
298 


ErwoRTii  League  ^  445 

may  be  approved  by  the  Quarterly  Conferences  shall 
be  organized  into  District  Superintendents'  District 
Leagues,  and  may  also  be  formed  into  General  Con- 
ference District  Leagues.  Other  groupings  may  be 
arranged  for  the  advantage  of  the  work,  such  as  An- 
nual Conference  Leagues,  State  Leagues,  City 
Leagues,  etc.  The  Chapter  shall  be  under  the  control 
of  the  Quarterly  Conference  and  Pastor.  Any  Young 
People's  Society  may  become  an  affiliated  Chapter  of 
the  Epworth  League;  provided,  it  adopt  the  aims  of 
the  League,  that  its  President  and  Officers  and  gen- 
eral plans  of  work  are  approved  by  the  Pastor  and 
Official  Board  or  Quarterly  Conference,  and  that  it  is 
enrolled  at  the  Central  Office. 

§  5.  Article  IV.  Government.  The  management 
of  the  Epworth  League  shall  be  vested  in  the  Board 
of  Control,  which  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Board 
of  Bishops,  and  shall  consist  of  a  Bishop,  who  shall 
be  President  of  the  Epworth  League  and  of  the  Board 
of  Control,  and  one  member  from  each  General  Con- 
ference District.  If  the  number  of  the  General  Con- 
ference Districts  be  odd,  the  Bishops  shall  appoint 
one  member  at  large,  in  order  that  there  may  be  an 
equal  number  of  Laymen  and  Ministers.  The  Editor 
of  the  Epworth  Herald,  the  General  Secretary  of  the 
Epworth  League,  the  German  Assistant  Secretary, 
and  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Colored  Conferences 
shall  be  advisory  members  of  the  Board  of  Control. 
The  Board  of  Control  shall  meet  four  times  in  each 
quadrennium. 

§  6.  Article  V.  Officers.  The  Officers  of  the  League 
shall  be  a  President,  a  Vice-President,  a  General  Sec- 
retary, and  a  Treasurer.  The  President  shall  be 
chosen  as  hereinbefore  provided.  The  Vice-President 
299 


1^  445  Epwokth  League 


shall  be  chosen  by  the  Board  of  Control  from  Its  own 
body.  The  General  Secretary  shall  be  elected  by  the 
General  Conference,  and  shall  be  the  executive  officer 
of  the  League.  He  shall  have  charge  of  the  corre- 
spondence, and  shall  keep  the  records  of  the  League, 
and  perform  such  other  duties  as  the  Board  of  Con- 
trol may  direct.  The  Editor  of  the  Epworth  Herald 
shall  be  elected  by  the  General  Conference,  and  shall 
perform  such  duties  as  relate  to  the  editorial  depart- 
ments of  Epworth  League  publications.  The  Treas- 
urer shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  of  Control. 

All  these  Officers  shall  be  elected  quadrennially, 
and  shall  hold  office  until  their  successors  are  chosen. 

Vacancies  in  any  of  the  above-named  positions,  ex- 
cept the  Presidency  and  the  Editorship  of  the  Ep- 
worth Herald,  shall  be  filled  by  the  Board  of  Control. 

§  7.  Article  VL  German  Assistant  Secretary. 
The  Editor  of  Haiis  und  Herd  is  constituted  the  Ger- 
man Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Epworth  League. 

§  8.  Article  VIL  Assistant  Secretary  for  Colored 
Conferences.  There  shall  be  an  Assistant  Secretary 
of  the  Epworth  League  for  work  within  colored  Con- 
ferences, to  be  elected  quadrennially  by  the  Board  of 
Control,  who  shall  perform  such  duties  as  the  Board 
of  Control  may  direct. 

§  9.  Article  VIIL  Finances.  The  salary  of  the 
Editor  of  the  Epworth  Herald  shall  be  fixed  by  the 
Book  Committee  and  paid  by  the  Book  Concern. 
The  salaries  of  the  General  Secretary  and  Assistant 
Secretary  for  work  within  colored  Conferences  shall 
be  fixed  by  the  Board  of  Control;  and  shall  be  paid, 
together  with  such  administrative  expenses  as  may 
be  authorized  by  the  Board  of  Control,  and  in  such 
amount  as  the  Board  of  Control  may  designate,  from 
300 


Epworth  League  ^  447 


contributions  by  ttie  Local  Chapters,  and  the  profits 
on  Epworth  League  publications  and  supplies. 

§  10.  Aktici.e  IX.  Central  Office.  The  Central 
Office  of  the  Epworth  League  shall  be  in  Chicago, 
Illinois. 

§  11.  Article  X.  Local  Constitution.  The  Consti- 
tution for  Local  Chapters  shall  be  determined  by  the 
Board  of  Control;  provided,  however,  that  no  enact- 
ment shall  be  made  which  shall  in  any  manner  con- 
flict with  this  General  Constitution. 

§  12.  Article  XI.  By-Laivs.  The  Board  of  Con- 
trol shall  have  power  to  enact  such  By-Laws  for  its 
own  government  as  will  not  conflict  with  this  Con- 
stitution. 

§  13.  Article  XII.  Amendments.  This  Constitu- 
tion shall  be  altered  or  amended  only  by  the  General 
Conference. 


II.  Duties  of  the  President 
?  446.  The  President  of  an  Epworth  League  Chap- 
ter must  be  a  member  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church,  and  shall  be  elected  by  the  Chapter  and  con- 
firmed by  the  Quarterly  Conference,  of  which  body 
he  shall  then  become  a  member  if  approved  by  it  for 
membership  therein.  It  shall  be  his  duty  to  present 
to  the  Quarterly  Conference  a  report  of  his  Chapter, 
together  with  such  other  information  as  the  Confer- 
ence may  require  and  he  may  be  able  to  give. 


III.  Dwties  of  District  Superintendents  and  Pastors 
1  447.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  District  Superin- 
tendents wlien  holding  District  or  Quarterly  Confer- 
301 


^  448        Mktuodist  Bkotukruood 

ences  to  inquire  into  the  condition  of  Epworth 
League  Chapters  and  such  other  Young  People's  So- 
cieties as  may  be  under  the  control  of  the  Quarterly 
and  District  Conferences,  and  to  ascertain  whether 
they  are  conducting  their  affairs  in  harmony  with  the 
purpose  and  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church. 

H  448.  It  shall  be  the  duty  of  Pastors  to  organize 
if  possible,  and  to  maintain,  if  practicable.  Chapters 
of  the  Epworth  League. 


CHAPTER  XIV 
METHODIST  BROTHERHOOD 

Constitution 

H  449,  §  1.  Article  L  'Name.  This  organization 
shall  be  called  the  Methodist  Brotherhood. 

§  2.  Akticle  IL  Object.  The  aim  of  this  organiza- 
tion is  to  effect  the  mutual  improvement  of  its  mem- 
bers by  religious,  social,  literary,  and  physical  cul- 
ture; to  promote  the  spirit  and  practice  of  Christian 
brotherhood;  to  increase  fraternal  interest  among 
men;  to  develop  their  activity  in  all  that  relates  to 
social,  civic,  and  industrial  betterment,  and  to  build 
up  the  Church  by  leading  men  into  its  communion 
and  fellowship. 

§  3.  Article  III.  Mem'bership.  All  men's  organiza- 
tions of  whatever  name,  existing  in  Methodist 
Churches,  or  that  may  hereafter  exist,  approved  by 
the  Quarterly  Conference,  are  recognized  as  Chapters 
of  the  Methodist  Brotherhood,  and  upon  application 
302 


Methouist  Bkotiiekuood         1  449 

for  and  adoption  of  the  Constitution,  shall  be  enrolled 
as  active  Chapters.  Constitutions  of  Local  Chapters 
shall  be  in  accord  with  the  general  Constitution. 

§  4.  Article  IV.  Officers.  Tbe  Officers  shall  be  a 
President,  five  Vice-Presidents,  a  Recording  Secre- 
tary, a  General  Secretary,  and  a  Treasurer. 

§  5.  Article  V.  Managing  Board.  1.  The  Mana- 
ging Board  shall  consist  of  three  Bishops  of  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church,  who  shall  be  appointed  bien- 
nially by  the  Board  of  Bishops;  the  General  OflBcers 
of  the  Brotherhood;  one  member  from  feach  Gen- 
eral Conference  District,  and  seven  additional  mem- 
bers at  large,  who  shall  be  elected  by  the  General 
Convention,  as  hereinafter  provided;  and  such  other 
members  as  may  be  elected  by  affiliating  Methodist 
bodies;  all  of  whom  shall  hold  office  for  two  years, 
or  until  their  successors  are  chosen.  Vacancies  in 
the  Managing  Board  shall  be  filled  by  the  Board. 

2.  Seven  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum. 

3.  Regular  meetings  of  the  Managing  Board  shall 
be  held  in  May  and  November  of  each  year. 

4.  Any  general  Men's  Organization,  in  any  Branch 
of  Ecumenical  Methodism  which  unites  with  the 
Methodist  Brotherhood,  shall  have  such  representa- 
tion on  the  Managing  Board  as  the  members  of  said 
Board  may  approve. 

§  6.  Article  VI.  General  Convention.  1.  The  Gen- 
eral Convention  shall  be  held  biennially,  or  otherwise, 
at  such  time  and  place  as  the  Managing  Board  shall 
direct. 

2.  Each  active  Chapter  shall  be  entitled  to  repre- 
sentation in  the  General  Convention  by  one  accredited 
delegate,  and  by  one  additional  accredited  delegate 
for  each  fifty  members  in  excess  of  the  first  fifty. 
303 


^  449         Methodist  Brotuerhood 

The  General  Officers,  the  Managing  Board,  and  the 
Annual  Conference  Presidents  and  Secretaries  shall 
also  be  delegates  to  the  General  Convention. 

§  7.  AuTicLE  VII.  Elections.  The  Officers  shall  be 
elected  at  the  General  Convention  by  ballot,  and 
shall  hold  office  for  two  years,  or  until  their  succes- 
sors are  elected  and  have  qualified.  The  Officers 
shall  perform  the  duties  usually  devolving  upon  their 
respective  offices.  Vacancy  in  oflSce  shall  be  filled 
by  the  Managing  Board. 

§  8.  Article  VIII.  Conference  Organization.  Del- 
egates from  Local  Chapters  of  the  Methodist  Brother- 
hood are  empowered  to  organize  Annual  Conference 
and  District  Conventions,  which  shall  elect  their  own 
Officers.  The  Conference  President  and  Secretary, 
with  the  District  Vice-Presidents  and  District  Superin- 
tendents, shall  constitute  an  Executive  Committee 
for  the  Conference.  Until  these  organizations  shall 
have  been  perfected,  or  in  case  of  default,  the  Mana- 
ging Board  shall  appoint  the  Conference  President 
and  Secretary,  and  the  Conference  President  shall 
appoint  the  District  Vice-Presidents  and  Secretaries. 

§  9.  Aeticle  IX.  Amendments.  This  Constitution 
may  be  amended  at  any  regular  General  Convention 
by  a  two-thirds  vote,  provided  that  the  proposed 
amendment  shall  have  been  previously  submitted  in 
writing,  and  referred  to  the  Managing  Board,  who 
shall  report  the  same  to  the  Convention  with  its 
recommendation. 


304 


PART  IX 
BOUNDARIES 


L  DETERMINING  BOUNDARIES 

II.  BOUNDARIES  OF  CONFERENCES 

III.  BOUNDARIES  OF  CONFERENCES  AND 

MISSIONS 

IV.  ENABLING  ACTS 


Determlnlng  Boundakies  ^451 


CHAPTER  I 
DETERMINING  BOUNDARIES 

^  450.  The  General  Conference  shall  appoint  a 
Committee  on  Boundaries,  consisting  of  two  mem- 
bers, one  Minister  and  one  Layman,  from  each 
Annual  Conference,  to  be  nominated  by  the  delega- 
tions severally,  over  which  one  of  the  Bishops  shall 
preside,  of  which  one  of  the  General  Conference 
Secretaries  shall  be  the  Secretary,  and  of  which 
Committee  thirty-five  shall  be  a  quorum.  All  matters 
pertaining  to  Conference  lines  shall  be  referred  to 
tftis  Committee;  and  when  the  Committee  shall  have 
fixed  the  boundaries  of  all  the  Conferences,  it  sball 
submit  its  report  to  the  General  Conference,  which 
shall  immediately  act  upon  the  same  as  a  whole 
without  amendment  and  without  debate;  provided, 
however,  that  in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of 
•[  89,  §  5,  a  Central  Mission  Conference  may  fix  the 
boundaries  of  the  Annual  Conferences  within  its 
bounds,  the  General  Conference  first  having  deter- 
mined the  number  of  Annual  Conferences  that  may 
be  allowed  in  that  field. 

1l  451.  Any  two  or  more  Conferences  which  may 
be  mutually  interested  in  the  readjustment  of  their 
common  boundaries  may  at  any  time  raise  a  Joint 
Commission,  consisting  of  five  members  from  each 
Conference  directly  interested,  and  the  decision  of 
such  Joint  Commission,  in  which  it  shall  be  neces- 
sary for  a  majority  of  the  five  members  representing 
each  of  said  Conferences  to  concur,  when  it  shall  be 
307 


1"  452        Determining  Boundaries 


approved  by  the  Bishop  or  Bishops  who  may  preside 
at  these  Conferences  at  their  sessions  next  ensuing, 
shall  be  final.  But  if  the  Commission  so'appointed 
shall  fail  to  agree,  or  if  the  presiding  Bishop  shall  not 
concur,  then  the  case,  with  a  statement  of  the  facts, 
together  with  the  records  of  the  Commission,  shall 
come  to  the  General  Conference  for  final  adjudi- 
cation. 

H  452.  No  petition,  resolution,  or  memorial  involv- 
ing change  of  boundaries  of  Annual  Conferences  or 
Mission  Conferences,  or  the  division  or  absorption 
of  Annual  Conferences  or  Mission  Conferences,  or  the 
organization  of  new  Annual  Conferences  or  Mission 
Conferences  out  of  the  territory  already  occupied  by 
organized  Conferences,  shall  be  entertained  by  the 
Committee  on  Boundaries  until  notice  shall  hate 
been  given  by  the  Annual  Conference  or  Conferences, 
the  Mission  Conference  or  Missions  desiring  such 
change,  or  by  a  majority  of  the  District  Super- 
intendents and  Mission  Superintendents  thereof,  to 
all  of  the  Annual  Conferences  and  Mission  Confer- 
ences affected  thereby;  provided,  however,  that  upon 
a  petition  of  a  majority  of  the  delegates  representing 
the  Annual  Conference  or  Conferences  to  be  affected 
thereby,  the  Committee  on  Boundaries  may  adjust 
the  matters  involved  in  said  petition,  subject  to  the 
approval  of  all  the  Annual  and  Mission  Conferences 
named  in  such  petition  at  their  annual  session  next 
succeeding  the  Greneral  Conference. 


308 


Boundaries  of  Conferences      %  453 

CHAPTER  II 
BOUNDARIES  OF  CONFERENCES 

L  United  States  and  Territories 


453,  §  1.  AiABAMA  CoxFEREXCE  Shall  include  the 
work  among  the  white  people  in  the  State  of  Alabama 
and  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Florida  west  of  the 
Apalachicola  River;  and  also  the  work  among  the 
white  people  within  the  territory  of  the  Upper  Mis- 
sissippi Conference. 

§  2.  Arkansas  Conference  shall  include  the  work 
among  the  white  people  in  the  State  of  Arkansas 
and  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Oklahoma  east  of  and 
adjacent  to  the  Port  Arthur  &  Gulf  Railroad,  along 
the  west  line  of  the  State  of  Arkansas. 

§  3.  Atlanta  Conferexce  shall  include  the  colored 
work  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Georgia  not  included 
in  the  Savanah  Conference. 

§  4.  Austin  Conteeence  shall  include  the  white 
work  in  the  State  of  Texas,  except  El  Paso  County 
and  that  portion  north  and  east  of  a  line  beginning 
at  Galveston,  thence  to  Ennis,  with  the  Gulf,  Colorado 
&  Santa  Fe  and  the  Houston  &  Texas  Central  Rail- 
ways as  the  boundary;  all  intermediate  points  to  be 
in  the  Austin  Conference:  from  Ennis  to  Red  River, 
with  the  Texas  Midland  and  Frisco  Railways  as  the 
boundary,  all  intermediate  points  to  be  in  the  Gulf 
Conference. 

§  .5.  Baltimore  Conference  shall  include  the  Dis- 
trict of  Columbia,  the  Western  Shore  of  Maryland, 
except  that  part  of  Garrett  County  lying  west  of  the 
309 


^  453      Boundaries  of  Conferences 


dividing  ridge  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains  and 
Grantsville  and  Swan  ton;  so  much  in  the  State  of 
Pennsylvania  as  lies  within  the  Hancock,  Flintstone, 
Union  Grove,  and  Hyndman  Circuits;  and  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Virginia  embraced  between  the  Wil- 
mington and  West  Virginia  Conferences,  excepting 
Bayard,  Blaine,  and  Gormania. 

§  6.  Blue  Ridge  Conference  shall  include  the  work 
among  the  white  people  in  the  State  of  North  Caro- 
lina not  included  in  the  Atlantic  Mission  Conference, 
and  also  twelve  counties  of  the  State  of  South 
Carolina,  as  follows:  Oconee,  Pickens,  Greenville, 
Spartanburg,  York,  Chester,  Union,  Anderson,  Laur- 
ens, Abbeville,  Newberry,  and  Fairfield. 

§  7.  California  Conference  shall  include  that  part 
of  the  State  of  California  lying  west  of  the  summit 
of  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains,  and  north  of  the 
northern  boundary  of  the  Southern  California  Con- 
ference. 

§  8.  California  German  Conference  shall  include 
the  German  work  within  the  State  of  California. 

§  9.  Central  Alabama  Conference  shall  include 
the  colored  work  in  the  State  of  Alabama  and  that 
part  of  Florida  west  of  the  Apalachicola  River. 

§  10.  Ce:*tral  German  Conference  shall  comprise 
the  German  work  within  the  States  of  Ohio,  West 
Virginia,  Michigan,  and  Indiana  except  those  appoint- 
ments which  belong  at  present  to  the  Chicago  Ger- 
man Conference;  also  the  German  work  in  Western 
Pennsylvania,  and  in  the  Southern  States  not  included 
in  the  East  German,  Saint  Louis  German,  and 
Southern  German  Conferences,  exclusive  of  Emman- 
uel Church,  Williams  County,  Ohio. 

§  11.  Central  Illinois  Conference  shall  embrace 
310 


BOUNDAKIES  OF  CONFKRENCES        1  453 

that  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois  north  of  the  Illinois 
Conference  and  south  of  the  following  lines,  namely: 
Beginning  on  the  Mississippi  River  at  Albany; 
thence  southeasterly  to  the  northwest  corner  of 
Bureau  County;  thence  east  to  the  southwest  corner 
of  Lee  County;  thence  south  to  the  Chicago,  Burling- 
ton &  Quincy  crossing  of  the  Chicago,  Rock  Island 
&  Pacific  Railway;  thence  along  said  railway  to 
Bureau  Junction;  thence  to  the  Illinois  River; 
thence  up  said  river  to  the  mouth  of  the  Kankakee 
River,  leaving  Albany,  Leon,  and  Ottawa  in  the  Rock 
River  Conference,  and  Bureau  Junction  in  the  Cen- 
tral Illinois  Conference;  thence  up  the  Kankakee 
River  to  a  point  directly  west  of  the  north  line  of 
Kankakee  County;  thence  east  to  the  Indiana  line. 

§  12.  Central  Missocbi  Conferexce  shall  include 
the  colored  work  in  the  States  of  Missouri,  Iowa,  and 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois  lying  west  of  the 
following  line:  Beginning  at  the  city  of  Cairo,  and 
running  north  along  the  Illinois  Central  Railroad 
to  the  city  of  Mendota,  and  including  all  of  the  towns 
on  said  line  of  railroad;  thence  north  to  the  Wiscon- 
sin State  line,  and  thence  west  along  said  State  line 
to  the  Mississippi  River. 

§  13.  Central  New  York  Coxferexce  shall  be 
bounded  on  the  west  by  the  west  lines  of  the  towns  of 
Williamson,  Marion  and  Palmyra,  in  Wayne  County, 
and  of  the  towns  of  Farmington  and  Canandaigua, 
in  Ontario  County,  and  of  Yates  and  Schuyler  Coun- 
ties, and  of  the  towns  of  Hornby  and  Caton,  in  Steu- 
hen  County;  and  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania  by  the 
railroad  running  from  Lawrenceville  to  Blossburg,  in- 
cluding Mansfield  and  Blossburg  Chargeg;  on  the 
south  by  Central  Pennsylvania  Conference;  on  the 
311 


1"  453      Boundaries  of  Conferences 

east  by  Wyoming  and  Northern  New  York  Confer- 
ences; on  the  north  by  Northern  New  York  Confer- 
ence and  Lake  Ontario. 

§  14.  Central  Ohio  Confebence  shall  be  bounded 
on  the  north  by  the  north  line  of  the  State  of  Ohio; 
on  the  east  by  the  North  Ohio  Conference,  exclud- 
ing Asbury  Church,  in  Delaware;  on  the  south  by  the 
Springfield  branch  of  the  Cleveland,  Columbus,  Cin- 
cinnati &  Indianapolis  Railroad  to  the  west  line 
of  the  Ohio  Conference,  yet  so  as  to  include  Marys- 
ville;  thence  to  the  west  line  of  the  State  of  Ohio, 
by  the  north  line  of  the  Cincinnati  Conference;  and 
on  the  west  by  the  west  line  of  the  State  of  Ohio,  in- 
clusive of  Emmanuel  Church,  "Williams  County,  Ohio. 

§  15.  Central  Penxsylvanlv  Conference  shall  be 
bounded  as  follows:  On  the  south  by  the  State  line 
from  the  Susquehanna  River  to  the  west  boundary  of 
Bedford  County,  excepting  so  much  of  the  State  of 
Pennsylvania  as  is  included  in  the  Baltimore  Confer- 
ence; on  the  west  by  the  west  line  of  Bedford,  Blair 
and  Clearfield  Counties,  including  New  Washington 
Circuit  and  excluding  so  much  of  Clearfield  County 
as  is  embraced  in  the  Erie  Conference,  and  a  line 
from  the  north  of  Clearfield  County  to  Saint  Marys; 
on  the  north  by  a  line  extending  from  Saint  Marys 
eastward  to  Emporium,  including  Keating  Summit 
Circuit;  thence  by  the  southern  boundary  of  Potter 
and  Tioga  Counties,  including  Austin,  Costello,  Whar- 
ton Circuit,  Cross  Fork,  Hammersley  Fort  Circuit, 
Hoytville,  Blackwell,  and  Liberty  Valley  Circuits; 
thence  through  Sullivan  County  north  of  Laporte  to 
the  west  line  of  Wyoming  County;  thence  on  the  east 
by  the  present  limits  of  the  Wyoming  Conference,  be- 
ing the  east  lige  of  Sullivan  County,  to  the  north 


BOUXDARIES  OF  CONFERENCES       ^  453 

line  of  Columbia  County;  thence  a  line  southeasterly 
through  Luzerne  County  to  the  north  line  of  the 
Philadelphia  Conference,  near  White  Haven;  thence 
on  the  south  by  the  northern  line  of  Carbon,  Schuyl- 
kill, and  Dauphin  Counties  to  the  Susquehanna  River, 
including  Hickory  Run,  Weatherly,  Beaver  Meadows, 
and  Ashland;  and  thence  by  the  Susquehanna  River 
to  the  place  of  beginning,  including  Harrisburg. 

§  16.  Central  Swedish  Conference  shall  include 
all  of  the  Swedish  work  within  the  States  of  Illinois, 
Indiana,  and  Ohio,  the  city  of  Racine,  in  the  State  of 
Wisconsin,  and  also  the  Swedish  work  in  the  State 
of  New  York  west  of  the  Genesee  River,  and  in  the 
State  of  Pennsylvania  west  of  the  Susquehanna 
River. 

§  17.  Central  Tennessee  Conference  shall  include 
the  work  among  the  white  people  in  all  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Tennessee  west  of  and  excluding  the 
counties  of  Marion,  Grundy,  Van  Buren,  Cumberland, 
and  Fentress. 

§  18.  Chicago  German  Conference  shall  include 
the  German  work  in  the  State  of  Wisconsin,  except 
those  appointments  along  the  Mississippi  River,  and 
in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois  north  of  an  east 
and  west  line  passing  along  the  north  line  of  the  city 
of  Bloomington,  excepting  the  territory  now  in  the 
Saint  Louis  German  Conference,  and  east  of  a  north 
and  south  line  passing  through  the  city  of  Freeport; 
and  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Indiana  west  of  the 
line  between  the  counties  of  Saint  Joseph  and  Elk- 
hart, and  north  of  the  line  between  Stark  and  Pulaski 
Counties.  It  shall  also  include  Danville,  in  the  State 
of  Illinois,  and  the  Upper  Peninsula  of  Michigan. 

§  19.  Cincinnati  Conference  shall  be  bounded  on 
313 


%  453     Boundaries  of  Conferences 


the  north  by  a  line  commencing  at  Union  City,  on 
the  Indiana  State  line,  running  thence  along  the  Day- 
ton &  Union  Railroad  to  Greenville,  Darke  County, 
Ohio,  including  the  railroad  stations  on  the  line  of 
said  railroad,  and  Greenville  also;  thence  along  the 
Panhandle  Railroad  to  Milford  Center,  excluding 
Gettysburg,  Bradford,  Lockington,  and  Saint  Paris 
Charges,  and  including  the  cities  of  Piqua  and  Ur- 
bana,  and  the  Tremont  City,  Concord  and  Westville, 
and  Kings  Creek  Charges;  on  the  east  by  the  Ohio 
Conference;  on  the  south  by  the  Ohio  River;  and  on 
the  west  by  the  State  of  Indiana,  but  excluding  Eliza- 
beth, Hamilton  County,  Ohio,  which  belongs  to  the 
Indiana  Conference. 

§  20.  Colorado  Conference  shall  include  the  State 
of  Colorado  and  Chama  in  New  Mexico. 

§  21.  Columbia  River  Conference  shall  include  the 
counties  of  Wasco,  Umatilla,  Crook,  Morrow,  Gilliam, 
Sherman,  and  Wheeler  in  the  State  of  Oregon;  and 
all  of  the  State  of  Washington  east  of  the  summit  of 
the  Cascade  Mountains;  and,  in  the  State  of  Idaho, 
the  counties  of  Shoshone,  Kootenai,  Latah,  Nez  Perces 
and  all  of  Idaho  County  lying  north  of  a  line  running 
parallel  with  the  Salmon  River  ten  miles  south  of 
said  river. 

§  22.  Dakota  Conference  shall  include  that  part  of 
the  State  of  South  Dakota  lying  east  of  the  meridian 
101  degrees  west  longitude. 

§  23.  Dei-aware  Conference  shall  include  the  col- 
ored work  in  the  States  of  Delaware,  New  Jersey,  and 
New  York,  excepting  Saint  Mark's  Church,  in  the  city 
of  New  York;  all  of  the  Eastern  Shore  of  Virginia, 
and  all  of  the  States  of  Maryland  and  Pennsylvania 
not  included  in  the  Washington  Conference. 

314 


BoujJDARiES  OF  Conferences      ^  453 

§  24.  Des  Moines  Conference  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Iowa  west  and  south  of  the  follow- 
ing lines:  Beginning  at  the  southeast  corner  of 
Wayne  County;  thence  north  to  the  south  line  of 
Marshall  County,  leaving  Knoxville  in  the  Iowa  Con- 
ference and  the  Monroe  Charge  in  the  Des  Moines 
Conference;  thence  west  to  the  southeast  corner  of 
Story  County;  thence  north  to  the  northeast  corner 
of  Story  County;  thence  west  to  the  northwest  corner 
of  Crawford  County;  thence  south  to  the  north  line 
of  township  eighty-three;  thence  west  to  the  east 
line  of  Monona  County;  thence  south  and  west  on 
the  line  of  Monona  County  to  the  Missouri  River. 

§  25.  Detroit  Conference  shall  include  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Michigan  in  the  Lower  Peninsula  east 
of  the  principal  meridian  as  far  north  as  the  southern 
boundary  of  Roscommon  County;  thence  west  to 
the  southwest  corner  of  said  county;  thence  north 
to  tlie  southern  boundary  of  Charlevoix  County; 
thence  east  to  the  southeast  corner  of  Charlevoix 
County;  thence  north  to  the  Straits  of  Mackinaw.  It 
shall  also  include  the  Upper  Peninsula. 

§  26.  East  German  Conference  shall  embrace  all 
the  German  work  east  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains, 
including  all  the  German  work  in  the  State  of  New 
York. 

§  27.  East  Maine  Conference  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Maine  not  included  in  the  Maine 
Conference. 

§  28.  East  Ohio  Conference  shall  be  bounded  by 
a  line  beginning  at  the  mouth  of  the  Cuyahoga  River, 
running  easterly  to  the  Pennsylvania  State  line; 
thence  along  said  line  to  the  Ohio  River,  including 
Orangeville  Church;  thence  down  said  river  to  the 
315  y 


1"  453     Boundaries  of  Conferences 

Muskingum  River;  thence  up  the  Muskingum  River 
to  Dresden,  excluding  Marietta  and  Zanesville;  thence 
northward  along  the  Muskingum  River  and  the  Tus- 
carawas River  to  its  intersection  with  the  Ohio  Canal 
near  Zoar;  thence  along  said  canal  to  Lake  Erie,  ex- 
cluding Navarre  and  Clinton,  and  including  Bolivar, 
Akron,  Newcomerstown  Charge,  and  all  the  city  of 
Cleveland  lying  east  of  the  Cuyahoga  River. 

§  29.  East  Tennessee  Conference  shall  include  the 
colored  work  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Tennessee 
which  is  not  in  the  Tennessee  Conference;  in  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Virginia  west  of  and  including 
the  counties  of  Carroll,  Floyd,  Montgomery,  and 
Giles;  and  in  the  counties  of  Mercer,  Wyoming,  and 
McDowell,  in  the  State  of  West  Virginia. 

§  30.  Eastern  Swedish  Conference  shall  include 
all  the  Swedish  work  in  the  six  New  England  States, 
the  States  of  New  Jersey  and  Delaware,  and  the 
territory  included  in  the  New  York,  New  York  BsLst, 
and  Philadelphia  Conferences. 

§  31.  Erie  Conference  shall  be  bounded  on  the 
north  by  Lake  Erie,  on  the  east  by  a  line  commencing 
at  the  mouth  of  Cattaraugus  Creek;  thence  up  said 
creek  to  Gowanda,  leaving  said  town  in  the  Genesee 
Conference;  thence  to  the  Allegheny  River  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Tunungwant  Creek;  thence  up  said 
creek  southward,  excluding  the  city  of  Bradford  on 
said  creek,  to  the  ridge  dividing  between  the  waters 
of  Clarion  and  Sinnemahoning  Creeks;  thence  south- 
ward to  Mahoning  Creek;  thence  down  said  creek 
to  the  Allegheny  River,  excluding  the  Milton  Society, 
but  including  Valier  and  the  Horatio  Society,  in  the 
Frostburg  Circuit,  the  Perrysville  Society,  in  the 
Ringgold  Circuit,  the  Putneyville  Society,  in  the  Put- 
„316 


Boundaries  op  Conferences     %  453 

neyville  Circuit,  and  those  portions  of  the  boroughs 
of  Punxsutawney  and  Clayville  lying  south  and  east 
of  Mahoning  Creek;  thence  across  said  river  in  a 
northwesterly  direction  to  the  southwest  corner  of 
Lawrence  County,  including  Wampum;  thence  along 
the  Ohio  State  line  to  the  place  of  beginning,  exclud- 
ing Orangeville  Church. 

§  32.  Florida  CoNrEKExcE  shall  include  the  colored 
work  in  the  State  of  Florida  except  that  part  lying 
west  of  the  Apalachicola  River,  and  that  part  south  of 
parallel  twenty-nine. 

§  33.  Genesee  Confeeence  shall  include  all  that 
part  of  the  State  of  New  York  lying  west  of  the 
Central  New  York  Conference  except  that  part  of 
Chautauqua  and  Cattaraugus  Counties  which  is  now 
included  in  the  Erie  Conference.  It  shall  also  include 
Gowanda  and  Corning,  in  the  State  of  New  York, 
and  so  much  of  Tioga  County,  including  Tioga 
Charge,  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  as  is  not  em- 
braced in  the  Central  New  York  Conference;  also  so 
much  of  Potter  County,  in  the  State  of  Pennsylvania, 
as  is  not  included  in  Central  Pennsylvania  Confer- 
ence; also  including  so  much  of  McKean  County,  in 
the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  as  is  embraced  in  the 
Olean  District,  including  the  city  of  Bradford. 

§  34.  Georgia  Conference  shall  include  the  work 
among  the  white  people  in  the  State  of  Georgia. 

§  35.  Gulf  Conference  shall  include  our  white 
English,  Italian,  and  French-speaking  work  in  the 
State  of  Louisiana;  also  that  portion  of  the  State  of 
Texas,  beginning  at  Galveston,  and  thence  to  E:nnis, 
with  the  Gulf,  Colorado  &  Santa  Fe  and  the  Hous- 
ton &  Texas  Central  Railways  as  the  western  and 
southern  boundary,  all  intermediate  points  to  be  in 
317 


^  453      Boundaries  of  Conferences 

the  Austin  Conference;  from  Bnnis  to  Red  River 
with  the  Texas  Midland  and  the  Frisco  Railways  as 
the  boundary,  all  intermediate  points  to  be  in  the  Gulf 
Conference;  als.0  the  work  among  the  white  people 
within  the  territory  of  the  Mississippi  Conference. 

§  36.  HoLSTON  Conference  shall  include  the  work 
among  the  white  people  in  that  part  of  the  State  of 
Tennessee  not  included  in  the  Central  Tennessee 
Conference,  and  including  that  part  of  the  State  of 
Virginia  embraced  between  the  West  Virginia  and 
North  Carolina  Conferences. 

§  37.  Idaho  Conference  shall  include  all  the  State 
of  Idaho  not  embraced  in  the  Columbia  River  Confer- 
ence, together  with  the  following-named  territory  of 
the  State  of  Oregon,  namely:  the  counties  of  Baker, 
Malheur,  Harney,  Grant,  Wallowa,  and  Union. 

§  38.  Illinois  Conference  shall  include  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Illinois  not  within  the  Southern  Illi- 
nois Conference,  south  of  the  following  line,  namely: 
Beginning  at  Warsaw,  on  the  Mississippi  River; 
thence  to  Vermont;  thence  to  the  mouth  of  the  Spoon 
River;  thence  up  the  Illinois  River  to  the  north- 
west corner  of  Mason  County;  thence  to  the  junction 
of  the  Central  and  the  Chicago  &  Alton  Railroads; 
thence  to  the  southwest  corner  of  Iroquois  County; 
thence  east  to  the  State  of  Indiana,  leaving  Bentley, 
Vermont,  Manito,  Mackinaw  Circuit,  and  Normal  in 
the  Central  Illinois  Conference,  and  Warsaw  and 
Bloomington  in  the  Illinois  Conference. 

§  39.  Indiana  Conference  shall  be  bounded  on  the 
north  and  east  by  a  line  beginning  where  the  National 
Road  intersects  the  west  line  of  the  State  of  Indiana; 
thence  along  said  road  to  Terre  Haute;  thence  along 
the  Vandalia  Railroad  to  Belmont  Street,  West  In- 
318 


Boundaries  of  Confekences      ^  453 

dianapolis,  including  Locust  Street  Charge  in  Green- 
castle;  thence  north  to  Michigan  Street;  thence  east 
to  the  Belt  Railroad;  thence  north  and  east  along 
said  railroad  to  a  point  due  west  of  Ninth  Street; 
thence  east  to  the  Lafayette  &  Indianapolis  Rail- 
road; thence  north  on  said  railroad  to  the  Michigan 
Road;  thence  on  said  road  to  the  north  line  of  Marion 
County;  thence  east  on  said  county  line  to  the  north- 
east corner  of  said  county;  thence  south  on  the  east 
line  of  said  county  to  the  National  Road;  thence  east 
on  said  road  to  the  State  line;  on  the  east  by  the 
State  of  Ohio,  including  Elizabeth,  Hamilton  County. 
Ohio;  on  the  south  by  the  Ohio  River,  and  on  the 
■west  by  the  State  of  Illinois. 

§  40.  Iowa  Coxferexce  shall  be  bounded  on  the 
east  by  the  Mississippi  River;  on  the  south  by  the 
Missouri  State  line;  on  the  west  and  north  by  a  line 
commencing  at  the  southwest  corner  of  Appanoose 
County;  thence  north  to  Marshall  County,  leaving 
Knoxville  in  the  Iowa  Conference  and  Monroe  in  the 
Des  Moines  Conference;  thence  on  the  south  line  of 
Marshall  County  due  east  to  Iowa  River;  thence  down 
said  river  to  Iowa  City;  thence  on  the  Chicago. 
Rock  Island  &  Pacific  Railroad  to  Davenport,  leav- 
ing Davenport  and  Iowa  City  in  the  Upper  Iowa  Con- 
ference, and  all  intermediate  towns  in  the  Iowa  Con- 
ference. 

§  41.  Kaxsas  Coxference  shall  include  that  portion 
of  the  State  of  Kansas  lying  east  of  the  sixth  princi- 
pal meridian  and  north  of  the  south  line  of  township 
sixteen,  including  the  towns  of  Pomona  and  Quenemo, 
lying  south  of  said  line,  but  excluding  Louisburg, 
Ottawa,  and  Baldwin,  lying  north  of  said  line,  and  Sol- 
omon City  Circuit,  lying  east  of  the  sixth  meridian. 
319 


^  453     Boundaries  of  Conferences 


§  42.  Kentucky  Conference  shall  include  the  work 
among  the  whites  in  the  State  of  Kentucky. 

§  43.  Le.xington  Conference  shall  include  the  col- 
ored work  in  the  States  of  Kentucky,  Ohio,  Michigan, 
Indiana,  and  Illinois,  excepting  so  much  of  the  State 
of  Illinois  as  is  included  in  the  Central  Missouri 
Conference. 

§  44.  Lincoln  Conference  shall  include  all  the  work 
among  the  colored  people  in  the  States  of  Nebraska, 
Kansas,  Oklahoma,  and  Colorado. 

§  45.  Little  Rock  Conference  shall  include  the 
colored  work  in  the  State  of  Arkansas. 

§  46.  Louisiana  Conference  shall  include  the  col- 
ored work  in  the  State  of  Louisiana. 

§  47.  Maine  Conference  shall  include  that  part  of 
the  State  of  Maine  west  of  tlie  Kennebec  River,  from 
its  mouth  to  the  great  bend  below  Skowhegan,  and 
of  a  line  running  thence  north  to  the  State  line; 
including  Skowhegan  and  Augusta  and  that  part  of 
the  town  of  Winslow  north  of  Sebasticook  River,  and 
also  that  part  of  New  Hampshire  east  of  the  White 
Hills  and  north  of  the  waters  of  Ossipee  Lake,  and 
the  towns  of  Gorham  and  Berlin. 

§  48.  Michigan  Conference  shall  include  the  State 
of  Michigan  in  the  Lower  Peninsula  west  of  the  prin- 
cipal meridian  as  far  north  as  the  southern  boundary 
of  Roscommon  County;  thence  west  to  the  southwest 
corner  of  said  county;  thence  north  to  the  southern 
boundary  of  Charlevoix  County;  thence  east  to  the 
southeast  corner  of  said  county;  thence  north  to  the 
Straits  of  Mackinaw,  including  Mackinaw  City. 

§  49.  Minnesota  Conference  shall  include  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Minnesota  lying  south  of  the  following 
line:  Beginning  at  the  eastern  boundary  of  the  State 
320 


Boundaries  of  Conferences     ^  453- 

at  the  northeast  corner  of  Washington  County; 
thence  running  west  to  the  northwest  corner  of  said 
county;  thence  south  to  the  northeast  corner  of 
Ramsay  County;  thence  following  the  line  of  Ram- 
say County  to  where  it  strikes  the  east  line  of  Hen- 
nepin County;  thence  following  the  east  and  south 
lines  of  Hennepin  County  to  the  point  where  the  Hast- 
ings &  Dakota  Railroad  crosses  the  line  of  said 
county;  thence  following  the  said  Hastings  &  Da- 
kota Railroad  to  Granite  Falls;  thence  west  on  a  town 
line  to  the  western  boundary  of  the  State;  all  towns 
on  the  Hastings  &  Dakota  Railroad  to  be  in  the 
Northern  Minnesota  Conference. 

§  50.  Missi.ssippi  CoxFEREXcE  Shall  include  all  of 
the  colored  work  in  the  State  of  Mississippi  south 
of  a  line  beginning  at  the  northeast  corner  of  Kem- 
per County,  and  running  along  the  northern  border 
of  said  county,  and  of  the  counties  of  Neshoba,  Leake, 
Madison,  Yazoo,  Sharkey,  and  Issaquena  to  the  Mis- 
sissippi River. 

§  51.  MissouBi  Conference  shall  include  so  muck 
of  the  State  of  Missouri  as  lies  north  of  the  Mis- 
souri River. 

§  52.  Montana  Conference  shall  include  all  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Montana  not  included  in  the 
North  Montana  Conference;  also  the  National  Park, 
and  that  part  of  North  Dakota  lying  between  the: 
Missouri  and  Yellowstone  Rivers. 

§  53.  Nebraska  Conference  shall  include  all  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Nebraska  lying  south  of  the- 
Platte  River  and  east  of  the  west  line  of  range  twelve 
west  of  the  sixth  principal  meridian. 

§  54.  New  England  Conference  shall  include  all 
the  State  of  Massachusetts  east  of  the  Green  Moun- 
321 


1"  453       BOUJJDARIES  OF  CONFERENCES 


tains  not  included  in  the  New  Hampshire  and  the 
New  England  Southern  Conferences. 

§  55.  New  England  Southekn  Conference  shall  in- 
clude that  part  of  the  State  of  Connecticut  lying 
east  of  the  Connecticut  River,  the  State  of  Rhode 
Island,  with  the  town  of  Blackstone,  in  Massachu- 
setts, and  that  part  of  the  State  of  Massachusetts 
south  of  the  towns  of  Wrentham,  Walpole,  Dedham, 
Milton  and  Quincy. 

§  56.  New  Hampshire  Conference  shall  include  the 
State  of  New  Hampshire,  except  that  part  within  the 
Maine  Conference;  also  that  part  of  the  State  of 
Massachusetts  northeast  of  the  Merrimac  River  ex- 
cept that  part  of  Lowell  north  of  the  Merrimac. 

§  57.  New  Jersey  Conference  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  New  Jersey  lying  south  of  the 
following  line,  namely:  Commencing  at  Raritan 
Bay;  thence  up  said  bay  and  river  to  New  Bruns- 
wick; thence  along  the  turnpike  road  to  Lambertville 
on  the  Delaware,  including  the  city  of  New  Bruns- 
wick and  Lambertville  Station. 

§  58.  New  York  Conference  shall  consist  of  the 
territory  now  in  the  New  York,  Poughkeepsie  (in- 
cluding Gaylordsville),  Newburgh,  and  Kingston 
Districts. 

§  59.  New  York  Bast  Conference  shall  include 
Long  Island;  those  charges  in  Manhattan  and  Bronx 
east  of  South  Ferry,  Whitehall  Street,  Broadway,  Park 
Row,  Chatham  Square,  Bowery,  Third  Avenue  to  Pel- 
ham  Avenue;  west  to  Harlem  Railroad  track;  north  to 
Mount  Vernon;  thence  including  Mount  Vernon,  New 
Rochelle,  Mamaroneck,  Harrison,  and  all  between 
them  and  Long  Island  Sound  to  the  State  of  Connecti- 
cut; thence  following  the  State  line,  including 
322 


Boundaries  Of  Conferences      %  453 

round  Ridge  but  excluding  Gaylordsville,  to  Sharon 
Township;  east  to  the  Housatonic  River;  north  to 
Canaan  Township;  east  to  Winchester,  excluding 
North  Goshen;  north  to  State  line;  east  to  the  Con- 
necticut River,  and  following  the  river  to  the  Sound. 

§  60.  Newark  Conference  shall  include  that  part 
of  the  State  of  New  Jersey  not  included  in  the  New 
Jersey  Conference,  with  the  Borough  of  Richmond, 
city  of  New  York,  in  the  State  of  New  York,  and  such 
portions  of  Rockland,  Orange,  and  Sullivan  Counties, 
in  the  State  of  New  York,  as  lie  south  and  west  of  a 
line  extending  from  Tompkins  Cove,  on  the  Hudson 
River,  intersecting  the  New  Jersey  State  line  at  a 
point  south  of  Sloatsburg;  thence  along  said  State 
line  to  the  Wallkill  River;  thence  due  north,  inter- 
secting the  Erie  Railroad  at  a  point  west  of  Middle- 
town;  thence  in  a  northwesterly  direction  to  a  point 
■where  the  Port  Jervis  &  Monticello  Railroad  crosses 
the  northern  line  of  Forestburg  Township,  in  Sulli- 
van County;  thence  southwest  to  a  point  on  the 
Delaware  River  below  Lackawaxen,  in  Pennsylvania; 
also  such  portions  of  Pike  and  Monroe  Counties,  in 
the  State  of  Pennsylvania,  as  lie  north  of  the  Phila- 
delphia Conference  and  east  of  the  Wyoming  Con- 
ference, the  same  being  now  included  in  the  Mata- 
moras,  Milford,  Dingmans,  and  Coolbaugh  Charges. 

§  61.  North  Carolixa  Conference  shall  include  the 
colored  work  in  the  State  of  North  Carolina  and  in 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Virginia  lying  south  of  a 
line  beginning  at  Cape  Henry  and  running  to  Hamp- 
ton Roads:  thence  with  Hampton  Roads  to  the  James 
River;  thence  with  the  southern  bank  of  the  James 
River  to  Chesterfield  County;  thence  with  the  north- 
ern boundary  of  the  following  counties:  Prince 
323 


^  453     BouxDARiES  OP  Conferences 

George,  Dinwiddie,  Nottoway,  Prince  Edward,  Char- 
lotte, and  Halifax,  to  the  northeast  corner  of  Pittsyl- 
vania; thence  in  a  southwesterly  direction  to  the 
northeast  corner  of  Henry;  thence  with  the  county 
lines  of  Pittsylvania,  Franklin,  and  Bedford  to  the 
corner  of  Bedford  and  Roanoke;  thence  with  the  Blue 
Ridge  Mountains  to  the  North  Carolina  line. 

§  62.  North  Dakota  Confebence  shall  include  the 
State  of  North  Dakota. 

§  63.  NouTH  Indiana  Conference  shall  be  bounded 
on  the  north  by  the  State  of  Michigan;  on  the  east 
by  the  State  of  Ohio,  including  Union  City;  on  the 
south  by  the  National  Road  from  the  State  line  west 
to  Marion  County;  thence  north  to  the  northeast 
corner  of  said  county;  thence  west  to  the  Michigan 
Road;  on  the  west  by  said  Michigan  Road  to  South 
Bend;  and  thence  by  the  Saint  Joseph  River  to  the 
Michigan  State  line,  including  Logansport  and  all  the 
towns  on  the  National  Road  east  of  Indianapolis. 

§  64.  North  Montana  Conference  shall  include 
that  part  of  Montana  herein  described:  Start  at  Bu- 
ford;  thence  up  the  Missouri  River  to  the  Mussel- 
shell; next  to  Copperopolis,  including  the  same; 
thence  along  the  main  divide  of  the  Belt  Mountains 
to  a  point  opposite  Rock  Creek;  thence  up  said  creek 
to  -Dearborn  River,  including  Flathead  County; 
thence  along  the  Canadian  line  east  to  Dakota,  and 
south  to  the  point  of  departure. 

§  65.  North  Nebraska  Conference  shall  include  all 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Nebraska  lying  north  of  the 
Platte  River  and  east  of  the  west  line  of  range 
twelve  west  of  the  sixth  principal  meridian. 

§  66.  NoETH  Ohio  Conference  shall  be  bounded  on 
the  north  by  the  Ohio  State  line;  on  the  east  by  the 
324 


Boundaries  of  Confeuences     ^  453- 


Ohio  Canal  to  its  intersection  with  the  Tuscarawas 
River,  excluding  that  part  of  Akron  west  of  the 
Ohio  Canal;  thence  by  that  river  and  the  Muskingum 
River  to  Dresden,  excluding  Newcomeretown  Charge- 
and  including  Utica,  Homer,  and  Galena  Circuits 
and  excluding  Stratford;  on  the  west  by  the  main 
road  passing  through  Delaware  and  Marion  to  Up- 
per Sandusky,  and  by  the  Sandusky  River  to  its 
mouth;  thence  due  north  to  the  State  line,  including 
the  towns  of  Tiffin,  Port  Clinton,  and  Lakeside  and 
excluding  so  much  of  the  town  of  Delaware  as  lies 
west  of  Sandusky  Street,  yet  including  Asbury 
Church  in  the  city  of  Delaware;  also  excluding  the 
towns  of  Marion,  Fremont,  and  Upper  Sandusky. 

§  67.  Northern  German  Conference  shall  include- 
the  German  work  in  the  States  of  Minnesota  and 
North  Dakota,  and  also  appointments  in  the  State  of 
Wisconsin  along  the  Mississippi  River  north  of  the 
city  of  La  Crosse  which  are  not  included  in  the 
Chicago  German  Conference. 

§  68.  Northern  Minnesota  Conference  shall  in- 
clude all  of  the  State  of  Minnesota  not  included  in  the: 
Minnesota  Conference. 

§  69.  Northern  New  York  Conference  shall  in- 
clude so  much  of  the  county  of  Franklin  as  is  not 
within  the  Troy  Conference,  and  the  counties  of 
Saint  Lawrence,  Jefferson,  Lewis,  Oneida,  and  Her- 
kimer, and  all  of  Oswego  County  except  Phoenix,  and 
so  much  of  the  county  of  Madison  as  lies  on  and 
east  of  the  New  York,  Ontario  and  Western  Railroad, 
together  with  Cherry  Valley,  Springfield,  and  Rich- 
field Springs  in  Otsego  County,  Saint  Johnsville  in 
Montgomery  County,  and  Lassellsville,  Oppenheim, 
and  Stratford  in  Fulton  County. 

325 


^  453        BOUNDAEIES  OP  CONFERENCES 

§  70.  Northern  Swedish  Conference  shall  Include 
all  of  the  Swedish  work  in  Minnesota,  Northern 
Michigan,  Wisconsin,  except  Racine,  North  Dakota, 
and  that  part  of  Montana  lying  east  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

§  71.  Northwest  German  Conference  shall  include 
the  German  work  in  the  State  of  South  Dakota;  and 
in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Iowa  north  of  an  east 
and  west  line  passing  along  the  south  line  of  the  city 
of  Clinton;  and  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois 
lying  west  of  the  Chicago  German  Conference;  and 
all  appointments  in  the  State  of  Wisconsin  south  of 
and  including  the  cities  of  La  Crosse  and  Tomah 
which  are  not  included  in  the  Chicago  German  Con- 
ference. 

§  72.  Northwest  Indiana  Conference  shall  be 
bounded  on  the  north  by  Lake  Michigan  and  the  State 
line;  on  the  east  by  the  Saint  Joseph  River  and  the 
Michigan  Road;  on  the  south  by  the  Indiana  Confer- 
ence; and  on  the  west  by  Illinois,  including  all  the 
towns  on  the  Michigan  Road  except  Logansport,  and 
all  the  towns  on  the  southern  boundary,  excluding 
Locust  Street  Charge,  in  Greencastle. 

§  73.  Northwest  Iowa  Conference  shall  include 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Iowa  west  of  the  Upper  lowa 
and  north  of  the  Des  Moines  Conferences. 

§  74.  Northwest  Kansas  Conference  shall  be 
bounded  on  the  west  and  north  by  the  Kansas  State 
line;  on  the  east  by  the  sixth  principal  meridian,  but 
including  the  Solomon  City  Circuit;  and  on  the  south 
by  the  south  line  of  township  seventeen  as  far  west 
as  to  the  east  line  of  Lane  County;  thence  north  to 
the  north  line  of  said  Lane  County;  thence  west  to 
the  State  line. 

326 


Boundaries  of  Conferences      1"  453 

§  75.  Northwest  Nebraska  Conference  shall  in- 
clude all  that  portion  of  the  State  of  Nebraska  lying 
west  of  the  west  line  of  range  twelve  west  of  the  sixth 
principal  meridian,  and  north  of  the  sixth  standard 
parallel  north,  including  such  portions  of  Sheridan, 
Boxbutte,  and  Sioux  Counties  as  are  south  of  such 
line. 

§  76.  Norwegian  and  Danish  Conference  shall  in- 
clude all  the  work  among  the  Norwegians  and  Danes 
between  the  Alleghany  and  Rocky  Mountains. 

§  77.  Ohio  Conference  shall  be  bounded  as  fol- 
lows: Commencing  on  the  Muskingum  River  north 
of  Dresden;  thence  down  said  river  to  the  Ohio 
River,  including  Zanesville  and  Marietta;  thence 
down  the  Ohio  River  to  the  mouth  of  Ohio  Brush 
Creek;  thence  north  to  the  southeast  corner  of 
Fayette  County;  thence  northwest  to  the  west  line  of 
Fayette  County,  not  including  Center  Church;  thence 
north  on  the  west  line  of  Fayette  and  Madison  Coun- 
ties to  the  Springfield  Branch  of  the  Cleveland,  Co- 
lumbus, Cincinnati  &  Indianapolis  Railroad,  leav- 
ing Vienna,  Dunbarton,  and  Sinking  Spring  Circuits 
west  of  said  line;  thence  east  on  the  southern  boun- 
daries of  Central  Ohio  and  North  Ohio  Conferences 
to  the  place  of  beginning,  including  Milford  and  Strat- 
ford, and  Saint  Paul's  Charge,  Delaware,  Ohio. 

§  78.  Oklahoma  Conference  shall  include  that  part 
of  the  State  of  Oklahoma  lying  west  and  north,  of  a 
line  commencing  at  the  northeast  corner  of  Osage 
County;  thence  along  the  east  and  south  line  of  said 
county  and  the  south  line  of  Pawnee  County  to  the 
northeast  corner  of  Payne  County;  thence  due  south 
to  the  north  line  of  Seminole  County;  thence  along 
the  north  and  west  line  of  Seminole  County  to  the 
327 


453     Boundaries  of  Conferences 


Canadian  River;  thence  west  along  said  river  to  the 
Eastern  Oklahoma  Railroad;  thence  south  along  this 
line  of  railroad  and  the  old  line  of  the  Santa  Fe 
Railroad  to  the  Texas  line,  except  the  counties  of 
Beaver,  Texas,  and  Cimarron;  the  towns  on  the  above- 
mentioned  railroads  to  be  in  the  Oklahoma  Confer- 
ence. 

§  79.  Oregon  Conference  shall  include  all  that  part 
•of  the  State  of  Oregon  not  included  in  the  Columbia 
River  and  Idaho  Conferences,  and  such  portions  of 
Siskiyou  and  Modoc  Counties,  in  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia, as  lie  east  of  the  west  summit  of  the  Sierra 
Nevada  Mountains. 

§  80.  Pacific  German  Confeeence  shall  include  the 
'German  work  of  the  States  of  Oregon,  Washington, 
Idaho,  and  Montana. 

§  81.  Philadelphia  Conference  shall  be  bounded 
on  the  east  by  the  Delaware  River;  on  the  south  by 
the  Pennsylvania  State  line;  on  the  west  by  the  Sus- 
quehanna River,  excluding  Harrisburg,  Curtin 
Heights  and  Epworth  Charges;  on  the  north  by  the 
north  line  of  Dauphin,  Schuylkill,  Carbon,  and  Monroe 
Counties,  excepting  Ashland  and  Beaver  Meadows 
Circuit. 

§  82.  Pittsburg  Conference  shall  be  bounded  on 
the  north  by  the  Erie  Conference;  on  the  east  by 
the  Central  Pennsylvania  Conference;  on  the  south 
by  t^e  West  Virginia  Conference;  on  the  west  by  the 
East  Ohio  Conference. 

§  83.  PuGET  Sound  Conference  shall  include  all  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Washington  lying  west  of  the 
summit  of  the  Cascade  Mountains. 

§  84.  Rock  River  Conference  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Illinois  north  of  Central  Illinois 
328 


Boundaries  op  Conferences     ^  453 


Conference  except  East  Dubuque.  This  Conference 
shall  include  the  work  among  the  Welsh  people  of 
the  State  of  Illinois  and  Wisconsin. 

§  85.  Saint  Johns  River  Conference  shall  includo 
the  work  among  the  white  people  in  the  State  of 
Florida,  except  that  portion  lying  west  of  the 
Apalachicola  River. 

§  86.  Saint  Louis  Conference  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Missouri  lying  south  of  the 
Missouri  River. 

§  87.  Saint  Louis  German  Conference  shall  include 
the  German  work  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois 
south  of  the  Chicago  German  Conference;  and  in  the 
State  of  Iowa  south  of  the  Northwest  German  Con- 
ference; and  all  of  the  German  work  in  the  State  of 
Missouri  which  is  not  within  the  West  German 
Conference. 

§  88.  Savannah  Conference  shall  include  the  col- 
ored work  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Georgia  lying 
south  of  a  line  running  east  and  west  on  a  line  of 
the  northern  boundaries  of  Richmond,  McDuffie,  War- 
ren,  Hancock,  Putnam,  Jasper,  and  Butts  Counties; 
that  part  of  Spalding  County  embracing  Liberty  Hill 
Circuit;  all  of  Pike  County  except  the  church  known 
as  Free  Liberty;  that  part  of  Meriwether  County 
embracing  Greenville;  and  that  part  of  Troup  County 
embracing  La  Grange  Station  and  La  Grange  Cir- 
cuit. 

§  89.  South  Carolina  Conference  shall  include  the 
colored  work  in  the  State  of  South  Carolina. 

§  90.  South  Kansas  Conference  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Kansas  lying  east  of  the  west 
line  of  Chautauqua,  Elk,  Greenwood,  and  Chase 
Counties,  and  south  of  the  line  of  township  sixteen, 
329 


453      Boundaries  of  Conferences 


including  Louisburg,  Ottawa,  and  Baldwin,  lying 
north  of  that  line,  and  excluding  Pomona  and  Que- 
nemo,  lying  south  of  that  line. 

§  91.  Southern  California  Conference  shall  em- 
brace that  portion  of  the  State  of  California  lying 
south  of  the  line  beginning  at  the  summit  of  the 
Sierra  Nevada  Mountains;  following  the  middle  fork 
of  the  Merced  River  until  it  reaches  the  northern 
boundary  of  Merced  County;  thence  west  along  said 
boundary  to  the  northwest  corner  of  Merced  County; 
thence  south  to  the  northwest  corner  of  Madera 
County;  thence  in  a  direct  line  to  the  mouth  of  the 
Carmel  River,  on  Carmel  Bay;  also  that  portion  of 
the  State  east  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  Mountains  and 
south  of  Inyo  County  except  the  Needles. 

§  92.  Southern  German  Conference  shall  include 
the  German  work  in  the  States  of  Texas  and  Lou- 
isiana. 

§  93.  Southern  Illinois  Conference  shall  include 
all  that  part  of  the  State  of  Illinois  south  of  the  f61- 
lowing  line,  namely:  Beginning  at  a  point  on  the 
Mississippi  River  at  the  northwest  corner  of  Cal- 
houn County;  thence  east  along  the  north  line  of  said 
county  to  the  Illinois  River;  thence  down  the  Illi- 
nois River  to  Columbiana;  thence  east  to  the  north- 
east corner  of  Jersey  County,  leaving  CarroUton  and 
Rockbridge  in  the  Illinois  Conference;  thence  in  a 
southeasterly  direction,  leaving  Chesterfield  in  the 
Illinois  Conference  and  Litchfield  in  the  Southern 
Illinois  Conference;  thence  to  Hillsboro,  leaving 
Hillsboro  in  the  Illinois  Conference;  thence  to  the 
northwest  corner  of  Fayette  County;  thence  along 
the  north  line  of  Payette  County  and  Effingham 
County  to  the  west  line  of  Cumberland  County,  leav- 
330 


Boundaries  of  Confekences     ^  453 

ing  Herrick  and  Holliday  in  the  Southern  Illinois  Con- 
ference; thence  south  to  the  southwest  corner  of 
Cumberland  County;  th'ence  east  along  the  south 
line  of  Cumberland  and  Clark  Counties  to  the  Wa- 
bash River. 

§  94.  Southwest  Kansas  Conference  shall  include 
all  that  part  of  the  State  of  Kansas  not  included  in 
the  Kansas,  Northwest  Kansas,  and  South  Kansas 
Conferences,  and  also  Beaver  County  in  the  State  of 
Oklahoma. 

§  95.  Tennessee  Coneerence  shall  include  the  col- 
ored work  in  that  portion  of  the  State  of  Tennessee 
west  of  and  including  the  counties  of  Franklin,  Cof- 
fee, Warren,  White,  Putnam,  Overton,  and  Pickett, 
in  said  State. 

§  96.  Texas  Conference  shall  include  the  colored 
work  in  so  much  of  the  State  of  Texas  as  lies  east  of 
a  line  beginning  at  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  on  the  east 
line  of  Matagorda  County,  and  running  along  said 
line  and  the  east  line  of  Wharton  and  Colorado 
Counties  to  the  north  point  of  Colorado  County; 
thence  north  until  it  strikes  the  Central  Railroad  at 
Calvert;  thence  along  the  line  of  the  railroad  to  the 
northern  boundary  of  Texas,  excluding  Calvert  and 
all  the  towns  on  the  line  of  said  road. 

§  97.  Troy  Conference  shall  include  that  portion 
of  the  State  of  New  York  embraced  in  the  counties  of 
Rensselaer,  Washington,  Clinton,  Essex,  Warren, 
Saratoga,  Schenectady,  Montgomery  (except  Saint 
Johnsville),  Fulton  (except  the  towns  of  Oppenheim 
and  Stratford),  Albany  (except  Coeymans,  Coeymans 
Hollow,  and  South  Bethlehem),  Schoharie  (except 
Blenheim,  Charlottesville,  Eminence,  Gilboa,  Living- 
stonville,  and  Summit) ;  in  Columbia  County,  the 
331 


1"  453      Boundaries  of  Conferences 

towns  of  Stuyvesant,  Kinderhook,  New  Lebanon,  and 
Chatham  (except  Chatham  Village  and  East  Chat- 
ham) ;  in  Franklin  County,  the  towns  of  Stand ish, 
Saranac  Lake,  and  the  appointments  connected  with 
Bloomingdale  Circuit;  in  Hamilton  County,  the 
towns  of  Benson,  Hope,  Wells,  Indian  Lake,  Long 
Lake,  and  Blue  Mountain  Lake;  and  in  Otsego 
County,  Center  Valley;  also  fhat  portion  of  the  State 
of  Vermont  embraced  in  the  counties  of  Addison  (ex- 
cept the  towns  of  Granville  and  Hancock),  Benning- 
ton (except  the  towns  of  Landgrove  and  Peru),  Rut- 
land (except  Mechanicsville  and  Cuttingsville,  Mount 
Holly,  East  Wallingford,  Summit,  and  Healdsville) ; 
and  in  Chittenden  County,  the  towns  of  Charlotte, 
Hinesburg,  Huntington,  Williston,  Shelburne,  Bur- 
lington, and  Winooski;  also  in  the  State  of  Massa- 
chusetts all  that  part  of  Berkshire  County  lying  upon 
the  line  of  the  Boston  and  Albany  Railroad,  and  north 
of  said  line. 

§  98.  Upper  Iowa  Conference  shall  be  bounded  as 
follows,  namely:  Beginning  at  the  northeast  corner 
of  the  State  of  Iowa;  thence  down  the  Mississippi 
River  to  Davenport,  including  East  Dubuque,  in  the 
State  of  Illinois;  thence  west  on  the  north  line  of  the 
Iowa  Conference  to  the  southeast  corner  of  Story 
County;  thence  north  to  the  State  line,  so  as  to  in- 
clude Iowa  Falls;  thence  east  on  said  line  to  the 
place  of  beginning. 

§  99.  Upper  Mississippi  Conference  shall  include 
the  colored  work  in  the  State  of  Mississippi  not 
included  in  the  Mississippi  Conference. 

§  100.  Vermont  Conference  shall  include  the  State 
of  Vermont,  except  that  section  lying  south  of  the 
"Winooski  River  and  west  of  the  Green  Mountain 
332 


BOUXDAKIKS   OF   CoXFEKEXCKS  453 


divide;  said  boundary  to  leave  Winooski  Charge  in 
the  Troy  Conference,  and  Mechanicsville  and  Cut- 
tingsville  in  the  Vermont  Conference. 

§  101.  Washixgtox  Coxferexce  shall  include  the 
colored  work  in  Western  Maryland,  the  District  of 
Columbia,  the  State  of  West  Virginia,  except  the 
counties  of  Mercer,  Wyoming,  and  McDowell;  so 
much  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania  as  lies  west  of 
the  Susquehanna  River,  including  the  towns  on  said 
river;  and  so  much  of  the  State  of  Virginia  as  is  not 
included  in  the  East  Tennessee,  Delaware,  and  North 
Carolina  Conferences. 

§  102.  West  Germax  Coxferexce  shall  include  the 
States  of  Kansas,  Nebraska,  Colorado,  and  Oklahoma, 
and  so  much  of  the  State  of  Missouri  as  lies  west 
of  a  line  commencing  at  the  southeast  corner  of  the 
State  of  Kansas;  thence  direct  to  the  southeast 
corner  of  Morgan  County,  Missouri;  thence  north  to 
the  northeast  corner  of  Chariton  County,  Missouri; 
thence  to  the  northeast  corner  of  Worth  County, 
Missouri. 

§  103.  West  Nebraska  Coxferexce  shall  include  all 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Nebraska  lying  west  of  the 
west  line  of  range  twelve  west  of  the  sixth  principal 
meridian,  and  south  of  the  sixth  standard  parallel 
north,  except  such  portions  of  Sheridan,  Boxbutte, 
and  Sioux  Counties  as  are  south  of  said  line. 

§  104.  West  Texas  Coxferexce  shall  embrace  the 
colored  work  in  that  part  of  the  State  of  Texas  which 
is  not  included  in  the  Texas  Conference. 

§  105.  West  Virgixia  Coxferexce  shall  be  bound- 
ed as  follows:  Beginning  at  the  southwest  corner 
of  Pennsylvania;  thence  along  the  west  line  of  Penn- 
sylvania to  the  northeast  corner  of  Ohio  County,  West 
333 


453      Boundaries  of  Conferences 

Virginia,  so  as  to  include  Dallas  Circuit  and  Triadel- 
phia  Circuit;  thence  by  the  most  direct  way  to  Short 
Creek,  so  as  to  include  Short  Creek  and  Liberty  Cir- 
cuit; thence  down  Short  Creek  to  the  Ohio  River; 
thence  down  said  river  to  the  mouth  of  the  Big 
Sandy  River;  on  the  west  by  the  State  line;  on  the 
south  by  the  Kentucky  and  Holston  Conferences, 
including  the  counties  of  Highland,  Augusta,  Rock- 
bridge, Botetourt,  Alleghany,  and  Craig  in  the  State 
of  Virginia;  on  the  east,  so  as  to  include  Bayard, 
Blaine,  Gormania,  Swanton,  and  Grantsville  Charges, 
to  the  Pennsylvania  State  line;  thence  westward 
along  said  line  to  the  place  of  beginning. 

§  106.  West  Wlsconsin  Conference  shall  include 
that  part  of  the  State  of  Wisconsin  not  embraced  in 
the  Wisconsin  Conference. 

§  107.  Western  Norwegian  -  Danish  CoNrEBENCE 
shall  include  the  Norwegian  and  Danish  work  in 
the  States  of  Oregon,  Washington,  Idaho,  Montana, 
and  California. 

§  108.  Western  Swedish  Conference  shall  include 
all  of  the  Swedish  work  in  the  States  of  Iowa,  Mis- 
souri, Kansas,  Nebraska,  Colorado,  Wyoming,  and 
South  Dakota. 

§  109.  Wilmington  Conference  shall  include  the 
State  of  Delaware,  the  Eastern  Shore  of  Maryland, 
and  all  that  part  of  the  State  of  Virginia  east  of  the 
Baltimore  Conference. 

§  110.  Wisconsin  Conference  shall  include  all  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Wisconsin  lying  east  and  north  of 
a  line  beginning  at  the  southeast  corner  of  Green 
County,  on  the  south  line  of  the  State;  thence  north 
on  the  range  line  between  ranges  nine  and  ten  east, 
to  the  north  line  of  town  twenty;  then  west  on  the  said 
334 


BOI  NOAKIES  OF  COXFERENCES        ■[  454 

line  to  the  east  line  of  range  three;  thence  north  on 
said  line  to  the  Michigan  State  line,  excluding  Avon 
Church,  McFarland,  Goodman  Church,  Brooklyn,  and 
the  town  of  Pine  Grove  in  Portage  County. 

§  111.  Wyoming  Conference  shall  include  that  por- 
tion of  the  southern  part  of  the  State  of  New  York 
which  is  not  included  in  the  New  York,  New  York 
East,  Newark,  Central  New  York,  and  Genesee  Con- 
ferences; and  that  part  of  the  State  of  Pennsylvania 
which  is  bounded  on  the  west  by  Central  New  York 
Conference,  including  the  territory  east  of  the  Sus- 
quehanna River,  and  on  the  south  by  the  Central 
Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  and  Newark  Conferences, 
including  Narrowsburg,  and  on  the  east  by  the  New- 
ark and  New  York  Conferences. 


II.  Foreign  Countries 

IT  454,  §  1.  Bengal  Conference  shall  include  Ben- 
gal and  Behar. 

§  2.  Bombay  Confekence  shall  include  all  of  the 
Bombay  Presidency  north  of  the  Belgaum  District, 
and  such  parts  of  Central  India  as  lie  south  of  the 
twenty-fifth  parallel  of  latitude  and  west  of  the  Cen- 
tral Provinces  Mission  Conference. 

§  3.  Chile  Conference  shall  include  the  Republics 
of  Chile  and  Bolivia. 

§  4.  Eastern  Sovth  America  Conference  shall  in- 
clude the  Republics  of  Argentina,  Uruguay,  Para- 
guay, and  Brazil. 

§  5.  FoocHOw  Conference  shall  include  the  Fokien 
Province  in  China  excepting  so  much  as  is  included 
within  the  Hinghua  Conference. 

335 


T  454        BoUNDAItlKS  OF  CONFERENCES 


§  6.  HiNGHUA  Conference  shall  include  the  Hing- 
hua  Prefecture  and  adjoining  territory  in  which  the 
Hinghua  dialect  is  spoken;  and  the  Ingchung  Pre- 
fecture and  adjoining  territory  in  which  the  Amoy 
dialect  is  spoken. 

§  7.  Italy  Conference  shall  include  the  Kingdom 
of  Italy,  and  those  parts  of  contiguous  countries 
in  which  the  Italian  language  is  spoken. 

§  8.  Korea  Conference  shall  include  all  our  work 
in  the  Kingdom  of  Korea. 

§  9.  Liberia  Conference  shall  include  the  western 
coast  of  Africa  north  of  the  equator. 

§  10.  Malaysia  Conference  shall  include  the 
Straits  Settlements,  the  Malay  Peninsula,  French  In- 
do-China,  Borneo,  Celebes,  Java,  Sumatra,  and  the 
adjacent  islands  (not  including  the  Philippines)  in- 
habited by  the  Malay  race. 

§  11.  Mexico  Conference  shall  include  the  Repub- 
lic of  Mexico,  except  the  States  of  Chihuahua  and 
Sonora  and  the  Territory  of  Lower  California;  it  shall 
also  include  Central  America. 

§  12.  North  China  Conference  shall  include  that 
portion  of  the  Chinese  Empire  including  and  north 
of  the  Provinces  of  Shantung  and  Honan. 

§  13.  North  Germany  Conference  shall  include  all 
that  part  of  Germany  north  of  a  line  running  from 
the  northwest  to  the  southeast,  between  the  Provinces 
of  the  Rhine  and  Westphalia,  and  from  the  southern 
point  of  Westphalia  to  the  northern  point  of  Bavaria; 
thence  by  the  north  and  northeast  boundary  of 
Bavaria,  between  Bavaria  on  the  one  side  and  the 
Turingen  States  and  the  Kingdom  of  Saxony  on  the 
other,  so  as  to  include  the  present  districts  of  Ber- 
lin, Bremen,  and  Leipzig  and  the  circuit  of  Cassel. 
336 


Boundaries  of  Conferences      T[  454 


§  14.  North  India  Conference  shall  include  the 
United  Provinces  of  Agra  and  Oude  east  of  the 
Ganges. 

§  15.  Northwest  India  Conference  shall  include 
that  portion  of  the  United  Provinces  of  Agra  and 
Oude  which  lies  south  and  west  of  the  Ganges;  the 
Punjab,  and  such  parts  of  Rajputana  and  Central 
India  as  lie  north  of  the  twenty-fifth  parallel  of  lati- 
tude. 

§  16.  Norway  Conference  shall  include  the  King- 
dom of  Norway. 

§  17.  Philippine  Islands  Conference  shall  include 
the  Philippine  Archipelago  and  the  Sulu  Islands. 

§  18.  South  Germany  Conference  shall  include  all 
of  the  Empire  of  Germany  not  included  in  the  North 
Germany  Conference. 

§  19.  South  India  Conference  shall  include  all 
that  part  of  India  lying  south  of  the  Bombay  and 
Bengal  Conferences  and  the  Central  Provinces  Mission 
Conference. 

§  20.  Sweden  Conference  shall  include  the  King- 
dom of  Sweden. 

§  21.  Switzerland  Conference  shall  include  the 
Republic  of  Switzerland  and  those  portions  of  France 
in  which  the  German  language  is  spoken. 


337 


^  455         Boundaries  of  Missions 


CHAPTER  III 

BOUNDARIES  OF  MISSION  CONFERENCES  AND 
MISSIONS 

I.  United  States  and  Territories 


T[  455,  §  1.  Alaska  Missiox  shall  include  the  Dis- 
trict of  Alaska. 

§  2.  Arizona  Mission  shall  include  the  Territory 
of  Arizona,  the  Needles  in  the  State  of  California, 
and  the  State  of  Sonora  in  the  Republic  of  Mexico. 

§  3.  Atlantic  Mission  Conference  shall  include 
the  eastern  portion  of  North  Carolina  commencing 
at  Little  River  Inlet;  thence  following  the  South 
Carolina  State  line  to  the  west  boundary  of  Robin- 
son County;  thence  northward  to  the  Virginia  State 
line  on  the  western  boundary  of  the  following  coun- 
ties: Robeson,  Cumberland,  Harnett,  Wake,  Granville, 
and  of  the  following  counties  in  the  State  of  Virginia: 
Mecklenburg,  Brunswick,  Greenesville,  Southampton, 
Nansemond,  Norfolk,  and  Princess  Anne. 

§  4.  Black  Hills  Mission  shall  include  Crook 
County,  Wyoming,  and  all  that  part  of  the  State  of 
South  Dakota  west  of  the  meridian  101  degrees  west 
longitude;  and,  if  ratified  by  the  Dakota  Conference 
and  the  Black  Hills  Mission,  all  that  part  of  the  State 
of  South  Dakota  west  of  the  Missouri  River. 

§  5.  Chinese  Mission  stall  include  all  the  Chinese 
work  on  the  Pacific  Coast,  except  in  Oregon  and 
Washington. 

338 


Boundaries  of  Missions  455 

§  6.  East  Oklahoma  Mission  shall  include  all  of 
Oklahoma  lying  south  and  east  of  the  Oklahoma  Con- 
ference. 

§  7.  Hawaii  Mission  shall  include  the  Hawaiian 
Islands. 

§  8.  Italian  Mission  shall  include  all  the  Italian 
work  in  the  territory  included  between  the  Atlantic 
Ocean  and  a  meridian  drawn  west  of  Indianapolis, 
Indiana. 

§  9.  Ne\'ada  Mission  shall  include  the  State  of 
Nevada  and  as  much  of  the  State  of  California  as  lies 
east  of  the  west  summit  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  Moun- 
tains, except  Siskiyou  and  Modoc  Counties  in  the 
State  of  California. 

§  10.  New  Mexico  English  Mission  shall  include 
the  Territory  of  New  Mexico  excepting  Chama,  the 
county  of  El  Paso  in  the  State  of  Texas,  and  the 
State  of  Chihuahua  in  the  Republic  of  Mexico. 

§  11.  New  Mexico  Spanish  Mission  Conference 
shall  include  the  work  among  the  Spanish-speaking 
people  in  the  Territories  of  New  Mexico  and  Arizona, 
the  State  of  Colorado,  El  Paso,  Texas,  and  the  States 
of  Chihuahua  and  Sonora  in  the  Republic  of  Mexico. 

§  12.  Pacific  Chinese  Mission  shall  include  all  the 
Chinese  work  between  the  Mississippi  River  and  the 
Pacific  Ocean,  excepting  that  this  action  shall  not  be- 
come operative  as  regards  the  Chinese  work  in  Port- 
land until  after  the  close  of  the  Conferences  involved, 
and  upon  concurrence  of  the  Bishops  resident  in 
Portland  and  San  Francisco. 

§  13.  Pacific  Japanese  Mission  shall  include  all  the 
Japanese  work  west  of  the  Mississippi  River. 

§  14.  Pacific  Swedish  Mission  Conference  shall 
include  the  Swedish  work  in  the  States  of  California, 
339 


1"  456         Boundaries  op  Missions 


Oregon,  Washington,  Utah,  Nevada,  and  Idaho,  the 
Territory  of  Arizona,  and  that  part  of  the  State  of 
Montana  west  of  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

§  15.  PoRTO  Rico  Mission  shall  include  Porto  Rico 
and  the  adjacent  islands  belonging  to  its  civil  juris- 
diction, together  with  any  work  which  may  be  estab- 
lished by  our  Church  or  come  under  its  care  in  any 
of  the  islands  known  as  the  West  Indies. 

§  16.  South  Florida  Mission  shall  include  that 
part  of  the  State  of  Florida  lying  south  of  parallel 
twenty-nine,  including  the  established  charges,  name- 
ly: New  Smyrna,  Dayton,  Ormond,  and  De  Land 
Circuit. 

§  17.  Utah  Mission  shall  include  the  State  of 
Utah. 

§  18.  Wyoming  Mission  shall  include  the  State  of 
Wyoming  except  the  National  Park  and  Crook 
County.   


11.  Foreign  Countries 

H  456.  Africa.  §  1.  East  Central  Africa  Mission 
Conference  shall  include  the  work  in  East  Africa 
south  of  the  equator. 

§  2.  West  Central  Africa  Mission  Conference  shall 
include  the  work  in  West  Africa  south  of  the  equa- 
tor. 

Eastern  Asia.  §  3.  Central  China  Mission  Confer- 
ence shall  include  Central  China,  with  its  central 
station  at  the  city  of  Nanking,  on  the  Yang-tse  River. 

§  4.  West  China  Mission  Conference  shall  include 
our  work  in  the  western  part  of  the  Chinese  Empire 
and  in  Tibet. 

Europe.    §  5.  Bulgaria  Mission  Conference  shall  in- 
clude the  Principality  of  Bulgaria  north  of  the  Bal- 
340 


Boundaries  of  Missions         %  456 


kan  Mountains,  and  other  contiguous  countries  of  the 
Balkan  Peninsula  lying  north  and  west  of  said 
section. 

§  6.  Denmark  Mission  Conference  shall  include  the 
Kingdom  of  Denmark,  with  its  central  station  at  the 
city  of  Copenhagen. 

§  7.  Finland  and  Saint  Petersburg  Mission  Confer- 
ence shall  include  our  work  in  the  Russian  Empire. 

India  and  Malaysia.  §  8.  Burma  Mission  Confer- 
ence shall  include  Burma. 

§  9.  Central  Provinces  Mission  Conference  shall 
include  all  the  Central  Provinces,  and  the  Feudatory 
States  under  the  supervisiofi  of  the  Central  Prov- 
inces government,  Berar,  and  such  portion  of  Cen- 
tral India  as  lies  north  of  the  Central  Provinces 
and  south  of  the  twenty-fifth  parallel  of  north  lati- 
tude, not  embraced  in  the  Bombay  Conference; 
and  that  portion  of  the  Nizam's  Dominions  lying 
north  of  the  Godavery  Valley  Railway,  from  Jalna  in 
the  Aurungabad  District,  to  the  point  where  that 
railway  crosses  the  Godavery  River;  further,  such 
country  as  lies  north  of  the  Godavery  River  from 
this  point  eastward  to  a  point  twenty-five  miles  west 
of  Sironcha.  The  boundary  line  shall  thence  fall 
slightly  southeast  to  Neckonda  Station  on  the  N. 
G.  S.  Railway;  thence  along  the  said  railway  to 
Yellandu;  thence  due  east  to  Bhadrachalam ;  and 
thence  up  the  Godavery  River  to  the  southernmost 
boundary  of  Sironcha  District  of  the  Central  Prov- 
inces. 

South  America.  §  10.  North  Andes  Mission  Con- 
ference shall  include  all  of  South  America  not  in- 
cluded in  the  Eastern  South  America  and  the  Chile 
Conferences. 

341 


f  457 


Enabling  Acts 


CHAPTER  IV 
ENABLING  ACTS 

If  457.  In  force  providing  the  number  of  Ministers 
shall  not  be  diminished  to  less  than  twenty-five  in  any 
adjoining  Conference. 


I.  United  States 

1[  458,  §  1.  The  dividing  line  between  the  .Black 
Hills  Mission  and  the  Dakota  Conference  shall  be  the 
Missouri  River,  provided  both  the  Conference  and 
the  Mission  ratify  this  at  their  next  annual  sessions, 
the  presiding  Bishop  consenting. 

§  2.  A  joint  commission  from  the  Detroit  and  Michi- 
gan Conferences  may,  in  accordance  with  the  Disci- 
pline and  with  the  approval  of  the  presiding  Bishops, 
so  readjust  their  boundaries  as  to  include  Mackinaw 
City  within  the  bounds  of  the  Detroit  Conference. 

§  3.  Erie  Charge  Is  restored  to  the  Rock  River 
Conference,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Central 
Illinois  and  Rock  River  Conferences  at  their  session 
succeeding  the  General  Conference  of  1908. 

§  4.  The  Lexington  Conference  may,  during  the 
next  quadrennium,  by  a  vote  of  two  thirds  of  the 
Members  present  and  voting,  with  the  approval  of 
the  presiding  Bishop,  divide  into  two  Conferences, 
with  such  names  and  boundaries  as  they  may 
adopt. 

§  5.  The  Norwegian  and  Danish  Conference  may, 
during  the  next  four  years,  by  a  vote  of  two  thirds 
342 


ExABLixG  Acts 


1  458 


of  the  Members  present  and  voting,  with  the  approval 
of  the  presiding  Bishop,  divide  into  two  Conferences, 
with  such  names  and  boundaries  as  they  may  adopt. 

§  6.  The  boundary  lines  between  the  Oklahoma 
Conference  and  the  East  Oklahoma  Mission  shall  re- 
main as  they  are  until  the  next  session  of  the  Okla- 
homa Conference.  If  at  that  time  a  two-thirds  vote 
of  the  Members  present  and  voting  favors  the  exten- 
sion of  the  boundaries  of  the  Conference  so  as  to 
embrace  the  East  Oklahoma  Mission,  they  shall  then 
become  one  Conference.  If  this  be  not  favored  by 
the  Oklahoma  Conference,  the  East  Oklahoma  Mission 
is  hereby  granted  an  enabling  act  to  organize  a  Con- 
ference, with  its  present  boundary  lines,  with  the 
consent  of  the  presiding  Bishop. 

§  7.  The  Pacific  Swedish  Mission  Conference  may, 
during  the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  two-thirds  vote 
of  the  Members  present  and  voting,  with  the  approval 
of  the  presiding  Bishop,  be  organized  into  an  Annual 
Conference;  also  New  Mexico  Spanish  Mission  Conf. 

§  8.  A  joint  commission  from  the  Puget  Sound  and 
Columbia  River  Conferences  shall,  in  accordance  with 
the  Discipline,  and  with  the  approval  of  the  Bishop 
or  presiding  Bishops,  more  clearly  define  the  boun- 
dary between  said  Conferences,  and  include  within 
the  bounds  of  either  Conference  the  County  of  Skama- 
nia, State  of  Washington. 

§  9.  The  South  Carolina  Conference  may,  during 
the  ensuing  quadrennium,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the 
Members  present  and  voting,  with  the  approval  of 
the  presiding  Bishop,  divide  into  two  Conferences, 
with  such  names  and  boundaries  as  they  may  adopt. 

§  10.  The  Wyoming  Mission  may,  during  the  next 
quadrennium,  by  a  vote  of  two  thirds  of  the  Members 
343 


t  459 


Enabling  Acts 


present  and  voting,  with  the  approval  of  the  presid- 
ing Bishop,  be  organized  into  a  Mission  Conference. 


II.  Foreign  Cowntries 

If  459,  §  1.  The  work  in  Austria-Hungary  may, 
with  approval  of  the  presiding  Bishop,  during  the 
next  quadrennium,  be  organized  into  a  Mission  Con- 
ference, to  be  called  by  some  distinctive  name  here- 
after to  be  chosen. 

§  2.  That  portion  of  the  Chile  Annual  Conference 
which  is  included  in  the  Republic  of  Bolivia  may,  dur- 
ing the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  vote  of  two  thirds 
of  the  Members  of  the  Chile  Conference  present  and 
voting,  with  the  approval  of  the  presiding  Bishop, 
be  organized  into  a  Mission  Conference  to  be  known 
as  the  Bolivia  Mission  Conference. 

§  3.  The  Burma  Mission  Conference  may,  during 
the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  vote  of  two  thirds  of  the 
Members  present  and  voting,  with  the  approval  of 
the  presiding  Bishop,  be  organized  into  an  Annual 
Conference. 

§  4.  The  Central  China  Mission  Conference  may, 
during  the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  two-thirds  vote 
of  all  the  Members  present  and  voting,  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  presiding  Bishop,  be  organized  into  an 
Annual  Conference. 

§  5.  The  Central  Provinces  Mission  Conference 
may,  during  the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  two- 
thirds  vote  of  the  Members  present  and  voting,  with 
the  approval  of  the  presiding  Bishop,  be  organized 
into  an  Annual  Conference. 

§  6.  The  Denmark  Mission  Conference  may,  during 
344 


Enabling  Acts 


1  459 


the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the 
members  present  and  voting,  with  the  approval  of 
the  presiding  Bishop,  be  organized  Into  an  Annual 
Conference. 

§  T.  The  Conferences  and  Missions  in  Europe  are 
hereby  authorized  to  organize  a  Central  Conference 
of  Europe,  according  to  the  provisions  of  ^  89. 

§  8.  The  Finland  and  Saint  Petersburg  Mission 
Conference  may,  during  the  ensuing  quadrennium,  by 
the  vote  of  two  thirds  of  the  Members  present  and 
voting,  with  the  approval  of  the  presiding  Bishop,  be 
organized  into  an  Annual  Conference. 

§  9.  The  Mission  in  France  may,  during  the  next 
four  years,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  Members  pres- 
ent and  voting,  with  the  approval  of  the  presiding 
Bishop,  be  organized  into  a  Mission  Conference,  to 
be  called  "k.y  some  distinctive  name  hereafter  to  be 
chosen. 

§  10.  The  Ingchung  and  Duacheng  Districts  of  the 
Hinghua  Annual  Conference  may,  during  the  ensu- 
ing quadrennium,  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  the  Hinghua 
Conference,  and  with  the  consent  of  the  presiding 
Bishop,  be  organized  into  the  Ingchung  Mission 
Conference. 

§  11.  The  work  in  Russia  may,  during  the  next 
quadrennium,  be  organized  into  a  Mission  Conference, 
to  be  called  by  some  distinctive  name  hereafter  to 
be  chosen. 

§  12.  The  West  China  Mission  Conference  may, 
during  the  next  quadrennium,  by  a  vote  of  two  thirds 
of  the  Members  present  and  voting,  with  the  approval 
of  the  presiding  Bishop,  be  organized  into  an  Annual 
Conference. 


345 


PART  X 
RITUAL 


I.  BAPTISM 

II.  RECEPTION  OF  MEMBERS 

III.  THE  LORD'S  SUPPER 

IV.  MATRIMONY 

V.  BURIAL  OF  THE  DEAD 
VI.  CONSECRATION  AND  ORDINATION 
VII.  CORNER  STONE  AND  DEDICATION 


Baptism 


t  460 


CHAPTER  I 
BAPTISM 

[Let  every  adult  person,  and  the  parents  ot  every  child  to  be  baptized, 
have  the  choice  of  either  sprinkling,  pouring,  or  immersion.] 

[We  will  on  no  account  whatever  make  a  charge  for  administering 
Baptism.] 

^  460.   Order  for  the  Administration  of  Baptism  to 
Infants 


The  Minister,  coming  to  the  Font,  which  is  to  he 
filled  with  pure  Water,  shall  use  the  following: 
Dearly  Beloved,  forasmuch  as  all  men  are  con- 
ceived and  born  in  sin,  and  that  our  Saviour  Christ 
saith,  Except  a  man  be  born  of  water  and  of  the 
Spirit  he  cannot  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  God:  I 
beseech  you  to  call  upon  God  the  Father,  through  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ,  that  having,  of  his  bounteous 
mercy,  redeemed  this  child  by  the  blood  of  his  Son, 
he  will  grant  that  he.  being  baptized  with  water,  may 
also  be  baptized  with  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  received 
into  Christ's  holy  Church,  and  become  a  lively  Mem- 
ber of  the  same. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 
Let  us  pray. 

Almighty  and  Everlasting  God,  who  of  thy  great 
mercy  hast  condescended  to  enter  into  covenant  rela- 
349 


f  460 


Baptism 


tions  with  man,  wherein  thou  hast  included  children 
as  partakers  of  its  gracious  benefits,  declaring  that 
of  such  is  thy  kingdom;  and  in  thy  ancient  Church 
didst  appoint  divers  baptisms,  figuring  thereby  the 
renewing  of  the  Holy  Ghost;  and  by  thy  well-beloved 
Son  Jesus  Christ  gavest  commandment  to  thy  holy 
Apostles  to  go  into  all  the  world  and  disciple  all 
nations,  baptizing  them  in  the  name  of  the  Father, 
and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost:  we  beseech 
thee,  that  of  thine  infinite  mercy  thou  wilt  look  upon 
this  child:  wash  him  and  sanctify  him,-  that  he.  being 
saved  by  thy  grace,  may  be  received  into  Christ's 
holy  Church,  and  being  steadfast  in  faith,  joyful 
through  hope,  and  rooted  in  love,  may  so  overcome 
the  evils  of  this  present  world  that  finally  he 
may  attain  to  everlasting  life,  and  reign  with  thee, 
world  without  end,  through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord. 
Amen. 

O  Merciful  God,  grant  that  all  carnal  affections 
may  die  in  him,  and  that  all  things  belonging  to  the 
Spirit  may  live  and  grow  in  him.  Amen. 

Grant  that  ?ie  may  have  power  and  strength  to 
have  victory,  and  to  triumph  against  the  devil,  the 
world,  and  the  flesh.  Amen. 

Grant  that  whosoever  is  dedicated  to  thee  by  our 
oflJce  and  ministry  may  also  be  endued  with  heaven- 
ly virtues,  and  everlastingly  rewarded  through  thy 
mercy,  O  blessed  Lord  God,  who  dost  live  and  govern 
all  things,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

Almighty,  Everliving  God,  whose  most  dearly  be- 
loved Son  Jesus  Christ,  for  the  forgiveness  of  our 
sins,  did  shed  out  of  his  most  precious  side  both 
water  and  blood,  regard,  we  beseech  thee,  our  suppli- 
cations. Sanctify  this  water  for  this  Holy  Sacra- 
350 


Baptism 


1  ^t30 


ment;  and  grant  that  this  child,  now  to  be  baptized, 
may  receive  the  fullness  of  thy  grace,  and  ever  re- 
main in  the  number  of  thy  faithful  and  elect  chil- 
dren, through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

Then  sliall  the  Minister  address  the  Parents  or 
Guardians  as  followeth: 

Dearly  Beloved,  forasmuch  as  this  child  is  now  pre- 
sented by  you  for  Christian  Baptism,  you  must  re- 
member that  it  is  your  part  and  duty  to  see  that  he 
be  taught,  as  soon  as  he  shall  be  able  to  learn,  the 
nature  and  end  of  this  Holy  Sacrament.  And  that  he 
may  know  these  things  the  better,  you  shall  call  upon 
him  to  give  reverent  attendance  upon  the  appointed 
means  of  grace,  such  as  the  ministry  of  the  word, 
and  the  public  and  private  worship  of  God;  and 
further,  you  shall  provide  that  he  shall  read  the  Holy 
Scriptures,  and  learn  the  Lord's  Prayer,  the  Ten 
Commandments,  the  Apostles'  Creed,  the  Catechism, 
and  all  other  things  which  a  Christian  ought  to  know 
and  believe  to  his  soul's  health,  in  order  that  he  may 
be  brought  up  to  lead  a  virtuous  and  holy  life,  re- 
membering always  that  Baptism  doth  represent  unto 
us  that  inward  purity  which  disposeth  us  to  follow 
the  example  of  our  Saviour  Christ;  that  as  he  died 
and  rose  again  for  us,  so  should  we,  who  are  baptized, 
die  unto  sin  and  rise  again  unto  righteousness,  con- 
tinually mortifying  all  corrupt  affections,  and  daily 
proceeding  in  all  virtue  and  godliness. 

Do  you  therefore  solemnly  engage  to  fulfill  these 
duties,  so  far  as  in  you  lies,  the  Lord  being  your 
helper? 

Ans.  We  do. 

351 


f  460 


Baptism 


Then  shall  the  People  stand  up,  and  the  Minister 
shall  say: 

Hear  the  words  of  the  Gospel,  written  by  Saint  Mark. 
[Chap.  10.  13-16.] 

They  brought  young  children  to  Christ,  that  he 
should  touch  them.  And  his  disciples  rebuked  those 
that  brought  them.  But  when  Jesus  saw  it,  he  was 
much  displeased,  and  said  unto  them.  Suffer  the  little 
children  to  come  unto  me,  and  forbid  them  not;  for 
of  such  is  the  kingdom  of  God.  Verily  I  say  unto 
you,  Whosoever  shall  not  receive  the  kingdom  of  God 
as  a  little  child,  he  shall  not  enter  therein.  And  he 
took  them  up  in  his  arms,  put  his  hands  upon  them, 
and  blessed  them. 

Then  the  Minister-  shall  take  the  Child  into  his  hands, 
and  say  to  the  friends  of  the  Child: 

Name  this  child. 

And  then,  naming  it  after  them,  he  shall  sprinkle  or 
pour  Water  upon  it,  or,  if  desired,  immerse  it  in 
Water,  saying: 

N.,  I  baptize  thee  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of 
the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  offer  the  following  Prayer, 
the  People  kneeling: 

0  God  of  infinite  mercy,  the  Father  of  all  the  faith- 
ful seed,  be  pleased  to  grant  unto  this  child  an  under- 
standing mind  and  a  sanctified  heart.  May  thy 
providence  lead  him  through  the  dangers,  tempta- 
tions, and  ignorance  of  his  youth,  that  he  may  never 
352 


Baptism 


1  460 


run  into  folly,  nor  into  the  evils  of  an  unbridled  ap- 
petite. We  pray  thee  so  to  order  the  course  of  his 
life  that,  by  good  education,  by  holy  examples,  and 
by  thy  restraining  and  renewing  grace,  he  may  be 
led  to  serve  thee  faithfully  all  ?iis  days;  so  that,  when 
/>€  has  glorified  thee  in  his  generation,  and  has 
served  the  Church  on  earth,  he  may  be  received  into 
thine  eternal  kingdom,  through  Jesus  Christ  our 
Lord.  Amen. 

Almighty  and  Most  Merciful  Father,  let  thy  loving 
mercy  and  compassion  descend  upon  these,  thy  serv- 
ant and  handmaid,  the  parents  [or  guardians]  of  this 
child.  Grant  unto  them,  we  beseech  thee,  thy  Holy 
Spirit,  that  they  may,  like  Abraham,  command  their 
household  to  keep  the  way  of  the  Lord.  Direct  their 
actions,  and  sanctify  their  hearts,  words,  and  pur- 
poses, that  their  whole  family  may  be  united  to  our 
Lord  Jesus  Christ  in  the  bands  of  faith,  obedience, 
and  charity;  and  that  they  all,  being  in  this  life  thy 
holy  children  by  adoption  and  grace,  may  be  ad- 
mitted into  the  Church  of  the  firstborn  in  heaven, 
through  the  merits  of  thy  dear  Son,  our  Saviour  and 
Redeemer.  Amen. 

Then  may  the  Minister  offer  extemporary  Prayer. 
Then  shall  be  said,  all  kneeling: 

Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven,  hallowed  be  thy 
name.  Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  in 
earth,  as  it  is  in  heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily 
bread:  and  forgive  us  our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive 
those  who  trespass  against  us:  and  lead  us  not  into 
temptation,  but  deliver  us  from  evil:  for  thine  is  the 
kingdom,  and  the  power,  and  the  glory,  forever. 
Amen. 

353 


1  4G1 


Baptism 


H  461.    Order  for  the  Administration  of  Baptism  to  such 
as  are  of  Riper  Years 

Dearly  Beloved,  forasmuch  as  all  men  are  con- 
ceived and  born  in  sin;  and  that  which  is  born  of  the 
flesh  is  flesh,  and  they  that  are  in  the  flesh  cannot 
please  God,  but  live  in  sin,  committing  many  actual 
transgressions;  and  our  Saviour  Christ  saith.  Except 
a  man  be  born  of  water  and  of  the  Spirit  he  cannot 
enter  into  the  kingdom  of  God:  I  beseech  you  to  call 
upon  God  the  Father,  through  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
that  of  his  bounteous  goodness  he  will  grant  to  these 
persons  that  which  by  nature  they  cannot  have;  that 
they,  being  baptized  with  water,  may  also  be  baptized 
with  the  Holy  Ghost,  and,  being  received  into  Christ's 
holy  Church,  may  continue  lively  Members  of  the 
same. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 
Let  us  pray. 

Almighty  and  Immortal  God,  the  aid  of  all  that 
need,  the  helper  of  all  that  flee  to  thee  for  succor,  the 
life  of  them  that  believe,  and  the  resurrection  of  the 
dead:  we  call  upon  thee  for  these  persons,  that  they, 
coming  to  thy  Holy  Baptism,  may  also  be  filled  with 
thy  Holy  Spirit.  Receive  them,  O  Lord,  as  thou  hast 
promised  by  thy  well-beloved  Son,  saying.  Ask,  and 
ye  shall  receive;  seek,  and  ye  shall  find;  knock,  and 
it  shall  be  opened  unto  you:  so  give  now  unto  us  that 
ask;  let  us  that  seek,  find;  open  the  gate  unto  us  that 
knock;  that  these  persons  may  enjoy  the  everlasting 
benediction  of  thy  heavenly  washing,  and  may  come 
to  the  eternal  kingdom  which  thou  hast  promised, 
by  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

354 


Baptism 


1  461 


Then  shall  the  People  stand  up,  and  the  Minister 
shall  say: 

Hear  the  words  of  the  Gospel,  written  by  Saint  John. 
[Chap.  3.  1-8.] 
There  was  a  man  of  the  Pharisees,  named  Nico- 
demus,  a  ruler  of  the  Jews:  the  same  came  to  Jesus 
by  night,  and  said  unto  him,  Rabbi,  we  know  that 
thou  art  a  teacher  come  from  God;  for  no  man  can 
do  these  miracles  that  thou  doest,  except  God  be  with 
him.  Jesus  answered  and  said  unto  him,  Verily, 
verily,  I  say  unto  thee.  Except  a  man  be  born  again, 
lie  cannot  see  the  kingdom  of  God.  Nicodemus  saith 
unto  him.  How  can  a  man  be  born  when  he  is  old? 
Can  he  enter  the  second  time  into  his  mother's  womb, 
and  be  born?  Jesus  answered.  Verily,  verily,  1  say 
unto  thee.  Except  a  man  be  born  of  water  and  of  the 
Spirit,  he  cannot  enter  into  the  kingdom  of  God. 
That  which  is  born  of  the  flesh  is  flesh;  and  that 
which  is  born  of  the  Spirit  is  spirit.  Marvel  not  that 
I  said  unto  thee.  Ye  must  be  born  again.  The  wind 
bloweth  where  it  listeth,  and  thou  hearest  the  sound 
thereof,  but  canst  not  tell  whence  it  cometh,  and 
whither  it  goeth:  so  is  everyone  that  is  born  of  the 
Spirit. 

Then  the  Minister  shall  speak  to  the  Persons  to  be 
baptized  on  this  wise: 
Well  Beloved,  who  have  come  hither  desiring  to  re- 
ceive Holy  Baptism,  you  have  heard  how  the  Congre- 
gation hath  prayed  that  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  would 
vouchsafe  to  receive  you,  to  bless  you,  and  to  give  you 
the  kingdom  of  heaven,  and  everlasting  life.  And 
our  Lord  Jesus  Christ  hath  promised  in  his  holy 
word  to  grant  all  those  things  that  we  have  prayed 
355 


1  461 


Baptism 


for:  which  promise  he  for  his  part  will  most  surely 
keep  and  perform. 

Wherefore,  after  this  promise  made  by  Christ,  you 
must  also  faithfully,  for  your  part,  promise  in  the 
presence  of  this  whole  Congregation,  that  you  will 
renounce  the  devil  and  all  his  works,  and  constantly 
believe  God's  Holy  Word,  and  obediently  keep  his 
commandments. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  demand  of  each  of  the  Per- 
sons to  be  baptized: 

Quest.  Dost  thou  renounce  the  devil  and  all  his 
works,  the  vain  pomp  and  glory  of  the  world,  with 
all  covetous  desires  of  the  same,  and  the  carnal  de- 
sires of  the  flesh,  so  that  thou  wilt  not  follow  nor  be 
led  by  them? 

Ans.  I  renounce  them  all. 

Quest.  Dost  thou  believe  in  God  the  Father  Al- 
mighty, Maker  of  heaven  and  earth: 

And  in  Jesus  Christ,  his  only  begotten  Son  our 
Lord;  and  that  he  was  conceived  by  the  Holy  Ghost, 
born  of  the  Virgin  Mary;  that  he  suffered  under 
Pontius  Pilate,  was  crucified,  dead,  and  buried;  that 
he  rose  again  the  third  day;  that  he  ascended  into 
heaven,  and  sitteth  at  the  right  hand  of  God  the 
Father  Almighty;  and  from  thence  shall  come  again 
at  the  end  of  the  world,  to  judge  the  quick  and  the 
dead? 

And  dost  thou  believe  in  the  Holy  Ghost;  the  holy 
catholic'  Church,  the  communion  of  saints;  the  for- 
giveness of  sins;  the  resurrection  of  the  body;  and 
everlasting  life  after  death? 

Ans.  All  this  I  steadfastly  believe. 


1  The  one  universal  Church  of  Christ. 
356 


Baptism 


H  461 


Quest.  Wilt  thou  be  baptized  in  this  faith? 
Ans.  Such  is  my  desire. 

Quest.  "Wilt  thou  then  obediently  keep  God's  holy 
will  and  commandments,  and  walk  in  the  same  all 
the  days  of  thy  life? 

Ans.  I  will  endeavor  so  to  do,  God  being  my  helper. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 

O  Merciful  God,  grant  that  all  carnal  affections 
may  die  in  these  persons,  and  that  all  things  belong- 
ing to  the  Spirit  may  live  and  grow  in  them.  Amen. 

Grant  that  they  may  have  power  and  strength  to 
have  victory,  and  triumph  against  the  devil,  the 
world,  and  the  flesh.  Amen. 

Grant  that  they,  being  here  dedicated  to  thee  by 
our  office  and  ministry,  may  also  be  endued 
with  heavenly  virtues,  and  everlastingly  rewarded 
through  thy  mercy,  0  blessed  Lord  God,  who  dost 
live,  and  govern  all  things,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

Almighty,  Everliving  God,  whose  most  dearly  be- 
loved Son  Jesus  Christ,  for  the  forgiveness  of  our 
sins,  did  shed  out  of  his  most  precious  side  both 
water  and  blood;  and  gave  commandment  to  his  dis- 
ciples that  they  should  go  teach  all  nations,  and  bap- 
tize them  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son, 
and  of  the  Holy  Ghost;  regard,  we  beseech  thee,  our 
supplications;  and  grant  that  the  persons  now  to  be 
baptized  may  receive  the  fullness  of  thy  grace,  and 
ever  remain  in  the  number  of  thy  faithful  and  elect 
children,  through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 


357 


1"  462         Reception  of  Members 


Then  shall  the  Minister  ask  the  name  of  each  Person 
to  be  baptized,  and  shall  sprinkle  or  pour  Water 
upon  him  (or,  if  he  shall  desire  it,  shall  immerse 
him  in  Water),  saying: 

N.,  I  baptize  thee  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of 
the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen. 

Then  shall  be  said  the  Lord's  Prayer,  all  kneeling: 
Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven,  hallowed  be  thy 
name.  Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  in 
earth,  as  it  is  in  heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily 
bread:  and  forgive  us  our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive 
those  who  trespass  against  us:  and  lead  us  not  into 
temptation,  but  deliver  us  from  evil:  for  thine  is  the 
kingdom,  and  the  power,  and  the  glory,  forever. 
Amen. 

Then  may  the  Minister  conclude  with  extemporary 
Prayer. 


CHAPTER  II 
RECEPTION  OF  MEMBERS 

t  462.  Form  I 


Those  who  are  to  be  received  into  the  Church  as  pro- 
bationers shall  be  called  forward  by  name,  and  the 
Minister,  addressing  the  Congregation,  shall  say: 
Dearly  Beloved  Brethren,  that  none  may  be  ad- 
mitted hastily  into  the  Church,  we  receive  persons 
who  seek  fellowship  with  us  on  profession  of  faith  into 
358 


Reception-  of  Members  "       1"  462 


a  preparatory  membership;  in  which  proof  may  be 
made,  both  to  themselves  and  to  the  Church,  of  the 
sincerity  and  depth  of  their  convictions  and  of  the 
strength  of  their  purpose  to  lead  a  new  life. 

The  persons  here  present  desire  to  be  so  admitted. 
You  will  hear  their  answers  to  the  questions  put  to 
them,  and  if  you  make  no  objection  they  will  be 
received. 

It  is  needful,  however,  that  you  be  reminded  of 
your  own  responsibility,  as  having  previously  entered 
this  holy  fellowship  and  now  representing  the  Church 
into  which  they  seek  admission.  Remembering  their 
inexperience,  and  how  much  they  must  learn  in  order 
to  become  good  soldiers  of  Jesus  Christ,  see  to  it  that 
they  find  in  you  holy  examples  of  life  and  loving 
help  in  the  true  serving  of  their  Lord  and  ours.  I 
beseech  you  so  to  order  your  own  lives  that  these 
new  disciples  may  take  no  detriment  from  you,  but 
that  it  may  ever  be  to  them  a  cause  for  thanksgiving 
to  God  that  they  were  led  into  this  fellowship. 

Then  addressing  the  Persons  seeking  Admission,  the 
Minister  shall  say: 

Dearly  Beloved,  you  have,  by  the  grace  of  God, 
made  your  decision  to  follow  Christ  and  to  serve  him. 
Your  confidence  in  so  doing  is  not  to  be  based  on 
any  notion  of  fitness  or  worthiness  in  yourselves,  but 
solely  on  the  merits  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  on 
his  death  and  intercession  for  us. 

That  the  Church  may  know  your  purpose,  you  will 
answer  the  questions  I  am  now  to  ask  you. 

Have  you  an  earnest  desire  to  be  saved  from  your 
sins? 

Ans.  I  have. 

359 


^  463       •  Reception  of  Members 

Will  you  guard  yourselves  against  all  things  con- 
trary to  the  teaching  of  God's  word,  and  endeavor 
to  lead  a  holy  life,  following  the  commandments  of 
God? 

Ans.  I  will  endeavor  so  to  do. 

Are  you  purposed  to  give  reverent  attendance  upon 
the  appointed  means  of  grace  in  the  ministry  of  the 
Word,  and  the  private  and  public  worship  of  God? 

Ans.  I  am  so  determined,  with  the  help  of  God. 

No  objection  being  offered,  the  Minister  shall  an- 
nounce that  the  Candidates  are  admitted,  and  shall 
■assign  them  to  classes. 

Then  shrill  the  Minister  offer  extemporary  Prayer. 


1  463.  Form  II 

On  the  day  appointed,  all  that  are  to  be  received  into 
the  Church  shall  be  called  forward,  and  the  Minis- 
ter, addressing  the  Congregation,  shall  say: 
Dearly  Beloved  Brethren,  the  Scriptures  teach 
us  that  the  Church  is  the  household  of  God,  the  body 
of  which  Christ  is  the  head;  and  that  it  is  the  design 
of  the  Gospel  to  bring  together  in  one  all  who  are  in 
Christ.    The  fellowship  of  the  Church  is  the  com- 
munion that  its  Members  enjoy  one  with  another. 
The  ends  of  this  fellowship  are  fhe  maintenance  of 
sound  doctrine  and  of  the  ordinances  of  Christian 
worship,  and  the  exercise  of  that  power  of  godly  ad- 
monition and  discipline  which  Christ  has  committed 
to  his  church  for  the  promotion  of  holiness. 

It  is  the  duty  of  all  men  to  unite  in  this  fellowship; 
for  only  those  who  are  "planted  in  the  house  of  the 
360 


Recepiion  of  Members         ^  463 


Lord  shall  flourish  in  the  courts  of  our  God."  Its 
more  particular  duties  are,  to  promote  peace  and 
unity;  to  bear  one  another's  burdens;  to  prevent  each 
other's  stumbling;  to  seek  the  intimacy  of  friendly 
society  among  themselves;  to  continue  steadfast  in 
the  faith  and  worship  of  the  Gospel;  and  to  pray  and 
sympathize  with  each  other.  Among  its  privileges 
are  peculiar  incitements  to  holiness  from  the  hear- 
ing of  God's  Word  and  the  sharing  in  Christ's  ordi- 
nances; the  being  placed  under  the  watchful  care  of 
Pastors;  and  the  enjoyment  of  the  blessings  which 
are  promised  only  to  those  who  are  of  the  Household 
of  Faith. 

Into  this  holy  fellowship  the  persons  before  you, 
who  have  already  received  the  Sacrament  of  Baptism, 
and  have  been  properly  recommended,  come  seeking 
admission.  We  now  propose,  in  the  fear  of  God,  to 
question  them  as  to  their  faith  and  purposes,  that  you 
may  know  that  they  are  proper  persons  to  be  admit- 
ted into  the  Church. 

Then,  addressing  the  Applicants  for  Admission,  the 
Minister  shall  say: 
Dearly  Beloved,  you  are  come  hither  seeking  the 
great  privilege  of  union  with  the  Church  our  Saviour 
has  purchased  with  his  own  blood.  We  rejoice  in  the 
grace  of  God  vouchsafed  unto  you  in  that  he  has 
called  you  to  be  his  followers.  You  have  heard  how 
blessed  are  the  privileges,  and  how  solemn  are  the 
duties,  of  membership  in  Christ's  Church;  and  before 
you  are  fully  admitted  thereto,  it  is  proper  that  you 
do  here  publicly  renew  your  vows,  confess  your  faith, 
and  declare  your  purpose,  by  answering  the  following 
questions: 

361 


T  463 


Recei'tion  of  Members 


Do  you  here,  in  the  presence  of  God  and  of  this 
Congregation,  renew  the  solemn  promise  contained 
in  the  Baptismal  Covenant,  ratifying  and  confirming 
the  same,  and  acknowledging  yourselves  bound  faith- 
fully to  observe  and  keep  that  Covenant? 

Ans.  I  do. 

Have  you  saving  faith  in  the  Lord  Jesus  Christ? 
Ans.  I  trust  I  have. 

Do  you  believe  in  tlie  Doctrines  of  the  Holy  Scrip- 
tures as  set  forth  in  the  Articles  of  Religion  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church? 

Ans.  I  do. 

Will  you  cheerfully  be  governed  by  the  Rules  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  hold  sacred  the  Ordi- 
nances of  God,  and  endeavor,  as  much  as  in  you  lies, 
to  promote  the  welfare  of  your  brethren  and  the  ad- 
vancement of  the  Redeemer's  kingdom? 

Ans.  I  will. 

Will  you  contribute  of  your  earthly  substance,  ac- 
cording to  your  ability,  to  the  support  of  the  Gos- 
pel and  the  various  benevolent  enterprises  of  the 
Church? 

Ans.  I  will. 

Then  the  Minister,  addressing  the  Church,  shall  say: 
Brethren,  these  persons  having  given  satisfactory 
responses  to  our  inquiries,  have  any  of  you  reason  to 
allege  why  they  should  not  be  received  into  mem- 
bership in  the  Church? 

No  objections  being  alleged,  the  Minister  shall  say 
to  the  Candidates : 
We  welcome  you  to  the  communion  of  the  Church 
of  God;  and,  in  testimony  of  our  Christian  affection 
362 


The  Lord's  Supper 


t  464 


and  the  cordiality  with  which  we  receive  you^  I  here- 
by extend  to  you  the  right  hand  of  fellowship:  and 
may  God  grant  that  you  may  be  a  faithful  and  useful 
Member  of  the  Church  militant  till  you  are  called  to 
the  fellowship  of  the  Church  triumphant,  which  is 
"without  fault  before  the  throne  of  God." 

Then  shall  the  Minister  offer  extemporary  Prayer., 


CHAPTER  III 
THE  LORD'S  SUPPER 

[Whenever  practicable,  let  none  but  the  pure,  unfermented  juice  ot  the 
grape  be  used  In  administering  the  Lord's  Supper.] 

[Let  persons  who  have  scruples  concerning  the  receiving  of  the  Sacra- 
ment of  the  Lord's  Supper  kneeling  be  permitted  to  receive  it  either 
standing  or  sitting.  1 

(No  person  shall  be  admitted  to  the  Lord's  Supper  among  us  who  is 
guilty  of  any  practice  for  which  we  would  exclude  a  Member  of  our 
Church.J 


1[  464.  Order  for  the  Administration  of  the  Lord's  Supper 


The  Elder  shall  say  one  or  more  of  these  Sentences, 
during  the  reading  of  which  the  Persons  'appointed 
for  that  purpose  shall  receive  the  Alms  for  the 
Poor: 

Let  your  light  so  shine  before  men,  that  they  may 
see  your  good  works,  and  glorify  your  Father  which 
is  in  heaven.    [Matt.  5.  16.] 
363 


t  464 


The  Lord's  Supper 


Lay  not  up  for  yourselves  treasures  upon  earth, 
where  moth  and  rust  doth  corrupt,  and  where  thieves 
break  through  and  steal:  but  lay  up  for  yourselves 
treasures  in  heaven,  where  neither  moth  nor  rust 
doth  corrupt,  and  where  thieves  do  not  break  through 
nor  steal.    [Matt.  6.  19,  20.] 

Whatsoever  ye  would  that  men  should  do  to  you, 
do  ye  even  so  to  them:  for  this  is  the  law  and  the 
prophets.    [Matt.  7.  12.] 

Not  every  one  that  saith  unto  me.  Lord,  Lord,  shall 
enter  into  the  kingdom  of  heaven;  but  he  that  doeth 
the  will  of  my  Father  which  is  in  heaven.  [Matt. 
7.  21.] 

Zaccheus  stood,  and  said  unto  the  Lord:  Behold, 
Lord,  the  half  of  my  goods  I  give  to  the  poor;  and  if 
I  have  taken  anything  from  any  man  by  false  accusa- 
tion, I  restore  him  fourfold.    [Luke  19.  8.] 

He  which  soweth  sparingly  shall  reap  also  spar- 
ingly; and  he  which  soweth  bountifully  shall  reap 
also  bountifully.  Every  man  according  as  he  pur- 
posetb  in  his  heart,  so  let  him  give;  not  grudgingly, 
or  of  necessity:  for  God  loveth  a  cheerful  giver. 
[2  Cor.  9.  6,  7.] 

As  we  have  therefore  opportunity,  let  us  do  good 
unto  all  men,  especially  unto  them  who  are  of  the 
household  of  faith.    [Gal.  6.  10.] 

Godliness  with  contentment  is  great  gain;  for  we 
brought  i^othing  into  this  world,  and  it  is  certain  we 
can  carry  nothing  out.    [1  Tim.  6.  6,  7.] 

Cbarge  them  that  are  rich  in  this  world,  that  they 
be  not  high-minded,  nor  trust  in  uncertain  riches, 
but  in  the  living  God,  who  giveth  us  richly  all  things 
to  enjoy;  that  they  do  good,  that  they  be  rich  in  good 
works,  ready  to  distribute,  willing  to  communicate; 
364 


The  Lord's  Supper 


t  464 


laying  up  in  store  for  themselves  a  good  foundation 
against  the  time  to  come,  that  they  may  lay  hold  on 
eternal  life.    [1  Tim.  6.  17-19.] 

God  is  not  unrighteous  to  forget  your  work  and 
labor  of  love,  which  ye  have  showed  toward  his  name, 
in  that  ye  have  ministered  to  the  saints,  and  do  min- 
ister.   [Heb.  6.  10.] 

To  do  good  and  to  communicate  forget  not;  for 
with  such  sacrifices  God  is  well  pleased.  [Heb. 
13.  16.] 

Whoso  hath  this  world's  good,  and  seeth  his 
brother  have  need,  and  shutteth  up  his  bowels  of 
compassion  from  him,  how  dwelleth  the  love  of  God 
in  him?    [1  John  3.  17.] 

He  that  hath  pity  upon  the  poor  lendeth  unto  the 
Lord;  and  that  which  he  bath  given  will  he  pay  him 
again.    [Prov.  19.  17.] 

Blessed  is  he  that  considereth  the  poor:  the  Lord 
will  deliver  him  in  time  of  trouble.    [Psa.  41.  1.] 

Thou  shalt  open  thine  hand  wide  unto  thy  brother, 
to  thy  poor.    [Deut.  15.  11.] 

After  which  the  Elder  shall  give  the  follovAng  Invi- 
tation, the  People  standing: 

If  any  man  sin,  we  have  an  advocate  with  the 
Father,  Jesus  Christ  the  righteous:  and  he  is  the  pro- 
pitiation for  our  sins:  and  not  for  ours  only,  but  also 
for  the  sins  of  the  whole  world. 

Wherefore  ye  that  do  truly  and  earnestly  repent  of 
your  sins,  and  are  in  love  and  charity  with  your 
neigbbors,  and  intend  to  lead  a  new  life,  following 
the  commandments  of  God,  and  walking  from  hence- 
forth in  his  holy  ways,  draw  near  with  faith,  and 
365 


^  404 


The  Lord's  Slppek 


take  this  Holy  Sacrament  to  your  comfort;  and,  de- 
voutly kneeling,  make  your  humble  confession  to 
Almighty  God. 

Then  shall  this  general  Confession  te  made  by  the 
Minister  in  the  name  of  all  those  who  are  minded 
to  receive  the  Holy  Communion,  both  he  and  all 
the  People  devoutly  kneeling,  and  saying: 

Almighty  God,  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ 
Maker  of  all  things,  Judge  of  all  men,  we  acknowledge 
and  bewail  our  manifold  sins  and  wickedness,  which 
we  from  time  to  time  most  grievously  have  committed, 
by  thought,  word,  and  deed,  against  thy  Divine  Majesty, 
provoking  most  justly  thy  wrath  and  indignation  against 
us.  We  do  earnestly  repent,  and  are  heartily  sorry  for 
these  our  misdoings ;  the  remembrance  of  them  is 
grievous  unto  us.  Have  mercy  upon  us,  have  mercy 
upon  us,  most  merciful  Father ;  for  thy  Son,  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ's  sake,  forgive  us  all  that  is  past ;  and  grant 
that  we  may  ever  hereafter  serve  and  please  thee  in  new- 
ness of  life,  to  the  honor  and  glory  of  thy  name,  through 
Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Elder  say: 

Almighty  God,  our  heavenly  Father,  who  of  thy 
great  mercy  hast  promised  forgiveness  of  sins  to  all 
them  that  with  hearty  repentance  and  true  faith  turn 
unto  thee,  have  mercy  upon  us;  pardon  and  deliver 
us  from  all  our  sins;  confirm  and  strengthen  us  in 
all  goodness;  and  bring  us  to  everlasting  life,  through 
Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 


366 


TiiK  Lord's  Supper 


t  464 


The  Collect 

Almighty  God,  unto  whom  all  hearts  are  open,  all 
desires  known,  and  from  whom  no  secrets  are  hid, 
cleanse  the  thoughts  of  our  hearts  by  the  inspiration 
of  thy  Holy  Spirit,  that  we  may  perfectly  love  thee, 
and  worthily  magnify  thy  holy  name,  through  Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Elder  say: 

We  do  not  presume  to  come  to  this  thy  table,  0 
merciful  Lord,  trusting  in  our  own  righteousness,  but 
in  thy  manifold  and  great  mercies.  We  are  not 
worthy  so  much  as  to  gather  up  the  crumbs  under 
thy  table.  But  thou  art  the  same  Lord,  whose  prop- 
erty is  always  to  have  mercy.  Grant  us,  therefore, 
gracious  Lord,  so  to  eat  the  flesh  of  thy  dear  Son 
Jesus  Christ,  and  to  drink  his  blood,  that  we  may 
live  and  grow  thereby;  and  that,  being  washed 
through  his  most  precious  blood,  we  may  evermore 
dwell  in  him,  and  he  in  us.  Amen. 

Then  the  Elder  shall  offer  the  Prayer  of  Consecration, 
as  folloiveth: 

Almighty  God,  our  heavenly  Father,  who  of  thy 
tender  mercy  didst  give  thine  only  Son  Jesus  Christ 
to  suffer  death  upon  the  cross  for  our  redemption  r 
who  made  there,  by  his  oblation  of  himself  once 
offered,  a  full,  perfect,  and  sufficient  sacrifice,  obla- 
tion, and  satisfaction  for  the  sins  of  the  whole 
world;  and  did  institute,  and  in  his  holy  Gospel  com- 
mand us  to  continue,  a  perpetual  memory  of  his 
precious  death  until  his  coming  again:  hear  us,  O 
merciful  Father,  we  most  humbly  beseech  thee,  and 
367 


t  464 


The  Lord's  Supper 


grant  that  we,  receiving  these  thy  creatures  of  bread 
and  wine,  according  to  thy  Son  our  Saviour  Jesus 
Christ's  holy  institution,  in  remembrance  of  his  death 
and  passion,  may  be  partakers  of  his  most  blessed 
body  and  blood;  who,  in  the  same  j^^.^ 
night  that  he  was  betrayed,  took  Eider  may  take 
bread  (') ;  and  when  he  had  given  the  plate  of 
thanks,  he  broke  it,  and  gave  it  to  his  bread  in  his 
disciples,  saying.  Take,  eat;  this  is  my  fiand. 
body  which  is  given  for  you;  do  this  in  remembrance 
of  me. 

Likewise  after  supper  he  took  (^)  (')  Bere  he 
the  cup;  and  when  he  had  given  way  take  the 
thanks,  he  gave  it  to  them,  saying,  <^"P 
Drink  ye  all  of  this;  for  this  is  my 
blood  of  the  New  Testament,  which  is  shed  for  you, 
and  for  many,  for  the  remission  of  sins;  do  this,  as 
oft  as  ye  shall  drink  it,  in  remembrance  of  me. 
Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  receive  the  Communion  in 
both  kinds,  and  proceed  to  deliver  the  same  to  the 
other  Ministers,  if  any  be  present;  after  which  he 
shall  say: 

It  is  very  meet,  right,  and  our  bounden  duty  that  we 
should  at  all  times  and  in  all  places  give  thanks  unto 
thee,  O  Lord,  holy  Father,  Almighty,  Everlasting  God. 

Therefore  with  angels  and  archangels,  and  with  all 
the  company  of  heaven,  we  laud  and  magnify  thy 
glorious  name,  evermore  praising  thee,  and  saying. 
Holy,  Holy,  Holy,  Lord  God  of  Hosts,  heaven  and 
earth  are  full  of  thy  glory.  Glory  be  to  thee,  0  Lord 
most  high!  Amen. 

368 


The  Lord's  Supper 


1  464 


The  Minister  shall  then  proceed  to  administer  the 
Communion  to  the  People  in  order,  kneeling,  into 
their  uncovered  hands;  and  when  he  delivereth 
the  Bread,  he  shall  say: 

The  body  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  which  was 
given  for  thee,  preserve  thy  soul  and  body  unto  ever- 
lasting life.  Take  and  eat  this  in  remembrance  that 
Christ  died  for  thee;  and  feed  on  him  in  thy  heart 
by  faith,  with  thanksgiving. 

And  the  Minister  that  delivereth  the  Cup  shall  say: 
The  blood  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  which  was 
shed  for  thee,  preserve  thy  soul  and  body  unto  ever- 
lasting life.    Drink  this  in  remembrance  that  Christ's 
blood  was  shed  for  thee,  and  be  thankful. 

(If  the  Consecrated  bread  or  wine  shall  be  all  spent  before  all  have 
communed,  the  Elder  may  Consecrate  more  by  repeating  the  Prayer  of 
Consecration. 1 

[When  all  have  communed,  the  Minister  shall  return  to  the  Lord's 
table  and  place  upon  it  what  remalneth  of  the  Consecrated  elements, 
covering  the  same  with  a  fair  linen  cloth.l 

Then  shall  the  Elder  say  the  Lord's  Prayer;  the  Peo- 
ple kneeling,  and  repeating  after  him  every  petition: 
Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven,  hallowed  be  thy  name. 
Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  in  earth,  as  it  is 
in  heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily  bread :  and  for- 
give us  our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive  those  who  trespass 
against  us  :  and  lead  us  not  into  temptation,  but  deliver 
us  from  evil :  for  thine  is  the  kingdom,  and  the  power, 
and  the  glory,  forever.  Amen. 

After  which  shall  be  said  as  followeth: 
O  Lord  our  heavenly  Father,  we  thy  humble  serv- 
ants desire  thy  Fatherly  goodness  mercifully  to  ac- 
cept this  our  sacrifice  of  praise  and  thanksgiving; 
369 


T[  464  The  Lord's  Supper 


most  humbly  beseeching  thee  to  grant,  that,  by  the 
merits  and  death  of  thy  Son  Jesus  Christ,  and 
through  faith  in  his  blood,  we  and  thy  whole  Church 
may  obtain  forgiveness  of  our  sins,  and  all  other  ben- 
efits of  his  passion.  And  here  we  offer  and  present 
unto  thee,  O  Lord,  ourselves,  our  souls  and  bodies,  to 
be  a  reasonable,  holy,  and  lively  sacrifice  unto  thee; 
humbly  beseeching  thee  that  all  we  who  are  par- 
takers of  this  Holy  Communion  may  be  filled  with 
thy  grace  and  heavenly  benediction.  And  although 
we  be  unworthy,  through  our  manifold  sins,  to  offer 
unto  thee  any  sacrifice,  yet  we  beseech  thee  to  accept 
this  our  bounden  duty  and  service;  not  weighing  our 
merits,  but  pardoning  our  offenses,  through  Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord;  by  whom,  and  with  whom,  in  the 
unity  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  all  honor  and  glory  be  unto 
thee,  O  Father  Almighty,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

Then  shall  be  said  or  sung: 
Glory  be  to  God  on  high,  and  on  earth  peace,  good 
will  toward  men !  We  praise  thee,  we  bless  thee,  we 
worship  thee,  we  glorify  thee,  we  give  thanks  to  thee  for 
thy  great  glory,  O  Lord  God,  heavenly  King,  God  the 
Father  Almighty ! 

O  Lord,  the  only  begotten  Son  Jesus  Christ :  O  Lord 
God,  Lamb  of  God,  Son  of  the  Father,  that  takest  away 
the  sins  of  the  world,  have  mercy  upon  us.  Thou  that 
takest  away  the  sins  of  the  world,  have  mercy  upon 
us.  Thou  that  takest  away  the  sins  of  the  world,  re- 
ceive our  prayer.  Thou  that  sittest  at  the  right  hand 
of  God  the  Father,  have  mercy  upon  us.  For  thou  only 
art  holy ;  thou  only  art  the  Lord ;  thou  only,  O  Christ, 
with  the  Holy  Ghost,  art  most  high  in  the  glory  of  God 
the  Father.  Amen. 

370 


Matrimony 


1  405 


Then  the  Elder,  if  he  see  it  expedient,  may  put  up  an 
extemporary  Prayer;  and  afterward  shall  let  the 
People  depart  loith  this  Blessing: 
The  peace  of  God,  which  passeth  all  understanding, 
keep  your  hearts  and  minds  in  the  knowledge  and 
love  of  God,  and  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord: 
and  the  blessing  of  God  Almighty,  the  Father,  the 
Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  among  you,  and  remain 
with  you  always.  Amen. 

N.  B.— It  the  Elder  is  straitened  for  time  in  tlie  usual  administration 
of  the  Holy  Communion,  he  may  omit  any  part  of  the  service  except  the 
Invitation,  the  Confession,  and  the  Prayer  of  Consecration ;  and  in  Its 
administration  to  the  Sicli  he  may  omit  any  part  of  the  service  except  the 
Confession,  the  Prayer  of  Consecration,  and  the  usual  sentences  in  deliv- 
ering the  Bread  and  Wine,  closing  with  the  Lord's  Prayer,  extempore 
supplication,  and  the  Benediction. 


CHAPTER  IV 
MATRIMONY 

IT  465.  Form  for  the  Solemnization  of  Matrimony 


[The  parts  in  brackets  throughout  may  be  used  or  not  at  discretion.] 

At  the  day  and  time  appointed  for  the  Solemnization 
of  Matrimony,  the  persons  to  be  married — having 
been  qualified  according  to  law — standing  together, 
the  Man  on  the  right  hand  and  the  Woman  on  the 
left,  the  Minister  shall  say: 

Dearlt  Beloved,  we  are  gathered  together  here  in 
the  sight  of  God,  and  in  the  presence  of  these  wit- 
nesses, to  join  together  this  man  and  this  woman  in 
holy  Matrimony;  which  is  an  honorable  estate,  insti- 
tuted of  God  in  the  time  of  man's  innocency,  signify- 
371 


t  465 


Matrimony 


ing  unto  us  the  mystical  union  that  exists  between 
Christ  and  his  Church;  which  holy  estate  Christ 
adorned  and  beautified  with  his  presence,  and  first 
miracle  that  he  wrought,  in  Cana  of  Galilee,  and  is 
commended  by  Saint  Paul  to  be  honorable  among  all 
men;  and  therefore  is  not  by  any  to  be  entered  into 
unadvisedly,  but  reverently,  discreetly,  and  in  the 
fear  of  God. 

Into  which  holy  estate  these  two  persons  present 
come  now  to  be  joined.  Therefore  if  any  can  show 
just  cause  why  they  may  not  lawfully  be  joined  to- 
gether, let  him  now  speak,  or  else  hereafter  forever 
hold  his  peace. 

[And  also  speaking  unto  the  persons  that  are  to  he 
married,  the  Minister  shall  say: 
I  require  and  charge  you  both,  that  if  either  of  you 
know  any  impediment  why  you  may  not  be  lawfully 
joined  together  in  Matrimony,  you  do  now  confess  it: 
for  be  ye  well  assured,  that  so  many  as  are  coupled 
together  otherwise  than  God's  Word  doth  allow,  are 
not  joined  together  by  God,  neither  is  their  Matri- 
mony lawful.] 

If  no  impediment  be  alleged,  then  shall  the  Minister 
say  unto  the  Man: 
M.,  wilt  thou  have  this  woman  to  be  thy  wedded 
wife,  to  live  together  after  God's  ordinance  in  the 
holy  estate  of  Matrimony?  Wilt  thou  love  her,  com- 
fort her,  honor  and  keep  her,  in  sickness  and  in 
health;  and  forsaking  all  other,  keep  thee  only  unto 
her,  so  long  as  ye  both  shall  live? 

The  Man  shall  answer: 
I  will. 
372 


Matrimony 


T  4G5 


Then  shall  the  Minister  say  unto  the  Woman: 
N.,  wilt  thou  have  this  man  to  be  thy  wedded  hus- 
band, to  live  together  after  God's  ordinance  in  the 
holy  estate  of  Matrimony?  Wilt  thou  love,  honor, 
and  keep  him,  in  sickness  and  in  health;  and  for- 
saking all  other,  keep  thee  only  unto  him,  so  long  as 
ye  both  shall  live? 

The  Woman  shall  answer: 
I  will. 

[Then  the  Minister  shall  cause  the  Man  with  his 
right  hand  to  take  the  Woman  by  her  right  hand, 
and  to  say  after  him  as  followeth: 
I,  M.,  take  thee,  X..  to  be  my  wedded  wife,  to  have 
and  to  hold,  from  this  day  forward,  for  better,  for 
worse,  for  richer,  for  poorer,  in  sickness  and  in 
health,  to  love  and  to  cherish,  till  death  us  do  part, 
according  to  God's  holy  ordinance;  and  thereto  I 
plight  thee  my  faith. 

Then  shall  they  loose  their  hands,  and  the  Woman, 
loith  her  right  hand  taking  the  Man  by  his  right 
hand,  shall  likewise  say  after  the  Minister: 
I,  N.,  take  thee,  M.,  to  be  my  wedded  husband,  to 
have  and  to  hold,  from  this  day  forward,  for  better, 
for  worse,  for  richer,  for  poorer,  in  sickness  and  in 
health,  to  love  and  to  cherish,  till  death  us  do  part, 
according  to  God's  holy  ordinance;   and  thereto  I 
plight  thee  my  faith.] 

Then  shall  the  Minister  pray  thus: 
O  Eternal  God,  Creator  and  Preserver  of  all  man- 
kind. Giver  of  all  spiritual  grace,  the  Author  of  ever- 
lasting life:  send  thy  blessing  upon  these  thy  serv- 
373 


1  465 


Matrimony 


ants,  this  man  and  this  woman,  whom  we  bless  in  thy 
name;  that  as  Isaac  and  Rebecca  lived  faithfully  to- 
gether, so  these  persons  may  surely  perform  and  keep 
the  vow  and  covenant  between  them  made,  and  may 
ever  remain  in  perfect  love  and  peace  together,  and 
live  according  to  thy  laws,  through  Jesus  Christ  our 
Lord.  Amen. 

[If  the  parties  desire  it,  the  Man  shall  here  hand  a 
Ring  to  the  Minister,  who  shall  return  it  to  him, 
and  direct  him  to  place  it  on  the  third  finger  of  the 
Woman's  left  hand.  And  the  Man  shall  say  to  the 
Woman,  repeating  after  the  Minister: 
With  this  ring  I  thee  wed,  and  with  my  worldly 
goods  I  thee  endow,  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and 
of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen.] 

Then  shall  the  Minister  join  their  right  hands  to- 
gether, and  say: 
Forasmuch  as  M.  and  N.  have  consented  together 
in  holy  wedlock,  and  have  witnessed  the  same  before 
God  and  this  company,  and  thereto  have  pledged 
their  faith  either  to  other,  and  have  declared  the 
same  by  joining  of  hands;  I  pronounce  that  they  are 
husband  and  wife  together,  in  the  name  of  the  Father, 
and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Those  whom 
God  hath  joined  together,  let  no  man  put  asunder. 
Amen. 

And  the  Minister  shall  add  this  Blessing: 
God,  the  Father,  the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost, 
bless,  preserve,  and  keep  you;  the  Lord  mercifully 
with  his  favor  look  upon  you,  and  so  fill  you  with  all 
spiritual  benediction  and  grace  that  ye  may  so  live 
374 


Matrimony 


1  465 


together  in  this  life  that  in  the  world  to  come  ye  may 
have  life  everlasting.  Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  offer  the  following  Prayer: 
O  God  of  Abraham,  God  of  Isaac,  God  of  Jacob, 
bless  this  man  and  this  woman,  and  sow  the  seed  of 
eternal  life  in  their  hearts,  that  whatsoever  in  thy 
holy  word  they  shall  profitably  learn,  they  may  in- 
deed fulfill  the  same.  Look,  0  Lord,  mercifully  on 
them  from  heaven,  and  bless  them:  as  thou  didst 
send  thy  blessings  upon  Abraham  and  Sarah  to  their 
great  comfort,  so  vouchsafe  to  send  thy  blessings 
upon  this  man  and  this  woman,  that  they,  obeying 
i  thy  will,  and  always  being  in  safety  under  thy  pro- 
tection, may  abide  in  thy  love  unto  their  lives'  end, 
through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord. 

Almighty  God,  who  at  the  begianing  didst  create 
our  first  parents,  Adam  and  Eve,  and  didst  sanctify 
and  join  them  together  in  marriage,  pour  upon  these 
persons  the  riches  of  thy  grace,  sanctify  and  bless 
them,  that  they  may  please  thee  both  in  body  and 
soul,  and  live  together  in  holy  love  unto  their  lives' 
end.  Amen. 

Here  the  Minister  may  use  extemporary  Prayer. 

j  Then  the  Minister  shall  repeat  the  Lord's  Prayer: 
j  Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven,  hallowed  be  thy 
name.  Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  in 
earth,  as  it  is  in  heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily 
bread:  and  forgive  us  our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive 
those  who  trespass  against  us:  and  lead  us  not  into 
temptation,  but  deliver  us  from  evil:  for  thine  is  the 
kingdom,  and  the  power,  and  the  glory,  forever. 
Amen. 

375 


t  466 


Burial  of  the  Dead 


CHAPTER  V 
BURIAL  OF  THE  DEAD 

rWe  will  on  no  account  whatever  make  a  ch  arge  for  burying  the  dead.] 
II  466.  Form  for  Burial  of  the  Dead 


The  Minister,  going  before  the  Corpse,  shall  say: 
I  AM  the  resurrection,  and  the  life:  he  that  be- 
lieveth  in  me,  though  he  were  dead,  yet  shall  he  live: 
and  whosoever  liveth  and  believeth  in  me  shall  never 
die.    [John  11.  25,  26.] 

I  know  that  my  Redeemer  liveth,  and  that  he  shall 
stand  at  the  latter  day  upon  the  earth:  and  though 
after  my  skin  worms  destroy  this  body,  yet  in  my 
flesh  shall  I  see  God:  whom  I  shall  see  for  myself, 
and  mine  eyes  sball  behold,  and  not  another.  [Job 
19.  25-27.] 

"We  brought  nothing  into  this  world,  and  it  is  cer- 
tain we  can  carry  nothing  out.  The  Lord  gave,  and 
the  Lord  hath  taken  away;  blessed  be  the  name  of 
the  Lord.    [1  Tim.  6.  7;  Job  1.  21.] 

In  the  House  or  Church  may  be  read  one  or  both  of 
the  following  Psalms,  or  some  other  suitable  por- 
tion of  the  Holy  Scriptures : 

Psalm  39: 

I  said,  I  will  take  heed  to  my  ways,  fhat  I  sin  not 
with  my  tongue:  I  will  keep  my  mouth  with  a  bridle, 
376 


Burial  of  the  Dead  1"  466 

•while  the  wicked  is  before  me.  I  was  dumb  with 
silence,  I  held  my  peace,  even  from  good;  and  my 
sorrow  was  stirred.  My  heart  was  hot  within  me; 
while  I  was  musing  the  fire  burned:  then  spake  I 
with  my  tongue,  Lord,  make  me  to  know  mine  end, 
and  the  measure  of  my  days,  what  it  is;  that  I  may 
know  how  frail  I  am.  Behold,  thou  hast  made  my 
days  as  a  handbreadth;  and  mine  age  is  as  nothing 
before  thee:  verily  every  man  at  his  best  state  is  al- 
together vanity.  Surely  every  man  walketh  in  a  vain 
show:  surely  they  are  disquieted  in  vain:  he  heapeth 
up  riches,  and  knoweth  not  who  shall  gather  them. 
And  now.  Lord,  what  wait  I  for?  my  hope  is  in  thee. 
Deliver  me  from  all  my  transgressions:  make  me  not 
the  reproach  of  the  foolish.  I  was  dumb,  I  opened 
not  my  mouth;  because  thou  didst  it.  Remove  thy 
stroke  away  from  me;  I  am  consumed  by  the  blow  of 
thine  hand.  When  thou  with  rebukes  dost  correct 
man  for  iniquity,  thou  makest  his  beauty  to  consume 
away  like  a  moth:  surely  every  man  is  vanity.  Hear 
my  prayer,  O  Lord,  and  give  ear  unto  my  cry;  hold 
not  thy  peace  at  my  tears:  for  I  am  a  stranger  with 
thee,  and  a  sojourner,  as  all  my  fathers  were.  O 
spare  me,  that  I  may  recover  strength,  before  I  go 
hence,  and  be  no  more. 

Psalm  90: 

Lord,  thou  hast  been  our  dwelling-place  in  all  gen- 
erations. Before  the  mountains  were  brought  forth, 
or  ever  thou  hadst  formed  the  earth  and  the  world, 
even  from  everlasting  to  everlasting,  thou  art  God. 
Thou  turnest  man  to  destruction;  and  sayest,  Return, 
ye  children  of  men.  For  a  thousand  years  in  thy 
sight  are  but  as  yesterday  when  it  is  past,  and  as  a 
377 


^    466  BUEIAL  OF  THE  DeAD 

watch  in  the  night.  Thou  carriest  them  away  as 
with  a  flood;  they  are  as  a  sleep:  in  the  morning 
they  are  like  grass  which  groweth  up.  In  the  morn- 
ing it  flourisheth,  and  groweth  up;  in  the  evening  it 
is  cut  down,  and  withereth.  For  we  are  consumed 
by  thine  anger,  and  by  thy  wrath  are  we  troubled. 
Thou  hast  set  our  iniquities  before  thee,  our  secret 
sins  in  the  light  of  thy  countenance.  For  all  our 
days  are  passed  away  in  thy  wrath:  we  spend  our 
years  as  a  tale  that  is  told.  The  days  of  our  years  are 
threescore  years  and  ten;  and  if  by  reason  of  strength 
they  be  fourscore  years,  yet  is  their  strength  labor 
and  sorrow;  for  it  is  soon  cut  off,  and  we  fly  away. 
"Who  knoweth  the  power  of  thine  anger?  even  accord- 
ing to  thy  fear,  so  is  thy  wrath.  So  teach  us  to  num- 
ber our  days,  that  we  may  apply  our  hearts  unto 
wisdom.  Return,  O  Lord,  how  long?  and  let  it  repent 
thee  concerning  thy  servants.  O  satisfy  us  early 
with  thy  mercy;  that  we  may  rejoice  and  be  glad  all 
our  days.  Make  us  glad  according  to  the  days  where- 
in thou  hast  afflicted  us,  and  the  years  wherein  we 
have  seen  evil.  Let  thy  work  appear  unto  thy  serv- 
ants, and  thy  glory  unto  their  children.  And  let  the 
beauty  of  the  Lord  our  God  be  upon  us:  and  establish 
thou  the  work  of  our  hands  upon  us;  yea,  the  work 
of  our  hands  establish  thou  it. 

Then  may  follow  the  reading  of  the  Epistle,  as  follows: 
1  Corinthians  15.  41-58: 
There  is  one  glory  of  the  sun,  and  another  glory  of 
the  moon,  and  another  glory  of  the  stars;  for  one  star 
differeth  from  another  star  in  glory.    So  also  is  the 
resurrection  of  the  dead.   It  is  sown  in  corruption,  it 
378 


Burial  of  the  Dead  T  406 

is  raised  in  incorruption:  it  is  sown  in  dishonor,  it  is 
raised  in  glory:  it  is  sown  in  wealjness,  it  is  raised  in 
power:  it  is  sown  a  natural  body,  it  is  raised  a  spir- 
itual body.  There  is  a  natural  body,  and  there  is  a 
spiritual  body.  And  so  it  is  written,  The  first  man 
Adam  was  made  a  living  soul;  the  last  Adam  was 
made  a  quickening  spirit.  Howbeit  that  was  not  first 
which  is  spiritual,  but  that  which  is  natural;  and 
afterward  that  which  is  spiritual.  The  first  man  is 
of  the  earth,  earthy:  the  second  man  is  the  Lord  from 
heaven.  As  is  the  earthy,  such  are  they  also  that  are 
earthy:  and  as  is  the  heavenly,  such  are  they  also 
that  are  heavenly.  And  as  we  have  borne  the  image 
of  the  earthy,  we  shall  also  bear  the  image  of  the 
heavenly.  Now  this  I  say,  brethren,  that  flesh  and 
blood  cannot  inherit  the  kingdom  of  God;  neither 
doth  corruption  inherit  incorruption.  Behold,  I  show 
you  a  mystery;  We  shall  not  all  sleep,  but  we  shall  all 
be  changed,  in  a  moment,  in  the  twinkling  of  an  eye, 
at  the  last  trump:  for  the  trumpet  shall  sound,  and 
the  dead  shall  be  raised  incorruptible,  and  we  shall 
be  changed.  For  this  corruptible  must  put  on  incor- 
ruption, and  this  mortal  must  put  on  immortality. 
So  when  this  corruptible  shall  have  put  on  incorrup- 
tion, and  this  mortal  shall  have  put  on  immortality, 
then  shall  be  brought  to  pass  the  saying  that  is  writ- 
ten, Death  is  swallowed  up  in  victory.  0  death, 
where  is  thy  sting?  O  grave,  where  is  thy  victory? 
The  sting  of  death  is  sin;  and  the  strength  of  sin  is 
the  law.  But  thanks  be  to  God,  which  giveth  us  the 
victory  through  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ.  Therefore, 
my  beloved  brethren,  be  ye  steadfast,  unmovable, 
always  abounding  in  the  work  of  the  Lord,  forasmuch 
as  ye  know  that  your  labor  is  not  in  vain  in  the  Lord. 
379 


^  466  Burial  of  the  Dead 


At  the  grave,  when  the  Corpse  is  laid  in  the  Earth, 
the  Minister  shall  say: 

Man  that  is  born  of  a  woman  hath  but  a  short  time 
to  live,  and  is  full  of  misery.  He  cometh  up,  and  is 
cut  down  like  a  flower:  he  fleeth  as  it  were  a  shadow, 
and  never  continueth  in  one  stay. 

In  the  midst  of  life  we  are  in  death:  of  whom  may 
we  seek  for  succor,  but  of  thee,  O  Lord,  who  for  our 
sins  art  justly  displeased? 

Yet,  O  Lord  God  most  holy,  0  Lord  most  mighty,  0 
holy  and  most  merciful  Saviour,  deliver  us  not  into 
the  bitter  pains  of  eternal  death. 

Thou  knowest.  Lord,  the  secrets  of  our  hearts;  shut 
not  thy  merciful  ears  to  our  prayers,  but  spare  us. 
Lord  most  holy;  O  God  most  mighty,  O  holy  and 
merciful  Saviour,  thou  most  worthy  Judge  eternal, 
suffer  us  not  at  our  last  hour  for  any  pains  of  death 
to  fall  from  thee. 

Then,  while  the  Earth  shall  be  cast  upon  the  Body  by 
some  standing  by,  the  Minister  shall  say: 
Forasmuch  as  it  hath  pleased  Almighty  God,  in  his 
wise  providence,  to  take  out  of  the  world  the  soul  of 
the  departed,  we  therefore  commit  his  body  to  the 
ground,  earth  to  earth,  ashes  to  ashes,  dust  to  dust; 
looking  for  the  general  resurrection  in  the  last  day, 
and  the  life  of  the  world  to  come,  through  our  Lord 
Jesus  Christ;  at  whose  second  coming  in  glorious 
majesty  to  judge  the  world,  the  earth  and  the  sea 
shall  give  up  their  dead;  and  the  corruptible  bodies 
of  those  who  sleep  in  him  shall  be  changed  and  made 
like  unto  his  own  glorious  body;  according  to  the 
mighty  working  whereby  he  is  able  to  subdue  all 
things  unto  himself. 

380 


Burial  of  the  Dead  ^  466 


Then  shall  be  said: 
I  heard  a  voice  from  heaven  saying  unto  me,  Write, 
From  henceforth  blessed  are  the  dead  who  die  in  the 
Lord:  Even  so,  saith  the  Spirit;  for  they  rest  from 
their  labors. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 
Lord,  have  mercy  upon  us. 
Christ,  have  mercy  upon  us. 
Lord,  have  mercy  upon  us. 

Then  the  Minister  may  offer  this  Prayer: 
Almighty  God,  with  whom  do  live  the  spirits  of 
those  who  depart  hence  in  the  Lord,  and  with  whom 
the  souls  of  the  faithful,  after  they  are  delivered  from 
the  burden  of  the  flesh,  are  in  joy  and  felicity:  we 
give  thee  hearty  thanks  for  the  good  examples  of  all 
those  thy  servants,  who,  having  finished  their  course 
in  faith,  do  now  rest  from  their  labors.  And  we  be- 
seech thee,  that  we,  with  all  those  who  are  departed 
in  the  true  faith  of  thy  holy  name,  may  have  our  per- 
fect consummation  and  bliss,  both  in  body  and  soui, 
in  thy  eternal  and  everlasting  glory,  through  Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

The  Collect 

O  Merciful  God,  the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ,  who  is  the  resurrection  and  the  life;  in  whom 
whosoever  believeth  shall  live,  though  he  die,  and 
whosoever  liveth  and  believeth  in  him  shall  not  die 
eternally:  we  meekly  beseech  thee,  O  Father,  to  raise 
us  from  the  death  of  sin  unto  the  life  of  righteous- 
ness; that  when  we  shall  depart  this  life  we  may  rest 
381 


1  466 


Burial  of  the  Dead 


in  him;  and  at  the  general  resurrection  on  the  last 
day  may  be  found  acceptable  in  thy  sight,  and  receive 
that  ble'ssing  which  thy  well-beloved  Son  shall  then 
pronounce  to  all  that  love  and  fear  thee,  saying. 
Come,  ye  blessed  children  of  my  Father,  receive  the 
kingdom  prepared  for  you  from  the  beginning  of  the 
world.  Grant  this,  we  beseech  thee,  O  Merciful 
Father,  through  Jesus  Christ  our  Mediator  and  Re- 
deemer. Amen. 

Our  Father  who  art  in  heaven,  hallowed  be  thy 
name.  Thy  kingdom  come.  Thy  will  be  done  in 
earth,  as  it  is  in  heaven.  Give  us  this  day  our  daily 
bread:  and  forgive  us  our  trespasses,  as  we  forgive 
those  who  trespass  against  us:  and  lead  us  not  into 
temptation,  but  deliver  us  from  evil:  for  thine  is  the 
kingdom,  and  the  power,  and  the  glory,  forever. 
Amen. 

The  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  and  the  love  of 
God.  and  the  fellowship  of  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  with  us 
all  evermore.  Amen. 


382 


Consecration  and  Ordination    ^  467 


CHAPTER  VI 
CONSECRATION  AND  ORDINATION 


TI  467.  Form  of  Consecrating  Bishops 


[This  service  Is  not  to  be  understood  as  an  ordination  to  a  higher  Order 
In  the  Christian  Ministry,  beyond  and  above  that  of  Elders  or  Presbyters, 
but  as  a  solemn  and  fitting  Consecration  for  the  special  and  most  sacred 
duties  of  Superintendency  in  the  Church.] 

The  Collect 

Almighty  God,  who  by  thy  Son  Jesus  Christ  didst 
give  to  thy  holy  Apostles,  Elders,  and  Evangelists 
many  excellent  gifts,  and  didst  charge  them  to  feed 
thy  flock:  give  grace,  we  beseech  thee,  to  all  the 
Ministers  and  Pastors  of  thy  Church,  that  they  may 
diligently  preach  thy  Word  and  duly  administer  the 
godly  discipline  thereof;  and  grant  to  the  People  that 
they  may  obediently  follow  the  same,  that  all  may 
receive  the  crown  of  everlasting  glory,  througli  Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

Then  shall  ie  read  by  one  of  the  Elders: 
The  Epistle.    Acts  20.  17-35 
From  Miletus  Paul  sent  to  Ephesus,  and  called  the 
elders  of  the  Church.    And  when  they  were  come  to 
him,  he  said  unto  them.  Ye  know,  from  the  first  day 
that  I  came  to  Asia,  after  what  manner  I  have  been 
with  you  at  all  seasons,  serving  the  Lord  with  all 
383 


•f  467       Consecration  of  Bishops 

humility  of  mind,  and  with  many  tears,  and  tempta- 
tions, which  befell  me  by  the  lying  in  wait  of  the 
Jews:  and  how  I  kept  back  nothing  that  was  profit- 
able unto  you,  but  have  showed  you,  and  have  taught 
you  publicly,  and  from  house  to  house,  testifying  both 
to  the  Jews,  and  also  to  the  Greeks,  repentance  to- 
ward God,  and  faith  toward  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ. 
And  now,  behold,  I  go  bound  in  the  spirit  unto  Jeru- 
salem, not  knowing  the  things  that  shall  befall  me 
there:  save  that  the  Holy  Ghost  witnesseth  in  every 
city,  saying  that  bonds  and  afflictions  abide  me.  But 
none  of  these  things  move  me,  neither  count  I  my  life 
dear  unto  myself,  so  that  I  might  finish  my  course 
with  joy,  and  the  ministry,  which  I  have  received  of 
the  Lord  Jesus,  to  testify  the  Gospel  of  the  grace  of 
God.  And  now,  behold,  I  know  that  ye  all,  among 
whom  I  have  gone  preaching  the  kingdom  of  God, 
shall  see  my  face  no  more.  Wherefore  I  take  you  to 
record  this  day,  that  I  am  pure  from  the  blood  of  all 
men.  For  I  have  not  shunned  to  declare  unto  you  all 
the  counsel  of  God.  Take  heed  therefore  unto  your- 
selves, and  to  all  the  flock,  over  the  which  the  Holy 
Ghost  hath  made  you  overseers,  to  feed  the  Church  of 
God,  which  he  hath  purchased  with  his  own  blood. 
For  I  know  this,  that  after  my  departing  shall  griev- 
ous wolves  enter  in  among  you,  not  sparing  the  flock. 
Also  of  your  own  selves  shall  men  arise,  speaking 
perverse  things,  to  draw  away  disciples  after  them. 
Therefore  watch,  and  remember,  that  by  the  space 
of  three  years  I  ceased  not  to  warn  everyone  night 
and  day  with  tears.  And  now,  brethren,  I  commend 
you  to  God,  and  to  the  word  of  his  grace,-  which  is 
able  to  build  you  up,  and  to  give  you  an  inheritance 
among  all  them  which  are  sanctified.  I  have  coveted 
384 


Consecration  of  Bishops        f  467 


no  man's  silver,  or  gold,  or  apparel.  Yea,  ye  your- 
selves know,  that  these  hands  have  ministered  unto 
my  necessities,  and  to  them  that  were  with  me.  I 
have  showed  you  all  things,  how  that  so  laboring  ye 
ought  to  support  the  weak,  and  to  remember  the 
words  of  the  Lord  Jesus,  how  he  said,  It  is  more 
blessed  to  give  than  to  receive. 

Then  another  shall  read: 

The  Gospel.    Saint  John  21.  15-17 

Jesus  saith  to  Simon  Peter,  Simon,  son  of  Jonas, 
lovest  thou  me  more  than  these?  He  saith  unto 
him,  Yea,  Lord;  thou  knowest  that  I  love  thee.  He 
saith  unto  him.  Feed  my  lambs.  He  saith  to  him 
again  the  second  time,  Simon,  son  of  Jonas,  lovest 
thou  me?  He  saith  unto  him.  Yea,  Lord;  thou  know- 
est that  I  love  thee.  He  saith  unto  him,  Feed  my 
sheep.  He  saith  unto  him  the  third  time,  Simon, 
son  of  Jonas,  lovest  thou  me?  Peter  was  grieved 
because  he  said  unto  him  the  third  time,  Lovest  thou 
me?  And  he  said  unto  him,  Lord,  thou  knowest  all 
things;  thou  knowest  that  I  love  thee.  Jesus  saith 
unto  him,  Feed  my  sheep. 

Or  this:  Saint  Matthew  28.  18-20 

Jesus  came  and  spake  unto  them,  saying.  All  power 
is  given  unto  me  in  heaven  and  in  earth.  Go  ye 
therefore,  and  teach  all  nations,  baptizing  them  in  the 
name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy 
Ghost:  teaching  them  to  observe  all  things  whatso- 
ever I  have  commanded  you:  and,  lo,  I  am  with  you 
always,  even  unto  the  end  of  the  world. 

385 


^  467        Consecration  of  Bishops 


After  the  Gospel  and  the  Sermon  are  ended,  the 
Elected  Person  shall  he  presented  hy  two  Elders 
unto  the  Bishop,  saying: 

We  present  unto  you  this  holy  man  to  be  conse- 
crated a  Bishop. 

Then  the  Bishop  shall  move  the  Congregation  present 
to  pray,  saying  thus  to  them: 

Brethren,  it  is  written  in  the  Gospel  of  Saint  Luke 
that  our  Saviour  Christ  continued  the  whole  night  in 
prayer  before  he  did  choose  and  send  forth  his  twelve 
Apostles.  It  is  written  also  in  the  Acts  of  the  Apos- 
tles that  the  disciples  who  were  at  Antioch  did  fast 
and  pray  before  they  laid  hands  on  Paul  and  Barna- 
bas, and  sent  them  forth  on  their  first  mission  to  the 
Gentiles.  Let  us  therefore,  following  the  example 
of  our  Saviour  Christ,  and  his  Apostles,  first  fall  to 
prayer  before  we  admit  and  send  forth  this  person 
presented  to  us  to  the  work  whereunto  we  trust  the 
Holy  Ghost  hath  called  him. 

Then  shall  the  following  Prayer  be  offered: 

Almighty  God,  Giver  of  all  good  things,  who  by  thy 
Holy  Spirit  hast  appointed  divers  Offices  in  thy 
Church:  mercifully  behold  this  thy  servant  now 
called  to  the  Work  and  Ministry  of  a  Bishop,  and  re- 
plenish him  so  with  the  truth  of  thy  doctrine,  and 
adorn  him  with  innocency  of  life,  that  both  by  word 
and  deed  he  may  faithfully  serve  thee  in  this  Office, 
to  the  glory  of  thy  name,  and  the  edifying  and  well 
governing  of  thy  Church,  through  the  merits  of  our 
Saviour  Jesus  Christ,  who  liveth  and  reigneth  with 
thee  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  world  without  end.  Amen. 
386 


Consecration  of  Bishops       1  467 


Then  the  Bishop  shall  say  to  him  that  is  to  be 
Consecrated: 

Brother,  forasmuch  as  the  Holy  Scriptures  com- 
mand that  we  should  not  be  hasty  in  laying  on  hands 
and  admitting  any  person  to  government  in  the 
Church  of  Christ,  which  he  hath  purchased  with  no 
less  price  than  the  shedding  of  his  own  blood;  before 
you  are  admitted  to  this  administration,  you  will,  in 
the  fear  of  God,  give  answer  to  the  questions  which  I 
now  propound: 

Are  you  persuaded  that  you  are  truly  called  to  this 
Ministration,  according  to  the  will  of  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ? 

Ans.  I  am  so  persuaded. 

The  Bishop.  Are  you  persuaded  that  the  Holy 
Scriptures  contain  sufficiently  all  doctrine  required 
of  necessity  for  eternal  salvation,  through  faith  in 
Jesus  Christ?  And  are  you  determined  out  of  the 
same  Holy  Scriptures  to  instruct  the  people  com- 
mitted to  your  charge,  and  to  teach  or  maintain  noth- 
ing as  required  of  necessity  to  eternal  salvation  but 
that  which  you  shall  be  persuaded  may  be  concluded 
and  proved  by  the  same? 

Ans.  I  am  so  persuaded  and  determined,  by  God's 
grace. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  then  faithfully  exercise  your- 
self in  the  same  Holy  Scriptures,  and  call  upon  God 
by  prayer  for  the  true  understanding  of  the  same, 
so  that  you  may  be  able  by  them  to  teach  and  exhort 
with  wholesome  doctrine,  and  to  withstand  and  con- 
vince the  gainsayers? 

Ans.  I  will  do  so,  by  the  help  of  God. 

The  Bishop.  Are  you  ready  with  faithful  diligence 
to  banish  and  drive  away  all  erroneous  and  strange 
387 


^  467       Consecration  of  Bishops 


doctrines  contrary  to  God's  word,  and  both  privately 
and  openly  to  call  upon  and  encourage  others  to  the 
same? 

Ans.  I  am  ready,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  deny  all  ungodliness  and 
worldly  lust,  and  live  soberly,  righteously,  and  godly 
in  this  present  world,  that  you  may  show  yourself  in 
all  things  an  example  of  good  works  unto  others,  that 
the  adversary  may  be  ashamed,  having  nothing  tc 
say  against  you? 

Ans.  I  will  do  so,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  maintain  and  set  forward,  as 
much  as  shall  lie  in  you,  quietness,  lorve,  and  peace 
among  all  men;  and  such  as  shall  be  unquiet,  dis 
obedient,  and  criminal,  correct  and  punish  according 
to  such  authority  as  you  have  by  God's  word,  and  as 
shall  be  committed  unto  you? 

Ans.  I  will  do  so,  by  the  help  of  God. 

The  Bishf).  Will  you  be  faithful  in  Ordaining,  oi 
laying  hands  upon  and  sending  others,  and  in  all  the 
other  duties  of  your  oflace? 

Ans.  I  will  so  be,  by  the  help  of  God. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  show  yourself  gentle,  and  be 
merciful,  for  Christ's  sake,  to  poor  and  needy  people 
and  to  all  strangers  destitute  of  help? 

Ans.  I  will  so  show  myself,  by  God's  help. 

Then  the  Bishop  shall  say: 
Almighty  God,  our  heavenly  Father,  who  hath  givei 
you  a  good  will  to  do  all  these  things,  grant  also  unt( 
you  strength  and  power  to  perform  the  same,  that  hi 
accomplishing  in  you  the  good  work  which  he  hai 
begun,  you  may  be  found  blameless  at  the  last  day 
through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 


CONSECEATION  OF  BiSHOPS 


1  467 


Then  shall  Veni,  Creator  Spiritus,  be  said: 

Come,  Holy  Ghost,  our  souls  inspire, 
And  lighten  with  celestial  fire. 
Thou  the  anointing  Spirit  art. 
Who  dost  thy  sevenfold  gifts  impart. 
Thy  blessed  unction  from  above 
Is  comfort,  life,  and  fire  of  love. 

Enable  with  perpetual  light 

The  dullness  of  our  blinded  sight; 

Anoint  and  cheer  our  soil^^d  face 

With  the  abundance  of  thy  grace; 

Keep  far  our  foes,  give  peace  at  home; 

Where  thou  art  Guide,  no  ill  can  come. 

Teact  us  to  know  the  Father,  Son, 
And  Thee  of  both  to  be  but  ONE; 
That  through  the  ages  all  along 
This  may  be  our  endless  song: 
Praise  to  thy  eternal  merit. 
Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Spirit. 

That  ended,  the  Bishop  shall  say: 

Lord,  hear  our  Prayer. 

Ans.  And  let  our  cry  come  unto  thee. 

The  Bishop  shall  then  say: 
Let  us  pray. 

Almighty  and  Most  Merciful  Father,  who  of  thine 
Infinite  goodness  hast  given  thine  only  and  dearly 
beloved  Son  Jesus  Christ  to  be  our  Redeemer,  and 
the  author  of  everlasting  life;  who,  after  he  had 
made  perfect  our  redemption  by  his  death,  and  was 
ascended  into  heaven,  poured  down  his  gifts  abun- 
dantly upon  men,  making  some  Apostles,  some 
389 


^  467       Consecration  of  Bishops 

Prophets,  some  Evangelists,  some  Pastors  and  Teach- 
ers, to  the  edifying  and  making  perfect  of  his 
Church;  grant,  we  beseech  thee,  to  this  thy  servant, 
such  grace  that  he  may  evermore  be  ready  to  spread 
abroad  thy  Gospel,  the  glad  tidings  of  reconciliation 
with  thee,  and  use  the  authority  given  him,  not  to 
destruction,  but  to  salvation;  not  to  hurt,  but  to 
help;  so  that  as  a  wise  and  faithful  servant,  giving  to 
the  family  their  portion  in  due  season,  he  may  at  last 
be  received  into  everlasting  joy,  through  Jesus  Christ 
our  Lord,  who,  with  thee  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  liveth 
and  reigneth,  one  God,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

Then  the  Bishop  and  Elders  present  shall  lay  their 
hands  upon  the  head  of  the  Elected  Person,  kneel- 
ing before  them,  the  Bishop  saying: 

The  Lord  pour  upon  thee  the  Holy  Ghost  for  the 
Office  and  Work  of  a  Bishop  in  the  Church  of  God 
now  committed  unto  thee  by  the  authority  of  the 
Church  through  the  imposition  of  our  hands,  in  the 
name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy 
Ghost.  Amen.  And  remember  that  thou  stir  up  the 
grace  of  God  which  is  in  thee;  for  God  hath  not  given 
us  the  spirit  of  fear,  but  of  power,  and  love,  and  of 
a  sound  mind. 

Then  shall  the  Bishop  deliver  to  him  the  Bible, 
saying : 

Give  heed  unto  reading,  exhortation,  and  doctrine. 
Think  upon  the  things  contained  in  this  book.  Be 
diligent  in  them,  that  the  increase  coming  thereby 
may  be  manifest  unto  all  men.  Take  heed  unto  thy- 
self, and  to  thy  doctrine;  for  by  so  doing  thou  shalt 
390 


Consecration  of  Bishops        ^  467 


both  save  thyself  and  them  that  hear  thee.  Be  to  the 
flock  of  Christ  a  shepherd,  not  a  wolf;  feed  them, 
devour  them  not.  Hold  up  the  weak,  heal  the  sick, 
bind  up  the  broken,  bring  again  the  outcast,  seek  the 
lost;  be  so  merciful  that  you  may  not  be  too  remiss; 
so  minister  discipline  that  you  forget  not  mercy; 
that  when  the  chief  Shepherd  shall  appear,  you  may 
receive  the  never-fading  crown  of  glory,  through 
Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

[Then  the  Bishop  shall  administer  the  Lord's  Supper  to  the  newly  Con- 
secrated Bishop  and  other  persons  present.] 

Then  shall  be  offered  the  following  Prayers: 

Most  Merciful  Father,  we  beseech  thee  to  send 
down  upon  this  thy  servant  thy  heavenly  blessing, 
and  to  so  endue  him  with  thy  Holy  Spirit  that  he, 
preaching  thy  word,  and  exercising  authority  in  thy 
Church,  may  not  only  be  earnest  to  reprove,  beseech, 
and  rebuke  with  all  patience  and  doctrine,  but  also 
may  be,  to  such  as  believe,  a  wholesome  example  in 
word,  in  conversation,  in  love,  in  faith,  and  in  purity; 
that  faithfully  fulfilling  his  course,  at  the  last  day 
he  may  receive  the  crown  of  righteousness  laid  up  by 
the  Lord,  the  righteous  Judge,  who  liveth  and  reign- 
eth,  one  God  with  the  Father  and  the  Holy  Ghost, 
world  without  end.  Amen. 

Prevent  us,  0  Lord,  in  all  our  doings  with  thy  most 
gracious  favor,  and  further  us  with  thy  continual 
help,  that  in  all  our  works,  begun,  continued,  and 
ended  in  thee,  we  may  glorify  thy  holy  name;  and 
finally,  by  thy  mercy,  obtain  everlasting  life,  through 
Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

391 


468         Ordination  of  Elders 


The  peace  of  God,  which  passeth  all  understand- 
ing, keep  your  hearts  and  minds  in  the  knowledge 
-and  love  of  God,  and  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our 
Lord:  and  the  blessing  of  God  Almighty,  the  Father, 
the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  among  you,  and  re- 
main with  you  always.  Amen. 


J  468.  Form  of  Ordaining  Elders 

[When  the  day  appointed  by  the  Bishop  Is  come,  there  shall  be  a  Ser- 
mon or  Exhortation,  declaring  the  Duty  and  Office  of  such  as  come  to  be 
admitted  Elders ;  how  necessary  that  Order  is  in  the  Church  of  Christ, 
and  also  how  the  People  ought  to  esteem  the  Elders  in  their  Office.] 

After  which,  one  of  the  Elders  shall  present  unto  the 
Bishop  all  them  that  are  to  be  Ordained,  and  say: 

I  present  unto  you  these  persons  to  be  ordained  as 
Elders. 

-Then,  their  names  being  read  aloud,  the  Bishop  shall 
say  to  the  People: 

Brethren,  these  are  they  whom  we  purpose,  God 
willing,  this  day  to  ordain  Elders.  For  after  due 
examination,  we  find  not  to  the  contrary,  but  that 
they  are  lawfully  called  to  this  function  and  minis- 
try, and  that  they  are  persons  meet  for  the  same. 
But  if  there  be  any  of  you  who  knoweth  any  crime  or 
impediment  in  any  of  them,  for  the  which  he  ought 
not  to  be  received  into  this  holy  Ministry  let  him 
come  forth  in  the  name  of  God,  and  show  what  the 
crime  or  impediment  is. 

fit  any  crime  or  impediment  be  ob.)ected,  the  Bishop  shall  surcease 
from  ordaining  that  person  until  such  time  as  the  party  accused  shall  be 
found  clear  of  the  same.] 

392 


Ordination  of  Elders  ^  468 


Then  shall  he  said  the  Collect.  Epistle,  and  Gospel, 
as  folloioeth: 

The  Collect 

Almighty  God,  Giver  of  all  good  things,  who  by  thy 
Holy  Spirit  hast  appointed  divers  Orders  of  Ministers 
in  thy  Church:  mercifully  behold  these  thy  servants 
now  called  to  the  Office  of  Elders,  and  replenish  them 
so  with  the  truth  of  thy  doctrine,  and  adorn  them 
with  innocency  of  life,  that  both  by  word  and  good 
example  they  may  faithfully  serve  thee  in  this  OflRce, 
to  the  glory  of  thy  name,  and  the  edification  of  thy 
Church,  through  the  merits  of  our  Saviour  Jesus 
Christ,  who  liveth  and  reigneth  with  thee  and  the 
Holy  Ghost,  world  without  end.  Amen. 

The  Epistle.    Ephesians  4.  7-13 

Unto  every  one  of  us  is  given  grace  according  to 
the  measure  of  the  gift  of  Christ.  Wherefore  he 
saith,  When  he  ascended  up  on  high,  he  led  captivity 
captive,  and  gave  gifts  unto  men.  Now  that  he  as- 
cended, what  is  it  but  that  he  also  descended  first  into 
the  lower  parts  of  the  earth?  He  that  descended  is 
the  same  also  that  ascended  up  far  above  all  heavens, 
that  he  might  fill  all  things.  And  he  gave  some. 
Apostles;  and  some.  Prophets;  and  some.  Evangel- 
ists; and  some,  Pastors  and  Teachers;  for  the  per- 
fecting of  the  saints,  for  the  work  of  the  ministry, 
for  the  edifying  of  the  body  of  Christ:  till  we  all 
come  in  the  unity  of  the  faith,  and  of  the  knowledge 
of  the  Son  of  God,  unto  a  perfect  man,  unto  the  meas- 
ure of  the  stature  of  the  fullness  of  Christ. 

393 


^  468         Ordination  of  Elders 


After  this  shall  be  read  for  the  Gospel  part  of  the 
tenth  chapter  of  Saint  John: 
Saint  John  10.  1-16 

Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto  you,  He  that  entereth  not 
by  the  door  into  the  sheepfold,  but  climbeth  up  some 
other  way,  the  same  is  a  thief  and  a  robber.  But  he 
that  entereth  in  by  the  door  is  the  shepherd  of  the 
sheep.  To  him  the  porter  openeth;  and  the  sheep 
hear  his  voice:  and  he  calleth  his  own  sheep  by  name, 
and  leadeth  them  out.  And  when  he  putteth  forth 
his  own  sheep,  he  goeth  before  them,  and  the  sheep 
follow  him;  for  they  know  his  voice.  And  a  stranger 
will  they  not  follow,  but  will  flee  from  him;  for  they 
know  not  the  voice  of  strangers.  This  parable  spake 
Jesus  unto  them;  but  they  understood  not  what 
things  they  were  which  he  spake  unto  them.  Then 
said  Jesus  unto  them  again,  Verily,  verily,  I  say  unto 
you,  I  am  the  door  of  the  sheep.  All  that  ever  came 
before  me  are  thieves  and  robbers:  but  the  sheep  did 
not  hear  them.  I  am  the  door:  by  me  if  any  man 
enter  in,  he  shall  be  saved,  and  shall  go  in  and  out, 
and  find  pasture.  The  thief  cometh  not  but  for  to 
steal,  and  to  kill,  and  to  destroy:  I  am  come  that^they 
might  have  life,  and  that  they  might  have  it  more 
abundantly.  I  am  the  good  shepherd:  the  good  shep- 
herd giveth  his  life  for  the  sheep.  But  he  that  is  a 
hireling,  and  not  the  shepherd,  whose  own  the  sheep 
are  not,  seeth  the  wolf  coming,  and  leaveth  the  sheep, 
and  fleoth;  and  the  wolf  catcheth  them,  and  scatter- 
eth  the  sheep.  The  hireling  fleeth,  because  he  is  a 
hireling,  and  careth  not  for  the  sheep.  I  am  the 
good  shepherd,  and  know  my  sheep,  and  am  known 
of  mine.  As  the  Father  knoweth  me,  even  so  know 
394 


Ordination  of  Elders 


1  468 


I  the  Father:  and  1  lay  down  my  life  for  the  sheep. 
And  other  sheep  I  have,  which  are  not  of  this  fold: 
them  also  I  must  bring,  and  they  shall  hear  my  voice; 
and  there  shall  be  one  fold  and  one  shepherd. 

And  that  done,  the  Bishop  shall  say  unto  the  Persons 
to  be  Ordained  Elders:  ^ 

You  have  heard,  brethren,  in  your  private  examina- 
tion, and  in  the  holy  lessons  taken  out  of  the  Gospel 
and  the  writings  of  the  Apostles,  of  what  dignity  and 
of  how  great  importance  this  Office  is  whereunto  ye 
are  called.  And  now  again  we  exhort  you,  in  the 
name  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ,  that  ye  have  in  re- 
membrance into  how  high  a  dignity  and  to  how 
weighty  an  Office  ye  are  called:  that  is  to  say,  to  be 
Messengers,  Watchmen,  and  Stewards  of  the  Lord; 
to  teach  and  to  premonish,  to  feed  and  provide  for, 
the  Lord's  family;  to  gather  the  outcasts,  to  seek  the 
lost,  and  to  be  ever  ready  to  spread  abroad  the  Gos- 
pel, the  glad  tidings  of  reconciliation  with  God. 

Have  always  therefore  printed  in  your  remem- 
brance how  great  a  treasure  is  committed  to  your 
charge.  For  they  are  the  sheep  of  Christ,  which  he 
bought  with  his  death  and  for  whom  he  shed  his 
blood.  The  Church  which  you  must  serve  is  his 
spouse  and  his  body.  And  if  it  shall  happen,  the 
same  Church,  or  any  member  thereof,  do  take  any 
hurt  or  hindrance  by  reason  of  your  negligence,  ye 
know  the  greatness  of  the  fault,  and  also  the  fearful 
punishment  that  will  ensue.  Wherefore  consider 
with  yourselves  the  end  of  the  ministry  toward  the 
children  of  God,  toward  the  spouse  and  body  of 
Christ;  and  see  that  you  never  cease  your  labor,  your 
care  and  diligence,  until  you  have  done  all  that  lieth 
395 


^  468         Ordination  of  Elders 


in  you,  according  tp  your  bounden  duty,  to  bring  all 
such  as  are  or  shall  be  committed  to  your  charge  unto 
that  agreement  in  the  faith  and  knowledge  of  God, 
and  to  that  ripeness  and  perfectness  of  age  in  Christ, 
that  there  be  no  place  left  among  you  either  for  error 
in  religion  or  for  viciousness  in  life. 

Forasmuch  then  as  your  Office  is  both  of  so  great 
excellency,  and  of  so  great  difficulty,  ye  see  with  how 
great  care  and  study  ye  ought  to  apply  yourselves,  as 
well  that  ye  may  show  yourselves  dutiful  and  thank- 
ful unto  that  Lord  who  hath  placed  you  In  so  high 
a  dignity;  as  also  to  beware  that  neither  you  your- 
selves offend,  nor  be  occasion  that  others  offend. 
Howbeit  ye  cannot  have  a  mind  and  will  thereto  of 
yourselves,  for  that  will  and  ability  are  given  of  God 
alone;  therefore  ye  ought,  and  have  need,  to  pray 
earnestly  for  his  Holy  Spirit.  And  seeing  that  ye 
cannot  by  any  other  means  compass  the  doing  of  so 
weighty  a  work,  pertaining  to  the  salvation  of  man, 
but  with  doctrine  and  exhortation  taken  out  of  the 
Holy  Scriptures,  and  with  a  life  agreeable  to  the 
same;  consider  how  studious  ye  ought  to  be  in  read- 
ing and  learning  the  Scriptures,  and  in  framing  the 
manners,  both  of  yourselves  and  of  them  that  spe- 
cially pertain  unto  you,  according  to  the  rule  of  the 
same  Scriptures;  and  for  this  selfsame  cause,  how  ye 
ought  to  forsake  and  set  aside,  as  much  as  you  may, 
all  worldly  cares  and  studies. 

We  have  good  hope  that  you  have  all  weighed  and 
pondered  these  things  with  yourselves  long-  before 
this  time:  and  that  you  have  clearly  determined,  by 
God's  grace,  to  give  yourselves  wholly  to  this  Office, 
whereunto  it  has  pleased  God  to  call  you:  so  that,  as 
much  as  lieth  in  you,  you  will  apply  yourselves 
396 


Ordination  of  Elders  ■[  468 


wholly  to  this  one  thing,  and  draw  all  your  cares  and 
studies  this  way,  and  that  you  will  continually  pray 
to  God  the  Father,  by  the  mediation  of  our  only 
Saviour  Jesus  Christ,  for  the  heavenly  assistance  of 
the  Holy  Ghost;  that  by  daily  reading  and  weighing 
of  the  Scriptures  ye  may  wax  riper  and  stronger  in 
your  ministry;  and  that  ye  may  so  endeavor  to  sanc- 
tify the  lives  of  you  and  yours,  and  to  fashion  them 
after  the  rule  and  doctrine  of  Christ,  that  ye  may  be 
wholesome  and  godly  examples  and  patterns  for  the 
people  to  follow. 

And  now,  that  this  present  Congregation  of  Christ 
here  assembled  may  also  understand  your  minds  and 
wills  in  these  things,  and  that  this  your  promise  may 
the  more  move  you  to  do  your  duties,  ye  shall  answer 
plainly  to  these  things  which  we,  in  the  name  of  God 
and  his  Church,  shall  demand  of  you  touching  the 
same: 

Do  you  think  in  your  heart  that  you  are  truly 
called,  according  to  the  will  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
to  the  Order  of  Elders? 

Ans.  I  think  so. 

The  Bishop.  Are  you  persuaded  that  the  Holy 
Scriptures  contain  sufficiently  all  doctrine  required 
of  necessity  for  eternal  salvation  through  faith  in 
Jesus  Christ?  And  are  you  determined  out  of  the 
said  Scriptures  to  instruct  the  people  committed  to 
your  charge,  and  to  teach  nothing  as  required  of 
necessity  to  eternal  salvation  but  that  which  you 
shall  be  persuaded  may  be  concluded  and  proved  by 
the  Scriptures? 

Ans.  I  am  so  persuaded,  and  have  so  determined, 
by  God's  grace. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  then  give  your  faithful  dil- 
397 


^  468         Oedination  of  Elders 


igence  always  so  to  minister  the  Doctrine,  and  Sacra- 
ments, and  Discipline  of  Christ,  as  the  Lord  hath 
commanded? 

Ans.  I  will  so  do,  by  the  help  of  the  Lord. 

Tfie  Bishop.  Will  you  be  ready  with  all  faithful 
diligence  to  banish  and  drive  away  all  erroneous  and 
strange  doctrines  contrary  to  God's  Word  and  to  use 
both  public  and  private  monitions  and  exhortations, 
as  well  to  the  sick  as  to  the  whole  within  your  charge, 
as  need  shall  require  and  occasion  shall  be  given? 

Ans.  I  will,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  be  diligent  in  Prayers,  and 
in  reading  of  the  Holy  Scriptures,  and  in  such  studies 
as  help  to  the  knowledge  of  the  same,  laying  aside 
the  study  of  the  world  and  the  flesh? 

Ans.  I  will  endeavor  so  to  do,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  be  diligent  to  frame  and 
fashion  yourselves,  and  your  families,  according  to 
the  doctrine  of  Christ;  and  to  make  both  yourselves 
and  them,  as  much  as  in  you  lieth,  wholesome  ex- 
amples and  patterns  to  the  flock  of  Christ? 

Ans.  I  will  apply  myself  thereto,  the  Lord  being 
my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  maintain  and  set  forward, 
as  much  as  lieth  in  you,  quietness,  peace,  and  love, 
among  all  Christian  people,  and  especially  among 
them  that  are  or  shall  be  committed  to  your  charge? 
.  Ans.  I  will  so  do,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  reverently  obey  your  chief 
Ministers,  unto  whom  is  committed  the  charge  and 
government  over  you,  following  with  a  glad  mind 
and  will  their  godly  admonitions,  submitting  your- 
selves to  their  godly  judgments? 

Ans.  I  will  so  do,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 
398 


Ordination  of  Elders 


1  468 


Then  shall  the  Bishop,  standi7ig  up,  say: 

Almighty  God,  who  hath  given  you  this  will  to  do 
all  these  things,  grant  also  unto  you  strength  and 
power  to  perform  the  same;  that  he  may  accomplish 
his  work  which  he  hath  begun  in  you,  through  Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

[After  this  the  Congregation  shall  be  desired  secretly  In  their  Prayers 
to  make  their  humble  supplications  to  God  for  all  these  things:  for  the 
which  Prayers  there  shall  be  silence  kept  for  a  space.J 

After  which  shall  be  said  by  the  Bishop,  the  Persons 
to  be  Ordained  Elders  all  kneeling,  Veni,  Creator 
Spiritus,  the  Bishop  beginning,  and  the  Elders  and 
others  that  are  present  answering  by  verse  as  fol- 
loweth : 

Come,  Holy  Ghost,  our  souls  inspire, 
And  lighten  with  celestial  fire. 
Thou  the  anointing  Spirit  art. 
Who  dost  thy  sevenfold  gifts  impart. 
Thy  blessed  unction  from  above 
7s  comfort,  life,  and  fire  of  love. 

Enable  with  perpetual  light 

The  dullness  of  our  blinded  sight; 

Anoint  and  cheer  our  soiled  face 

With  the  abundance  of  thy  grace; 

Keep  far  our  foes,  give  peace  at  home ; 

Where  thou  art  Guide,  no  ill  can  come. 

Teach  us  to  know  the  Father.  Son, 
And  Thee  of  both  to  be  but  OyE; 
That  through  the  ages  all  along 
This  may  be  our  endless  song; 
Praise  to  thy  eternal  merit, 
Father,  Son.  and  Holy  Spirit. 

399 


^  468  Ordination  of  Elders 

That  done,  the  Bishop  shall  pray  in  this  wise,  and  say: 
Let  us  pray. 

Almighty  God  and  heavenly  Father,  who  of  thine 
infinite  love  and  goodness  toward  us  hast  given  to  us 
thine  only  and  most  dearly  beloved  Son  Jesus  Christ 
to  be  our  Redeemer,  and  the  author  of  everlasting 
life;  who,  after  he  had  made  perfect  our  redemption 
by  his  death,  and  was  ascended  into  heaven,  sent 
abroad  into  the  world  his  Apostles,  Prophets,  Evan- 
gelists, Teachers,  and  Pastors,  by  whose  labor  and 
ministry  he  gathered  together  a  great  flock  in  all 
parts  of  the  world,  to  set  forth  the  eternal  praise  of 
thy  holy  name:  for  these  so  great  benefits  of  thy 
eternal  goodness,  and  for  that  thou  hast  vouchsafed 
to  call  these  thy  servants  here  present  to  the  same 
OflSce  and  Ministry  appointed  for  the  salvation  of 
mankind,  we  render  unto  thee  most  hearty  thanks; 
we  praise  and  worship  thee;  and  we  humbly  beseech 
thee  by  the  same,  thy  blessed  Son,  to  grant  unto  all 
who  either  here  or  elsewhere  call  upon  thy  name, 
that  we  may  continue  to  show  ourselves  thankful 
unto  thee  for  these,  and  all  other  thy  benefits,  and 
that  we  may  daily  increase  and  go  forward  in  the 
knowledge  and  faith  of  thee  and  thy  Son,  by  the 
Holy  Spirit.  So  that  as  well  by  these  thy  Ministers, 
as  by  them  over  whom  they  shall  be  appointed  thy 
Ministers,  thy  holy  name  may  be  forever  glorified, 
and  thy  blessed  kingdom  enlarged,  through  the  same, 
thy  Son  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord,  who  liveth  and  reign- 
eth  with  thee  in  the  unity  of  the  same  Holy  Spirit, 
world  without  end.  Amen. 


400 


Ordixatiox  of  Elders  468 


When  this  Prayer  is  done,  the  Bishop  and  the  Elders 
present  shall  lay  their  hands  severally  upon  the 
head  of  every  one  that  receiveth  the  Order  of 
Elders;  the  Receivers  humbly  kneeling,  and  the 
Bishop  saying: 

The  Lord  pour  upon  thee  the  Holy  Ghost  for  the 
Office  and  Work  of  an  Elder  in  the  Church  of  God, 
now  committed  unto  thee  by  the  authority  of  the 
Church,  through  the  imposition  of  our  hands.  And 
be  tl^ou  a  faithful  dispenser  of  the  Word  of  God,  and 
of  his  Holy  Sacraments;  in  the  name  of  the  Father, 
and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen. 

Then  the  Bishop  shall  deliver  to  every  one  of  them, 
kneeling,  the  Bible  into  his  hands,  saying: 

Take  thou  authority  as  an  Elder  in  the  Church,  to 
preach  the  Word  of  God,  and  to  administer  the  Holy 
Sacraments  in  the  Congregation. 

Then  the  Bishop  shall  offer  the  following  Prayer: 

Most  Merciful  Father,  we  beseech  thee  to  send  upon 
these  thy  servants  thy  heavenly  blessings,  that  they 
may  be  clothed  with  righteousness,  and  that  thy  word 
spoken  by  their  mouths  may  have  such  success  that 
it  may  never  be  spoken  in  vain.  Grant  also  that  we 
may  have  grace  to  hear  and  receive  what  they  shall 
deliver  out  of  thy  most  holy  Word  or  agreeably  to  the 
same,  as  the  means  of  our  salvation;  and  that  in  all 
our  words  and  deeds  we  may  seek  thy  glory,  and  the 
increase  of  thy  kingdom,  through  Jesus  Christ  our 
Lord.  Amen. 

401 


^  469      "  Ordination  of  Deacons 


Prevent  us,  O  Lord,  in  all  our  doings,  with  thy 
most  gracious  favor,  and  further  us  by  thy  continual 
help;  that  In  all  our  works,  begun,  continued,  and 
ended  in  thee,  we  may  glorify  thy  holy  name,  and 
finally,  by  thy  mercy,  obtain  everlasting  life,  through 
Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

The  peace  of  God,  which  passeth  all  understanding, 
keep  your  hearts  and  minds  in  the  knowledge  and 
love  of  God,  and  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord: 
and  the  blessing  of  God  Almighty,  the  Father,  the 
Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  among  you,  and  remain 
with  you  always.  Amen. 

[If  on  the  same  day  the  Order  of  Deacons  be  given  to  some,  and  that 
of  Elders  to  others,  the  Deacons  shaU  be  first  presented,  and  then  the 
Elders.  The  Collects  shall  both  be  used;  first,  that  for  Deacons,  then 
that  for  Elders.  The  Epistle  shall  be  Epheslans  4.  7-13,  as  before  In  this 
Office,  immediately  after  which,  they  who  are  to  be  ordained  Deacons 
shaU  be  examined  and  ordained  as  is  below  prescribed.  Then  one  of 
them  having  read  the  Gospel,  which  shall  be  Saint  John  10. 1-16,  as  before 
in  this  Office,  they  who  are  to  be  ordained  Elders  shall  likewise  be 
examined  and  ordained,  as  in  this  Office  before  appointed.] 


1  469.  Form  of  Ordaining  Deacons 

[When  the  day  appointed  by  the  Bishop  is  come,  there  shall  be  a  Ser- 
mon or  Exhortation,  declaring  the  Duty  and  Office  of  such  as  come  to  be 
admitted  to  the  Order  of  Deacons.l 

After  which  one  of  the  Elders  shall  present  unto  the 
Bishop  the  Persons  to  be  Ordained  Deacons,  and 
their  names  being  read  aloud  the  Bishop  shall  say 
unto  the  People: 

Brethren,  if  there  be  any  of  you  who  knoweth  any 
crime  op  impediment  in  any  of  these  persons  pre- 
sented to  be  ordained  Deacons,  for  the  which  he  ought 
not  to  be  admitted  to  that  Office,  let  him  come  forth 
402 


Ordination  of  Deacons 


1  469 


in  the  name  of  God,  and  show  what  the  crime  or 
impediment  is. 

(If  any  crime  or  impediment  be  objected,  the  Bishop  shall  surcease 
from  ordaining  that  pei-son  until  such  time  as  the  party  accused  shall  be 
found  clear  of  the  same.] 

Then  shall  he  read  the  following  Collect  and  Epistle: 
The  Collect 

Almighty  God,  who  by  thy  divine  providence  hast 
appointed  divers  Orders  of  Ministers  in  thy  Church, 
and  didst  inspire  thy  Apostles  to  choose  into  the 
Order  of  Deacons  thy  first  martyr.  Saint  Stephen, 
with  others:  mercifully  behold  these  thy  servants, 
now  called  to  the  like  Office  and  Administration;  re- 
plenish them  so  with  the  truth  of  thy  doctrine,  and 
adorn  them  with  innocency  of  life,  that  both  by  word 
and  good  example  they  may  faithfully  serve  thee  in 
this  OflSce  to  the  glory  of  thy  name,  and  the  edifica- 
tion of  thy  Church,  through  the  merits  of  our  Saviour 
Jesus  Christ,  who  liveth  and  reigneth  with  thee  and 
the  Holy  Ghost,  now  and  forever.  Amen. 

The  Epistle.  1  Timothy  3.  8-18 
Likewise  must  the  Deacons  be  grave,  not  double- 
tongued,  not  given  to  much  wine,  not  greedy  of  filthy 
lucre;  holding  the  mystery  of  the  faith  in  a  pure  con- 
science. And  let  these  also  first  be  proved;  then  let 
them  use  the  Office  of  a  Deacon,  being  found  blame- 
less. Even  so  must  their  wives  be  grave,  not  slan- 
derers, sober,  faithful  in  all  things.  Let  the  Deacons 
be  the  husbands  of  one  wife,  ruling  their  children 
and  their  own  houses  well.  For  they  that  have  used 
the  Office  of  a  Deacon  well  purchase  to  themselves  a 
good  degree,  and  great  boldness  in  the  faith  which  is 
in  Christ  Jesus. 

403 


^  469        Ordination  of  Deacons 


Then  shall  the  Bishop,  in  the  presence  of  the  People, 
examine  every  one  of  those  who  are  to  be  Ordained, 
after  this  manner  following: 

Do  you  trust  that  you  are  inwardly  moved  by  the 
Holy  Ghost  to  take  upon  you  the  Office  of  the  Minis- 
try in  the  Church  of  Christ,  to  serve  God  for  the  pro- 
moting of  his  glory  and  the  edifying  of  his  people? 

Ans.  I  trust  so. 

The  Bishop.    Do  you  unfeignedly  believe  all  the 
canonical  Scriptures  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments? 
Ans.  I  do  believe  them. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  diligently  read  or  expound 
the  same  unto  the  people  whom  you  shall  be  ap- 
pointed to  serve? 

Ans.  1  will. 

The  Bishop.  It  appertaineth  to  the  Office  of  a  Dea- 
con to  assist  the  Elder  in  divine  service,  and  es- 
pecially when  he  ministereth  the  Holy  Communion, 
to  help  him  in  the  distribution  thereof;  to  read  and 
expound  the  Holy  Scriptures;  to  instruct  the  youth; 
and  to  baptize.  And  furthermore,  it  is  his  office  to 
search  for  the  sick,  poor,  and  impotent,  that  they 
may  be  visited  and  relieved.  Will  you  do  this  gladly 
and  willingly? 

Ans.  I  will  do  so,  by  the  help  of  God. 

The  Bishop.  Will  you  apply  all  your  diligence  to 
frame  and  fashion  your  own  lives  and  the  lives  of 
your  families  according  to  the  doctrine  of  Christ;  and 
to  make  both  yourselves  and  them,  as  much  as 
in  you  lieth,  wholesome  examples  of  the  flock  of 
Christ? 

Ans.  I  will  do  so,  the  Lord  being  my  helper. 
The  Bishop.  Will   you   reverently   obey  them  to 
whom  the  charge  and  government  over  you  is  com- 
404 


Ordination  of  Deacons        1"  469 


mitted,  following  with  a  glad  mind  and  will  their 
godly  admonitions? 

Ans.  I  will  endeavor  so  to  do,  the  Lord  being  my 
helper. 

Then  the  Bishop,  laying  his  hands  severally  upon  the 
head  of  every  one  of  them,  shall  say: 

Take  thou  authority  to  execute  the  OflBce  of  a  Dea- 
con in  the  Church  of  God;  in  the  name  of  the  Father, 
and  of  the  Son,  and  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Bishop  deliver  to  every  one  of  them 
the  Bible,  saying: 

Take  thou  authority  to  read  the  Holy  Scriptures 
in  the  Church  of  God,  and  to  preach  the  same. 

Then  one  appointed  by  the  Bishop  shall  read  the 
Gospel: 

Luke  12.  35-38 

Let  your  loins  be  girded  about,  and  your  lights 
burning;  and  ye  yourselves  like  unto  men  that  wait 
for  their  lord,  when  he  will  return  from  the  wedding; 
that,  when  he  cometh  and  knocketh,  they  may  open 
unto  him  immediately.  Blessed  are  those  servants, 
whom  the  Lord  when  he  cometh  shall  find  watching: 
verily  I  say  unto  you,  that  he  shall  gird  himself,  and 
make  them  to  sit  down  to  meat,  and  will  come  forth 
and  serve  them.  And  if  he  shall  come  in  the  second 
watch,  or  come  in  the  third  watch,  and  find  them  so, 
blessed  are  those  servants. 

405 


1^  469        Ordination  of  Deacons 

Immediately  before  the  Benediction  shall  be  said 
these  Collects  following: 

Almighty  God,  Giver  of  all  good  things,  who  of  thy 
great  goodness  hast  vouchsafed  to  accept  and  take 
these  thy  servants  into  the  Office  of  Deacons  in  thy 
Church:  make  them,  we  beseech  thee,  O  Lord,  to  be 
modest,  humble,  and  constant  in  their  ministration, 
and  to  have  a  ready  will  to  observe  all  spiritual  dis- 
cipline; that  they,  having  always  the  testimony  of  a 
good  conscience,  and  continuing  ever  stable  and 
strong  in  thy  Son  Christ,  may  so  well  behave  them- 
selves in  this  inferior  office  that  they  may  be  found 
worthy  to  he  called  into  the  higher  Ministries  in  thy 
Church,  through  the  same,  thy  Son  our  Saviour  Jesus 
Christ:  to  whom  be  glory  and  honor,  world  without 
end.  Amen. 

Prevent  us,  O  Lord,  in  all  our  doings,  with  thy 
most  gracious  favor,  and  further  us  with  thy  contin- 
ual help;  that  in  all  our  works,  begun,  continued, 
and  ended  in  thee,  we  may  glorify  thy  holy  name, 
and  finally,  by  thy  mercy,  obtain  everlasting  life, 
through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

The  peace  of  God,  which  passeth  all  understanding, 
keep  your  hearts  and  minds  in  the  knowledge  and 
love  of  God,  and  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord: 
and  the  blessing  of  God  Almighty,  the  Father,  the 
Son,  and  the  Holy  Ghost,  be  among  you,  and  remain 
with  you  always.  Amen. 


406 


Consecration  of  Deaconksses    T  470 


^  470.  Form  for  Consecration  of  Deaconesses 

[Devotional  Exercises  and  suitable  Addresses  may  precede  the  follow- 
ing Order  ot  Service.) 

1.  PRESENTATION  OF  CANDIDATE 
2.  HYMN 

(Or  selection  from  Church  Hymnal,  if  preferred.) 

Saviour,  thy  dying  love 

Thou  gavest  me, 
Nor  should  I  aught  withhold. 

Dear  Lord,  from  thee. 
In  love  my  soul  would  bow. 
My  heart  fulfill  its  vow. 
Some  offering  bring  thee  now, 

Something  for  thee. 

Give  me  a  faithful  heart, 

Likeness  to  thee, 
That  each  departing  day 

Henceforth  may  see 
Some  work  of  love  begun. 
Some  deed  of  kindness  done, 
Some  wanderer  sought  and  won. 

Something  for  thee. 

3.  RESPONSIVE  READING 

Leader.  The  Spirit  of  the  Lord  God  is  upon  me;  be 
cause  the  Lord  hath  anointed  me  to  preach  good 
tidings  unto  the  meek;  he  hath  sent  me  to  bind  up 
the  broken-hearted,  to  proclaim  liberty  to  the  captives, 
and  the  opening  of  the  prison  to  them  that  are  bound. 
407 


^  470     CONSECBATION  OP  DeACONESSES 


Cong.  For  ye  know  the  grace  of  our  Lord  Jesus 
Christ,  that  though  he  was  rich,  yet  for  your  sakes 
he  became  poor,  that  ye  through  his  poverty  might 
be  rich. 

Leader.  He  telleth  the  number  of  the  stars;  he  call- 
eth  them  all  by  their  names.  Great  is  our  Lord,  and 
of  great  power:  his  understanding  is  infinite. 

Cong.  The  Lord  lifteth  up  the  meek:  he  casteth  the 
wicked  down  to  the  ground.  Sing  unto  the  Lord  with 
thanksgiving;  sing  praise  upon  the  harp  unto  our 
God:  for  he  hath  strengthened  the  bars  of  thy  gates; 
he  hath  blessed  thy  children  within  thee. 

Leader.  Have  respect  unto  the  covenant:  for  the 
dark  places  of  the  earth  are  full  of  the  habitations  of 
cruelty. 

Cong.  0  let  not  the  oppressed  return  ashamed:  let 
the  poor  and  needy  praise  thy  name. 

Leader.  Thou  lovest  righteousness,  and  hatest  wick- 
edness: therefore  God,  thy  God,  hath  anointed  thee 
with  the  oil  of  gladness  above  thy  fellows. 

Cong.  All  thy  garments  smell  of  myrrh,  and  aloes 
and  cassia,  out  of  the  ivory  palaces,  whereby  they 
have  made  thee  glad. 

Leader.  Kings'  daughters  were  among  thy  honor- 
able women:  upon  thy  right  hand  did  stand  the  queen 
in  gold  of  Ophir. 

Cong.  Hearken,  0  daughter,  and  consider,  and  in- 
cline thine  ear;  forget  also  thine  own  people,  and  thy 
father's  house. 

Leader.  So  shall  the  King  greatly  desire  thy 
beauty:  for  he  is  thy  Lord;  and  worship  thou  him. 

Cong.  The  King's  daughter  is  all  glorious  within: 
her  clothing  is  of  wrought  gold. 

Leader.  She  shall  be  brought  unto  the  King  in  rai- 
408 


CONSECEATIOX  OF  DeACONESSES  ^470 


ment  of  needlework:  the  virgins  her  companions  that 
follow  her  shall  be  brought  unto  thee. 

Cong.  With  gladness  and  rejoicing  shall  they  be 
brought:  they  shall  enter  into  the  King's  palace. 

Leader.  I  will  make  thy  name  to  be  remembered 
in  all  generations:  therefore  shall  the  people  praise 
thee  forever  and  ever. 

Cong.  Let  thy  work  appear  unto  thy  servants,  and 
thy  glory  unto  their  children.  And  let  the  beauty  of 
the  Lord  our  God  be  upon  us:  and  establish  thou  the 
work  of  our  hands  upon  us;  yea,  the  work  of  our 
hands  establish  thou  it. 

4.  PRAYER 
Let  us  pray: 

0  Eternal  God,  the  Father  of  our  Lord  Jesus  Christ, 
the  Creator  of  man  and  of  woman,  who  didst  replenish 
with  thy  Spirit  Miriam  and  Deborah  and  Anna  and 
Huldah;  who  didst  not  disdain  that  thy  only  begotten 
Son  should  be  bom  of  a  woman;  who  also  in  the 
tabernacle  of  the  testimony,  and  in  the  temple,  didst 
ordain  women  to  be  keepers  of  thy  holy  gates — do 
thou  now  also  look  down  upon  these  thy  servants  who 
are  to  be  set  apart  to  the  oflSce  of  Deaconess,  and 
grant  them  thy  Holy  Spirit  that  they  may  worthily 
discharge  the  work  which  is  committed  to  them,  to 
thy  glory,  and  the  praise  of  thy  Christ,  with  whom 
glory  and  adoration  be  to  thee  and  the  Holy  Spirit 
forever.  Amen. 

5.  ADDRESS  TO  THE  CANDIDATES 
Dear  Sisters,  we  rejoice  with  you  that  in  the  good 
providence  of  God  an  open  door  of  usefulness  has  been 
409 


1  470    Consecration  of  Deaconesses 

found  for  you  in  the  service  of  the  Church  of  Christ. 
In  our  Master's  wide  vineyard  there  are  a  thousand 
forms  of  labor,  and  to  each  disciple  some  fitting  task 
is  assigned;  but  to  you  are  accorded  peculiar  priv- 
ileges and  priceless  opportunities.  Released  from 
other  cares,  you  give  yourselves  without  reservation 
to  the  service  of  the  Lord  of  the  Vineyard,  ready  for 
any  duty  which  may  fall  to  your  lot.  Like  our  blessed 
Master,  you  will  henceforth  go  about  doing  good,  min- 
istering as  he  did  to  the  wants  of  a  suffering,  sorrow- 
ing, and  sin-laden  world.  The  Church  now  solemnly 
sets  you  apart  for  her  special  service.  You  are  to 
work  for  Jesus  only.  You  are  to  minister  to  the  poor, 
visit  the  sick,  pray  with  the  dying,  care  for  the 
orphan,  seek  the  wandering,  comfort  the  sorrowing, 
save  the  sinning,  and  ever  be  ready  to  take  up  any 
other  duty  for  which  willing  hands  cannot  otherwise 
be  found.  Such  a  ministry  is  one  which  confers 
upon  you  a  great  honor,  but  also  a  solemn  responsi- 
bility. You  have  not  entered  upon  it  lightly,  and  no 
doubt  in  the  sacred  stillness  of  the  sanctuary  of  the 
heart  you  have  already  consecrated  yourselves  to  this 
office  and  work.  TVliat  you  have  done  alone  with  God, 
you  now  do  formally  and  publicly  in  the  presence  of 
the  Church. 

Quest.  Do  you  believe  that  you  have  been  led  by 
the  Spirit  and  providence  of  God  to  engage  in  this 
work,  and  assume  the  duties  of  this  oflace? 

Arts.  I  do. 

Quest.  Do  you,  in  the  presence  of  God  and  of  this 
congregation,  promise  faithfully  to  perform  the  duties 
of  a  Deaconess  in  the  Church  of  God? 

Ans.  I  do. 

Quest.  Do  you  accept  the  Bible  as  God's  Word,  and 
410 


COXSECRATIOX  OF   DkaCONESSES     •[  470 


will  you  make  it  a  lamp  unto  your  feet,  and  a  light 
unto  your  path? 

Ans.  I  so  accept  it,  and  will  so  walk  in  its  light. 

Quest.  Will  you  strive  to  walk  so  close  to  your 
Saviour's  side  that  you  will  ever  carry  his  blessed 
presence  to  the  hearts  and  homes  of  those  to  whom 
you  minister? 

Ans.  I  will  endeavor  so  to  do. 

Quest.  Will  you  cheerfully  accept  the  direction  of 
those  whom  the  Church  may  set  over  you  in  the  prose- 
cution of  your  work? 

Ans.  I  will  cheerfully  do  so. 

[Congregation  and  Candidates,  kneeling,  after  a  brief 
season  of  silent  prayer  unite  in  singing.^ 

6.  HYMN 

(Or  selection  from  Church  Hymnal,  if  preferred.) 

Take  my  life  and  let  it  be 
Consecrated,  Lord,  to  thee ; 
Take  my  hands  and  let  them  move 
At  the  impulse  of  thy  love. 

Take  my  feet  and  let  them  be 
Swift  and  beautiful  for  thee ; 
Take  my  voice  and  let  me  sing 
Always,  only,  for  my  King. 

Take  my  will  and  make  it  thine, 
It  shall  be  no  longer  mine ; 
Take  my  heart,  it  is  thine  own. 
It  shall  be  thy  royal  throne. 
411 


1^  470     CONSECKATION  OF  DeACONESSES 

Take  my  love,  my  God,  I  pour 
At  thy  feet  its  treasure  store ; 
Take  myself,  and  I  will  be 
Ever,  only,  all  for  thee. 

IThe  Congregation    rise   while  Candidates  remain 
kneeling.} 

7.   INVOCATION  OF  THE  HOLY  SPIRIT 

May  the  Spirit  of  the  Living  God  descend  upon  you 
and  abide  with  you  evermore.  May  his  holy  anoint- 
ing impart  to  you  grace  for  every  trial,  and  gifts  for 
every  duty.  May  his  presence  be  to  you  a  pillar  of 
cloud  by  day,  and  a  pillar  of  fire  by  night,  all  along 
the  journey  of  life;  and  may  the  blessing  of  God  the 
Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Spirit  be  with  you  now  and 
evermore.  Amen. 

[The  Candidates  rise,  and  the  Minister,  talcing  the 
right  hand  of  each  Candidate,  shall  say:'] 

I  admit  thee  to  the  office  of  Deaconess  in  the  Church 
of  God,  in  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and 
of  the  Holy  Ghost.  Amen. 

8.   DISMISSAL,  WITH  BENEDICTION 

The  peace  of  God,  which  passeth  all  understanding, 
keep  your  hearts  and  minds  in  the  knowledge  and  love 
of  God,  and  of  his  Son  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord:  and  the 
blessing  of  God  Almighty,  the  Father,  the  Son,  and 
the  Holy  Ghost,  be  among  you,  and  remain  with  you 
always.  Amen. 


412 


Laying  a  Corner  Stone 


1  471 


CHAPTER  VII 
CORNER  STONE  AND  DEDICATION 

t  471.  Form  for  Laying  the  Comer  Stone  of  a  Charch 

The  Minister,  standing  near  the  place  where  ^he  Stone 
is  to  be  laid,  shall  say  unto  the  Congregation: 
Dearly  Beloved,  we  are  taught  in  the  Word  of  God, 
that,  although  the  heaven  of  heavens  cannot  contain 
the  Eternal  One,  much  less  the  walls  of  temples  made 
with  hands,  yet  his  delight  is  ever  with  the  sons  of 
men,  and  that  wherever  two  or  three  are  gathered  in 
his  name,  there  is  he  in  the  midst  of  them.    And  in 
all  ages  his  servants  have  separated  certain  places 
for  his  worship:  as  Jacob  erected  a  stone  in  Bethel 
for  God's  house;  as  Moses  made  a  tabernacle  in  the 
desert;  as  Solomon  builded  a  temple  for  the  Lord, 
which  he  filled  with  the  glory  of  his  presence  before 
all  the  people.   We  are  now  assembled  to  lay  the 
Corner  Stone  of  a  new  house  for  the  worship  of 
the  God  of  our  fathers.    Let  us  not  doubt  that  he  will 
favorably  approve  our  godly  purpose,  and  let  us  now 
devoutly  unite  in  singing  his  praise,  and  in  prayer 
for  his  blessing  on  this  our  undertaking. 
Let  one  of  the  Hymns   656-666,   Church  Hymnal 
ie  sung. 
Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 
y   I  Let  us  pray. 

Most  gloHous  God,  the  heaven  is  thy  throne  and 
the  earth  is  thy  footstool;  what  house  then  can  be 
413 


^  471        Laying  a  Corner  Stone 

builded  for  thee,  or  where  is  the  place  of  thy  rest? 
Yet,  blessed  be  thy  name,  O  Lord  God,  that  it  hath 
pleased  thee  to  have  thy  habitation  among  the  sons  of 
men,  and  to  dwell  in  the  midst  of  the  assembly  of  the 
saints  upon  the  earth.  And  now,  especially,  we  ren- 
der thanks  unto  thy  holy  name  that  it  hath  pleased 
thee  to  put  it  into  the  hearts  of  thy  servants  to  erect 
in  this  place  a  house  for  thy  worship.  We  thank 
thee  for^thy  grace  which  has  inclined  them  to  con- 
tribute of  their  substance  for  the  glory  of  thy  name: 
and  we  pray  thee  to  continue  thy  blessing  upon  their 
pious  undertaking.  Amen. 

May  many  unite  with  them  in  their  holy  work, 
until  this  habitation  of  thy  house  shall  be  completed, 
and  ready  for  dedication  to  thy  service,  free  from  all 
debt  or  claim  of  man.  Amen. 

May  peace  and  harmony  prevail  in  the  counsels  of 
thy  servants,  ^nd  may  no  selfish  or  divided  aims  find 
place  among  them.  May  the  work  of  this  building 
be  completed  without  hurt  or  accident  to  any  person. 
And  when  thou  shalt  have  prospered  the  work  of 
their  hands  upon  them,  and  this  house  shall  be  pre- 
pared and  finished  for  thy  service,  grant  that  all  who 
shall  enjoy  the  benefit  of  this  pious  work  may  show 
forth  their  thankfulness  by  making  a  right  use  of  it, 
to  the  glory  of  thy  blessed  name,  through  Jesus 
Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

Grant  that  all  who  shall  hereafter  worship  thee  in 
the  temple  here  to  be  builded  may  so  serve  and  please 
thee  in  all  holy  exercises  of  godliness,  that  in  the  end 
they  may  come  to  that  temple  on  high,  even  to  the 
holy  place  made  without  hands,  whose,  builder  and 
maker  is  God.  Amen. 

414 


Laying  a  Corner  Stone        ^  471 


Hear  us,  O  Lord,  for  thou  art  our  God  in  whom  we 
trust.  And  when  we  shall  cease  to  pray  unto  thee  on 
earth,  may  we,  with  all  those  who  in  like  manner 
have  erected  such  places  to  thy  name,  and  with  all 
thy  saints  and  redeemed  ones,  eternally  praise  thee 
for  all  thy  goodness  vouchsafed  unto  us  here  on 
earth  and  laid  up  for  us  there  in  heaven.  Amen. 

Accept  these  our  prayers,  we  beseech  thee,  for  the 
sake  of  thy  dear  Son;  and  to  thee,  the  only  true  and 
living  God,  Father,  Son,  and  Holy  Ghost,  be  honor, 
praise,  and  glory,  forever  and  ever.  Amen. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  read  the  following  Psalm,  or 
the  Minister  and  People  may  read  it  in  alternate 
verses;  the  parts  in  italics  to  be  read  by  the  People: 

Psalm  132 

Lord,  remember  David,  and  all  his  afflictions: 

Hoiv  he  sivare  unto  the  Lord,  and  vowed  unto  the 
mighty  God  of  Jacob; 

Surely  I  will  not  come  into  the  tabernacle  of  my 
house,  nor  go  up  into  my  bed; 

I  will  not  give  sleep  to  mine  eyes,  nor  slumber  to 
mine  eyelids. 

Until  I  find  out  a  place  for  the  Lord, 

A  habitation  for  the  mighty  God  of  Jacob. 

Lo,  we  heard  of  it  at  Ephratah:  we  found  it  in  the 
fields  of  the  wood. 

We  toill  go  into  his  tabernacles :  toe  will  worship 
at  his  footstool. 

Arise,  O  Lord,  into  thy  rest;  thou,  and  the  ark  of 
thy  strength. 

Let  thy  priests  be  clothed  with  righteousness ; 

And  let  thy  saints  shout  for  joy. 

415 


^   471       Layijig  a  Corner  Stone 


For  thy  servant  David's  sake  turn  not  away  the 
face  of  thine  anointed. 

The  Lord  hath  sworn  in  truth  unto  David;  he  will 
not  turn  from  it; 

Of  the  fruit  of  thy  body  will  I  set  upon  thy  throne. 

If  thy  children  will  keep  my  covenant  and  my  testi- 
mony that  I  shall  teach  them,  their  children  shall 
also  sit  upon  thy  throne  for  evermore. 

For  the  Lord  hath  chosen  Zion;  he  hath  desired  it 
for  his  habitation. 

This  is  my  rest  forever;  here  will  I  dwell;  for  I 
have  desired  it. 

I  will  abundantly  bless  her  provision: 

I  will  satisfy  her  poor  with  bread. 

/  ivill  also  clothe  her  priests  with  salvation: 

And  her  saints  shall  shout  aloud  for  joy. 

There  ivill  I  make  the  horn  of  David  to  bud: 

I  have  ordained  a  lamp  for  mine  anointed. 

His  enemies  will  I  clothe  with  shame: 

But  upon  himself  shall  his  crown  flourish. 

The  Lesson.  1  Corinthians  3.  9-23 
For  we  are  laborers  together  with  God:  ye  are 
God's  husbandry,  ye  are  God's  building.  According 
to  the  grace  of  God  which  is  given  unto  me,  as  a  wise 
master  builder,  I  have  laid  the  foundation,  and  an- 
other buildeth  thereon.  But  let  every  man  take  heed 
how  he  buildeth  thereupon.  For  other  foundation 
can  no  man  lay  than  that  is  laid,  which  is  Jesus 
Christ.  Now  if  any  man  build  upon  this  foundation 
gold,  silver,  precious  stones,  wood,  hay,  stubble; 
every  man's  work  shall  be  made  manifest:  for  the 
day  shall  declare  it,  because  it  shall  be  revealed  by 
fire;  and  the  fire  shall  try  every  man's  work  of  what 
416 


Laying  a  Corner  Stone        *  471 

sort  it  is.  If  any  man's  work  abide  which  he  hath 
built  thereupon,  he  shall  receive  a  reward.  If  any 
man's  work  shall  be  burned,  he  shall  suffer  loss:  but 
he  himself  shall  be  saved;  yet  so  as  by  fire.  Know  ye 
not  that  ye  are  the  temple  of  God,  and  that  the  Spirit 
of  God  dwelleth  in  you?  If  any  man  defile  the  tem- 
ple of  God,  him  shall  God  destroy;  for  the  temple  of 
God  is  holy,  which  temple  ye  are.  Let  no  man  de- 
ceive himself.  If  any  man  among  you  seemeth  to  be 
wise  in  this  world,  let  him  become  a  fool,  that  he 
may  be  wise.  For  the  wisdom  of  this  world  is  fool- 
ishness with  God:  for  it  is  written.  He  taketh  the 
wise  in  their  own  craftiness.  And  again.  The  Lord 
knoweth  the  thoughts  of  the  wise,  that  they  are  vain. 
Therefore  let  no  man  glory  in  men:  for  all  things  are 
yours,  whether  Paul,  or  Apollos,  or  Cephas,  or  the 
world,  or  life,  or  death,  or  things  present,  or  things 
to  come;  all  are  yours;  and  ye  are  Christ's;  and 
Christ  is  God's. 

Then  shall  follow  the  Sermon,  or  an  address  suitable 
to  the  occasion,  after  tchich  the  Contributions  of 
the  People  shall  be  received. 

Then  shall  the  ilinister,  standing  hythe  Stone,  exhibit  to  the  Congregation 
a  box  to  be  placed  in  an  excavation  of  the  Stone.  It  may  contain  a  copy  of 
the  Bible,  the  Hymn  Bools.  the  Di.scipline,  the  Church  Year  Boole  for  the 
year.  Church  periodicals  of  recent  date,  the  names  of  the  Pastor,  Trustees, 
and  Building  Committee  of  the  Church,  with  such  other  documents  as 
may  be  desired.  A  list  of  these  may  be  read,  after  xchich  the  Minister  may 
deposit  the  box  in  the  Stone  and  cover  it :  and  the  Stone  shall  be  laid  and 
adjusted  by  the  Minister,  assisted  by  the  Builder. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  say: 
In  the  name  of  the  Father,  and  of  the  Son,  and  of 
the  Holy  Ghost,  we  lay  this  Corner  Stone  for  the 
foundation  of  a  house  to  be  builded  and  consecrated 
417 


^  472       Dedication  of  a  Church 

to  tlie  service  of  Almighty  God,  according  to  the 
Order  and  Usages  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
Amen. 

The  service  may  conclude  ivith  extemporary  Prayer, 
the  Lord's  Prayer,  and  the  Benediction 


If  472.  Form  for  Dedication  of  a  Church 

The  Congregation  being  assembled  in  the  Church, 
the  Minister  shall  say: 

Dearly  Beloved,  the  Scriptures  teach  us  that  God 
is  well  pleased  with  those  who  build  temples  to  his 
name.  We  have  heard  how  he  filled  the  temple  of 
Solomon  with  his  glory,  and  how  in  the  second  tem- 
ple he  manifested  himself  still  more  gloriously.  And 
the  Gospel  approves  and  commends  the  centurion 
who  built  a  synagogue  for  the  people.  Let  us  not 
doubt  that  he  will  also  favorably  approve  our  pur- 
pose of  dedicating  this  place  in  solemn  manner,  for 
the  performance  of  the  several  offices  of  religious 
worship;  and  let  us  now  devoutly  join  in  praise  to 
his  name,  that  this  godly  undertaking  hath  been  so 
far  completed,  and  in  prayer  for  his  further  blessing 
upon  all  who  have  been  engaged  therein,  and  upon 
all  who  shall  hereafter  worship  his  name  in  this 
place. 

Let  one  of  the  Hymns  656-666,  Church  Hymnal,  be 
sung.  Afterivard  let  extemporary  Prayer  be  of- 
fered, the  Congregation  all  kneeling. 

418 


Dedicatiox  of  a  Church        ^  472 


Then  shall  the  Minister,  or  some  one  appointed  hy 
him,  read: 

The  First  Lesson.    2  Chronicles  6.  1,  2,  18-21,  40-42; 
7.  1-4 

Then  said  Solomon,  The  Lord  hath  said  that  he 
would  dwell  in  the  thick  darkness.  But  I  have  built 
a  house  of  habitation  for  thee,  and  a  place  for  thy 
dwelling  forever. 

But  will  God  in  very  deed  dwell  with  men  on  the 
earth?  Behold,  heaven  and  the  heaven  of  heavens 
cannot  contain  thee;  how  much  less  this  house  which 
I  have  built!  Have  respect  therefore  to  the  prayer 
of  thy  servant,  and  to  his  supplication,  O  Lord  my 
God,  to  hearken  unto  the  cry  and  the  prayer  which 
thy  servant  prayeth  before  thee:  that  thine  eyes  may 
be  open  upon  this  house  day  and  night,  upon  the 
place  whereof  thou  hast  said  that  thou  wouldest  put 
thy  name  there;  to  hearken  unto  the  prayer  which 
thy  servant  prayeth  toward  this  place.  Hearken 
therefore  unto  the  supplications  of  thy  servant,  and 
of  thy  people  Israel,  which  they  shall  make  toward 
this  place:  hear  thou  from  thy  dwelling-place,  even 
from  heaven;  and  when  thou  hearest,  forgive. 

Now,  my  God,  let,  I  beseech  thee,  thine  eyes  be 
open,  and  let  thine  ears  be  attent  unto  the  prayer 
that  is  made  in  this  place.  Now  therefore  arise,  O 
Lord  God,  Into  thy  resting-place,  thou,  and  the  ark 
of  thy  strength:  let  thy  priests,  O  Lord  God,  be 
clothed  with  salvation,  and  let  thy  saints  rejoice  in 
goodness.  O  Lord  God,  turn  not  away  the  face  of  thine 
anointed:  remember  the  mercies  of  David  thy  servant. 

Now  when  Solomon  had  made  an  end  of  pray- 
ing, the  fire  came  down  from  heaven,  and  consumed 
419 


^  472        Dedication  of  a  Church 


the  burnt  offering  and  the  sacrifices;  and  the  glory 
of  the  Lord  filled  the  house.  And  the  priests  could 
not  enter  into  the  house  of  the  Lord,  because  the 
glory  of  the  Lord  had  filled  the  Lord's  house.  And 
when  all  the  children  of  Israel  saw  how  the  fire  came 
down,  and  the  glory  of  the  Lord  upon  the  house,  they 
bowed  themselves  with  their  faces  to  the  ground  up- 
on the  pavement,  and  worshiped,  and  praised  the 
Lord,  saying.  For  he  is  good;  for  his  mercy  endureth 
forever.  Then  the  king  and  all  the  people  ofEered 
sacrifices  before  the  Lord.  r 

The  Second  Lesson.  Hebrews  10.  19-26 
Having  therefore,  brethren,  boldness  to  enter  into 
the  holiest  by  the  blood  of  Jesus,  by  a  new  and  living 
way,  which  he  hath  consecrated  for  us,  through  the 
veil,  that  is  to  say,  his  flesh;  and  having  a  high 
priest  over  the  house  of  God;  let  us  draw  near  with  a 
true  heart  in  full  assurance  of  faith,  having  our 
hearts  sprinkled  from  an  evil  conscience,  and  our 
bodies  washed  with  pure  water.  Let  us  hold  fast  the 
profession  of  our  faith  without  wavering;  for  he  is 
faithful  that  promised; •  and  let  us  consider  one  an- 
other to  provoke  unto  love  and  to  good  works:  not 
forsaking  the  assembling  of  ourselves  together,  as 
the  manner  of  some  is;  but  exhorting  one  another: 
and  so  much  the  more,  as  ye  see  the  day  approaching. 
For  if  we  sin  willfully  after  that  we  have  received 
the  knowledge  of  the  truth,  there  remaineth  no  more 
sacrifice  for  sins. 

Then  shall  one  of  the  Hymns  656-G66,  Church  Hymnal, 
he  sung;  after  which  the  Minister  shall  deliver  a 
Sermon  suitable  to  the  occasion.  Contributions 
shall  then  he  received  from  the  People. 

420 


Dedication  op  a  Church       ^  472 


Then  shall  the  Minister  read  the  following  Psalm,  or 
the  Minister  and  the  Congregation  may  read  it 
alternately ;  the  parts  in  italics  to  be  read  by  the 
Congregation. 

Psalm  122 

I  was  glad  when  they  said  unto  me,  Let  us  go  into 
the  house  of  the  Lord. 

Our  feet  shall  stand  within  thy  gates,  0  Jerusalem. 

Jerusalem  is  builded  as  a  city  that  is  compact  to- 
gether: 

Whither  the  tribes  go  up,  the  tribes  of  the  Lord, 

Unto  the  testimony  of  Israel,  to  give  thanks  unto 
the  name  of  the  Lord. 

For  there  are  set  thrones  of  judgment,  the  thrones 
of  the  house  of  David. 

Pray  for  the  peace  of  Jerusalem: 

They  shall  prosper  that  love  thee. 

Peace  be  within  thy  walls. 

And  prosperity  within  thy  palaces. 

For  my  brethren  and  companions'  sake,  I  will  now 
say,  Peace  be  within  thee. 

Because  of  the  house  of  the  Lord  our  God  I  will 
seek  thy  good. 

Then  let  the  Trustees  stand  up  before  the  Altar,  and 
one  of  them,  or  some  one  in  their  behalf,  say  unto 
the  Minister: 

We  present  unto  you  this  Building,  to  be  dedicated  , 
as  a  Church  for  the  service  and  worship  of  Almighty 
God. 

Then  shall  the  Minister  request  the  Congregation  to 
stand,  while  he  repeats  the  folloioing 
421 


1  472 


Dedication  of  a  Church 


DECLARATION: 

Dearly  Beloved,  it  is  meet  and  right,  as  we  learn 
from  the  Holy  Scriptures,  that  houses  erected  for  the 
public  worship  of  God  should  be  specially  set  apart 
and  dedicated  to  religious  uses.  For  such  a  dedica- 
tion we  are  now  assembled.  With  gratitude,  there- 
fore, to  Almighty  God,  who  has  signally  blessed  his 
servants  in  their  holy  enterprise  of  erecting  this 
Church,  we  dedicate  it  to  his  service,  for  the  reading 
of  the  Holy  Scriptures,  the  preaching  of  the  "Word  of 
God,  the  administration  of  the  Holy  Sacraments,  and 
for  all  other  exercises  of  religious  worship  and  serv- 
ice, according  to  the  Discipline  and  Usages  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church.  And,  as  the  dedication 
of  the  temple  is  vain  without  the  solemn  consecra- 
tion of  the  worshipers  also,  I  now  call  upon  you  all  to 
dedicate  yourselves  anew  to  the  service  of  God.  To 
him  let  our  souls  be  dedicated,  that  they  may  be  re- 
newed after  the  image  of  Christ.  To  him  let  our 
bodies  be  dedicated,  that  they  may  be  fit  temples  for 
the  indwelling  of  the  Holy  Ghost.  To  him  may  our 
labors  and  business  be  dedicated,  that  their  fruit  may 
tend  to  the  glory  of  his  great  name,  and  to  the  ad- 
vancement, of  his  kingdom.  And  that  he  may 
graciously  accept  this  solemn  act,  let  us  pray. 

The  Congregation  kneeling,  the  Minister  shall  offer 
the  following  Prayer: 

O  Most  Glorious  Lord,  we  acknowledge  that  we  are 
not  worthy  to  offer  unto  thee  anything  belonging 
unto  us;  yet  we  beseech  thee,  in  thy  great  goodness, 
graciously  to  accept  the  dedication  of  this  place  to 
thy  service,  and  to  prosper  this  our  undertaking;  re- 
422 


Dedication  of  a  Church        II  4  72 


eeive  the  prayers  and  intercessions  of  all  those  thy 
servants  who  shall  call  upon  thee  in  this  house; 
and  give  them  grace  to  prepare  their  hearts  to  serve 
thee  with  reverence  and  godly  fear;  affect  them  with 
an  awful  apprehension  of  thy  divine  majesty,  and  a 
deep  sense  of  their  own  unworthiness;  that  so  ap- 
proaching thy  sanctuary  with  lowliness  and  devo- 
tion, and  coming  before  thee  with  clean  thoughts 
and  pure  hearts,  with  bodies  undefiled,  and  minds 
sanctified,  they  may  always  perform  a  service  accept- 
able to  thee,  through  Jesus  Christ  our  Lord.  Amen. 

Regard,  0  Lord,  the  supplication  of  thy  servants, 
and  grant  that  whosoever  shall  be  dedicated  to  thee 
in  this  house  by  Baptism  may  ever  remain  in  the 
number  of  thy  faithful  children.  Amen. 

Grant,  0  Lord,  that  whosoever  shall  receive  in  this 
place  the  blessed  Sacrament  of  the  Body  and  Blood 
of  Christ  may  come  to  that  holy  Ordinance  with 
faith,  charity,  and  true  repentance;  and,  being  filled 
with  thy  grace  and  heavenly  benediction,  may,  to 
their  great  and  endless  comfort,  obtain  forgiveness  of 
their  sins,  and  all  other  benefits  of  his  death.  Amen. 

Grant,  O  Lord,  that  by  thy  holy  Word  which  shall 
be  read  and  preached  in  this  place,  and  by  thy  Holy 
Spirit  grafting  it  inwardly  in  the  heart,  the  hearers 
thereof  may  both  perceive  and  know  what  things 
they  ought  to  do,  and  may  have  power  and  strength 
to  perform  the  same.  Amen. 

Now,  therefore,  arise,  O  Lord,  and  come  into  this 
place  of  thy  rest,  thou  and  the  ark  of  thy  strength. 
423 


^  472        Dedication  of  a  Church 

Let  thine  eye  be  open  toward  this  house  day  and 
night;  and  let  thine  ears  be  ready  toward  the  prayers 
of  thy  children  which  they  shall  make  unto  thee  in 
this  place:  and  whensoever  thy  servants  shall  make 
to  thee  their  petitions  here,  do  thou  hear  them  from 
heaven,  thy  dwelling-place,  the  throne  of  the  glory 
of  thy  kingdom;  and  when  thou  hearest,  forgive. 
A-nd  grant,  O  Lord,  we  beseech  thee,  that  here  and 
elsewhere  thy  ministers  may  be  clothed  with  right- 
eousness, and  thy  saints  rejoice  in  thy  salvation. 
And  may  we  all,  with  thy  people  everywhere,  grow 
up  into  a  holy  temple  in  the  Lord,  and  be  at  last  re- 
ceived into  the  glorious  temple  above;  the  house  not 
made  with  hands,  eternal  in  the  heavens.  And  to 
the  Father,  and  the  Son,  and  the  Holy  Spirit,  be  glory 
and  praise,  world  without  end.  Amem. 

The  service  to  conclude  with  a  Doxology  and 
Benediction 

Note.— The  Central  Conference  of  Southern  Asia  Is  authorized  to 
prepare  and  translate  into  the  vernaculars  simplified  and  adapted  forms 
of  such  parts  of  the  Ritual  as  may  be  deemed  necessary,  such  portions  to 
receive  the  sanction  ot  the  Board  of  Bishops. 


424 


APPENDIX 


Note.— The  matter  contained  in  this  Appendix  to  the  Discipline  Is 
sufficiently  important  to  Justify  its  publication  in  this  form.  Some  of  it 
Is  taken  from  the  General  Conference  Journals,  and  is  therefore  the 
action  of  the  General  Conference,  although  not  ordered  as  part  of  the 
Discipline.  Some  of  it,  as  the  Courses  of  Study,  has  received  the  sanction 
of  the  Bishops,  and  is  inserted  for  convenient  reference;  while  other 
portions  of  it  are  suggestive  and  aseful,  such  as  Post  Office  Addresses, 
Administrative  Boards,  Forms,  etc.  ^ 

ElilTOBS  OF  THE  DISCIPLINE. 


I.  RESIDENCES  AND  ADDRESSES 
n.  ADMINISTRATIVE  BOARDS  AND  COMMIS- 
SIONS 

III.  GENERAL  CONFERENCE 

IV.  GENERAL  CONFERENCE  DEQSIONS  OF 

LAW 

V.  MISCELLANEOUS 

VI.  FORMS 

VII.  COURSES  OF  STUDY 


Addresses 


CHAPTER  I 
RESIDENCES  AND  ADDRESSES 


H  I.  Bishops 

Thomas  BowMA>f,  East  Orange,  New  Jersey 

Henri  W.  Warren,  University  Park,  Colorado 

Ctrcs  D.  Fobs, 

2043  Arch  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
John  M.  Walden,  220  West  Fourth  Street,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
WiLLABD  F.  Mallaliec,  Auburndale,  Massachusetts 

John  H.  Vincent,  Indianapolis,  Indiana 

Daniel  A.  Goodsell,  150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 

Earl  Cranston,  Washington,  District  of  Columbia 

David  H.  Moore,  220  West  Fourth  Street,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
John  W.  Hamilton, 

3C  Bromfield  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts 
Joseph  F.  Berry,  455  Franklin  Street,  Buffalo,  New  York 
Henry  Spellmeyer,  Saint  Louis,  Missouri 

William  F.  McDowell, 

57  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
James  W.  Bashford,  Peking,  China 

William  Bvrt,  Zurich,  Switzerland 

Luther  B.  Wilson,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 

Thomas  B.  Neely,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana 

William  F.  Anderson,  Chattanooga,  Tennessee 

John  L.  Nuelsen,  Omaha,  Nebraska 

William  A.  Qdatlb.  Oklahoma  City,  Oklahoma 

427 


^  §  Addresses 

Charles  W.  Smith,  Portland,  Oregon 

Wilson  S.  Lewis,  Foochow,  China 

Edwin  H.  Hughes, 

435  Bucbanan  Street,  San  Francisco,  California 

Robert  McInttre,  Saint  Paul,  Minnesota 

Frank  M.  Bristol, 

Buenos  Ayres,  Argentina,  South  America 


1[  2.  Missionary  Bishops 


James  M.  Thoburn, 
Joseph  C.  Hartzell, 
Frank  W.  Warnb, 
Isaiah  B.  Scott, 
William  F.  Oldham, 
John  E.  Robinson, 
Merriman  C.  Harris, 


150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  Yorls 
Funchal,  Madeira  Islands 
Lucknow,  India 
Monrovia,  Liberia 
Singapore,  Straits  Settlements 
Bombay,  India 
Seoul,  Korea 


H  3.  Secretary  of  General  Conference 

Joseph  B.  Hingelet. 

57  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 


1  4.  Publishing  Agents 

1.  AT  NEW  YORK 

Homer  Eaton,       I    "Eaton  &  Mains," 

George  P.  Mains,)  150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 


depositories 

86  Bromfleld  Street,  Boston,  Massachusetts 
524  Penn  Avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania 
21  Adams  Avenue  East,  Detroit,  Michigan 


Addresses  T  6 


2.  AT  CINCINNATI 

Hexrt  C.  Jennings,  /  "Jennings  &  Graham," 

Edwin  11.  Graham,   (   220  West  Fourth  St.,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 

DEPOSITORIES 

57  Washinsrton  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
1121  McGee  Street,  Kansas  City,  Missouri 
1037  Marliet  Street,  San  Francisco,  California 


H  5.  Editors 

1.  ELECTED  BT  THE  GENERAL  CONFERENCE 

William  V.  Kelley  :  Methodist  Review, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 

James  M.  Bccklei  :  The  Christian  Advocate. 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 

John  T.  McFarland  :  Sunday  School  Publications, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 

John  J.  Wallace  :  Pittsburg  Christian  Advocate, 

524  I'enn  Avenue,  Pittsburg,  Pennsylvania 

Levi  Gilbert  :  Western  Christian  Advocate, 

220  West  Fourth  Street,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 

Albert  J.  Nast  :  Der  Christliche  Apolosete, 

220  West  Fourth  Street,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 

Frederick  Munz  :  Haxis  und  nerd, 

220  West  Fourth  Street,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 

David  D.  Thompson  :  Northwestern  Christian  Advocate, 

57  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 

Claudius  B.  Spencer  :  Central  Christian  Advocate, 

1121  McGee  Street,  Kansas  City,  Missouri 

Robert  E.  Jones  :  Soutliwestern  Christian  Advocate, 

408  Carondelet  Street,  New  Orleans,  Louisiana 

Daniel  L.  Rader  :  Pacific  Christian  Advocate, 

Portland,  Oregon 

Stephen  J.  Herben  :  The  Epworth  Herald, 

57  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 

Freeman  D.  Bovard  :  California  Christian  Advocate. 

1037  Market  Street,  San  B'rancisco,  California 
429 


Appendix 


2.  ELECTED  BY  THE  BOOK  COMMITTEE 

iCUAUD  J.  Cooke  :  Book  Editor, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York,  or 

220  West  Fourth  Street,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 


1  6.  Corresponding  Secretaries 


Adna  B.  Leonaud, 

lIOMlOIt  C.   SXI  NTZ, 

First  Assistant,  ] 
HoiiioKT  Foi:i>i;s, 

JWaud  I'latt, 
Charles  M.  Boswkll/J- 


Board    of    Home    Missions  and 

Church  Extension, 
1026    Arch    Street,  Philadelphia, 


ing  Secretaries, 
Thomas  Nicholson 

David  G.  Downey:  Board  of  Sunday  Schools, 

57  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Joseph  B.  Hingelet  :  Board  of  Conference  Claimants, 

57  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Preedmen's  Aid  Society, 

220  West  Fourth  Street, 

Cincinnati,  Ohio 
Edwin  M.  Randall,  Qenernl  f^ecretart/:  Epworth  League, 

57  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 


H  7.  Treasurers  and  Assistant  Treasurers 

Oscau  p.  Miller,  Treasurer:  General  Conference, 

Rock  Rapids,  Iowa 
Homer  E\ton,  Treasurer:  Board  of  Foreign  Missions, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
Henry  C.  Jennings,  Asuistant  Treasurer:  Board  of  Foreign 
Missions, 

220  West  Fourth  Street,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
Samitel   Shaw,   Treasurer:  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension, 

1026  Arch  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
Henry  C.  Jennings.  Treasurer:  Freedmen's  Aid  Society, 

220  West  Fourth  Street.  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
Homer  Eaton,  Assistant  Treasurer:  Freedmen's  Aid  Society. 

150  Fifth  Avenue.  New  York 
J.  Edgar  Leaycraft,  Treasurer:  Board  of  Education. 

19  West  Forty-second  Street,  New  York 
430 


Administrative  Boards  ^  8 

Geoboe  p.  Mains,  Treasurer:  Episcopal  Fund, 

150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  Yoik 
Edwin  R.  Graham,  Assistant  Treasurer:  Episcopal  Fund, 

57  Wasliington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Franklin  I.  Bodinf,  Treasurer:  Chartered  Fund, 

129  South  Fourth  Street,  I'hiladelphia,  I'ennsylvanla 
Edwin  E.  Graham,  Treasurer:  Board  of  Sunday  Schools, 

57  Washington  Street,  Chicago 
Martin  Campbell,  Treasurer:  Board  of  Conference  Claimants, 
57  Washington  Street,  Chicago 


CHAPTER  II 
ADMINISTRATIVE  BOARDS  AND  COMMISSIONS 

ELECTED  BY  THE  GENERAL  CONFERENCE  OK  APPOINTED  BY  THE 
BISHOPS  UNDER  AUTHORITY  OF  THE  GENERAL  CONFERENCE 


H  8.  Book  Committee 

Term 

District.    Name.  Conference.  Expires. 

I.    Silas  Pierce  New   England  1916 

II.    C.  S.  Wing  New  York  East  1912 

III.  J.  G.  Shepherd  Wyoming   1916 

IV.  A.  S.  Mowbray  Wilmington   1912 

V.    W.  F.  Whitlock  North   Ohio  1916 

VI.    J.  A.  Patten  Ilolston   1912 

VII.    W.  n.  Logan  Texas   1912 

VIII.    Hanford  Crawford  Saint   Louis  1916 

IX.    O.  P.  Miller  Northwest   Iowa  1912 

N.    J.  F.  Harmon  Southern   Illinois  1912 

XI.    C.  E.  Bacon  Indiana   1916 

XII.    D.  W.  Springer  Detroit   1916 

XIII.  W.  E.  Bletsch  .Chicago   German  1916 

XIV.  R.  V.  Watt  California   1912 

XV.    W.  W.  Van  Dusen .  .  .  Idaho   1916 

Local  Committee  at  \ew  TorJi:  E.  B.  Tuttle,  .T.  E.  Andrus, 
J.  W.  Pearsall,  J.  Edgar  Leaycraft,  G.  F.  Washburn. 

Local  Committee  at  Cincinnati:  Richard  Dymond,  J.  N. 
Gamble,  R.  T.  Miller,  J.  M.  Kittleman,  William  Christie 
Herron. 

431 


1  9  Administrative  Boards 


If  9.  District  Representatives  in  General  Committees  of 
Boards  of  Foreign  Missions,  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension,  and  Freedmen's  Aid  Society 

[One  Minister  and  one  I^ayman  elected  by  each  General 
Conference  District.] 
District.       Xame.  Conference. 

I.    D.  B.  Holt  Maine 

David  Gordon  New  England  Southern 

II.    J.  W.  Marshall  New  Jersey 

J.  Edgar  Leaycraft  New  York 

III.  Kay    Allen  Genesee 

T.  D.  Collins  Erie 

IV.  B.  C.  Conner  Central  Tennsylvania 

J.  n.  Holt  West  Virginia 

V.    L.  II.  Stewart  East  Ohio 

O.  P.  llypes  Cincinnati 

VI.    B.  F.  Witherspoon  South  Carolina 

W.  T.  Smith  Holston 

VII.    G.  G.  Logan  Upper  Mississippi 

R.  S.  Lovinggood  West  Texas 

VIII.    J.  S.  Ford  Kansas 

J.       Taylor  South  Kansas 

IX.    J.  C.  Willits  Iowa 

C.  R.  Benedict  Des  Moines 

X.    R.  E.  Buckey  Central  Illinois 

Terley  Lowe  Rock  River 

XI.    L.  J.  Naftzger  North  Indiana 

W.  E.  Carpenter  Northwest  Indiana 

XII.    J.  G.  Moore  North  Dakota 

F.   L.   Clemans  Minnesota 

XIII.  W.  II.  Rolfing  Northwest  German 

John  Kost  West  German 

XIV.  W.  D.  Phifer  Colorado 

A.  J.  Wallace  Southern  California 

XV.    W.  B.  Hollingshead  Oregon 

L.  V.  Wells  Columbia  River 

432 


AUMINISTKATIVE  BoAUDS 


K  10.  Board  of  Foreign  Missions 
Office  :  150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
Conesponding  Secretary,  Adsa.  B.  Leonard. 
First  Assistant  Conesponding  Secretary,  Homer  C.  Stcntz. 
Recording  Secretary,  Stephen  O.  Benton. 
Treasurer,  Homer  Eaton. 
Assistant  Treamirer,  IIenkt  C.  Jennings. 

MANAGERS 
The  Bishops,  ex  offlcio 


A.  K.  Sanford, 
J.  M.  BucUle.v, 
H.  A.  Buttz, 
J.  F.  Goucher, 
C.  S.  Harrower, 
H.  A.  Monroe, 
Homer  Eaton, 
C.  R.  Barnes, 

E.  S.  Tipple. 
S.  W.  Thomas, 
S.  W.  Gehrett, 
G.  P.  Mains, 

F.  M.  North. 
A.  H.  Tuttle, 
W.  V.  Kellev, 
J.  L.  Hurlbut, 


C.  S.  Wins:, 
.T.  O.  Wilson, 
(i.  1'.  Kclimau, 
.J.  B.  FaulliS, 

B.  C.  Conner, 

J.  W.  Marshall, 
W.  I.  Haven, 

D.  G.  Downey, 
A.  J.  Coultas, 
A.  G.  Kynett, 

C.  H.  Buck, 
J.  E.  Adams, 
Allan  MacRossie, 
Charles  Reuss, 
Wallace  MacMuIleu, 
John  Krantz. 


J.  S.  McLean, 
G.  J.  Ferry. 
G.  G.  Reynolds, 
L.  Skidmore, 
E.  B.  Tuttle, 
W.  H.  Falconer, 
J.  M.  Cornell. 
A.  H.  DeHaven, 
E.  L.  Dobbins, 
J.  F.  Rusling, 
J.  E.  Andrus, 
John  Oeattie, 
S.  Baldwin. 
G.  C.  Batcheller, 
J.  R.  Ourran. 
W.  McDonald, 


G.  F.  Secor, 

Charles  Gibson, 

J.  H.  Welch, 

C.  Lippitt. 

G.  W.  F.  Swartzcll, 

J.  R.  Mott, 

J.  M.  Bulwinkle, 

J.  W.  Pearsall, 

John  Gribbell, 

F.  A.  Home, 

J.  E.  Leaycraft, 
M.  S.  Cornell. 
R.  A.  Flanders, 

G.  L  Bodine, 
W.  A.  Leonard, 
W.  O.  Gantz. 


^11  Administrative  Boakds 


H  n.  Board  of  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension 
Office  :  1026  Arch  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
Corresponding  Secretary,  Robert  Fobbes. 
Assistant  Corresponding  Secretaries,\^]^l^^^^^:i;'^^^^^^^^ 
Recording  Secretary,  Alpha  G.  Ktxf.tt. 
Treasurer,  Samuel  Shaw. 

MINISTERS 


Robert  ^orbeT' 

Frank  1*.  Parkin 

A\  ai'd  Piatt 

Robert  Watt 

C.  M.  Boswell 

J.  D.  Fox, 

S.  W.  Thomas 

E.  M.  Stevens 

J.  F.  Crouch 

J.  C.  Nicholson 

S.  W.  Gehrett, 
J.  W.  Sayers, 

R.  H.  Gilbert, 
S.  M.  Morgan. 

F.  B.  Lynch, 

W.  L.  *JcDowell 

J.  S.  Hughes, 

J.  M.  Read, 

A.  G.  Kynett, 

Charles  L.  Mead. 

J.  G.  Bickerton, 

P.  M.  Walters, 

J.  G.  Wilson, 

F.  M.  North, 

Amos  Johnson, 

L.  C.  Murdock, 

S.  H.  Hoover. 

C.  A.  Tindley, 

W.  H.  Shaffer, 

W.  Giesregen. 

LATMEN 

James  Long, 

C.  D.  Foss,  Jr., 

J.  E.  James, 

W.  S.  Pilling, 

Thomas  Bradley, 

W.  H.  G.  Gould, 

Francis  Magee, 

S.  J.  Seneca, 

S.  K.  Felton, 

T.  L.  Jones, 

C.  W.  Higgins, 

F.  A.  Dingee, 

T.  A.  Redding. 

A.  M.  Schoyer, 

W.  H.  Senderling, 

F.  L.  Brown, 

Amos  Wakelin, 

J.  E.  Ingram, 

Jefferson  Justice, 

J.  L.  Hays, 

Samuel  Shaw, 

F.  H.  Larter. 

F.  W.  Tunnell, 

C.  E.  Anderson, 

J.  G.  Heilman, 

F.  E.  Tasker, 

W.  H.  Heisler, 

J.  P.  Melick, 

r.  H.  Harding, 

J.  A.  Affleck, 

J.  A.  Wallace, 

J.  G.  Shepherd, 

John  F.  Fox, 

Edward  Perry, 
.  O.  Hoffecker. 

W 

434 


Administrative  Boards 


^  12.  Board  of  Education 

Office  :  150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
Corresponding  Secretary,  Thomas  Xicholsox. 
Recording  Secretary,  Ezra  S.  Tipple. 
Treasurer,  J.  Edgar  Leatcbaft. 

MANAGERS 
Bishops  Goodsell,  McDowell,  and  Anderson 

MINISTERS 

J.  W.  Lindsay,  M.  W.  Dogan. 

C.  F.  Kice,  G.  H.  Bradford. 
W.  F.  Kinsr.  C.  J.  Little. 

E.  S.  Tipple.  W.  C.  Evans. 

G.  H.  Bridgman.  E.  M.  Mills, 
J.  H.  Race.  A.  C.  McCrea, 
S.  K.  Arbuthnot.  W.  V.  Kelle.v, 

J.  C.  Nicholson. 

LATMEX 

H.  C.  M.  In^raham,  .T.  R.  Harder, 
J.  E.  Leavcraft.  Samuel  Dickie. 
R.  F.  Rarmond.  Gottlieb  Golder. 
J.  D.  Sla.vback.  G.  A.  Warburton, 
A.  W.  Harris.  H.  N.  Curtis. 

J.  G.  Shepherd,  C.  E.  Patterson. 

D.  S.  Grav.  J.  M.  Bulwinkle, 
J.  A.  Patten.  J.  W.  Pearsall. 
J.  P.  Dollirer.  W.  H.  Heisler. 


*"  13.  The  University  Senate 

At  Larpe,  James  R.  Day,  St/racuse  University 


District.  Name.  Instittition. 


W.  E.  Huntington 

 Boston  rniversity 

n. 

William  North  Rice 

 Weslevan  Universitv 

III. 

W.  H.  Crawford  , 

 Alleshenv  College 

IV. 

Eusene  A.  Noble 

Woman's  College.  Baltimore 

V. 

VT. 

VII. 

J.  M.  Cox  

 Philander  Smith  College 

VIII. 

L.  H.  Murlin  

 Baker  Fnlversitv 

IX. 

W.  A.  Shanklln 

X. 

A.  W.  Harris  

,  Northwestern  Tniversitv 

XT. 

XII. 

Samuel  Plantz  

 Lawrence  Fniversltv 

XIII. 

E.  R.  Havlffhorst 

 German  Wallace  College 

XIV. 

George  W.  Bovard .  . 

..Southern  California  University 

XV. 

H.  D.  Kimball  

 Willamette  Tniversity 

435 


^14  Administrative  Boards 

t  J4.  Board  of  Sunday  Schools 
Office  :  57  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Corresponding  Secretary,  David  G.  Downey. 
Treasurer,  Edwin  R.  Graham. 

MANAGERS 
Bishops  Spellmeyer,  McDowell,  and  Mclntyre 

AT  LAEGE 

F.  L.  Brown,  W.  E.  Carpenter,  W.  O.  Shepard,  B.  R. 
Graham.  B.  F.  Shipp.  P.  H.  Swift,  Wesley  Sears,  C.  M. 
Stuart,  k.  H.  C.  Miller. 


district  REPRESENTATIVES 


District.  Name. 

District.  Name. 

I. 

Edgar  Blaise. 

VIII.    N.  Luceock. 

II. 

H.  P.  Bennett. 

IX.    I.  B.  Schreckengast 

III. 

C.  E.  Mogg. 

X.    J.  M.  Mitchell. 

IV. 

John  Walton. 

XI.    E.  R.  Zaring. 

V. 

Joseph  Claris. 

XII.    F.  M.  Rule. 

VI. 

W.  S.  Bovard. 

XIII.    F.  T.  Enderis. 

VII. 

B.  M.  Hubbard. 

XIV.    Harry  Morton. 

XV.    U.  F.  Hawk. 


H  15.  Board  of  Conference  Qaimants 

Office  :  57  Washington  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois 
Corresponding  Secretary,  Joseph  B.  Hingeley. 
Treasurer,  Marvin  Campbell. 

BOARD 

Bishop  Henry  Spellmeyer,  President 
ministers 

Charles  W.  Baldwin,  Julius  A.  Mulfinger, 

James  Hamilton,  Abraham  G.  Murray, 

Perry  Millar,  John  W.  Van  Cleve, 

Cyrus  U.  Wade. 

LAYMEN 

John  E.  Andrus.  Oliver  H.  Horton, 

Marvin  Campbell,  James  W.  Pearsall, 

Horace  M.  Havner,  Charles  Scott,  Jr., 

Ed.  L.  Young. 
436 


Administrative  Boards 


t  17 


^16.  Frccdmcn's  Aid  Society 

Office:  220  West  Fourth  Street,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 
correspond,-,,.  Secretaries,  \    J^,-'f-      R  M.so., 
Recording  Secretary,  W.  B.  Sellers. 
Treasurer,  Henry  C.  Jennings. 
Assistant  Treasurer,  Homer  Eaton. 

MANAGERS 
Bishops  Walden,  Moore,  and  Anderson 


H.  C.  Jennings, 
J.  D.  Walsh, 
Levi  Gilljert, 
John  I'earson, 
A.  J.  Nast, 
D.  Lk  Aultman, 


ministers 


A.  E.  Craig, 

E.  A.  White, 

Daniel  Dorchester,  Jr., 

Joshua  Stansfield, 

II.  C.  Jameson. 

U.  D.  Ketcham. 


G.  B.  Johnson, 
W.  F.  Boyd. 

D.  D.  Thompson, 
J.  M.  Gamble, 
R.  T.  Miller, 

H.  C.  Minnich, 


O.  F.  Hypes. 
C.  W.  Bennett, 
R.  B.  McRary. 
C.  L.  (ireeno. 
H.  A.  Schroetter, 
J.  D.  Jones. 


*!\  17.  Epworth  League 
Office  :  57  Washington  Street,   Chicago,  Illinois 
General  Secretary,  Edwin  M.  Randall 

BOARD  OF  CONTROL 
Bishop  WiLLiA-M  A.  Qlayle,  President 


District.  Name. 

Conference. 

II.    M.    S.  Daniels  

 Newarlc 

V.    O.  F.  Hvpes  

VIII.    W.  F.  Burris  

X.    J.  W.  Frizzelle  

437 


^18  Administrative  Boards 


District.       Name.  Conference. 

XI.    P.  C.  Curnick  Northwest  Indiana 

XII.    J.  S.  Ulland  Northern  Minnesota 

XIII.  J.  W.  Huber  Central  German 

XIV.  R.   A.   Chase  Colorado 

XV.    J.  W.  Efaw  Puget  Sound 

Advisoby  Members 

S.  J.  Herben  Rock  River 

E.  M.  Randall  Puget  Sound 

Frederick  Munz  Saint  Louis  German 

I.  G.  Penn  Washington 


H  18.  Methodist  Brotherhood 

Office  :  150  Fifth  Avenue,  New  York 
General  Secretary,  William  B.  Patterson 
MANAGING  BOARD 
The  General  OflScers 
Bishop  Joseph  P.  Berrt.  Bishop  William  Burt. 

Bishop  Thomas  B.  Neely. 
Name.  Conference. 

Ernst  Gideon  Bek  South  Germany 

Hanford  Crawford  Saint  Louis 

David  G.  Downey  New  York  East 

Thomas  A.  Dye  Pittsburg 

George  P.  Eckman  New  York 

G.  W.  Fifleld  Michigan 

C.    E.   Hamilton  Troy 

N.  W.  Harris  Rock  River 

A.  W.  Hayes  Newark 

S.  J.  Herben  Rock  River 

James  R.  Joy  Newark 

F.  D.  Leete  Detroit 

William  D.  Marsh  Northern  New  York 

Frank  Mason  North  New  York 

I.  T.  Parker  Wilmington 

John  R.  Pepper  M.  E.  Church,  South 

H.  P.  Rail  Baltimore 

W.  A.  Shanklin  Upper  Iowa 

J.  A.  Tory  Detroit 

Dell  L.  Tuttle  Genesee 

438 


Administrative  Boards 


U  19.  Church  Temperance  Society 
Board  of  Maxagebs 

Bishop  Robert  McIstire,  President 
.1.  F.  Ilanly,  Samuel  Dickie, 

S.  J.  Herben,  W.  E.  Tllroe, 

D.  D.  Thompson,  A.  II.  Norcross, 
N.  E.  Simonsen,  W.  A.  Smith, 
William  H.  Anderson,  Samuel  Van  Pelt, 
J.  W.  Miller,                             W.  B.  Otwell. 

E.  B.  Crawford,  E.  G.  Eberhart, 

A.  E.  Wilson. 


1[  20.  General  Deaconess  Board 

Bishops  Berry  and  Wilson 
Mrs.  Lucy  Rider  Meyer,  J.  N.  Gamble,  Miss  Henrietta 
Bancroft,  Mrs.  Margaret  D.  Moors,  Christian  Colder,  John 
Lange,  L.  C.  Murdock,  W.  H.  Wilder,  F.  X.  Kreitler. 


H  21.  TrtJStees  of  Oiartercd  Fand 

Office  :  129  South  Fourth  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
President,  George  I.  Bodi.ve. 
Secretary,  Edgar  J.  Pershing. 
Treasurer,  Franklix  I.  Bodine. 

Henry  Z.  Zeigler,  Joseph  H.  Chubb, 

James  Long,  Avery  D.  Harrington, 

Henry  T.  Maris. 


^  22.  Trustees  of  Methodist  Episcopal  Church 
Office:  222  West  Fourth  Street,  Cincinnati,  Ohio 

President,  John-  M.  Walden. 

Secretary,  John  Pearson. 

Treasurer,  George  B.  Johnson. 

1.  Term  to  Expire  in  1912 
Ministers:  John  M.  Walden,  David  H.  Moore,  Frank  S. 
Tincher. 

Laymen:  Robert  T.  Miller,  Jesse  R.  Clark,  William  F.  Boyd. 
439 


Administrative  Boards 


2.  Term  to  Expire  in  191G 
Ministers:  Frank  G.  Mitchell,  John  I'earson,  Edward  B. 
awls. 

3.  Johnson,  Norman 


^  23.  Commissions 

Federation 
Bishops  Walden,  Cranston,  and  Wilson 
Ministeis:  J.  F.  Goucher,  G.  A.  Reeder,  W.  W.  Evans. 
Laymen:  R.  T.  Miller,  Hanford  Crawford,  J.  A.  Patten. 

Federation  of  Colored  Churches 
Bishop  Walden 
Ministers:  W.  H.  Brooks,  J.  W.  E.  Bowen,  R.  E.  Gillum. 
Laymen:  I.  G.  Penn,  R.  S.  Lovinggood,  M.  S.  Davage. 

EcfjiENicAL  Conferences 
Bishops  Goodsell  and  Hamilton 
Ministers:  E.  R.  Dille,  C.  B.  Spencer.  C.  W.  Wvnant.  W.  F. 
Conner,  S.  J.  Greenleaf,  F.  W.  Straw,  T.  E.  Fleming,  Naphtali 
Luccock,  J.  St.  C.  Neal. 

Laymen:  C.  W.  Fairbanks,  G.  F.  Washburn,  H.  K.  Carroll, 
J.  E.  Ingram.  John  W.  Robinson,  William  Bawlings,  J.  E. 
Annis,  E.  M.  Cranston,  D.  D.  Thompson. 

Judicial  Procedure 
Bishop  Smith 
Ministers:  W.  W.  Evans,  R.  J.  Cooke. 
Laymen:  R.  T.  Miller,  T.  H.  Anderson. 

Evangelism 

Bishops  Berry,  McDowell,  Anderson,  Quayle,  Mclntyre 
Ministers:   T.  S.  Henderson,  C.  L.  Goodell.  B.  C.  Conner, 

J.    P.   Brushingham.   Robert   Stephens.   Thomas  Nicholson, 

C.  L.  Mead,  C.  F.  Reisner,  W.  F.  Sheridan,  C.  S.  Nusbaum. 
Laymen:    .Tohn  S.  Hiivler,  William  Phillips  Hall.  D.  C. 

Cook.  J.  N.  Gamble,  G.  O.  Robinson,  R.  II.  Rownd.  J.  G. 

Shepherd,  J.  E.  Ingram,  T.  W.  Fisher,  L.  M.  Alexander,  V). 

W.  Potter,  T.  S.  Lippy,  Hugh  Smith,  F.  W.  Tunnell,  A.  M. 

Shoyer. 


440 


Gejjekal  Conference 


CHAPTER  III 
GENERAL  CONFERENCE 


*\\  24.  Location,  Arrangement,  etc. 

All  arrangemonts  for  the  General  Conference  of  1012 — the 
selection  of  location,  raising  the  necessary  funds,  etc. — are 
referred  to  the  Booli  Committee. — Journal. 


^  25.  General  Conference  Districts 

Missions  [in  brackets]  are  included  in  contiguous  Districts 
for  representation  by  the  respective  district  representatives. 
The  figures  attached  to  Conferences  and  Districts  indicate 
the  number  of  delegates  to  which  they  were  respectively  en- 
titled in  the  General  Conference  of  1908. 

First  District — East  Maine,  4  ;  Eastern  Swedish,  2  ;  Maine, 
4 ;  New  Hampshire,  6 ;  New  England,  12 ;  New  England 
Southern,  8  ;  Troy,  12  ;  Vermont,  4  ;  total,  52. 

Second  District — Italy,  2  ;  New  Jersey,  10  ;  Newark,  10  ; 
New  York,  12  ;  New  York  East,  14  ;  Norway,  2 ;  Sweden,  4  ; 
total,  54. 

[Porto  Rico  Mission.] 

Third  District — Central  New  York,  10  ;  Erie,  10  ;  Genesee, 
12  ;  Northern  New  York,  10  ;  Wyoming,  10  ;  total,  52. 

Fourth  District — Baltimore,  10  ;  Central  Pennsylvania,  12  ; 
riiiladelphia,  14;  Pittsburg,  10;  West  Virginia,  10;  Wil- 
mington, 8  :  total,  64. 

[Atlantic  Mission  Conference.] 

Fifth  District — Central  Ohio,  10;  Cincinnati,  10;  East 
Ohio,  12;  Kentucky,  4;  North  Ohio,  S;  Ohio,  12;  total,  5«. 

Sixth  District — Alabama,  2;  Austin,  2;  Blue  Ridge,  2; 
Central  Tennessee,  2 ;  Delaware,  6 ;  East  Tennessee,  2 ; 
Georgia,  2;  Gulf,  2 ;  Holston,  6;  Liberia,  2;  North  Carolina, 
4  ;  Saint  Johns  River,  2 ;  South  Carolina,  8 ;  Washington,  6  ; 
total,  48. 

4.41 


General  Conference 


Seventh  District — Atlanta,  4 ;  Centrai  Alabama,  4 ;  Central 
Missouri,  2 ;  Florida,  2 ;  Lexington,  4  ;  Lincoln,  2 ;  Little 
Rocli,  4  ;  Louisiana,  8  ;  Mississippi,  0  ;  Savannah,  2  ;  Tennes- 
see, 4 ;  Texas,  6 ;  Upper  Mississippi,  6 ;  West  Texas,  4 ; 
total,  58. 

[South  Florida  Mission.] 

Eighth  District — Arliansas,  2 ;  Kansas,  8 ;  Missouri,  « ; 
Northwest  Kansas,  6 ;  Oklahoma,  6 ;  Saint  Louis,  8 ;  South 
Kansas,  6  ;  Southwest  Kansas,  8  ;  West  Nebraska,  4  ;  Western 
Swedish,  2  ;  total,  5G. 

Ninth  District — Des  Moines,  12 ;  Iowa,  8 ;  Nebraska,  8 ; 
North  Nebraska,  6 ;  Northwest  Iowa,  10 ;  Northwest  Ne- 
braska, 2  ;  Upper  Iowa,  12  ;  total,  58. 

Tenth  District — Central  Illinois,  10  ;  Central  Swedish,  2  ; 
Illinois,  16  ;  Northern  Swedish,  2  ;  Rock  River,  14  ;  Southern 
Illinois,  8  ;  total,  52. 

Eleventh  District — Indiana,  14  ;  Michigan,  16  ;  North  In- 
diana, 12  ;  Northwest  Indiana,  8  ;  total,  50. 

Twelfth  District — Dakota,  6  ;  Detroit,  16  ;  Minnesota,  8  ; 
North  Dakota,  6 ;  Northern  Minnesota,  6 ;  Norwegian  and 
Danish,  2  ;  West  Wisconsin,  8  ;  Wisconsin,  8  ;  total,  60. 

[Black  Hills  Mission.] 

Thirteenth  District — California  German,  2 ;  Central  Ger- 
man, 6 ;  Chicago  German,  4  ;  East  German,  2 ;  North  Ger- 
many, 4  ;  Northern  German,  2  ;  Northwest  German,  2  ;  Pacific 
German,  2 ;  Saint  Louis  German,  6 ;  South  Germany,  4 ; 
Southern  German,  2 ;  Switzerland,  2 ;  Western  German,  4 ; 
total,  42. 

Fourteenth  District — California,  12  ;  Chile,  2  ;  Colorado,  8  ; 
Eastern  South  America,  2  ;  Poochow,  4  ;  Hinghua.  2  ;  Korea, 
2 ;  Mexico,  2 ;  North  China,  2 ;  Southern  California,  8 ; 
total,  44. 

[Arizona,  Hawaii,  Nevada,  New  Mexico  English,  New 
Mexico  Spanish,  Pacific  Chinese,  Pacific  Japanese,  and  Utah 
Missions.] 

Fifteenth  District — Bengal,  2;  Bombay,  2;  Columbia 
River,  6  ;  Idaho,  2  ;  Malaysia,  2  ;  Montana,  2  ;  North  India, 
4  ;  North  Montana,  2  ;  Northwest  India,  2  ;  Oregon,  6  ;  Philip- 
pine Islands,  2  ;  Puget  Sound,  8  ;  South  India,  2  ;  Western 
Norwegian  and  Danish,  2  ;  total,  44. 

[Alaska  and  Wyoming  Missions.] 
442 


Geneeal  Conference  ^  26 


H  26.  Rules  of  Order 

ORGANIZATION 

1.  Organization.  When  a  General  Conference  shall 
have  been  convened  in  accordance  with  the  provisions 
of  the  Constitution,  after  the  Devotional  Services  and  the 
calling  of  the  roll,  if  a  quorum  be  found  to  be  present, 
the  Conference  will  proceed  to  its  organization  by  the 
election  of  a  Secretary  by  ballot,  if  there  be  more  than 
one  nomination,  and  such  assistant  secretaries  as  it  may 
deem  necessary. 

TIME  OF  MEETING,  RECESS,  AND  ADJOURNMENT 

2.  After  the  opening  session  the  General  Conference 
shall  meet  at  8 :30  o'clock  a.  m.,  and  adjourn  at  12  :30 
o'clock,  p.  M. ;  but  the  Conference  may  alter  the  time  of 
meeting  and  may  adjourn  and  fix  the  time  to  which  it 
shall  adjourn  at  its  discretion.  A  recess  of  ten  minutes 
shall  be  taken  at  10:30  o'clock,  unless  otherwise  ordered 
by  the  Conference. 

THE  PRESIDENT 

3.  The  President  shall  take  the  chair  precisely  at  the 
hour  to  which  the  Conference  stood  adjourned,  and  cause 
the  same  to  be  opened  by  the  reading  of  the  Scriptures, 
singing,  and  prayer,  and  on  the  appearance  of  a  quorum 
shall  have  the  Journal  of  the  preceding  session  read  and 
approved,  and  see  that  the  business  of  the  Conference 
shall  proceed  in  the  regular  order,  according  to  these 
Rules  of  Order  and  other  rules  and  regulations  adopted 
by  the  General  Conference. 

4.  The  President  shall  decide  all  questions  of  order. 
subject  to  an  appeal  to  the  Conference,  and  in  case  of 
such  appeal  the  question  shall  be  taken  without  debate, 
except ,  that  the  President  may  state  the  grounds  of  his 
decision,  and  the  appellant  may  state  the  grounds  of 
his  appeal. 

5.  The  President  shall  appoint  all  committees,  unless 
otherwise  especially  ordered  by  the  Conference. 

6.  On  assigning  the  floor  to  any  member  of  the  Con- 

443 


General  Conference 


ference,  the  President  shall  distinctly  announce  the  name 
of  the  member  to  whom  it  is  assigned  and  the  Annual 
Conference  he  represents. 

ORDEB  OF  BUSINESS 

7.  The  regular  order  of  iusiness  shall  be : 

(1)  Devotional  services. 

(2)  The  reading  of  the  Journal  and  action  thereon. 

(3)  The  calling  of  the  roll  of  Conferences  in  alpha- 
betical order  for  the  presentation  of  appeals,  resolutions, 
and  miscellaneous  business,  for  immediate  consideration. 

The  person  introducing  a  proposition  under  this  call 
may  speak  to  it  if  it  be  seconded ;  after  which  a  motion 
to  refer,  if  made,  shall  be  entertained  and  be  decided 
without  debate.  But  immediately  after  the  motion  or 
resolution  has  been  presented,  and  before  the  person  who 
introduces  the  proposition  has  sppken,  the  question  of 
consideration  may  be  raised  by  a  member  saying: 

*'Mr.  President,  on  that  I  raise  the  question  of  con- 
sideration." 

The  question  of  consideration  shall  then  be  put  witn- 
out  debate,  and  if  there  is  a  two-thirds  vote  against  con- 
sideration, the  proposition  shall  not  be  entertained. 

(4)  Reports,  first  of  the  standing  and  then  of  the 
select  committees;  provided,  always,  that  each  call  sev- 
erally shall  have  been  completed  before  either  preceding 
one  shall  be  repeated. 

(5)  Miscellaneous  business. 

DUTIES  AND  PRIVILEGES  OF  MEMBERS 

8.  When  a  member  is  ahout  to  speak  in  debate,  or  to 
deliver  any  matter  to  the  Conference,  he  shall  rise  and 
respectfully  address  the  President,  but  shall  not  proceed 
until  recognized  by  him.  The  member  must  address  the 
chair  from  his  place. 

9.  No  member  shall  be  interrupted  when  speaking,  ex- 
cept by  the  President  to  call  him  to  order  when  he  de- 
parts from  the  question,  or  uses  personalities  or  disre- 
spectful language;  but  any  member  may  call  the  atten- 

444 


General  Conference 


tion  of  the  President  to  the  subject  when  he  deems  a 
speaker  out  of  order,  and  any  member  may  explain  when 
he  thinks  himself  misrepresented. 

10.  When  a  member  denires  to  speak  to  a  question  of 
privilege  he  shall  briefly  state  the  question  ;  but  it  shall 
not  be  in  order  for  him  to  proceed  uutil  the  President 
shall  have  decided  it  a  privileged  question.  Questions 
of  privilege  are  matters  relating  to  the  rights  and  welfare 
of  the  individual  as  a  member  or  of  the  whole  body ;  and 
of  such  an  imperative  character  as  to  justify  the  inter- 
ruption of  the  regular  order. 

It  shall  be  the  imperative  duty  of  the  Bishop  pre- 
siding to  require  the  member  to  state  his  question  of 
privilege.  This  having  been  done,  the  presiding  officer 
shall  decide  whether  it  shall  be  allowed ;  and,  if  so,  shall 
hold  him  closely  to  the  subject. 

11.  yo  person  shall  speak  more  than  twiee  on  the 
same  question  nor  more  than  ten  minutes  at  one  time, 
without  leave  of  the  Conference ;  nor  shall  any  person 
speak  more  than  once  until  every  member  choosing  to 
speak  shall  have  spoken. 

Provided,  however,  that  a  committee  making  a  report 
shall,  through  its  chairman,  or  one  of  its  members  se- 
lected by  the  committee  or  its  chairman,  in  all  cases  be 
entitled  to  ten  minutes  to  close  the  debate,  either  to 
oppose  the  motion  to  lay  the  report  on  the  table,  or,  this 
permission  not  having  been  used,  to  close  the  debate  on 
the  motion  to  adopt.  The  committee  shall  not  be  de- 
prived of  its  right  to  close  the  debate  even  after  the 
previous  question  has  been  ordered,  and,  when  a  report 
consisting  of  two  or  more  propositions  has  a  seriatim 
consideration,  the  chairman  or  representative  of  the  com" 
mittee  shall  be  entitled  to  the  same  rights  and  privileges 
on  each  proposition  thus  decided  separately  as  he  would 
have  if  the  report  was  considered  as  a  unit. 

12.  Xo  member  shall  absent  himself  from  the  sessions 
of  the  Conference  without  leave,  unless  he  is  sick  or 
unable  to  attend. 

445 


T  2i  General  Conpekencb 


MOTIONS  AND  RESOLUTIONS 

13.  Resolutions  shall  6e  written  and  presented  in 
duplicate  by  the  mover.  All  motions  shall  be  reduced 
to  writing  if  the  President,  Secretary,  or  any  member 
request  it.  If  the  Conference  shall  order  a  resolution  to 
be  referred  to  a  committee,  then  the  mover  shall  furnish 
to  the  Secretary  a  third  copy  for  the  use  of  the  committee. 

14.  Reading.  All  written  motions,  reports,  and  com- 
munications to  the  Conference  shall  be  passed  to  the  Sec- 
retary, to  be  by  him  read  to  the  Conference. 

15.  When  a  motion  is  made  and  seconded,  or  a  resolu- 
tion introduced  and  seconded,  or  a  report  presented  and 
read  by  the  Secretary,  or  stated  by  the  President,  it  shall 
be  deemed  in  possession  of  the  Conference ;  but  any  mo- 
tioa  or  resolution  may  be  withdrawn  by  the  mover  at 
any  time  before  amendment  or  decision. 

16.  The  following  motions  shall  be  taken  without 
debate: 

(1)  To  adjourn. 

(2)  To  suspend  the  rules. 

(3)  To  lay  on  the  table. 

(4)  To  take  from  the  table. 

(5)  The  question  of  consideration. 

(6)  The  call  for  the  previous  question. 

17.  No  new  motion  or  resolution  shall  be  entertained 
until  the  one  under  consideration  has  been  disposed  of, 
which  may  be  done  by  adoption  or  rejection ;  but  one  or 
more  of  the  following  motions  may  be  made,  and  they 
shall  have  precedence  in  the  order  in  which  they  are 
placed,  namely: 

(1)  To  fix  the  time  to  which  the  Conference  shall 
adjourn. 

(2)  To  adjourn. 

(3)  To  take  a  recess. 

(4)  To  lay  on  the  table. 

(.5)  For  the  previous  question. 
(G)  To  postpone  to  a  given  time. 

446 


General  Coxferenck  ^  26 

(7)  To  refer. 

(8)  Substitute. 

(9)  Amendment. 

(10)  To  postpone  indefinitely. 

The  motion  for  the  previous  question  cannot  be  laid 
on  the  table. 

is.  Only  one  amendment  to  an  amendment  shall  be  in 
order,  but  then  it  shall  be  in  order  to  move  a  substitute 
for  the  main  question,  and  one  amendment  to  the  substi- 
tute, and  if  a  substitute  is  accepted,  it  shall  replace  the 
original  proposition. 

19.  It  shall  he  in  order  to  move  the  previous  question — 
or  that  the  question  be  taken  without  further  debate — 
on  any  measure  pending,  except  in  cases  in  which  charac- 
ter is  involved  ;  and  if  sustained  by  a  vote  of  two  thirds 
the  question  shall  be  taken ;  nevertheless,  it  shall  be  in 
order  under  this  rule  to  move  to  refer  or  to  recommit 
(on  either  of  which  the  vote  shall  be  taken  without  de- 
bate), to  divide  or  to  lay  on  the  table,  after  the  previous 
question  has  been  ordered.  It  shall  not  be  in  order  to 
move  the  previous  question  or  to  move  to  lay  on  the 
table  at  the  close  of  a  speech  in  which  the  pending  ques- 
tion has  been  discussed. 

20.  On  the  call  of  a  member  a  question  shall  be  divided 
if  it  is  divisible  into  distinct  propositions. 

21.  The  motion  to  adjourn  shall  be  taken  without  de- 
bate, and  shall  always  be  in  order,  except 

(1)  When  a  member  has  the  floor. 

(2)  When  a  question  Ls  actually  put,  or  a  vote  is 
being  taken,  or  until  finally  decided. 

(3)  'VNTien  a  question  is  pending  on  sustaining  the 
demand  for  the  previous  question. 

(4)  When  the  previous  question  has  been  called  and 
sustained,  and  action  under  it  is  still  pendinsr. 

(5)  When  a  motion  to  adjourn  has  been  negatived, 
and  no  business  or  debate  has  intervened. 

22.  Reconsideration.  When  any  motion  or  resolution 
shall  have  been  acted  upon  by  the  Conference,  it  shall  be 

447 


%  26  General  Conference 

in  order  for  any  member  who  voted  with  the  prevailing 
side  to  move  a  reconsideration  ;  but  a  motion  to  recon- 
sider a  nondebatable  motion  shall  be  decided  without 
debate. 

23.  Change  of  Discipline.  All  resolutions  contemplating 
verbal  alterations  of  the  Discipline  shall  state  the  lan- 
guage of  the  paragraph  and  line  to  be  altered,  and  also 
the  language  to  be  substituted. 

No  resolution  or  report  which  proposes  a  change  in 
the  Book  of  Ui.scipline  shall  be  considered  until  it  has 
been  in  the  possession  of  the  Conference  for  one  day  and 
shall  have  been  printed  in  the  Daily  Christian  Advocate ; 
but  when  it  is  under  consideration  amendments  which 
are  germane  and  duly  presented  to  the  Conference  shall 
be  in  order. 

24.  When  any  member  shall  move  the  reference  of 
any  portion  of  the  Journal  of  any  Annual  Conference  to 
any  committee  he  shall  at  the  same  time  furnish  a  copy 
of  the  portion  he  wishes  referred,  prepared  as  hereafter 
provided  in  the  case  of  memorials. 

VOTING 

25.  Every  member  who  is  within  the  bar  at  the  time 
a  question  is  put  shall  vote,  unless  the  Conference,  for 
special  reasons,  excuses  him.  No  member  shall  be  al- 
lowed to  vote  on  any  question  who  is  not  within  the  bar 
at  the  time  when  such  question  shall  be  put  by  the  Presi- 
dent, except  by  leave  of  the  Conference,  when  such  mem- 
ber has  been  necessarily  absent. 

26.  Voting  shall  be  by  the  uplifted  hand,  but  on  a 
division  of  the  house,  a  count  vote  shall  be  taken,  the 
delegates  rising  in  their  places  and  standing  until  they 
shall  have  been  counted.  Votes  may  also  be  taken  by 
ballot  and  by  ayes  and  noes. 

27.  Ayes  and  Noes.  It  shall  be  in  order  for  any  mem- 
ber to  call  for  the  ayes  and  noes  on  any  question  before 
the  Conference,  and  if  the  call  be  sustained  by  one  hun- 
dred members  present,  the  vote  thereon  shall  be  taken 

448 


General  Conference 


by  nyes  and  noes.  If  not  sustained,  members  voting  in 
the  minority,  if  the  number  voting  in  said  minority  is  less 
than  one  hundred,  may  have  their  votes  recorded  by 
name. 

28.  Order  of  Voting.  In  voting  when  there  is  a  substi- 
tute and  amendments  have  been  proposed  to  the  original 
resolution  and  an  amendment  to  the  substitute  has  been 
moved,  the  Conference  shall  pursue  the  following  order, 
namely :  The  main  question  shall  first  be  perfected  by 
voting  on  the  amendments  proposed  thereto,  and  then 
the  Conference  shall  vote  upon  the  amendment  to  the 
substitute,  then  upon  the  question  of  substitution,  and 
finally  upon  the  question  of  adoption. 

29.  A  call  for  a  vote  Itj  orders  shall  be  made  and  sec- 
onded by  members  of  the  .same  order,  and  shall  require 
the  vote  of  one  third  of  the  delegates  of  that  order  pres- 
ent and  voting. 

30.  When  voting  ig  orders  the  separation  shall  be 
merely  in  regard  to  the  taking,  announcing,  deciding,, 
and  recording  the  vote  of  each  order  on  the  question  on 
which  the  separate  vote  is  demanded.  Any  incidental 
matter  bearing  upon  such  vote  shall  be  decided  by  the 
Conference  acting  as  one  body.  In  taking  a  vote  by 
orders  it  shall  be  by  a  count  vote,  first  of  the  order  call- 
ing for  the  separate  vote  and  then  of  the  other,  but  either 
order  may  call  for  the  ayes  and  noes  by  one  fourth  of  its 
members,  and  if  the  call  is  sustained  the  names  of  the 
delegates,  first  of  the  order  calling  and  then  of  the  other, 
shall  be  called,  and  each  member  shall  answer  aye  or  no. 

MEMOEIALS,    RESOLUTIONS,   AND   PAPERS   FOR  UNAN- 
NOUNCED REFERENCE 

31.  Memorials.  Memorials,  resolutions,  and  miscella- 
neous papers  not  presented  for  immediate  consideration 
shall  be  placed  in  the  hands  of  the  Secretary  without 
announcement. 

32.  Menihers  presenting  memorials,  petitions,  and  other 
papers  for  reference  shall  prepare  the  papers  (preferably 

449 


1"  26  General  Conference 


written  on  "legal  cap")  by  writing  in  a  plain  hand  on 
the  back  of  them,  after  folding,  the  following  items,  in  the 
following  order,  namely : 

(1)  Name  of  the  member  presenting  the  paper. 

(2)  Conference  to  which  he  belongs. 

(3)  Conference,  member,  or  church  whence  it  comes. 

(4)  Subject  to  which  it  relates. 

(5)  First  name  on  the  petition. 
(G)  Number  of  other  petitioners. 

(7)  The  committee  to  which  he  desires  it  referred. 
All  resolutions  and  papers  thus  pre.sented  shall  be  de- 
livered directly  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Conference,  in 
triplicate,  and  shall  be  sent  by  him  to  the  committee  ac- 
cording to  indorsement,  and  announced  in  the  Journal 
of  the  day ;  provided,  that  in  case  of  memorials  and 
documents  of  unusual  length,  which  are  not  intended  for 
publication,  only  one  complete  original  copy  shall  be 
required,  togeUier  with  two  copies  of  the  indorsement 
thereon  as  required  by  this  paragraph. 

committees' 
33.  The  Standing  Committees  shall  be: 
I.  Episcopacy. 
II.  Judiciary. 

III.  Itineranc3'. 

IV.  Boundaries. 
V.  Revision. 

VI.  Temporal  Economy. 

VII.  State  of  the  Church. 

VIII.  Temperance  and  Prohibition. 

IX.  Book  Concern. 

X.  Foreign  Missions. 

XI.  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension. 


'In  the  General  Conference  of  1908,  Education,  Freedmen,  and  Sun- 
day Schools  formed  one  Committee.  The  above  arrangement  corre- 
sponds with  changes  subsequently  made  by  the  General  Conference,  and 
will  govern  arrangements  for  the  General  Conference  of  1912. 

450 


General  Conference 


XII.  Education. 

XIII.  Freedmen. 

XIV.  Sunday  Schools. 

XV.  Conference  Claimants. 
XVI.  Epworth  League. 
XVII.  Deaconess  Work. 

34.  The  several  delegations  shall  appoint  one  minister 
and  one  lay  member  for  each  Standing  Committee,  ex- 
cepting the  Committee  on  Judiciary. 

35.  For  the  Committee  on  Judiciary  the  delegates  of 
each  General  Conference  District  shall  nominate  from 
their  number  one  member,  and  the  Bishops  shall  nom- 
inate four,  making  the  total  number  nineteen. 

3G.  The  committees  shall  hold  their  meetings  at  3 
P.  M.  on  the  days  of  the  week,  as  follows : 

The  Committees  on  Episcopacy,  Itinerancy,  Bounda- 
ries, Revision,  Temporal  Economy,  and  State  of  the 
Church,  on  Monday,  Wednesday,  and  Friday ;  the  Com- 
mittees on  Temperance  and  Prohibition,  Book  Concern, 
Foreign  Missions,  Home  Missions  and  Church  Extension, 
Education  and  Freedmen,  on  Tuesday,  Thursday,  and 
Saturday ;  the  Committees  on  Sunday  Schools,  Dea- 
coness Work,  Epworth  League,  and  Conference  Claim- 
ants, on  Tuesday  and  Friday. 

The  Committee  on  Judiciary  shall  meet  at  such  times 
as  the  committee  may  decide,  or  as  may  be  ordered  by 
the  General  Conference. 

37.  Committees  shall  not  originate  business,  but  shall 
consider  and  report  upon  all  subjects  referred  to  them 
by  the  General  Conference. 

38.  A  business  Quorum  of  a  Standing  Committee  shall 
be  fifty,  except  the  Committee  on  Judiciary,  in  which 
the  quorum  shall  be  a  majority  of  all  the  members  of 
the  committee,  and  the  Committee  on  Epworth  League, 
in  which  thirty-five  shall  constitute  a  quorum. 

39.  A  committee  shall  not  consider  a  matter  which 
the  General  Conference  has  refused  to  refer  to  said 
committee. 

451 


T  26  General  Conference 


40.  Where  a  matter  has  been  received  by  the  Con- 
ference and  referred  to  a  committee,  and  a  report  thereon 
has  been  made  to  the  Conference,  it  shall  not  be  in  order 
for  another  committe*  to  consider  the  same  subject,  or 
for  the  Conference  to  entertain  a  report  from  another 
committee  on  the  said  subject ;  but  when  any  committee 
shall  ascertain  that  a  subject  which  has  been  referred 
to  it  has  also  been  referred  to  another  committee,  it  shall 
report  the  fact  to  the  Secretary  of  the  Conference,  who 
shall  reassign  the  paper  to  the  proper  committee  unless 
he  shall  be  in  doubt,  in  which  case  he  shall  report  the 
matter  to  .the  Conference  for  its  decision. 

41.  There  shall  not  be  reported  as  coming  from  a 
committee  any  matter  which  has  not  been  considered 
and  acted  upon  by  the  committee  duly  assembled. 

42.  All  committees  proposing  changes  of  the  Disci- 
pline shall  not  only  recite  the  paragraph  and  line  to  be 
amended,  but  alsa  the  paragraph  as  amended. 

43.  All  committees  shall  furnish  duplicate  copies  of 
their  reports,  one  copy  for  the  Secretary  and  one  for  the 
Daily  Christian  Advocate. 

44.  Reports  of  Standing  Committees  signed  by  the 
chairman  and  secretary,  and  minority  reports  signed  by 
at  least  five  members,  shall  be  considered  in  the  posses- 
sion of  the  Conference  when  they  shall  have  been  printed 
in  the  Daily  Christian  Advocate.  But  in  a  report  from 
the  Committee  on  Judiciary  one  signature  will  be  sufficient. 

45.  When  the  chairman  of  a  committee  is-  not  in  har- 
mony with  a  report  ordered  by  the  committee,  it  shall 
be  his  duty  to  state  the  fact  to  the  committee,  and  the 
committee  shall  select  one  of  its  members  to  represent  it 
in  the  presentation  and  discussion  of  the  report  in  the 
General  Conference,  but,  if  in  such  a  case  the  committee 
fails  to  select  such  a  representative,  the  chairman  shall 
designate  a  member  to  thus  represent  the  action  of  the 
committee,  and  said  representative  shall  have  all  the 
rights  and  privileges  of  the  chairman  in  relation  to  the 
report. 

452 


General  Coxferexce 


MISCELLANEOUS 

4G.  All  demonstrations  of  approval  or  flisappi'ova! 
during  the  progress  of  debate  shall  be  deemed  a  breach 
of  order. 

47.  No  person  shall  stand  in  the  open  spaces  in  the 
room. 

48.  The  ushers  shall  keep  the  aisles  clear  for  their 
proper  use,  and  none  but  delegates  shall  be  admitted 
within  the  inclosure  constituting  the  bar  of  the  Confer- 
ence, except  by  ticket  issued  by  the  chairman  of  the  Com- 
mission of  the  General  Conference. 

49.  Ill  all  matters  not  herein  speci^fied  the  proceedings 
of  the  Conference  shall  be  governed  by  common  parlia- 
mentary law. 

50.  These  rules  shall  not  be  suspended  except  by  a 
vote  of  two  thirds  of  the  members  present  and  voting. 


If  27.  Plan  for  Reference  of  Papers  to  Committees  of  the 
General  Conference 

(See  also  Rules  of  Order  32,  33.) 

To  the  Committee  on  Episcopacy  shall  be  referred 
memorials,  resolutions,  and  other  papers  relating  to  the 
Episcopacy,  or  to  the  administration  or  characters  of 
individual  Bishops,  as  well  as  proposals  to  change  the 
law  relating  to  the  Episcopate ;  also  all  miscellaneous 
matters  relating  to  the  Bishops  or  their  olBce. 

To  the  Committee  on  Itinerancy  shall  be  referred  me- 
morials, re.solutions,  and  other  papers  relating  to  Pas- 
tors and  the  Pastorate,  as  well  as  proposed  changes 
touching  the  Pastorate  and  the  Presiding  Eldership ;  also. 
Journals  of  the  Annual  Conferences. 

To  the  Committee  on  Foreign  Missions  shall  be  re- 
ferred memorials,  resolutions,  and  other  papers  relating- 
to  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions,  Missionax-y  Societies 
and  Missions,  including  proposed  changes  in  the  law  of 
the  Church  concerning  Foreign  Missions  and  the  Board. 
453 


T  27  General  Conference 


To  the  Committee  on  Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension shall  be  referred  memorials,  resolutions,  and 
other  papers  touching  the  Board  of  Home  Missions  and 
Church  Extension,  and  these  causes  in  general ;  also 
proposed  changes  in  the  law  relating  to  them. 

To  the  Committee  on  the  Book  Concern  shall  be  re- 
ferred memorials,  resolutions,  and  other  papers  relating 
to  the  Book  Concern  and  the  publishing  interests  of  the 
Church;  also  proposals  to  change  the  law  relating  to 
this  department  of  the  Church's  interest. 

To  the  Committee  on  Education  shall  be  referred  me- 
morials, resolutions,  and  other  papers  relating  to  the 
Board  of  Education  and  its  work;  also  proposed  changes 
in  the  laws  relating  thereto. 

To  the  Committee  on  Freedmen  shall  be  referred  me- 
morials, resolutions,  and  other  papers  relating  to  the 
Freedmen's  Aid  Society  and  its  work ;  also  proposed 
changes  in  the  laws  relating  thereto. 

To  the  Committee  on  Sunday  Schools  shall  be  referred 
memorials,  resolutions,  and  other  papers  relating  to  the 
Board  of  Sunday  Schools  and  its  work ;  also  proposed 
changes  in  the  laws  relating  thereto. 

To  the  Committee  on  Conference  Claimants  shall  be 
referred  memorials,  resolutions,  and  other  papers  relating 
to  the  Board  of  Conference  Claimants  and  its  work  ;  also 
proposed  changes  in  the  laws  relating  thereto. 

To  the  Committee  on  Temperance  and  Prohibition 
shall  be  referred  memorials,  resolutions,  and  other  papers 
relating  to  the  cause  of  Temperance ;  also  proposals  to 
change  the  law  bearing  upon  this  subject. 

To  the  Committee  on  Boundaries  shall  be  referred 
memorials,  resolutions,  and  other  papers  relating  to  the 
Boundaries  of  Annual  and  Mission  Conferences,  Missions 
and  General  Conference  Districts,  including  proposals 
to  change  the  law  relating  to  such  Boundaries. 

To  the  Committee  on  Temporal  Economy  shall  be  re- 
ferred memorials,  resolutions,  and  other  papers  relating 
to  property,  financial  interests,  and  temporalities  in  gen- 
454 


Gkxeral  Conferexce 


eral,  not  included  in  the  specified  work  of  the  preceding 
committees.  Propositions  to  change  the  law  relating  to 
such  matters  shall  also  be  referred  to  this  committee; 
also  General  Conference  Elections,  Lay  Conferences, 
Ratio  of  Representation. 

To  the  Committee  on  the  State  of  the  Church  shall 
be  referred  memorials,  resolutions,  and  other  papers 
touching  the  general  welfare  of  the  Church  not  men- 
tioned above  as  belonging  to  the  preceding  committees, 
and  also  piwposals  to  change  the  law  relating  to  matters 
thus  involved ;  memorials  relating  to  Amusements,  Bap- 
tized Children,  Divorce,  Evils  and  Perils  of  the  Age,  the 
Licensing  of  Women,  Church  Membership  and  Probation, 
the  Sacraments,  Sabbath  Desecration,  and  Public  Schools 
are  so  referred. 

To  the  Committee  on  Revision  shall  be  referred  memo- 
rials, resolutions,  and  other  papers  proposing  or  suggest- 
ing changes  in  the  wording  of  the  Book  of  Discipline, 
excepting  changes  M'hich  come  within  the  province  of 
other  committees,  as  above  indicated,  and  including  par- 
ticularly miscellaneous  changes  in  the  text  of  the  Disci- 
pline :  also  Blanks,  the  Discipline,  Journal,  Psalter, 
Ritual  and  Rubrics. 

Any  committee  may  propose  changes  in  the  wording 
of  the  Discipline  if  the  law  is  within  its  province,  pro- 
viding such  changes  legitimately  grow  out  of  subjects 
submitted  to  the  committee. 


T[  28.  Method  of  Making  Assignments  to  Standing 
Committees 

As  soon  as  practicable  after  the  election  of  delegates 
the  Secretary  of  each  Annual  Conference  shall  call  to- 
gether the  ministerial  and  lay  delegates  for  organization. 
They  shall  select  one  of  their  number  as  chairman,  and  as- 
sign to  membership  in  each  of  the  standing  committees  one 
ministerial  and  one  lay  delegate.  The  chairman  of  the  dele- 
455 


1  29 


General  Conference 


gation  shall  then  forward  to  the  Secretary  of  the  last 
General  Conference  the  names  of  the  delegates  from  his 
Conference,  arranged  alphabetically,  and  indicate  the  or- 
der to  which  each  belongs,  and  the  committees  to  which 
each  is  assigned ;  and  from  these  returns  the  Secretary 
of  the  last  General  Conference  shall  construct,  as  far  as 
possible,  the  roll  of  committees  in  advance  of  the  open- 
ing of  the  session  of  the  ensuing  General  Conference. — 
Journal,  1904. 


1  29.  Proposed  Amendment  to  the  Constitution 

§  1.  The  General  Conference  of  1908,  by  a  vote  of 
542  ayes  to  Gl  noes,  recommended  that  H  41,  §  1,  of 
Discipline,  be  amended  as  follows :  Strike  out  in  the  sec- 
ond line  the  word  "Wednesday,"  and  substitute  therefor 
the  words  "secular  day" ;  so  that  the  lines,  as  amended, 
shall  read,  "The  General  Conference  shall  meet  at  10 
o'clock  on  the  morning  of  the  first  secular  day  in  the 
month  of  May,"  etc. 

§  2.  It  also  ordered  that  said  proposed  amendment  be 
submitted  to  the  members  of  the  Annual  Conferences  and 
of  the  Lay  Electoral  Conferences  which  shall  meet  in  the 
years  1911  and  1912  for  their  action  thereon. — Journal, 
1908. 


If  30.  Report  of  Treasurer  of  Commission  on  Entertain- 
ment of  General  Conference 

O.  p.  MILLER.  TREASURER 
In  account 

GENERAL  CONFERENCE  EXPENSE  ACCOUNT,  1904 
RECEIPTS 

To  balance  on  hand  ;   $624  94 

To  amount  collected,  1904  apportionment   12,430  22 

To  amount  refunded  by  delegates   388  15 

?13,443  31 

456 


Gexekal  Confkren'ce  •[  30 


DISBURSEMENTS 

By  repaid  Eaton  &  Mains,  balance  due  on  money  loaned .  $11,000  00 

By  interest  on  loan    361  85 

By  sundry  expenses   156  34 

By  stationery,  books,  etc.,  1904  Conference   399  07 

By  transferred  to  1908  account   1,526  05 


813,443  31 

OSCAR  p.  MILLER,  TREASURER 

In  account  with 
GENERAL  CONFERENCE  EXPENSE  FUND,  1908 

RECEIPTS 


To  amount  transferred  from  1904  account   51,526  05 

To  amount  collected  from  Conferences,  as  per  detailed 

account   139,991  10 

To  amount  interest  received  on  daily  balance,  Lyon  Co. 

National  Bank   1,017  53 

To  amount  interest  received  on  certificates  of  deposit.  .  1,062  82 


S143,597  50 

DISBURSE.MENTS 

Paid  e.xpenses  as  follows: 

By  Commission  on  .Aggressive  Evangelism   82,837  17 

By  Commission  on  Consolidation  of  Benevolences   1,347  97 

By  Deaconess  Commission   634  32 

By  Conference  Claimants  Commission   731  87 

Bv  General  Conference  Commission  (including  e.xpenses 

of  treasurer)   7,167  83 

By  Fraternal  Delegates   1,44106 

By  Unification  Japanese  Methodism   103  80 

By  General  Conference  Secretary   777  53 

By  Judicial  Conferences   652  67 

By  interest  on  loans   140  95 

By  Superannuate  Commission   74  60 

By  refunds,  overpayments   81  50 

By  balance   127,606  23 


8143,597  50 

RECAPITUI.ATIO.V 

To  total  amount  received  account  1908 

General  Conference   8143  597  50 

By  amounts  disbursed   815,991  27 

By  balance   127,606  23 


8143,597  50    8143,597  50 


Baltimore,  Md.,  May  18.  1908. 
Detailed  annual  reports  have  been  made  to  the  Book  Committee, 
and  same  have  been  audited  by  a  special  committee  and  found  to 
be  correct. 

Oscar  P.  Miller,  Treasurer. 


457 


General  Conference 


Tl  31.  Examination  of  Conference  Journals  ,j 

The  examination  of  Annual  Conference  Journals  by 
the  General  Conference  shall  be  upon  the  following] 
points : 

§  1.  The  Journal  should  be  a  copy  of  the  Record  of| 
the  regular  proceedings  of  the- Conference. 

§  2.  It  should  have  the  signature  of  the  President  and  i, 
Secretary  to  the  Journal  of  each  Annual  Session.  i 

§  3.  The  Journal  must  be  either  in  manuscript  or  | 
printed  and  substantially  bound.  If  the  latter,  in  quad- 
rennial volumes. 

§  4.    The  Conference  Roll  should  be  presented. 

§  5.    Reports  of  Committees  should  be  given. 

§  G.    The  Statistics  should  l>e  shown. 

§  7.    The  appointments  should  appear. 

§  8.  If  printed  and  bound,  there  should  be  the  Sec- 
retary's Certificate  that  the  volume  is  a  complete  and 
correct  Record  of  the  proceedings,  and '  that  it  was 
adopted  by  the  Conference  as  its  Official  Record. 

§  9.  There  should  be  proper  headings  of  pages,  mar- 
ginal indexes,  or  subheads,  and  clearness  and  accuracy 
of  statement  of  the  business  transacted. 

§  10.  Chirography,  orthography,  erasures,  interlinea- 
tions, pastings,  and  the  neat,  businesslike  appearance  of 
the  page  should  be  noted. 

§  11.  Separate  items  of  business  should  be  in  sepa- 
rate paragraphs. 

§  12.  The  Journal  should  state  where  the  sessions 
were  held,  the  names  of  makers  of  motions,  the  findings 
of  committees  of  trials,  all  the  disciplinary  questions 
properly  noted,  with  their  answers;  the  action  on  a 
motion,  a  title-page,  and  decisions  of  Bishops  on  ques- 
tions of  law. 

§  13.    Any  action  adverse  to  the  polity,  the  unity,  or 
the  purity  of  the  Church  should  be  carefully  noted. 
§  14.    The  Annual  Conference  Secretaries  should  pre- 
458 


General  Coxfekekce  IF  32 


pare  their  Conference  Records  in  view  of  such  exam- 
inations.— Journal,  1884,  p.  319. 

§  15.  The  Committee  on  Itinerancy  shall  after  exam- 
ination of  the  Journal  deliver  them  to  the  respective  dele- 
gations.— Journal,  1904. 


^  32.  Report  on  Conference  Journals 

Your  Committee  on  Itinerancy,  to  which  is  assigned 
the  duty  of  examining  the  Journals  of  the  Annual  Con- 
ferences, reports  as  follows  : 

1.  The  Conferences  whose  records  are  found  to  be 
correct,  complying  with  all  the  requirements  of  the 
Discipline,  are :  Austin,  Baltimore,  Bengal,  California, 
Central  German,  Central  Illinois,  Central  Pennsylvania, 
Central  Swedish,  Cincinnati,  Colorado,  Columbia  River, 
Dakota,  Delaware,  Des  Moines,  Detroit,  East  German, 
Eastetn  Swedish,  Erie,  Florida,  Genesee,  Gulf,  Hinghua, 
Idaho,  Illinois,  Kansas,  Lexington,  Malaysia,  Michigan, 
Minnesota,  Missouri,  New  England,  New  England  South- 
ern, New  Hampshire,  New^  Jersey,  New  York,  New  York 
East,  North  Carolina,  North  Dakota,  North  India,  North 
Indiana,  North  Nebraska,  Northern  Minnesota,  Northern 
New  York,  Northern  Swedish,  Northwest  German,  North- 
west Indiana,  Northwest  Iowa,  Northwest  Kansas, 
Northwestern  Nebraska,  Norwegian  and  Danish,  Okla- 
homa, Oregon,  Philadelphia,  Pittsburg,  Puget  Sound, 
Rock  River,  Saint  Louis,  Saint  Louis  German,  South 
America,  South  Kansas,  Southern  California,  Southern 
German,  Southern  Illinois,  Sweden,  Troy,  Vermont,  West 
German,  AYest  Nebraska,  West  Virginia,  Western  Nor- 
wegian-Danish, Western  Swedish,  Wilmington,  Wiscon- 
sin, Wyoming. 

2.  The  following  Conference  Journals  were  found  to 
be  defective  in  the  particular  requirements  of  the  Disci- 
pline as  specified  by  numbers  :  Alabama,  3  ;  Atlanta,  11 ; 
Bombay,  8 ;  California  German,  9,  12 ;  Central  Alabama, 

459 


T[  32  General  Conference 


2,  3,  8,  9;  Central  Missouri,  11;  Central  New  York,  8; 
Central  Ohio,  S;  Chicago  German,  9,  12;  East  Maine, 

5,  6;  East  Ohio,  8;  East  Tennessee,  3,  8,  9 ;  Foochow. 
8 ;  Georgia,  8 ;  Holston,  8 ;  Indiana,  8 ;  Iowa,  8 ;  Italj-, 

6,  8;  Kentucky,  9;  Liberia,  8;  Little  Rock,  3,  8;  Loui- 
siana, 2,  10;  Mexico,  8,  9;  Mississippi,  2,  3,  8;  Mobile, 

2,  3,  8,  9;  Montana,  3,  8;  Nebraska,  10;  Newark,  9; 
North  China,  3,  8,  9 ;  North  Germany,  8,  12 ;  North  Mon- 
tana, 11 ;  North  Ohio,  12 ;  Northern  German,  4,  5,  G,  12 ; 
Northwest  India,  8 ;  Pacific  German,  8 ;  Saint  Johns 
River,  8;  Savannah,  8;  South  Carolina,  8,  9;  South 
Germany,  8,  12 ;  South  India,  12 ;  Southwest  Kansas,  8 ; 
SM-itzerland.  8,  9,  12;  Tennessee,  10;  Texas,  8;  Wash- 
ington, 8 ;  West  Texas,  8,  9  ;  West  Wisconsin,  8. 

3.  The  Journals  of  the  following  Conferences  were 
incomplete:  Arkansas,  three  years  missing;  Lincoln, 
one  year  missing. 

4.  The  Journals  of  the  following  Conferences  failed 
to  appear :  Blue  Ridge,  Central  Tennessee,  Korea, 
Maine,  Norway,  Ohio,  Philippine  Islands,  Upper  Iowa, 
Upper  Mississippi. 

5.  The  Journals  of  the  following  Mission  Conferences 
are  correct:  Atlantic,  Finland  and  Saint  Petersburg, 
New  Mexico  Spanish,  Wyoming. 

6.  The  Journals  of  the  following  Mission  Confer- 
ences are  defective  in  the  particulars  indicated:  Arizona, 

3,  9 ;  Bulgaria,  5 ;  Central  Provinces,  8 ;  Hawaii,  8 ; 
Kalispell,  2;  Nevada,  12;  Pacific  Japanese,  4;  Porto 
Rico,  3,  9 ;  West  and  East  Central  Africa,  2,  8. 

7.  Journals  of  Mission  Conferences  failed  to  appear 
as  follows :  Ala.ska,  Black  Hills,  Burma,  Central  China, 
Chinese,  Denmark,  New  Mexico  English,  North  Andes, 
Utah,  West  China. 


460 


Decisions  of  Law 


CHAPTER  IV 
GENERAL  CONFERENCE  DECISIONS  OF  LAW 


I  33.  Complaints  and  Charges 

§  1.  The  question,  "Are  there  any  Complaints?"  does 
not  refer  to  Members  of  Annual  Conferences,  but  refers 
(1)  to  charges  of  crime  brought  against  Preachers  on 
Trial  in  the  Annual  Conference;  (2)  to  complaints  made 
against  the  moral  or  official  conduct  of  Local  preachers ; 
and  (3)  to  complaints  made  against  the  official  conduct 
of  members  of  the  Quarterly  Conference  other  than  those 
named  above. — Journ<il,  1884,  p.  37G. 

§  2.  The  dismissal  of  a  preliminary  complaint  is  not 
a  bar  to  a  new  complaint. — Journal,  18S4,  p.  372. 


^  34.  Testimony 

§  1.  Questions  relating  to  the  admissibility  of  evi- 
dence are  Questions  of  Law. — Journal,  1848,  p.  127. 

§  2.  Documentary  Evidence  need  not  be  spread  on  the 
Journal,  but  should  be  filed  and  preserved  by  the  Secre- 
tary.— Journal,  1848,  p.  129. 


^  35.  Irregutar  Proceedings 

§  1.  When  an  Annual  Conference  decides  that  a 
Preacher  in  Charge  has  received  or  expelled  a  member 
contrary  to  the  Discipline  the  decision  does  not  exclude 
the  member  so  received,  but  restores  the  member  so  ex- 
pelled.— Journal,  1852,  p.  73,  and  Journal,  1860,  p.  207. 

§  2.  "^Tien  the  Annual  Conference  decides  that  a 
member  of  the  Church  has  been  expelled  contrary  to  the 
461 


Decisions  of  Law 


Discipline,  such  act  of  the  Conference  does  not  restore 
him  to  good  standing  in  the  Church,  but  simply  restores 
him  to  membership  in  the  Church  ;  and  when  so  restored 
he  is  placed  in  the  position  he  occupied  before  he  was 
tried — that  is,  he  is  an  accused  member ;  and  hence  the 
Preacher  is  not  at  liberty  to  give  him  a  Certificate  of 
Membership.— Joi/oifl?,  18G0,  p.  298. 

§  3.  Irregularity  in  the  reception  of  a  member  is  not 
a  bar  to  trial. — Journal,  1860,  p.  208. 

§  .4.  If  an  expelled  member  shall  gain  membership 
elsewhere  without  confession,  contrition,  and  satisfactorj- 
reformation,  his  membership  is  null  and  void,  and  any 
Certificate  of  such  membership  should  not  be  received. — 
Journal,  ;884,  p.  378. 


H  36.  Appeals 

§  1.  ^^Tien  an  expelled  member  has  by  neglect  or 
otherwise  forfeited  his  right  to  Appeal,  a  subsequent 
Quarterly  Conference  may  not  hear  his  Appeal. — Jour- 
nal, 1860,  p.  298. 

§  2.  If  a  Member  of  an  Annual  Conference  should 
die  pending  his  Appeal  to  a  Judicial  Conference,  his 
death  does  not  affect  the  Appeal,  which  may  still  be  prose- 
cuted by  his  heirs  or  legal  representatives. — Journal, 
1884,  p."  375. 


t  37.  Vacancies  in  General  Committees 

When  a  Minister  or  Layman  shall  be  elected  a  mem- 
ber of  any  General  Committee,  to  wit :  The  Book  Com- 
mittee, the  General  Missionary  Committee,  etc.,  he  shall 
reside  within  the  General  Conference  District  that  he 
represents  at  the  time  of  his  appointment.  And  if,  for 
any  cause,  he  shall  remove  beyond  the  limits  of  such  Dis- 
trict, or  shall  cease  to  be  a  member  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  his  oflBce  shall  become  vacant;  and 
462 


Decisions  of  Law  ■[  38 


the  Board  of  Bishops  shall  appoint  a  successor  from 
the  same  Conference  to  which  the  retiring  member  be- 
longed, or  within  the  bounds  of  which  he  resided.  The 
provisions  of  this  paragraph  relating  to  the  filling  of 
vacancies  shall  not  apply  to  vacancies  occurring  in  the 
Book  Committee.— JoHni«/,  1S76,  1008. 


TI  38.  Members  of  Annaal  Conferences 

§  1.  The  Episcopacy  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  is  a  unit,  and  our  economy  assumes  harmony  of 
action.  But  Bishops  are  many,  and  in  the  division  of 
the  work  into  different  Conferences  presided  over  by  dif- 
ferent Bishops,  a  Bishop  can,  in  accordance  with  the 
Discipline  and  usages  of  the  Church,  transfer  an  effective 
Preacher,  with  or  without  his  desire,  into  a  Conference 
under  the  jurisdiction  of  another  Bishop  without  at  the 
same  time  himself  giving  him  an  appointment.  But 
every  effective  Preacher  is  entitled  to  an  appointment 
within  the  Conference  of  which  he  is  a  member.  His 
transfer  to  another  Conference  carries  with  it  this  right, 
and  should  not  therefore  be  made  without  at  the  same 
time  making  adequate  provision  in  a  regular  manner  for 
his  protection.  Nevertheless,  if  a  Preacher  requests  such 
a  transfer  to  a  Conference  not  to  meet  for  some  time 
after  his  transfer,  he  cannot  complain  if  he  does  not  re- 
ceive work  till  the  next  ensuing  session  of  the  Confer- 
ence after  such  transfer. — Journal.  1884.  p.  372. 

§  2.  An  action  of  the  General  Conference  changing 
the  boundaries  of  an  Annual  Conference  does  not  of  it- 
self affect  the  Membership  of  Supernumerary  and  Super- 
annuated Preachers,  their  Membership  remaining  as  be- 
fore such  action  till  adjusted  by  mutual  agreement  of  the 
Conferences  affected  by  such  change  of  boundaries. — 
Journal,  3884.  p.  374. 

§  3.  Absentees  from  the  session  of  an  Annual  Con- 
ference may  not  vote  in  the  election  of  Delegates  to  the 
463 


T  39  Decisioxs  of  Law 


General  Conference,  nor  upon  proposed  amendments  to 
the  Constitution. — Journal,  1896,  p.  274. 


1  39.  Orders 

§  1.  The  question  of  electing  a  Preacher  to  Orders 
who  has  not  passed  an  examination  on  the  Course  of 
Study  prescribed  for  Preachers  applying  for  Orders  may 
not  be  submitted  to  a  vote  of  the  Conference.  A  Bishop 
may  not  submit  to  the  vote  of  an  Annual  Conference  the 
question  of  obedience  to  a  law  of  the  Church. — Journal, 
1884,  p.  376. 

§  2.  The  Orders  of  a  Roman  Catholic  Priest  may  not 
be  recognized  by  an  Annual  Conference. — Journal,  1884, 
p.  373. 


140.  The  Pronouns  "He,"  "His,"  "Him" 

The  pronouns  he,  his,  and  him,  when  used  in  the  Dis- 
cipline with  reference  to  Stewards,  Class  Leaders,  and 
Sunday  School  Superintendents,  shall  not  be  so  construed 
as  to  exclude  women  from  such  offices. — Journal,  1880, 
p.  339. 


1  41.  Licensing  and  Ordaining  Women 

§  1.  The  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  does  not  provide  for  nor  contemplate  the  licens- 
ing of  women  as  Local  Preachers ;  and  therefore  the  ac- 
tion of  a  Quarterly  Conference,  and  of  a  District  Superin- 
tendent as  the  President  thereof,  in  granting  such  license 
is  without  authority  of  law,  is  not  in  accordance  with  the 
Discipline  as  it  is,  and  with  the  uniform  administration 
under  it.^Jourtwl,  1880,  pp.  353,  354. 

§  2.  The  law  of  the  Church  does  not  authorize  the 
ordination  of  women  to  the  Ministry  of  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church ;  and  a  Bishop  is  not  at  liberty  to 
464 


Decision's  of  Law  1"  43 


submit  to  the  vote  of  the  Conference  the  question  of 
electing  women  to  Orders. — Journal,  1880,  p.  353. 

§  3.    The  General  Conference  judges  it  inexpedient  to  . 
take  any  action  on  the  subject  of  licensing  women  to 
exhort  or  to  preach ;  and  that  it  is  also  inexpedient  to 
take  any  action  on  the  subject  of  ordaining  women  to  the 
Ministry. — Journal,  1884.  p.  317. 


^  42.  Quarterly  Conferences 

§  1.  The  Quarterly  Conference  may  remove  Trustees 
at  any  time  for  cause,  where  statutes  of  the  State  do  not 
prevent.— .yoHr/ia/,  1892,  p.  490. 

§  2.  Supernumerary  and  Superannuated  Ministers  re- 
siding out  of  the  bounds  of  their  Annual  Conferences  are 
members  of  the  Quarterly  Conferences  where  they  reside, 
and  are  entitled  to  vote  therein. — Journal,  1892,  p.  490. 


^  43.  Annual  Conferences  Continuous 

§  1.  Individual  members  come  in  and  go  out ;  but  the 
Conference  itself  continues.  It  may  adopt  rules  for  its 
government  and  Rules  of  Order  for  its  Annual  Sessions, 
the  same  to  continue  at  its  pleasure  and  to  be  amended 
or  repealed  as  it  may  provide.  In  short,  it  is  a  perma- 
nent body. — Journal,  1904. 

§  2.  The  status  of  an  Annual  Conference  is  not  af- 
fected by  the  fact  that  its  membership  falls  below  the 
number  required  by  the  Constitution  for  the  organization 
of  an  Annual  Conference.  But  the  General  Conference 
should  so  exercise  its  undoubted  constitutional  powers  in 
this  matter  as  to  provide  that  such  Annual  Conferences 
as  fall  below  the  required  number  shall  be  by  consolida- 
tion or  otherwise  brought  up  to  that  number,  or  that  they 
shall  be  reduced  to  the  status  of  Mission  Conferences. — 
Journal,  1904.  • 

465 


1"  44  Decisions  of  Law 


1  44.  Consolidation  of  Churches 

The  Bishops  have  full  power  under  the  law  and  usage 
of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  to  consolidate 
Churches  and  appoint  one  Pastor  for  the  united  Con- 
gregation. 

In  so  doing  they  exercise  an  authority  which  from  the 
beginning  of  our  distinct  Church  life  has  been  held  to  be 
resident  in  the  Bishop  presiding  in  an  Annual  Conference 
by  virtue  of  his  power  to  "fix  the  appointments  of  the 
Preachers." — Journal,  1900,  p.  422. 


t  45.  Union  with  Other  Churches 

Whenever  any  Synod,  Conference,  Church  Society,  or 
other  body  of  Christians,  agreeing  in  doctrine  with  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  shall  desire  to  become  a 
component  part  of  said  Church,  the  Annual  Conference 
of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  most  nearly  or  con- 
veniently related,  territorially,  to  such  Synod,  Confer- 
ence, Church  Society,  or  body,  shall  have  power,  with  the 
consent  of  the  Bishop  presiding,  on  being  satisfied  with 
the  agreement  of  such  Synod,  Conference,  Church  So- 
ciety, or  body  of  Christians  with  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  in  Doctrine  and  Discipline,  to  receive  such  or- 
ganization in  a  body  into  our  communion.  Ministers 
so  received  shall  hold  such  relations  and  enjoy  such 
privileges  as  they  would  hold  or  enjoy  if  admitted  indi- 
vidually on  their  credentials.  Membens  so  received  shall 
sustain  the  same  relation  to  the  local  Church  they  would 
sustain  if  received  individually  by  certificates.  Before 
such  reception,  however,  a  properly  authenticated  register 
of  such  ministers  and  members  shall  be  deposited  with 
the  Secretary  of  the  Conference  considering  such  recep- 
tion. In  all  cases  of  the  reception  of  Churches,  satis- 
factory assurance  shall  be  given  the  Conference  that  the 
property  shall  be  placed  in  the  custody  of  Trustees  of 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  and  that  the  Churches 
will  receive  pastors  appointed  by  the 'authority  of  the 
466 


Decisions  of  Law  ^  47 


General  Conference  of  said  Church. — Journal,  1896, 
p.  3'JS.   

H  46.  Negotiations  Between  Preachers  and  People 

Direct  negotiations  between  Pastors  and  Churches  in 
advance  of  the  making  of  the  appointments  by  the 
Bishops  are  contrary  to  the  spirit  of  our  itinerant  min- 
istry and  subversive  of  our  ecclesiastical  polity,  and  as 
such  should  be  discouraged  by  our  Bishops,  Pastors,  and 
people.— Jo  !<  Hi  a/,  1S84,  p.  313. 


t  47.  Episcopal  Administration 
The  General  Conference  requests  the  Bishops,  if  they 
shall  find  it  practicable, 

1.  To  arrange  the  Annual  Conferences  into  groups 
covering  contiguous  territory. 

2.  To  form  several  groups  of  Conferences  into 
districts. 

3.  To  assign  the  individual  Bishops  within  said  dis- 
tricts to  preside  for  the  ensuing  quadrennium.  in  rotation, 
over  the  several  Annual  Conferences  in  such  districts. — 
Journal,  1908. 

4.  To  arrange  their  work  so  that  they  make  at  least 
two  visits  during  the  year  in  each  Annual  Conference 
within  the  United  States  which  is  assigned  to  them  re- 
spectively, in  addition  to  the  time  given  to  the  holding 
of  the  Conference  session,  the  said  visits  to  be  made  for 
the  purpose  of  overseeing  the  spiritual  and  temporal 
business  of  the  Church  as  it  is  carried  on  in  the  several 
pastoral  charges  of  the  said  Conference. 

5.  The  Treasurer  of  the  Episcopal  Fund  is  directed 
to  pay  the  traveling  expenses  incurred  by  the  Bishops  in 
making  said  visits.  But  this  direction  shall  not  apply 
to  cases  where  Bishops  are  invited  by  local  churches, 
committees,  or  institutions  to  attend  dedications,  anni- 
versary conventions,  and  such  other  functions  as  are  not 
directly  connected  with  the  work  of  administration. 

467 


Temperancb 


CHAPTER  V 
MISCELLANEOUS 


1  48.  Temperance  and  the  Prohibition  of  the  Liquor 
Traffic 

GENERAL  STATEMENT 

The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  is  a  temperance  so- 
ciety. We  gratefully  acknowledge  the  blessing  of  God 
upon  our  temperance  endeavors  and  rejoice  over  the  in- 
creasing tolerance  and  greater  cooperation  among  tem- 
perance workers.  The  progress  of  the  past  four  years 
strengthens  our  convictions,  increases  our  zeal,  and  re- 
news our  faith  for  the  greater  and  final  struggle  yet  to 
come. 

In  the  language  of  the  Episcopal  Address:  "There 
must  not  be  any  reaction  from  the  wrath  with  which  all 
good  and  Christian  citizens  i)ursue  this  lawbreaking  and 
murderous  traffic.  It  deserves  neither  charity  nor  mercy. 
There  is  no  law  it  will  keep,  no  pledge  it  will  honor, 
no  child  it  will  not  taint,  no  woman  it  will  not  befoul, 
DO  man  it  will  not  degrade.  It  falsely  claims  to  be  a 
great  public  interest  because  it  employs  thousands  and 
pays  heavy  taxes.  But  no  money  in  the  pockets  of  em- 
ployees and  no  taxes  in  the  treasury  of  the  city,  county, 
state,  or  nation  can  balance  the  monetary  losses  of  the 
nation  tiu-ough  this  traffic.  No  profits,  however  real  or 
immense,  can  compensate  for  the  corruption  of  our  poli- 
tics, the  emptiness  of  the  drunkard's  home,  or  the  fullness 
of  prisons  and  graves." 

An  enlightened  citizenship  and  a  vital  piety  demand 
468 


Tempkrakce 


the  utter  destruction  of  a  traffic  so  accursed.  The  liquor 
traffic  cannot  be  reformed.  It  is  inherently  unreform- 
able.  An  institution  which  outrages  the  divine  law  of 
love  will  never  obey  the  police  regulations  of  men. 
Therefore  it  must  be  destroyed,  and  with  our  Bishops 
we  "pledge  eternal  enmity  to  this  foe  of  God  and  man." 
Our  purpose  is  its  extinction  ;  our  battle  cry,  "A  saloon- 
less  country,  a  stainless  flag." 

1.  Personal  Abstinence 

We  declare  our  conviction  that  total  abstinence  from 
intoxicating  beverages  and  narcotics  is  the  duty  of  all 
our  people  of  every  clime  and  country. 

2.  The  License  Policy 

We  condemn  the  license  policy.  It  is  vicious  in  prin- 
ciple, utterly  inconsistent  with  the  purposes  of  enlight- 
ened government,  and  in  practice  a  protection  to  a  traffic 
which  is  inherently  criminal  in  its  nature.  The  liquor 
traffic  "cannot  be  legalized  without  sin." 

3.  Prohibition  and  Local  Option 
We  stand  for  the  speediest  possible  suppression  of  the 
beverage  liquor  traffic.  Under  that  divine  law  of  abso- 
lute right  which  is  the  source  of  all  human  law  the  only 
proper  attitude  of  civil  government  toward  anything  so 
harmful  as  the  liquor  traffic  is  that  of  absolute  pro- 
hibition. 

We  are  in  favor  of  reclaiming,  never  to  be  surrendered, 
every  foot  of  territory  which  can  be  wrested  from  the 
liquor  traffic  as  an  additional  base  of  operations  for  fur- 
ther aggression,  which  shall  not  cease  until  the  world 
shall  know  no  more  this  crime-breeding  traffic.  To  this 
end,  in  the  light  of  recent  experience,  and  the  practical 
results  where,  according  to  the  Episcopal  Address, 
"States  which  have  been  notoriou.sly  unfriendly  to  any 
temperance  legislation,  except  general  license,  have  passed 
469 


T  48 


Temperance 


local  option  laws,  which  have  been  accepted  by  county 
after  county  until  almost  the  whole  State  has  banished 
the  saloon,"  we  recommend  that  our  people  participate 
in  every  wise  movement  for  local  prohibition,  commonly 
known  as  local  option,  as  a  step  toward  State-wide  pro- 
hibition, and  then  for  State  prohibition  as  preparation 
for  that  national  victory  which,  in  the  fullness  of  time, 
is  inevitable  in  the  final  triumph  of  right. 

4.  Attitude  of  the  Federal  Oovemment 
We  memorialize  Congress  to  prohibit  the  sale  of  intoxi- 
cating liquors  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  in  our  island 
possessions,  and  in  all  territory  and  buildings  under  the 
control  of  the  Federal  government,  to  the  end  that  the 
government  of  the  United  States  shall  be  freed  from  fur- 
ther complicity  in  the  liquor  traffic. 

We  respectfully  urge  Congress. to  protect  the  States 
in  the  valid  exercise  of  their  ackno\^ledged  "jiolice  power" 
in  the  control  of  the  liquor  traflic  by  enacting  effective 
interstate  liquor  shipment  legislation,  and  insist  that 
Congressional  doubt  as  to  the  constitutionality  of  such 
legislation  be  resolved  in  the  interests  of  the  people  and 
the  public  morals. 

We  urge  Congress  by  proper  enactment  to  discontinue 
issuing  internal  revenue  liquor  tax  receipts  tp  any  per- 
son who  cannot  show  State  authority  to  engage  in  such 
traffic. 

We  highly  commend  the  action  of  Congress  in  comply- 
ing— in  the  act  admitting  Oklahoma  to  the  Union — with 
our  treaty  obligations  of  more  than  eighty  years'  standing 
to  protect  the  Indians  of  the  five  civilized  tribes  from  the 
sale  of  liquor ;  also  for  refusing  to  restore  the  sale  of 
intoxicating  liquor  at  army  posts  and  for  continuing  the 
prohibition  of  such  sale  at  government  soldiers'  homes. 

5.  Temperance  Instruction  and  the  Pledge 
We  urge  upon  pastors,  Sunday  school  teachers,  and 
all  leadei-s  of  our  young  people  the  importance  of  teach- 
470 


TElirKKAXCE 


ing  the  value  of  total  abstinence  from  the  use  of  alcoholic 
liquors  and  tobacco  in  any  form.  And  to  this  end  we 
urge  the  most  vigorous  and  constant  prosecution  of 
pledge-signing  work  through  our  Sunday  schools,  Ep- 
worth  Leagues,  and  other  young  people's  societies. 

We  protest  against  any  attempting  to  repeal  the  scien- 
tific temperance  instruction  laws  which  exist  generally 
throughout  the  States,  and  recommend  that  by  every 
means  at  our  command  we  encourage  teachers  in  our 
public  schools  and  higher  institutions  of  learning  to  give 
such  instruction  in  an  interesting  and  practical  manner. 

6.  Oiir  Own  Temperance  Society 
We  heartily  congratulate  our  own  Temperance  Society 
for  its  part  in  the  advance  movement  of  the  past  quad- 
rennium,  and  urge  that  it  give  the  fullest  possible  coopera- 
tion to  all  wisely  directed  existing  nonpartisan  movements 
against  the  saloon. 

7.  The  Anti-Saloon  League 
While  the  Church  is  peculiarly  qualified  to  give  tem- 
perance instruction  and  cre;ite  sentiment  against  the 
liquor  traffic,  and  cannot  escape  its  responsibility  for 
such  work  by  turning  it  over  to  any  organization  which 
it  does  not  directly  control,  yet  since  no  denomination 
alone  can  successfully  secure  legislation  or  compel  the 
enforcement  of  law,  we  recognize  the  fact  that  our 
churches  throughout  the  United  States  are  already  win- 
ning sweeping  victories  in  this  field  through  the  Anti- 
Saloon  League  movement  and  are  contributing  large 
sums  of  money  for  its  maintenance,  therefore  we  indorse 
the  Anti-Saloon  League  of  America  as  a  safe  and  effect- 
ive agency  through  which  the  membership  of  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church  may  cooperate  with  members  of 
other  churches  and  temperance  organizations  for  united 
action  against  the  saloon,  and  hereby  call  upon  our 
churches  and  pastors  to  continue  increasingly  their  coop- 
eration in  carrying  forward  its  work. 

471 


Temperance 


8.  Other  Organisations 
We  rejoice  in  the  existence  of  the  many  organizations 
whose  object  is  to  promote  total  abstinence  and  secure 
legal  prohibition  of  the  liquor  trafEc,  and,  recognizing 
the  extent  to  which  many  of  them,  notably  the  Woman's 
Christian  Temperance  Union,  under  the  guiding  genius 
of  one  of  Methodism's  most  illustrious  women,  have  con- 
tributed to  the  present  degree  of  progress  and  enlighten- 
ment on  this  question,  commend  them  to  the  kindly  and 
favorable  consideration  of  our  people. 

9.  Political  Action 

We  recognize  that  the  Church  as  an  ecclesiastical  body 
may  not  properly  go  into  partisan  politics  nor  assume  to 
control  the  franchise  of  the  citizen,  yet  we  maintain 
that  the  time  has  come  when  the  responsibility  rests 
upon  every  Christian  voter  not  only  to  oppose  the  saloon 
as  a  matter  of  abstract  principle  but  to  cast  his  ballot  in 
the  manner  which  will  be  most  effective  against  the  sa- 
loon and  tend  soonest  to  put  the  liquor  traflSc  in  "the 
course  of  ultimate  extinction." 

We  record  our  deliberate  judgment  that  no  candidate 
for  any  office  which  in  any  way  may  have  to  do  with  the 
liquor  traffic  has  a  right  to  expect,  nor  ought  he  to  re- 
ceive, the  support  of  Christian  men  so  long  as  he  stands 
committed  to  the  liquor  interests  or  refuses  to  put  him- 
self in  an  attitude  of  open  hostility  to  the  saloon. 

We  hold  that  it  is  the  duty  of  every  Christian  voter 
to  vote  for  a  reputable,  qualified  temperance  candidate, 
upon  another  ticket,  in  preference  to  a  disreputable  or 
unfit  one,  controlled  by  the  saloon,  upon  his  own,  to  the 
end  that  righteousness,  temperance,  and  morality  may  be- 
come the  normal  activity  of  government  evei-ywhere. 


1  49.  Week  of  Prayer 

The  General  Conference  regards  the  annual  observance 
of  the  Week  of  Prayer  in  concert  with  the  Christian 
472 


Apportionments 


people  of  other  denominations  as  highly  salutary ;  as  an 
appropriate  recognition  of  the  unity  of  the  Church  ;  as 
a  suitable  expression  of  faith  in  the  efficacy  of  prayer: 
and  as  well  calculated  to  promote  the  spirituality,  the 
activity,  and  prosperity  of  the  Church  of  Christ. — 
Journal,  1872,  p.  230. 


•i  50.  Day  of  Prayer  for  Colleges 

The  General  Conference  ordered  this  sen-ice  to  be 
observed  hereafter  on  the  last  Thursday  in  January. — 
Journal,  1872,  p.  442. 


"^51.  Ministerial  Support 

The  Bishops  are  requested  to  appoint  a  commission, 
consisting  of  nine  la\-men,  to  compile  statistics  and 
gather  information  regarding  the  support  of  our  minis- 
ters. This  commission  shall  publish  and  distribute  liter- 
ature and  place  before  Methodism  the  need  of  better  pas- 
toral support,  and  report  to  the  General  Conference  of 
1912. 

The  commission  shall  do  its  work  without  expense  to 
the  Church. 


52.  Benevolent  Apportionments 

The  time  has  come  when  we  should  rise  above  the 
apportionment  basis  for  benevolent  contributions  to  a 
largeness  and  liberality  of  giving  which  will  be  a  fitting 
response  to  the  calls  which  come  to  us  through  the  provi- 
dence of  God  and  the  leadership  of  the  Holy  Spirit.  We 
urge  all  our  churches  to  remember  that  the  apportion- 
ments for  benevolent  causes  are  a  statement  of  what  is 
needed  for  the  maintenance  of  our  work,  and  are  utterly 
inadequate  as  the  statement  of  what  is  demanded  for  our 
divinely  assigned  task  of  world-conquest. 

We  should  accept  the  apportionments  as  a  minimum 
473 


Fedebatiox 


requirement,  a  standard  of  what  must  be  raised  without 
a  peradventure,  while  at  the  same  time  we  set  before  us 
the  larger  standard  of  the  Golden  Rule,  and,  loving  our 
neighbors  as  we  love  ourselves,  seek  to  make  our  gifts 
for  spiritual  ministry  to  others  equal  our  contributions 
for  our  own  spiritual  development,  so  that  in  every 
church  the  standard  shall  be  as  much  for  benevolent  work 
as  tor  the  support  of  the  local  congregation. 


H  53.  Federation 

The  General  Conference  adopted  the  following  rec- 
ommendations : 

1.  That  the  Commission  on  Federation  be  continued 
for  another  quadrennium,  and  that  its  members  be  ap- 
pointed by  the  Board  of  Bishops. 

2.  That  said  Commission  be  instructed  to  invite  the 
Evangelical  Association,  the  United  Brethren,  and  such 
other  branches  of  Methodism  as  it  may  believe  are  sym- 
pathetic, to  confer  through  similar  commissions  concern- 
ing federation  or  organic  union  as  in  the  judgment  of  the 
said  Churches,  respectively,  may  be  most  desirable ;  and 
to  report  to  the  General  Conference  of  1912. 

3.  That  we  rejoice  in  the  increasing  evidences  of 
closer  fellowship  and  prospective  union  between  the  va- 
rious branches  of  colored  Episcopal  Methodism  in  the 
United  States  as  one  of  the  most  striking  and  hopeful 
indications  of  the  growth  of  the  spirit  of  Christian  unity, 
and  hereby  instruct  the  Commission  on  Federation  to 
further  these  results  as  far  as  may  be  practicable. 

4.  That  a  commission,  consisting  of  one  Bishop, 
three  ministers,  and  three  laymen,  be  appointed  by  the 
Board  of  Bishops  to  serve  during  the  ensuing  quadren- 
nium and  report  to  the  General  Conference  of  1912 ; 
whose  duty  it  shall  be  to  confer  with  similar  commis- 
sions, if  such  shall  be  appointed,  from  the  African  Meth- 
odist Episcopal,  the  African  Methodist  Episcopal  Zion, 

474 


Fedeeal  Council 


1  54 


and  the  Colored  Methodist  Episcopal  Churches  concern- 
ing such  questions  as  may  lead  to  more  harmonious 
cooperation  in  extending  the  kingdom  of  Christ. 

5.  That  the  Bishop  who  shall  be  a  member  of  said 
Commission  shall  notify  the  General  Conferences  of  the 
African  iSIethodist  Episcopal  Church,  the  African  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Zion  Church,  and  the  Colored  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church  of  our  willingness  to  confer  with  sim- 
ilar commissions  from  these  Churches. — Journal,  11308. 


1  54.  Federal  Coanctl 

The  General  Conference  concurs  in  the  recommenda- 
tions of  the  Joint  Commission  on  Federation  as  set  forth 
in  the  following  resolutions : 

"Resolved,  That  where  there  are  churches  of  the  two 
branches  of  Episcopal  Methodism,  and  recommendations 
shall  have  been  made  by  a  joint  committee  from  the  Con- 
ferences of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  and  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  South,  covering  said  terri- 
tory, and  a  majority  of  the  membership  of  each  of  said 
churches  shall  have  expressed  the  desire  for  union,  such 
union  shall  be  consummated  with  the  approval  of  the 
Bishop  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  and  the  Bishop 
of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  South,  respectively, 
having  Episcopal  supervision. 

"Resolved,  That  the  growth  of  the  spirit  of  fraternity 
and  of  practical  federation  in  evangelical  churches  in 
many  communities,  and  especially  in  this  country  be- 
tween the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  and  the  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church.  South,  suggests  the  advisability  of 
instituting  a  Federal  Council  for  these  two  Churches, 
which,  without  interfering  with  the  autonomy  of  the 
respective  Churches  and  having  no  legislative  functions, 
shall  yet  be  invested  with  advisory  powers  in  regard  to 
world-wide  missions.  Christian  education,  the  evangeliza- 
tion of  the  unchurched  masses,  and  the  charitable  and 
475 


^  55     Methodist  Protestant  Chuech 


brotherly  adjustment  of  all  misunderstandings  and  con- 
flicts that  may  arise  between  the  different  Churches  ot 
Methodism." 

The  above  resolutions  were  also  adopted  by  the  Gen- 
eral Conference  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
South,  in  lOOG. 


If  55.  Methodist  Protestant  Church 

Such  has  been  the  growth  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal 
Church  and  of  the  Methodist  Protestant  Church  along 
the  lines  of  their  individual  development,  each  gradually 
modifying  its  policy  and  practice  to  meet  the  enlarging 
demands  confronting  it,  that  providentially  the  radical 
differences  of  policy  which  occasioned  their  separation 
have  been  so  nearly  eliminated  that  many  among  the 
most  godly  in  both  Churches  are  convinced  there  is  no 
longer  sufBcient  cause  for  the  maintenance  of  two  dis- 
tinct ecclesiastical  organizations.  Having  a  common  ori- 
gin, holding  a  common  faith,  possessing  so  much  of  dis- 
cipline and  policy  in  common,  and  above  all  having  a 
deep-rooted  and  growing  conviction  that  the  union  of  the 
various  Methodisms  would  strengthen  the  local  churches, 
secure  economy  of  resources,  make  for  aggressive  evan- 
gelism, and  hasten  the  kingdom  of  our  Lord,  they  ear- 
nestly desire  that  the  Methodist  Episcopal  and  Methodist 
Protestant  Church  shall  become  organically  one. 

The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  most  cordially  invites 
the  Methodist  Protestant  Church  to  unite  with  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church  in  order  that  as  one  great  Meth- 
odist body  they  and  we  may  fulfill  the  better  our  indi- 
vidual commissions  by  preventing  the  waste  of  rivalry 
and  exalting  the  God  of  peace. — Journal,  1908. 


II  56.  Inter-Charch  Conference 

The  General  Conference  has,  with  profound  gratitude 
to  God,  heard  of  the  spirit  of  Christian  fellowship  and 
476 


Ecumenical  Conferences  •[[  57 


unity  which  oharaotPi-izod  the  Inter-Ciuirch  Conference 
on  Federation,  held  iu  1005;  and  heartily  approves  of 
the  establishment  of  a  Federal  Council  of  the  Churches 
of  Christ  in  America,  "to  express  the  fellowship  and 
catholic  unity  of  the  Christian  Church,  to  bring  the 
Christian  bodies  of  America  into  harmonious  service  for 
Christ  and  the  world,  and  to  secure  a  larger  combined 
influence  for  the  churches  in  all  matters  affecting  the 
moral  and  physical  condition  of  the  people." — Journal, 
1908. 


H  57.  Ecumenical  Conferences 

We  concur  with  the  action  of  the  Ecumenical  Confer- 
ence of  1901  for  holding  an  Ecumenical  Conference  of 
all  Methodism  in  1011,  said  Conference  to  be  held  upon 
the  American  continent. 

The  said  Conference  adheres  to  the  original  program 
as  laid  down  by  the  Ecumenical  Conference  of  1881, 
with  the  addition  that  a  place  be  given  on  the  program 
for  woman's  work  in  Methodism  under  the  auspices  of 
the  International  Committee  of  Methodist  women. 

The  Conference  consists  of  500  delegates,  300  from 
the  Western  Section  and  200  from  the  Eastern  Section. 

The  Bishops  are  requested  to  appoint  a  commission 
consisting  of  two  Bishops,  nine  ministers,  and  nine  lay- 
men, which  commission  shall  notify  the  other  Methodist 
denominations  on  the  American  continent  of  this  action, 
requesting  the  appointment  of  similar  commissions,  and 
which,  in  union  with  such  similar  commissions  from  the 
other  Methodisms  of  the  American  continent,  shall  con- 
stitute the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Western  Section. 
This  commission  shall,  be  given  full  authority  to  arrange 
all  details  for  said  Conference  in  connection  with  the 
executive  commission  from  the  Eastern  Section. 

The  Bishops  shall  appoint  the  delegates  from  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  which  delegation  shall  con- 
477 


1"  58         American  Bible  Society 


sist  of  six  Bishops,  two  ministers,  and  two  laymen,  and 
as  many  others  at  large  as  our  pro  rata  share  will  allow. 


58.  American  Bible  Society 

From  the  beginning  our  Church  has  recognized,  en- 
couraged, and  sustained  the  work  of  the  American  Bible 
Society.  \Yhile  we  have  introduced  methods  of  our  own, 
and  organized  societies  to  do  much  of  the  work  which 
was  formerly  committed  to  it,  yet  there  still  remains  an 
unfilled  field  which  the  Bible  Society  is  specially  equipped 
for  cultivating. 

The  annual  collection  ordered  by  the  Methodist  Epis- 
copal Church  ought  to  receive  fitting  attention  and  rec- 
ommendation. We  specially  commend  the  work  of  the 
agents  of  the  Society  and  its  auxiliaries  in  the  country 
districts,  which  are  so  largely  neglected  by  all  the 
churches,  and  we  earnestly  recommend  to  all  our  Confer- 
ences covering  such  territory  that  public  anniversaries 
of  the  Society  be  held  at  Conference  sessions  at  least 
once  during  each  quadrennium. 

The  Committee  has  received  with  profound  interest 
and  has  fully  and  sympathetically  considered  the  memo- 
rial of  our  missionaries  in  Mexico  and  South  America, 
setting  forth  the  urgent  need  of  a  common  and  univer- 
sally acceptable  version  of  the  Holy  Scriptures  in  the 
Spanish  language.  We  are  deeply  impressed  by  the  self- 
evident  character  of  this  need,  and  the  consensus  of 
opinion  among  our  missionaries  as  to  the  inadequacy  of 
existing  vereions.  The  General  Conference  therefore  rec- 
ommends to  the  favorable  consideration  of  the  American 
Bible  Society  and  of  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  So- 
ciety the  proposition  for  concurrent  action  on  the  part 
of  these  great  Societies  in  the  appointment  of  a  com- 
petent and  representative  commission  to  undertake  the 
preparation  of  the  needed  Spanish  version. 

478 


TuE  Chuech  and  Social  Problems  ^59 


^  59.  The  Church  and  Social  Problems 

We  believe  that  in  the  teachings  of  the  New  Testament 
will  be  found  the  ultimate  solution  of  all  the  problems 
of  our  social  order.  When  the  spirit  of  Christ  shall  per- 
vade the  hearts  of  individuals,  and  when  his  law  of  love 
to  God  and  man  shall  dominate  human  society,  then  the 
evils  which  vex  our  civilization  will  disappear. 

We  recognize  the  gravity  of  the  social  situation  and 
the  responsibility  of  the  Church  collectively,  and  of  its 
members  severally,  for  bringing  about  better  conditions, 
through  the  practical  application  of  the  ethics  of  the  New 
Testament.  We  welcome  every  indication  of  a  desire  to 
end  disputes  and  hostilities  and  to  find  a  basis  of  recon- 
ciliation, fraternity,  and  permanent  cooperation.  We 
especially  commend  all  those  employers,  whether  indi- 
viduals or  corporations,  who,  in  the  conduct  of  their  busi- 
nes-s,  have  exhibited  a  fraternal  spirit  and  a  disposition 
to  deal  justly  and  humanely  with  their  employees — par- 
ticularly as  to  wages,  profit-sharing  and  "welfare  work," 
hours  of  labor,  hj-gienic  conditions  of  toil,  protection 
against  accidents,  and  willingness  to  submit  differences 
to  arbitration.  We  recognize  the  perplexities  that  arise 
in  great  industrial  operations,  and  sympathize  with 
those  who,  while  carrying  these  burdens,  are  yet  striving 
to  fulfill  consistently  the  law  of  Christ.  We  cordially 
declare  our  fraternal  interest  in  the  aspirations  of  the 
laboring  classes,  and  our  desire  to  assist  them  in  the 
righting  of  every  wrong  and  the  attainment  of  their 
highest  well-being.  We  recognize  that  the  fundamental 
purposes  of  the  labor  movement  are  essentially  ethical, 
and,  therefore,  should  command  the  support  of  Christian 
men.  We  recognize  further  that  the  organization  of 
labor  is  not  only  the  right  of  the  laborers  and  conducive 
to  their  welfare,  but  is  incidentally  of  great  benefit  to 
society  at  large  in  the  securing  of  better  conditions  of 
work  and  life  in  its  educational  influence  upon  the  great 
479 


1"  59     The  Church  and  Social  Problems 


multitudes  concerned,  and  particularly  in  the  Americani- 
zation of  our  immigrant  population. 

We  are  gratified  by  the  growth  of  the  spirit  of  con- 
ciliation and  the  practice  of  conference  and  arbitration 
in  adjusting  trade  disputes,  and  we  trust  that  these 
methods  may  increasingly  supplant  those  of  strikes  and 
lockouts,  with  attendant  boycotts  and  blacklistings.  We 
urge  all  our  members,  both  employers  and  employed,  to 
the  fullest  possible  promotion  of  the  principles  of  indus- 
trial peace  and  human  brotherhood.  We  record  our 
firm  conviction  that  the  Church  of  Jesus  Christ,  in  so 
far  as  it  is  an  employer  of  labor,  either  locally  or 
through  its  general  organizations,  ought  to  exemplify  in 
practice  the  principles  herein  set  forth. 

The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  stands — 

For  equal  rights  and  complete  justice  for  all  men  in 
all  stations  of  life. 

For  the  principle  of  conciliation  and  arbitration  in 
industrial  dissensions. 

For  the  protection  of  the  worker  from  dangerous  ma- 
chinery, occupational  diseases,  injuries,  and  mortality. 

For  the  abolition  of  child  labor. 

For  such  regulation  of  the  conditions  of  labor  for 
women  as  shall  safeguard  the  physical  and  moral  health 
of  the  community. 

For  the  suppression  of  the  "sweating  system." 

For  the  gradual  and  reasonable  reduction  of  the  hours 
of  labor  to  the  lowest  practical  point,  with  work  for  all ; 
and  for  that  degree  of  leisure  for  all  which  is  the  condi- 
tion of  the  highest  human  life. 

For  a  release  for  employment  one  day  in  seven. 

For  a  living  wage  in  every  industry. 

For  the  highest  wage  that  each  industry  can  afford, 
and  for  the  most  equitable  division  of  the  products  of 
industry  that  can  ultimately  be  devised. 

For  the  recognition  of  the  Golden  Rule  and  the  mind 
of  Christ  as  the  supreme  law  of  society  and  the  sure 
remedy  for  all  social  ills. 

480 


Tub:  Church  and  Social  Problems    %  59 


We  gladly  recognize  the  increasing  sense  of  responsi- 
bility on  the  part  of  the  Christian  Church  at  large  for 
these  great  moral  concerns  of  humanity.  Our  own 
Church  in  particular,  historically  and  traditionally  in 
close  sympathy  with  the  common  people  and  ever  diligent 
for  their  welfare,  does  not  fail  to  recognize  the  greatness 
of  its  own  opportunity  in  the  present  crisis  and  the  con- 
se(iueut  urgency  of  its  duty. 

In  this  connection  we  note  with  satisfaction  the  or- 
ganization of  the  Methodist  Federation  for  Social  Serv- 
ice, composed  of  members  and  friends  of  our  Church,  and 
of  the  ^Methodist  Brotherhood.  Their  objects  are  "to 
deepen  within  the  Church  the  sense  of  social  obligation 
and  opportunity,  to  study  social  problems  from  the  Chris- 
tian point  of  view,  to  promote  social  service  in  the  Spirit 
of  Jesus  Christ."    These  objects  we  heartily  approve. 

And  now  we  summon  our  great  Church  to  continue 
and  increase  its  works  of  social  service.  We  summon 
all  our  ministry.  Bishops,  District  Superintendents,  and 
Pastors,  to  patient  study  of  these  problems  and  to  the 
fearless  but  judicious  preaching  of  the  teachings  of 
Jesus  in  their  significance  for  the  moral  interests  of 
modern  society.  We  look  to  the  press  of  our  Church  for 
enlightenment  and  inspiration.  We  look  to  our  Brother- 
hoods, Sunday  schools,  and  Epworth  Leagues  to  awaken 
and  direct  the  spirit  of  social  responsibility.  We  demand 
of  every  agency  and  organization  of  the  Church  that  it 
shall  touch  the  peojile  in  their  human  relationships  with 
healing  and  helpfulness,  and,  finally,  be  it  remembered 
that  we  cannot  commit  to  any  special  agencies  the  charge 
that  all  the  Church  must  keep.  Upon  every  member 
rests  a  solemn  duty  to  devote  himself  with  his  posses- 
sions, his  citizenship,  and  his  influence  to  the  gloi-y  of 
God  in  the  service  of  the  present  age.  And  thus  by  their 
works,  as  by  their  prayers,  let  all  "the  people  called 
Methodists"  seek  that  kingdom  in  which  God's  will  shall 
be  done  on  earth  as  it  is  in  heaven. 


481 


1"  60    Constitution  for  Sunday  School 


CHAPTER  VI 
FORMS 


t  60.  Constitution  for  a  Sunday  School 

Article  I.    This  School  shall  be  callod  the  Sunday 

School  of   ,  auxiliary  to  the  Board  of  Sunday 

Schools  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  and  con- 
nected with  the  Quarterly  Conference  of   It  shall 

consist  of  the  Preacher  in  Charge,  the  Sunday  School 
Committee  appointed  by  the  Quarterly  Conference,  the 
Officers,  the  Teachers,  and  the  Pupils. 

Article  II.  The  object  of  this  School  shall  be  the 
promotion  of  Christian  character  through  the  devout  and 
diligent  study  of  the  word  of  God. 

Article  III.  The  Local  Sunday  School  Board  shall 
consist  of  the  Pastor,  who  shall  be  ex  officio  chairman, 
the  Sunday  School  Committee  appointed  by  the  Quarterly 
Conference,  the  Superintendent,  the  Assistant  Superin- 
tendents, heads  of  departments,  the  duly  elected  Secre- 
taries, Treasurer,  and  Librarians,  the  Teachers  of  the 
School,  the  Assistant  Teachers  nominated  and  elected  in 
the  same  way  as  the  Teachers,  and  the  President  of  the 
Sunday  School  Missionary  Society.  In  case  of  with- 
drawal of  Officers  or  Teachers  from  the  School,  they 
shall  cease  to  be  members  of  the  Board. 

Article  IV.  The  Superintendent  shall  be  nominated 
annually  by  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board,  and  con- 
firmed by  the  Quarterly  Conference  at  its  next  session 
after  such  nomination ;  and  in  case  of  a  vacancy  the 
Preacher  in  Charge  shall  superintend,  or  secure  the  su- 
perintending of.  the  School,  until  such  time  as  the  Super- 
intendent nominated  by  the  Local  Sunday  School  Board 
482 


CONSTITL'TIOX  FOR  SUNDAY  ScUOOL  60 


be  confirmed  by  the  Quarterly  Conference.  The  other 
Officers  of  the  School  shall  be  elected  by  the  Board  an- 
nually, by  ballot,  on    The  Teachers  of  the 

School  shall  be  nominated  by  the  Superintendent,  with 
the  concurrence  of  the  Pastor,  and  elected  by  the  Board. 

Article  V.    Regular  meetings  of  this  Board  shall  be 

held  on  the   of  each  mouth,  for  the  transaction 

of  such  business  as  relates  to  the  interest  of  the  School, 
at  which  the  following  order  shall  be  observed  :  1.  Sing- 
ing and  prayer.  2.  Calling  roll.  3.  Reading  minutes. 
4.  Unfinished  business.  5.  Reports  from  Committees. 
G.  Reports  from  Superintendents.  7.  Report  from  Treas- 
urer. 8.  Report  from  Librarian  concerning  the  state  of 
the  Library  and  the  number  and  kind  of  periodicals 
taken  by  the  School.  9.  Reports  from  the  Pastor  and 
from  the  Sunday  School  Committee.  10.  Reports  from 
the  Teachers.    11.  Miscellaneous. 

Aeticle  VI.    At  all  meetings  for  business  shall 

constitute  a  quorum. 

Article  VIL  Special  meetings  of  the  Board  may  be 
called  by  the  Pastor,  the  Superintendent,  or  by  any 
three  of  the  members. 

Article  VIII.  In  case  of  the  withdrawal  of  Officers 
or  Teachers  from  the  School  they  cease  to  be  members 
of  this  Board  ;  and  the  place  of  any  Officer  or  Teacher 
habitually  neglecting  his  or  her  duty,  or  being  guilty  of 
improper  conduct,  may  be  declared  vacant  by  a  vote  of 
two  thirds  of  the  Board  present  at  any  regular  or  special 
meeting. 

Article  IX.  Vacancies  in  offices  may  be  filled  at  any 
monthly  or  special  meeting,  one  month's  notice  having 
been  given  of  the  election. 

Article  X.  This  Constitution  shall  not  be  altered  ex- 
cept by  two  thirds  of  all  the  members  present  at  a  meet- 
ing called  for  that  purpose;  and  such  alterations  must 
be  in  harmony  with  the  provisions  of  the  Discipline  of 
the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — Journal,  1876,  p.  365 ; 
1884,  p.  3G4. 

483 


1"  61   Constitution-  for  Missionary  Society 


^  61.  Constitution  for  Sunday  School  Missionary 
Societies 

Article  I.  This  Society  shall  be  called  the  Mission- 
ary Society  of  the  Methodist  Sunday  School,  and 

shall  be  auxiliary  to  the  Missionary  Boards  of  the  Meth- 
odist Episcopal  Church. 

Article  II.  The  object  of  this  Society  shall  be  to 
promote  in  all  practical  ways  the  interests  of  the  Mis- 
sionary cause  within  the  bounds  of  this  School. 

Article  III.  All  the  members  of  this  School  shall  be 
members  of  the  Society. 

Article  IV.  The  Officers  of  the  Society  shall  be  a 
President,  Vice  President,  Secretary,  and  Treasurer,  who 
shall  together  constitute  a  Board  of  Managers,  to  be 
elected  annually  by  the  Sunday  School  Board  on  the 
 of  

Article  V.  A  part  of  the  session  of  the  School  on 
the  first  Sunday  of  every  month  shall  be  set  apart  for 
Missionary  exercises  and  the  reception  of  gifts  for  the 
cause  of  Missions ;  and  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Board 
of  Managers  to  provide  for  such  exercises,  varying  the 
program  from  month  to  month  in  such  a  ,way  as  to 
actively  engage  as  many  of  the  School  as  possible  in 
acquiring  and  supplying  information  and  inspiration  on 
Missionary  topics.  The  Managers  shall  also  devise  and 
set  in  vigorous  operation  whatever  schemes  they  can, 
such  as  mite-boxes,  collection  cards,  occasional  Mission- 
ary concerts,  or  sales,  etc.,  for  increasing  the  Missionary 
contributions  of  the  School. 

Article  VI.  The  President  shall  preside  during  that 
part  of  the  school  time  which  is  devoted  to  Missions ; 
the  Secretary  shall  read  at  each  monthly  meeting  a  re- 
port of  the  previous  meeting.  The  Treasurer  shall  hold 
the  funds  raised  by  the  Society  and  pay  them  in  equal 
amounts  to  the  Board  of  Foreign  Missions  and  the  Board 
of  Home  Mission^  and  Chiwch  Extension.  The  President, 
484 


Charges 


Secretary,  and  Treasurer  shall  make  a  semiannual  report 
to  the  Society  on  the  first  Sundays  of  April  and 
October. 

Abticle  VII.  Vacancies  in  the  offices  may  be  filled  at 
any  regular  or  special  meeting  of  the  Sunday  School 
Board. 

Abticle  VIII.  This  Constitution  shall  not  be  altered 
except  by  vote  of  two  thirds  of  all  the  members  of  the 
Local  Sunday  School  Board,  at  a  meeting  called  for  that 
purpose. 


U  62.  Charges 

In  drafting  charges  and  specifications  for  the  trial  of 
an  accused  member  of  the  Church  there  should  be  a  brief 
statement  defining  the  offense  by  its  generic  name,  such 
as  "Defamation,"  "Dishonesty,"  "Lying,"  "Imprudent 
Conduct,"  "Indulging  Sinful  Tempers  or  Words,"  "Dis- 
obedience to  the  Order  and  Discipline  of  the  Church," 
"Neglecting  Prayer  Meetings,"  "Neglecting  Class  Meet- 
ings," etc.  Each  charge  should  be  accompanied  with  one 
or  more  specifications  germane  to  the  charge ;  and  the 
following  forms  may  serve  to  illustrate  the  manner  of 
preparing  charges  and  specifications.  The  charges  and 
specifications  must  be  so  varied  in  the  several  cases  as  to 
meet  the  facts  or  evidence  relied  upon  for  conviction. 
The  bill  of  charges  should  be  signed  by  one  or  more  mem- 
bers of  the  Church,  and  must  be  addressed  to  the  Preacher 
In  Cnarge  of  the  Circuit  or  Station  in  which  the  accused 
person  holds  his  membership. 

§  1.  IMMORAL  CONDUCT 
Form  No.  I 

To  A.  B..  Preacher  in  Charge  of  Circuit  or  Station: 

Dear  Brother  :   The  undersigned,  a  Member  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  complains  to  you  that  C.  D., 
485 


Charges 


a  Member  of  the  same  Church,  has  been  guilty  of  Im- 
moral Conduct,  and  he  is  hereby  charged  therewith  as 
follows : 

CHARGE  :  DEFAMATION 

Specification  1.    The  said  C.  D.,  on  the  day  of 

.....  19....,  at....,  did  write  and  publish,  maliciously 
and  in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline,  the  fol- 
lowing false  and  libelous  matter  of  and  concerning  E.  F., 
to  wit:     (Here  copy  the  icriting  complained  of.) 

Specification  2.    The  said  C.  D.,  on  the   day  of 

19....,  at  ,  did  utter  and  publish,  maliciously 

and  in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline,  the  fol- 
lowing defamatory  and  libelous  matter  of  and  concerning 
E.  F.,  to  wit:    (Here  copy  the  matter  published.) 

Specification  3.    The  said  C.  D.,  on  the  day  of 

. . . . ,  19 .... ,  at .... ,  did,  maliciously  and  in  violation  of 
the  Rules  of  the  Discipline,  speak,  utter,  and  publish,  in 
the  hearing  of  divers  persons,  the  following  false  and 
slanderous  words  concerning  E.  F.,  that  is  to  say,  ''He 
(meaning  the  said  E.  F.)  is  a  thief."     [Signed]  M.  N. 

Form  No.  II 

[The  address  to  the  Preacher  in  Charge  should  be  the 
same  as  in  No.  1.] 

CUARGE  :  LYING 

Specification.  The  said  C.  D.,  on  the  ....  day  of  . . . ., 
19  ,  at....,  did,  in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Dis- 
cipline, falsely  and  willfully  say  (here  insci't  xchat  ica-s 
said),  or  words  to  that  effect,  knowing  the  statement  to 
be  misleading  and  false.  [Signed]  M.  N. 

§  2.  IMPRUDENT  AND  UNCHRISTIAN  CONDUCT 

In  this  class  of  cases  preliminary  labor  is  required 
before  the  accused  person  is  liable  to  be  arraigned  and 
tried,  and  it  should  be  averred  in  the  complaint  that  such 
preliminary  labor  has  been  performed,  for  without  such 
486 


CuAECiES 


averment  there  is  nothing  to  show  that  the  person  is 
liable  to  be  tried.    The  following  form  may  be  used : 

Form  No.  Ill 

To  A.  B.,  Preacher  in  Charge  of  Circuit  or  Station: 

Deab  Brother  :  Inasmuch  as  C.  D.,  a  member  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  indulged  sinful  tempers,  and 
was  afterward  reproved,  as  the  Discipline  provides ;  jet 
the  said  C.  D.  was  guilty  of  a  second  transgression,  and 
he  was  again  reproved  as  the  Discipline  provides ;  yet, 
notwithstanding  these  repeated  reproofs,  the  said  C.  D. 
continues  impenitent  and  still  persists  in  indulging  sinful 
tempers,  thereby  bringing  reproach  upon  the  Church ; 
therefore  the  undersigned  complains  to  you  of  the  con- 
duct of  the  said  C.  D.,  and  charges  him  as  follows : 

charge:  ixdulging  sinful  tempers 

Specification.    The  said  C.  D.,  on  the.... day  of  , 

19  at  ,  and  at  other  times  and  places,  namely 

{here  specif}/  times  and  places),  did  on  three  sev- 
eral occasions  become  angry  and  indulged  in  sinful 
tempers,  in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline. 

[Signed]  M.  N. 

Form  No.  IV 

To  A.  B.,  Preacher  in  Charge  of  ....  Circuit  or  Station: 
Dear  Brother  :  Forasmuch  as  C.  D.,  on  the  ....  day 
of  ,  19  . . . .,  at  . . . .,  became  angry  and  indulged  sin- 
ful tempers,  in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline, 
and,  though  reproved  therefor  after  the  manner  prescribed 
in  the  Discipline,  he  made  no  acknowledgment  of  the 
fault,  and  showed  no  proper  humiliation,  and  he  still  con- 
tinues impenitent ;  therefore  the  undersigned  complains 
to  you  of  the  conduct  of  C.  D.,  and  hereby  charges  him 
as  follows : 

CHARGE  :    IXDULGING  SINFUL  TEMPERS 

Specification.    C.  D.,  on  the  ....  day  of  .....  at  .  . . 
became  angry  and  indulged  in  sinful  tempers,  in  violation 
487 


Charges 


of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline ;  and,  notwithstanding  he 
has  been  reproved  on  account  thereof,  as  the  Discipline 
provides,  he  has  made  no  aclinowledgment  of  the  fault, 
and  has  shown  no  proper  humiliation,  but  continues  im- 
penitent, in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline. 

[Signed]  M.  N. 

§  3.  NEGLECT  OF  THE  MEANS  OF  GRACE 
Form  No.  V 

To  A.  B.,  Preacher  in  Charge  of  ....Circuit  or  Station: 
Dear  Brother:  Inasmuch  as  C.  D.,  a  member  of  the 
Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  had  for  a  long  time  neg- 
lected class  meetings,  and  having  .so  neglected  was  visited 
by  the  Preacher,  who  explained  to  him  the  consequences 
should  he  continue  such  neglect ;  and  yet,  notwithstanding 
such  visit  and  explanation,  he  does  not  amend,  but  con- 
tinues to  neglect  class  meetings,  therefore  the  undersigned 
complains  to  you  of  the  conduct  of  C.  D.,  and  hereby 
charges  him  as  follows  : 

charge:  habitual  neglect  of  class  meetings 

Specification.  The  said  C.  D.,  unmindful  of  his  duty, 
and  in  violation  of  the  Rules  of  the  Discipline,  does 
habitually  neglect  class  meetings.         [Signed]  M.  N. 

Note.— It  is  sufficient  to  cliarge  tlie  offense  by  its  generic  name,  and 
under  sucli  cliarge  the  complaint  may  set  Torth  in  specifications  as  many 
instances  of  the  offense  as  it  may  seem  proper  to  insert,  provided,  al- 
ways, the  specification  must  sustain  the  charge.  In  preparing  the 
charges  and  specifications  care  should  be  taken  In  setting  out  the  offense 
so  to  describe  it  in  each  specification  as  that  it  shall  embody  the  es,sentlal 
elements  of  the  offense,  that  the  accused  may  be  apprised  more  certainly 
of  the  nature  of  the  charge  upon  which  he  Is  to  be  arraigned  and  tried. 


48S 


CouBSEs  OF  Study 


CHAPTER  VII 
COURSES  OF  STUDY 

H  63,  §  1.  The  General  Conference  earnestly  recom- 
mends to  all  candidates  for  the  Ministry  of  our  Church 
that  they  complete  a  full  collegiate  course  of  study,  and, 
if  possible,  a  course  ip  one  of  our  Theological  Schools, 
before  applying  for  admission  to  an  Annual  Conference. 

§  2.  The  General  Conference  further  earnestly  recom- 
mends to  the  Annual  Conferences  that  they  require  as  a 
minimum  for  admission  a  standard  of  scholarship  equiva- 
lent to  that  prescribed  by  the  University  Senate  for  ad- 
mission to  college.- — Journal,  1900,  p.  449. 

1  64,  §  1.  Certificates  from  our  regular  Theological 
Seminaries,  Universities,  and  Colleges  approved  by  our 
University  Senate  may  be  accepted  by  the  Conferences, 
provided,  (1)  that  each  certificate  shall  distinctly  show 
that  the  student  has  been  a  regular  attendant  on  the  class 
room  instruction  in  the  specified  book  ;  and  (2)  that  he 
has  passed  a  thorough  examination  in  the  book,  gaining 
a  standing  equivalent  to  that  fixed  in  1|  Go,  §  5,  it  being 
understood  that  the  Annual  Conference  shall  examine  all 
candidates  in  regard  to  their  personal  attitude  toward  the 
Doctrine  and  Discipline  of  the  Church. 

§  2.  Any  Conference  may  also,  at  its  discretion,  accept 
similar  certificates  from  the  institutions  above  described, 
indicating  like  proficiency  in  any  particular  study,  se- 
cured by  the  use  of  a  different  book  or  by  lectures  fully 
equivalent  to  the  corresponding  book  in  our  Course  of 
Study. 

§  3.    Similar  certificates  may  also  be  accepted  in  all 
studies  not  biblical  or  theological  from  other  than  Meth- 
489 


CouESEs  OF  Study 


odist  Colleges,  if  of  equal  grade  with  those  approved  by 
our  Uni\er.sity  Senate,  and  in  American  history  from 
academies  or  seminaries  either  approved  by  our  Univer- 
sity Senate  or  of  equal  grade  with  those  thus  approved. 

§  4.  A  certilicale  of  graduation  from  one  of  our  regu- 
lar Theological  Seminaries  may  be  accepted  in  place  of 
an  examination  in  all  the  biblical  and  theological  studies 
of  the  various  courses. 

§  5.  A  certificate  of  admission  to  or  graduation  from 
any  high  school  or  academy  of  good  standing  may  be  ac- 
cepted in  place  of  an  examination  in  "Elementary  English 
Branches." 

§  G.  All  certificates  shall  state  the  date  when  the 
studies  were  pursued. 

§  7.  All  examinations  occurring  after  July  1,  1909, 
shall  be  upon  the  Courses  of  Study  given  below. 


If  65.  Method  of  Conducting  Conference  Examinations 

§  1.  In  each  Annual  Conference  a  Board  of  Exam- 
iners shall  be  appointed  by  the  presiding  Bishop,  con- 
sisting of  not  less  than  eight  nor  more  than  twenty,  care 
being  taken  to  select  men  with  special  qualifications  for 
the  work,  to  whom  shall  be  referred  all  Preachers,  both 
traveling  and  local,  pursuing  the  Course  of  Study  with 
a  view  to  ordination  or  Conference  membership.  This 
Board  shall  be  continued  for  a  term  of  four  years,  sub- 
ject to  reappointment.  Vacancies  to  be  filled  at  each  ses- 
sion of  the  Annual  Conference. 

§  2.  This  Board  shall  organize  by  electing  one  of  its 
members  Chairman  and  another  Registrar,  the  latter  to 
keep  a  permanent  record  of  the  standing  of  the  students, 
and  report  to  the  Conference  when  required.  This  record 
shall  include  the  credits  allowed  students  for  work  done  in 
Theological  Seminaries  and  Colleges  described  in  H  63. 

§  3.  The  Chairman  shall  assign  to  each  Examiner  the 
books  or  subjects  in  which  he  is  to  give  instruction  by 
490 


Courses  of  Study  ^  65 

correspondence  and  final  examination,  for  which  exam- 
ination he  shall  prepare  and  send  to  the  Chairman  printed 
or  wiutten  questions,  at  least  ten  in  number,  two  weeks 
before  the  time  of  examination.  Vacancies  occurring  in 
the  Board  during  the  year  may  be  filled  by  the  Chairman 
until  the  ensuing  Annual  Conference. 

§  4.  One  or  two  examinations  may  be  held  during  the 
year  in  locations  convenient  to  the  students.  These  ex- 
aminations shall  be  under  the  personal  supervision  of 
some  member  of  the  Board  delegated  by  the  Chairman. 

§  5.  The  examinations  shall  be  in  writing,  if  prac- 
ticable, and  in  the  presence  of  witnesses,  and  in  that  case 
the  papers  shall  be  sent  to  the  Examiners  to  whom  they 
belong  respectively.  Also  in  special  cases  the  Chairman 
may  appoint  supervisors  other  than  members  of  the  Board 
before  whom  students  may  write  their  examinations,  and 
such  supervisors  shall  sign  the  papers  and  send  them  to 
their  respective  Examiners.  The  examination  shall  be 
graded  upon  the  scale  of  100,  and  none  below  70  per-cent 
shall  pass.  The  Examiners  shall  report  the  marking  of 
each  paper  to  the  Registrar. 

§  6.  The  provision  for  mid-j-ear  examinations  shall 
not  deprive  any  student  of  the  opportunity  of  being  ex- 
amined at  the  seat  and  time  of  the  Annual  Conference. 

§  7.  The  Board  of  Examinei-s  shall  convene  at  the  seat 
and  time  of  the  Annual  Conference,  the  day  before  the 
session  opens,  to  review  and  complete  the  work  of  the 
year ;  to  examine  any  students  who  have  not  been  ex- 
amined during  the  year,  and  to  arrange  for  the  work  of 
the  year  to  come.-^ ournal,  1896,  p.  296 ;  1900. 


491 


^  66       Courses  of  Study — English 


ENGLISH  COURSES 


H  66.  Traveling  Preachers 

§  1.  Admission  on  Tkial 

1.  English  Branches : 

(1)  Elementary  English. 

(2)  Principles  of  Rhetoric. — Hill. 

(3)  Outlines  of  History. — ISwinton. 

2.  A  Manual  of  Bible  History.— S?aifc(e. 

3.  A  Manual  of  Christian  Doctrine. — J.  8.  Banks. 

4.  A  Plain  Account  of  Christian  Perfection.— TFesJei/. 

5.  The  Discipline  of  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  1908. 
G.  Wesley  and  His  Centnry. —Fitchett. 

7.  Written  Sermon. 
To  be  Read : 

1.  The  Heart  of  John  Wesley's  Journal. — Parker. 

2.  Selections  from  the  Writings  of  John  Wesley — 
Welch. 

3.  The  Tongue  of  Fire.— Arthur. 

4.  The  Art  of  Study.— Hinsdale. 

5.  The  Arc  of  Soul  Winning. — Mahood. 

§  2.  First  Yeak 

1.  Divine  Library  of  the  Old  TestSLment.—Kirkpatrick. 

2.  System  of  Christian  Doctrine,  pp.  1-322. — Sheldon. 

3.  Lectures  on  Homiletics.- — Kern. 

4.  Student's   American   History. — Montgomery. 

5.  Written  Sermon. 
To  be  Read : 

1.  Sermons  (Vol.  I),  l-XXXUl.— Wesley. 

2.  A  Compendiou.s  History  of  American  Methodism.— 
Stevens. 

492 


Courses  of  Study — English 


3.  The  Heart  of  Asbury's  Journal. — Tipple. 

4.  Digest  of  Methodist  J.aw.—Alcrrill. 

5.  Estemporaneotis  Or&tory. —Buckley. 

6.  How  to  Be  a  Pastor. — Cuyler. 

7.  The  Social  Message  of  the  Modem  Pulpit. — Broicn. 

8.  Methodist  Review. 

§  3.  Second  Year 

1.  The  Ancestry  of  Our  English  Bible. — Price. 

2.  System  of  Christian  Doctrine,  pp.  32.J-G35. — 
Sheldon. 

3.  Lessons  in  Logic. — Jevons. 

4.  A  Short  History  of  the  English  People. — Green. 

5.  Essay. 
To  be  Read: 

1.  Sermons  (Vol.  I),  XXXI V-L VIII.— TTesZey. 

2.  History  of  Methodism,  Vol.  I. — Stevens. 

3.  History  and  Exposition  of  the  Twenty-five  Articles 
of  Religion  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. — Wheeler. 

4.  English  and  American  Literature. — Beers. 

5.  The  Pastor  and  Modern  Missions. — Mott. 

6.  How  to  Conduct  a  Sunday  School. — Lawrance. 

7.  The  Church  and  the  Social  Problem. — Plantz. 

8.  Methodist  Review. 

§  4.  Third  Year 

1.  Biblical  Hermeneutics. — Terry. 

2.  Outlines  of  Descriptive  Psychology. — Ladd. 

,3.  Outlines  of  Universal  History,  Parts  I  and  II.— 
Fisher. 

4.  History  of  the  Christian  Church,  Vol.  I. — Tlurst. 

5.  The  Land  of  Israel. — Stewart. 

6.  Written  Sermon. 

493 


H  67       Courses  of  Study — English 


To  be  Read  : 

1.  History  of  Methodifsm,  Vol.  II. — Stevens. 

2.  History  of  Western  Europe. — Rohinson. 

3.  Christianity  and  the  Social  Crisis. — Rauschenlusch. 

4.  Psychological  Principles  of  Education. — Home. 

5.  The  Supernatural  Book. — Foster. 
G.  Hymn  Treasures. — Everett. 

7.  Methodist  Review. 

§  5.  FOUETH  Yeab 

1.  Grounds  of  Thoistic  and  Christian  Belief. — Fisher. 

2.  Analogy  of  Religion. — Butler: 

3.  Christian  Ethics. — Smyth. 

4.  Outlines  of  Universal  History,  Part  III. — Fisher. 

5.  History  of  the  Christian  Church,  Vol.  II. — Hurst. 

6.  Essay. 
To  be  Read: 

1.  History  of  Methodism,  Vol.  III. — Stevens. 

2.  Sociology.— C.  D.  Wright. 

3.  Life  and  Epistles  of  Saint  Paul. — Conyheare  and 
Howson. 

4.  The  Study  of  the  C\\M.— Taylor. 

5.  The  Governing  Conference  in  ^lethodism. — Neely. 
G.  Pentateuch. — lUsscU. 

7.  Social  Aspects  of  Religious  Institutions. — Earp. 

8.  Methodist  Review. 


H  67.  License  to  Preach 

Candidates  for  License  to  Preach  are  to  be  examined  in 
the  common  branches  of  an  English  education,  and  on 
their  general  knowledge  of  the  Bible,  and  of  the  Doctrines 
and  Usages  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

494 


Courses  op  Study — Local  Preachers    ^  68 


U  68.  Local  Preachers 

lOr,  for  Traveling  Preachers  at  the  option  of  the  Annual  Conference, 
as  Indicated  lu  the  subjoined  notes.l 

NoTKS.— 1.  Any  Conference,  with  the  concurrence  of  the  Bishop  pre- 
siding, may  adopt  this  course  for  its  Traveling  Preachers  instead  of  the 
foregoing  four-years'  course ;  provided,  however,  that  any  Class  for 
which  this  course  was  adopted  shall  continue  in  the  same  until  the  com- 
pletion of  the  foui  -years'  course. 

2.  In  the  case  of  Local  Preachers  who  are  candidates  for  the  Travel- 
ing Ministry,  examinations  may  be  suspended  while  they  are  pursuing 
regular  Courses  of  Study  in  our  Theological  Seminaries  or  Universities 
or  Colleges  approved  by  the  University  Senate  until  they  shall  become 
candidates  tor  Deacons'  or  Elders'  orders. 

§  1.  First  Yeab 

1.  A  Manual  of  Bible  HMory.—Blaikic. 

2.  Theological  Compend. — Binncy. 

3.  Christian  Baptism. — Merrill. 

4.  A  Manual  of  Christian  Evidence. — Roio. 

5.  One  Thousand  Questions  on  Methodism. — Wheeler. 
To  be  Read : 

1.  Discipline,  1908. 

2.  Hints  to  Self-Educated  Ministers. — Porter. 

3.  John  Wesley  the  ^lethodist.    A  Biography. 

4.  The  Tongue  of  Arthur. 

5.  The  Why,  When,  and  How  of  Revivals. — Mallalicu. 

§  2.  Second  Year 

1.  Systematic  Theology,  Vol.  I. — Raymond. 

2.  A  Short  History  of  the  Christian  Church.  (Early 
and  Mediaeval  Periods.) — Hurst. 

3.  Discipline,  1908.    (Tarts  I-V.) 

4.  A  History  of  Methodism.    (Abridged.) — Sevens. 

5.  Essay. 
To  be  Read  : 

1.  Lectures  on  Preaching. — dimpson. 

2.  How  to  Study  the  Bible. — Clifford,  Moule,  and 
others. 

3.  Life  of  C\msi.— Stalker. 

495 


T  69    CouBSKs  OF  Study — Local  Preachers 


§  3.  Third  Year 

1.  Systematic  Theology,  Vol.  II. — Raymond. 

2.  A  I'lain  Account  of  Christian  Perfection. — Wesley. 

3.  Doctrinal  Aspects  of  Christian  Experience. — 
Merrill. 

4.  A  Short  History  of  the  Christian  Church.  (Refor- 
mation and  Modern  Period.) — Hurst. 

5.  The  Discipline,  1908.    (Part  VI  to  end.) 

6.  Essentials  of  Argumentation. — McEwen. 

7.  Written  Sermon. 
To  be  Read  : 

1.  Living  Thoushts  of  John  Wesley. — Potts. 

2.  Life  of  Saint  Stalker. 

§  4.  Fourth  Year 

1.  Systematic  Theology,  Vol.  III. — Raymond. 

2.  Introduction  to  New  Testament. — Dods. 

3.  A  Digest  of  Methodist  Law. — Merrill. 

4.  Written  Sermon  or  Essay. 
To  be  Read : 

1.  The  Christian  Life.    (Ethics.)— Pouius. 

2.  Love  Enthroned. — Steele. 


T[  69.  Local  Preachers  who  are  Candidates  for  Orders 
§  1.  Deacons'  Orders 
Local  Preachers  who  are  Candidates  for  Deacons' 
Orders  are  required  to  pass  a  satisfactory  examination 
at  the  Annual  Conference,  in  review  of  the  entire  four- 
years'  course  prescribed  for  Local  Preachers. 

§  2.  Elders'  Orders 
Local  Deacons  who  are  Candidates  for  Elders'  Orders 
are  required  to  pass  a  satisfactory  examination  at  the 
Annual  Conference  on  the  following  books : 
496 


Courses  of  Study — Class  Leaders    %  11 


1.  A  Manual  of  Christian  Doctrine. — S.  Banks. 

2.  Lectures  on  Homiletics. — Kern. 

3.  Life  and  Epistles  of  Saint  I*aul. — Conybeare  and 
Hoicson. 


1  70.  Qass  Leaders 

1.  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
190S. 

2.  Episcopal  Address  to  Class  Leaders. 

3.  The  Drill  Master  of  Methodism.— Goorfc/Z. 

4.  The  Class  Meeting. — FitzCfcraM. 

5.  The  Why  of  Methodism. — Dorchesfcr. 

G.  A  Plain  Account  of  Christian  Perfection. — Wesley. 

7.  Doctrinal  Aspects  of  Christian  Experience. — 
Merrill. 

8.  Father  Reeves. — Corderoy. 

9.  Memoir  of  Carvosso. 

10.  A  Manual  of  Christian  Doctrine. — J.  S.  Banks. 

11.  Seed  Thought.— Rohi nsoii. 

12.  A  Manual  of  Bible  History.— i?/oil/c. 

13.  Outlines  of  Church  History. — Hurst. 

14.  History  of  Methodism.  (Abridged.) — Stevens. 
Books  of  Reference : 

1.  International  Bible. 

2.  Handbook  of  Bible  Geography. — Whitney. 

3.  Handbook  of  Biljle  Manners  and  Customs. — 
Freeman. 

4.  Handbook  of  Bible  Biography. — Barnes. 


1  7J.  Deaconesses 
1.  Training  Schools  for  Deaconesses  may  add  at  their 
discretion  to  the  studies  below  for  examination  under  the 
direction  of  the  Conference.  Boards,  other  topics  of  in- 
struction, particularly  such  as  relate  to  methods  of  work. 
497 


1  71    Courses  of  Study — Deaconesses 


But  examination  in  these  shall  not  be  required  by  Confer- 
ence Boards  in  order  to  graduation. 

2.  Candidates  preparing  to  be  nurses  will  pursue  the 
regular  course  of  training  for  that  purpose  in  a  school 
connected  with  some  good  hospital,  preferably  one  under 
the  care  f)f  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  provided 
that  in  doing  so  Nos.  1,  2,  3,  and  6  in  first  year,  and 
Nos.  1,  2,  3,  and  5  in  second  year  shall  not  be  omitted. 

3.  All  candidates  must  pass  in  Elementary  English 
Branches,  such  as  are  usually  required  to  secure  a  com- 
mon school  teacher's  certificate,  or  for  admission,  into 
secondary  or  high  schools. 

§  1.  First  Year 
The  English  Bible. 

1.  The  Pentateuch  and  Historical  Books  to  the  Cap- 
tivity. 

2.  The  New  Testament.    The  Gospels. 

3.  A  Manual  of  Bible  History. — Blaikie. 

4.  Life  of  Christ.— Stalker. 

5.  One  Thousand  Questions  on  Methodism. — Wheeler, 
(j.  Standard    Catechism   of    the   Methodist  Episcopal 

Church. 

7.  Discipline  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  1908. 
To  be  Read : 

1.  Life  of  Wesley.— Te?/o  jf/. 

2.  History  of  American  Methodism,  abridged,  one  vol. — 
Stevens. 

3.  Love  Enthroned. — (Steele, 
i.  Deaconesses. — Wheeler. 

§  2.  Second  Year 
The  English  Bible. 

1.  The  Historical  Books  after  the  Captivity,  and  the 
Poetical  and  Prophetical  Books. 

2.  The  New  Testament.  The  Acts,  the  Epistles,  and 
Book  of  Revelation. 

3.  Teacher- Training  Lessons. — Hurlhut. 

498 


Courses  of  Stldy — German        ■[  12 


4.  Christian  Ethics. — Davidson. 

5.  Life  of  Vau\.— Stalker. 

6.  Binney's  Compend. 

7.  Social  Law  of  Service. — Eli/. 
To  be  Read : 

1.  Histoi\v  of  tlie  Christian  Church,  Vol.  I. — Dryer. 

2.  The  Tonjrue  of  Fire.— A rf/ii/r. 

3.  Foreign  Missions  of  the  Protestant  Churches. — 
BaMicin. 

4.  The  Heart  of  Ashury's  Journal. — Tipple. 

5.  Manual  for  Xursiug. — lI  ccA*. 

Throughout  the  course  the  student  shall  present  a 
written  statement  as  to  whether  she  has  or  has  not  given 
to  each  book  a  careful  reading,  and  shall  submit  a  sylla- 
bus of  siime  one  chapter  or  subject  to  be  previously  an- 
nounced by  the  Conference  Deaconess  Board. 

The  following  books  are  named  as  being  helpful  in 
pursuing  the  course  of  study  : 

1.  A  History  of  the  New  Testament  Times. — Matthews. 

2.  From  the  Exile  to  the  Advent. — Fainccather. 

3.  The  Son  of  Man.— .l/caraHrfc;-. 

4.  Deaconesses. — Mrs.  L.  R.  Meyer. 

5.  Deaconesses  in  Europe. — Mrs.  J.  B.  Robinson. 


GERRIAN  COURSES 


72.  Reiseprediger 

§  1.  ZULASSUNG  AUF  FeOBE 

1.  Grosserer  Katechismus. — Xast. 

2.  Wesley  und  seine  Mitarbeiter. — Xast. 

3.  Die  Kirchenordnung,  1908.    (I-IV  Teil). 

4.  Die  Christliche  Erfahrung. — Merrill. 

5.  Das  Leben  Jesu. — Weithrecht. 

6.  Ein  Aufsatz,  in  welchem  der  Kandidat  einen  Bericht 

499 


1  72       Courses  of  Study — Gebmax 


ueber  seinea  Bildungsgang,  seine  Bekehrung  und  seine 
Berufung  zum  Predigtamte  gibt. 
Zum  Lesen' : 

Die  Religios-sittliche  Erzihung  der  Jugend — Hertzler. 

§  2.  E^STES  Jadr 

1.  Christliche  Glaubenslehre. — Suhlergcr.  (§§  9-20.) 

2.  Einleitung.— We&cr.  (Zwolfte  Auflage.  (§§  1-29.) 

3.  Weltgeschichte  in  iibersichtlicher  Darstellung. — 
Weber.  (1  Buch.) 

4.  Kirchengeschichte. — Kurtz.  (Erster  Band,  Erster 
Teil.) 

5.  Heilige  Geschichte.— iiCi/;-*?.  (§§  8-58.) 

6.  Die  Kirchenordnung,  1908  (V-IX  Teil),  und  Digest. 
— Merrill. 

7.  Homiletik. — Munz. 

8.  Lehrbuch  der  deutsehen  Spraehe. — Lyon.  (I  Haelfte.) 

9.  Eine  geschriebene  Predigt  iiber  den  Fall  des  Men- 
scben  und  seine  Erlosung  durch  Jesum  Christum. 

Zum  Lesen  : 

1.  Wesleys  Predigten.  (Deutsche  Ausgabe,  1  Band.) 

2.  Die  feurige  Zunge. — Arthur. 

§  3.  ZwEiTES  Jahb 

1.  Christliche  Glaubenslehre. — Sulzberger.  (I  Haupt- 
teil.) 

2.  Einleitung. — Weher.  (§§  31-53  und  Anhang.) 

3.  Weltgeschichte  in  iibersichtlicher  Darstellung. — 
Weher.  (II  und  III  Buch.) 

4.  Kirchengeschichte. — Kurtz.  (Erster  Band,  Zweiter 
Teil.) 

5.  Heilige  Geschichte.— ETwrf^.  (§§  59-111.) 

6.  Das  Christliche  Heilsleben.— Pau/u*.  (I  Teil.) 

7.  Biblische  Altertumer.— Go^wer  Verein.  (§§  1-114.) 


1  Die  Kandidaten  sollen  schriftlich  bezeugen  dasssle  die  betreffenden 
Buecher  gelesen  haben,  und  haben  elnen  Auszng  aus  einem  von  den 
Esamlnatoren  bezeichnetan  Kapltel  elnzuhttndlgen. 

500 


Courses  of  Stcdy — German       %  72 


8.  Lehrbuch  der  Deutschen  Sprache. — Lpon.  (II 
Haelfte.) 

y.  Eiue  goschriebene  Predigt  iiber  die  Rechtfertigung 
dutch  den  Glauben.    Oder  eine  Abhandlung  tiber  das 
Verhaltnis  der  Busse  zum  Glauben. 
Zum  Lesen  : 

1.  Geschichte  der  Bisch<)flicben  Methodisten  Kirche. — 
Stevens.  (Deutsche  Ausgabe,  I  Band.) 

2.  Die  Evangelische  Mission. — Gundert. 

3.  Das  voile,  gegenwiirtige  Heil. — Jellinghatis.  (I  Tell.) 

§  4.  Deities  Jahb 

1.  Christliche  Glaubenslehre. — Sulzberger.  (II  Haupt- 
teil.) 

2.  Einleitung. — TFe&<r.    (Neues  Testament.) 

3.  Weltgeschichte  in  iibersichtlicher  Darstellung. — 
Weber.  (IV  Buch.) 

4  Kirchengeschichte. — Kurtz.  (Zweiter  Band,  Erster 
Teil.) 

5.  Heilige  Geschichte.— Kurts.  (§§  112-185.) 

6.  Das  Christliche  Heilsleben.— PaM?«s.  (II  Teil.) 

7.  Biblische  Altertiimer.— Ca?ico-  Vcrein.  (§§  115-142.) 

8.  Eine  geschriebene  Predigt  iiber  Wiedergeburt  und 
Heiligung. 

Zum  Lesen : 

1.  Christologische  Betrachtungen. — Tan  Oosterzee. 
(Bearbeitet  von  Nast.) 

2.  Das  biblische  Christentum  und  seine  Gegensiitze. — 
Nast. 

3.  Das  voile,  gegenwartige  Heil. — Jellinghaus.  (II 
Teil.) 

§  5.  ViEKTES  Jahb 

1.  Christliche  Glaubenslehre. — Sulzberger.  (Ill  Haupt- 
teil.) 

2.  Einleitung. — Weber.  ( Wiederholung  des  ganzen 
Buches.) 

501 


^  73       Courses  of  Study — German 


3.  Weltgoscliichte  in  iibersicbtlicher  Darstellung. — 
Wchcr.  (V  Buch.) 

4.  Kirchengeschichte. — Kurtz.  (Zweiter  Band,  Zweiter 
Teil.) 

5.  Biblische  Seelenlehre. — Beck. 

(■«.  Aiiolo-ctische  Vortrage  ueber  die  Grundwahrheiten 
dt's  ( 'hristi  iituins. — Liithardt. 

7.  .Xpuii'stainintliclie  Tlieologie. — Tan  Oosicrzce. 

8.  Eiue  geschiiebene  Abhandlung  iiber  eines  der  Sakra- 
mente  oder  beide. 

Zum  Lesen  : 

1.  Xatui-studiiim  iind  Chiistentum. — Bcttex. 

2.  Der  Glaube  im  Neuen  Testamente. — Schlatter. 

3.  Die  jNIitarbeit  der  Kirche  an  der  Losung  der  sozialen 
Frage. — yatliusius.  Oder:  Christ  and  the  Social  Ques- 
tion.— Peahody. 

4.  Geschichte  der  deutschen  Literatur. — Howard. 


H  73.  Lokalprediger 

§  1.  BeVOLLMAECIITIGUNG  zum  rREDIGEN 

Die  Kandidaten  fiir  Bevollmiichtigung  zum  Predigen 
sollen  eine  Prtifung  bestehen  fiber  ihre  Bibellsenntnis  und 
Beljanntschaft  mit  den  Lehren  und  Gebrauchen  der 
Bischoflichen  Methodisten  Kirche. 

§  2.  Eestes  Jahb 

1.  Heilige  Geschichte. — Kurtz.  (Altes  Testament.) 

2.  Der  grijssere  Katechismus  der  Bischoflichen  Metho- 
disten Kirche. — Nast. 

3.  Die  Kirchenordnung.  (Ausgabe  vom  Jahr  1908.) 
Zum  Lesen  : 

1.  Die  Christliche  Erfahrung  auf  den  verschiedenen 
Stufen  des  Gnadenwerks. — Merrill. 

2.  Wesley  und  seine  Mitarbeiter. — Nasi. 

502 


Courses  of  Stldy — Xorwegia.v-Damsii    •  74 


§  3.  ZWEITES  Jaub 

1.  Heilige  Geschiclite. — Kurtz.  (Neues  Testament.) 

2.  Wesli'vs  Predisten.  (Deutsche  Ausgabe.  I  Band.) 

3.  Die  Kirchengeschichte. — Calicer  rerein. 
Zum  Lesen  : 

1.  Geschichte  Deutschlands :  oder  der  Vereinigten 
Staaten ;  von  irgend  einem  anerkannten  Verfasser. 

§  4.  Deittes  Jahb 

1.  Die  feurige  Zunge. — Arthur. 

2.  Wesleys  Predigten.  (II  Band.) 

3.  Christliche  Vollkommenheit. — JVesley. 

4.  Glaubensartikel  und  Hauptlehren. — Sulzberger. 
Zum  Lesen : 

1.  Das  Christliche  Heilsleben. — Paulus. 

2.  Das  Leben  Jesu. — Weithrecht. 

§  5.  ViEBTES  Jahb 
Wiederholung  des  vorhergehenden  dreijiihrigen  Kursus. 
Zum  Lesen  : 

1.  Geschichte  der  Bischiiflichen  Methodisten  Kirche. — 
Stevens. 

2.  Die  Hauptlehren  des  Methodismus.— Pa«?«s. 

3.  Biblische  Altertiimer. — Cahccr  Terein. 


NORWEGIAN  AND  DANISH  COURSES 


74.  Prxdikanter 

§  1.  Optagelse  paa  Prove 

1.  Grammatik. — Hofgaard. 

2.  Geoirrafi.— /7orH.s  Xr.  1,  eller  Erslevs  Nr.  2. 

3.  Xordens  Historie. — Ericksen. 

4.  Foe<lrelandets  Historie. 

5.  Methodismens  Historie. — Bennett. 

503 


1"  74   Courses  of  Study — Norwegian-Danish 


6.  Sammendrag  af  Theologien. — Binney, 

7.  Skreven  Seivbiografi. 
Til  Lsesning : 

1.  Methodistkirkens  Disciplin. 

§  2.  I  Aaksklasse 

1.  Theolosi.— Wakefield.     (Pag.  1-146.) 

2.  Verdenshistorie. — Schjott.  (Oldtiden.) 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — Schmid.      (Forste  Hovedperiode.) 

4.  Pastoraltheologi. — Nippert. 

5.  Bibelnoglen. — Jcnsen-Fogh. 

6.  Methodistkirkens  Disciplin.    (I-IV  Del.) 

7.  Kristelig  Erfaring. — Merrill. 

8.  Skreven  Prsediken  om  Forsoningen. 

§  3.  II  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theo\oz,\.— Wakefield.     (Pag.  147-404.) 

2.  Homiletik. — Nippert. 

3.  Verdenshistorie. — fichjott.  (Middelalderen.) 

4.  Kirkehistorie. — Schmid.      (Anden  Hovedperiode.) 

5.  Logik. — Jevons. 

6.  Ethik.—M artensen.     (Pag.  1-75.) 

7.  Methodistkirkens  Disciplin.    (V-VII  Del.) 

8.  Skreven  Prsediken  om  Retfsediggjovilsen. 
Til  Lsesning: 

1.  Kristelig  Fuldkommenhed. — Fletcher. 

2.  History  of  Methodism. — Stevens.    (Vol.  I.) 

§  4.  Ill  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theologi.— Wakefield.     (Pag.  405-645.) 

2.  Verdenshistorie. — Schjott.    (Nyere  Tid. ) 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — Schmid.      (Tredie  Hovedperiode.) 

4.  Literaturhistorie.    Broch  og  Seip. 

5.  Sjsele  og  Tanketere. — Fr.  Nielsen.    (Pag.  1-63.) 

6.  Ethik.—M ariensen.    (Pag.  76-300.) 

7.  Proesten  Hjemene  og  i  Kirken. — Spurgeon. 

8.  Skreven  Afhandling  om  Gjenfoldelsens  og  Helligg- 
jovelsens  indbyrdes  Forbindelse. 

504 


CouRSKS  OF  Study — Norwegian-Danisu  1  75 


Til  Lipsuiui; : 

1.  Ildtungen. — Arthur. 

2.  History  of  Methodism. — Stevens.    (Vol.  II.) 

§  ,5.  IV  Aarskl.\sse 

1.  Theologl— Wakefield.    (Pag.  646-7S0.) 

2.  Lectures  on  E'rfaching. — Simpson. 

3.  Sjsele  og  Taenkelicre.— Fn  Nielsen.    (Pag.  G4-96.) 

4.  Ethik.—3Iartensen.    (Pag.  301-500.) 

5.  Den  hellege  Skrifts  Historie.— 0/a/sen. 

6.  Modern  Sunday  School. — Vineent. 

7.  Skreven  Afhandling  om  Inspirationen. 
Til  Laesning : 

1.  Evangelists  Siersgang. — Vssing. 

2.  History  of  Methodism.— Sfci-cns.    (Vol.  III.) 


•J  75.  Lofcaldiakoner,  etc.,  etc. 

§  1.  LOCALPR^DIKANTBEMGUDIGELSE 

1.  Methodistkirkens  Katikismus. 

2.  Bibelhistorie. 

3.  Haandsrsekning  til  en  Lokalpraedikant.— OZsen. 

4.  Methodismen.  Dansk  Forlag. 

5.  Disciplin,  I-III. 

§  2.  I  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theologi. — Binney. 

2.  Disciplin,  IV-V. 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — Fr.  Nielsen.  (Ledetraad  indtil  Re- 
formationen.) 

4.  Disciplinens  Haaudbog. — Merrill. 

§  3.  II  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theologi. — Ralston.    (1-11  Forelsesning.) 

2.  Disciplin.  VI-VII  Del. 

3.  Kirkehistorie. — Fr.  Nielsen.  (I^edetraad  Reforma- 
tionen.) 

505 


^  76       Courses  op  Study — Swedish 


§  4.  Ill  Aaesklasse 

1.  Theo\ogi.~Rahfon.    (11-20  Forela>sning.) 

2.  Bibeluiiglen. — Jenscn-Fogh. 

3.  Venlenshistorie. — Schjott.  (Oldtilden  og  Middelal- 
deren. ) 

§  5.  IV  Aarsklasse 

1.  Theologi.— /^aZs^on.    (12-32  Forelsesning.) 

2.  Verdenshistorie. — Hchjott.    (Xyere  Tid.) 

3.  Sammendrag  af  Theologien. — Biiuiey. 

§  G.  LOKALDEAKONS  OKDINATION 

1.  Kristelig  Erfaring. — Merrill. 

2.  Kirkehistorie. — Fr.  Nielsen.  (Ledetraad.) 

3.  Nordens  Historie. — Ericksen  eller  Oltosen, 

4.  Grammatik. — Hofgneird. 

5.  Methodismens  Historie. — Bennett. 

6.  Lserebog  i  Bibelliistorien. — Vogt. 

7.  Skreven  Pra'diken  om  Daaben. 

§  7.  IX)KAL^LDSTES  ORDINATION 

1.  Proesten  Hjemene  og  i  Kirken.- — Spurgeon. 

2.  Verdensliistorie. — Srhjott. 

3.  Literaturhistorie.    Broch  og  Seip. 

4.  Skreven  Selvbiografi. 

5.  Skreven  Pra>diken  om  Nadveren. 


SWEDISH  COURSES 


H  76.  Rcse-Prcdikanter 

§  1.  Intrade  pa  prof 

1.  Katekesen.    (Storre  upplagan.) — Nasi. 

2.  Kyrkoordning. — M.  E.  Kyrkans  disciplin. 

3.  Metodist-Episkopalkyrkans  trosbekiinnelse. — Sulz- 
Icrger. 

4.  Biblical  Geography  and  History. — Hurlbut. 

506 


Courses  of  Study — Swedish 


5.  LSrobok  i  Viirldshistorien. — Zachrison. 
G.  Svensk  sprakliira. — Su7id^n 
Biicker  till  Liisning : 

1.  Doctrinal  Aspects  of  Christian  Experience. — 
Slcrrin. 

2.  Wesleys  Predikningar.    (Forsta  bandet.) 

§  2.  Forsta  Aret 

1.  Systematic  Theology. — Mile!/.  (Introduction  and 
Parts  I  and  II.) 

2.  Kyrkohistoria. — Tlammcrick.     (Forsta  delen.) 

3.  Kristlig  fullkomlighet. — Fletcher. 

4.  Larobok  i  naturkunnighet. — Berg  och  Linden. 

5.  En  skrifvcn  oration.  Valfritt  amne.  (Vid  denna 
lilgges  siirskild  vikt  vid  den  grammatiska  och  stilistiska 
behandlingen.) 

Bocker  till  Lasning: 

1.  W'esleys  Predikningar.     (Andra  bandet.) 

2.  Evangelii  fiilla  valsignelse. — Foster. 

3.  Bibelkiinnedom. — Euhel.     (Forsta  bandet.) 

§  3.  AXDRA  Aret 

1.  Systematic  Theology. — Miley.    (Parts  III  and  IV.) 

2.  Kyrkohistoria. — Uammerich.     (Andra  delen.) 

3.  Bibeltolkningens  lagar. — Edgrcn. 

4.  Homiletics. — Kidder. 

5.  English  Grammar. — Maxwell. 

6.  Afhandling  ofver  det  kristna  dopet, 
Bocker  till  Liisning : 

1.  Det  Kristna  Dopet. — Fairfield. 

2.  Bibelkannedom. — Kiibcl.     (Andra  bandet.) 

3.  Vittra  Skrifter.— Poh/ms  Wikjicr. 

§  4.  Tredje  Aret 

1.  Systematic  Theology. — Miley.     (Parts  V  and  VI.) 

2.  Christian  Archaeology. — Bennett.  (Revised  by 
Patten.) 

507 


1"  77       Courses  of  Study — Swedish 


3.  Sjaele-och  Tankelaere. — yielsen. 

4.  Nord-Amerikas  Forenta  Stater. — Svedelin  o 
Nystrdm. 

5.  En  tematisk  predikan. 
Bocker  till  Liisning  : 

1.  Lectures  on  Preaching. — Simpson. 

2.  History  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 
Stevens.    (Vols.  I  and  II.) 

3.  Naturens  lagar  och  Andens  viirld.—Drummond. 

§  5.  Fjarde  Abet 

1.  Foundations  of  Christian  Faith. — Rishell. 

2.  Logik. — Sjoberg  och  KUngherg. 

3.  Etik.— Sit nrfeim. 

4.  Svensk  Litteraturhistoria. — Warherg. 

5.  The  Christian  Pastorate. — Kidder. 

6.  Afhandling  cifver  helgelsen. 
Bocker  till  Liisning : 

1.  Bibeln-Dess  betydelse  och  auktoritet. — Farrar. 

2.  Inledning  till  jamforande  Religionsvetenskapen. 
MiiUer.- 

3.  History  of  the  Methodist  Epi.scopal  Church. 
Stevens.    (Vols.  Ill  and  IV.) 


II  77.  Lokalprcdikanter 

§  1.  FORSTA  AeET 

1.  Katekes.    (Storre  upplagan.) — Nasi. 

2.  Paliistina,  det  heliga  landet. — Eriksons  forlag. 

3.  Kyrkoordning.  1908.    (Del.  ML) 

4.  Allman  historia. — Pira. 
Bocker  till  Lasning : 

1.  Wesley  och  bans  samtida. 

2.  Wesleys  Predikningar.  (Forsta  bandet.) 

508 


Courses  of  Study — Swedish 


t  V7 


§  2.  Andra  Aret 

1.  Metodist  Episkopalkyrkans  trosbekiinnelse. — Sulz- 
berger. 

2.  Seder  och  bruk  hos  de  i  bibeln  omtalade  folken. — 
Eriksons  forhig. 

3.  Kyrkohistorien. — Lovgren.     (Gamla  tiden.) 

4.  Kyrkoordning,  1908.     (Del.  III-V.) 
Bocker  till  L.asniug : 

1.  Wesleys  Predikningar.     (Andra  bandet.) 

2.  Bjurstens  lasebok. 

§  3.  Tredje  Aret 

1.  Geografi. — Celander. 

2.  Bibelns  kiinnedom. — Welander. 

3.  Kyrkoordning,  1908.     (Del.  VII-IX.) 

4.  Kyrkohistoria. — Lovgren.  (Medeltiden.) 

5.  Afhandling  om  nya  fodelsen. 
Bocker  till  Liisning  : 

1.  Metodistkyrkans  historia. — Porter. 
^2.  Det  kristna  Dopet. — Fairfield. 

§  4.  Fjarde  Aret 

1.  Larobok  i  bibelkunskap. — Keijser. 

2.  Kyrkohistoria. — Lovgren.    (Nya  tiden.) 

3.  Kristlig  fullkomlighet. — Fletcher. 

4.  Afhandling  om  rattfiirdiggorelsen.  , 
Bocker  till  Liisning : 

1.  Den  heliga  historien. — Kurtz. 

2.  Theological    Compendium.      (Improved.) — Binney. 

§  5.  LOKALDIAKONER 

1.  Ofversikt  af  kursen  for  lokalpredikanter. 

§  6.  LOKALAXDSTE 

1.  Ofversikt  af  de  bibliska  bockerna. — Brodin. 

2.  Theological    Compendium.      (Improved.) — Binney. 

3.  Svensk  spriklara  i  sammandrag. — Sunden. 

4.  Afhandling  om  sakramcnten. 

509 


1"  78       Courses  of  Study — Finnish 


FINNISH  COURSES 

Swedish-speaking  preachei's  are  permittod  to  choose 
correspouding  books  in  Swedish,  according  to  the  direc- 
tion of  the  Board  of  Examination. 


Tf  78.  Traveling  Preachers 

§  1.  Admission  on  Trial 

1.  Larger  Catechism. — yast. 

2.  Introduction  to  the  Bible. — Waaranen. 

3.  Wesley  and  His  Companions. — Waaranen. 

4.  History  of  Finland. — Porsstrom. 

5.  The  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church. 

6.  Geography. — Lagerblad. 

7.  Arithmetic. — Baiisdorff. 

8.  Finnish  Grammar. — Jdnnes. 

9.  Swedish  Grammar. — LagerUad. 

10.  English  Grammar.  Translations  from  English  to 
the  native  tongue. — Brackkc. 

11.  A  Written  Sermon  on  the  Call  to  Preach. 

§  2.  First  Year 

1.  Dogmatics.     (Pai't  I.) — Sulzberger. 

2.  Exegesis  in  the  Synoptic  Gospels  according  to 
Godet.' 

3.  Statistics  in  the  mother  tongue. 

4.  Syntax  of  Finnish  language. — Setala. 

5.  Syntax  of  Swedish  language. — Lagerblad. 

6.  Anthropology. — Sjoberg. 

7.  English  Grammar.  Oral  translations  from  the 
mother  tongue  into  English. — Braekke. 

8.  A  Written  Sermon  on  Conversation. 

To  be  Read:  t  (1)  Wesley's  fifty-three  sermons.  First 
Part.    2.  Foundation  Truths  of  Christianity. — Luthardt. 

1  Examining  Committees  will  make  selections  tor  Exegesis,  and  notify 
those  concerned  early  in  each  Conference  year. 

510 


Courses  of  Study — Finnish        1"  78 


§  3.  Second  Year 

1.  Dogmatics.     (Part  II.) — Sulzberger. 

2.  John's  Gospels  and  Acts.  Exegesis  according  to 
Godet. 

3.  History  of  tlie  Cliurch.  Apostolic  and  Medieval 
Times. — Cornelius. 

4.  General  History. — Pallin. 

5.  Homiletics. — Kidder. 

6.  History  of  Methodism.  (Abridged  edition,  Part  I.) 
— Stevens. 

7.  The  Dissenter  Law. 

8.  A  Written  Sermon  on  the  Witness  of  the  Spirit. 

To  be  Read:  (1)  Wesley's  fifty-three  sermons.  Sec- 
ond Part.  (2)  Apologetical  Lectures. — Luthardt.  (3) 
Church  History.     First  Part. — Hammcricli. 

§  4.  Third  Year 

1.  Dogmatics.     (Part  III.) — Sulzberger. 

2.  Exegesis  in  the  Epistles  of  Saint  Paul,  according  to 
Godet. 

3.  Introduction  to  the  New  Testament  Greek. — Gary. 

4.  The  Christian  Pastorate.— E'irfder. 

5.  History  of  Methodism.    (Abridged,  Part  II.) 

6.  Church  History.     (Modern  times.) — Cornelius. 

7.  A  Written  Sermon  on  Christian  Holiness. 

To  be  Read:  (1)  Church  History.  Second  Part— 
Hammerich.     (2)  Ethics. — Martensen. 

§  5.  Fourth  Year 

1.  Introduction  to  the  Old  Testament. — Godet. 

2.  History  of  Methodist  Missions. 

3.  John's  Gospel,  Greek  Translation. 

4.  Psychology  of  the  Bible. — Beck. 

5.  The  Commonwealth  of  Finland. — Dannholm. 

G.  A  Written  Sermon  on  the  Second  Advent  of  Christ. 

To  be  Read:  (1)  The  Revival  and  the  Pastor. — Peck. 
(2)  Church  History.  Third  Part— Hammerich.  (3) 
The  Religion  of  the  Ancient  Finns. — J.  Krohn. 

511 


T  79        Courses  op  Study — Italiax 


H  79.  Local  Preachers 

§  1.  First  Yeas 

1.  Biblical  History. — Sundval. 

2.  Catechism. — Nasi. 

3.  History  of  Methoclism.    (Chapters  I-XX.) 

4.  Discipline.    (Parts  I-III.) 

§  2.  Second  Year 

1.  Bible  Introduction. — Waaranen  or  Welander. 

2.  History  of  Methodism.    (Chapters  XXI-XXXIV.) 

3.  Short  Grammar. — Jdiincs  or  Lagcrblad. 

4.  Discipline.    (Parts  IV-VI.) 

§  3.  Third  Year 

1.  Theological  Compend. — Binncy. 

2.  Wesley's  Sermons. 

3.  The  Pastor  in  the  Church  and  at  Home. — Spurgeon. 

4.  Discipline.    (Parts  VII-IX.) 

§  4.  Fourth  Y'ear 
Review  of  all  read  and  Church  History. 


ITALIAN  COURSES 


1  80.  Predicatori  Itinerant} 

N.  B.— 1.  La  cultura  generale  che  si  richiede  usualmente  al  canddati 
corrlspondere  a  quella  necessaria  per  ottenere  la  patentedl  Maestro 
Elementare  Superiore  o  rammisslone  aH'Universfta. 

2.  Per  I'intiero  corso  lo  studente  dovrii  presentare  delle  dlchiarazioni 
scrltte  che  affermino  se  egU  abbla  letto  o  no  attentamente  tutti  1  libri 
assegnati— da  leggere— .  e  presenter^  un  riassunto  di  qualche  capitolo  o 
de  Qualc'una  delle  question!  contenute  in  ciascun  libro  che  antecedente- 
mente  gli  esamlnatori  sceglieranno  ed  annuzieranno  a  mezzo  del  verball 
della  Conterenza  od  altrimenti. 

§  1.  L'Ammissione  Sotto  Prova 

1.  Storia  Biblica.— i/«rsf.    (Traduz.  Burt.) 

2.  Storia  d'ltalia.— De  Castro. 

3.  Compendio  di  Teologia. — Binney  e  Steele. 

512 


Courses  of  Study — Italian        T  80 


4.  Catechismo    della    Chiesa    Metodista  Episcopale. 

5.  Disciplina  della  Cbiesa  Metodista  Episcopale,  ultima 
edizione. 

6.  Vita  di  Giovanni  ^Yesley. — LrUci-rc. 

7.  Ragguaglio  scritto  della  conversione  e  chiamata  da 
Dio  al  Ministerio. 

§  2.  Primo  Anno 

1.  Storia  Letteraria  dell'Antico  Testamento,  Libro 
Primo. — Revel. 

2.  II  Compagno  della  Bibbia.— 7?eyeZ. 

3.  Compendio  di  Storia  Ecclesiastica. — Hurst.  (Tra- 
duz.  Burt.) 

4.  Omiletica. — Burt.    (Capitoli  I  e  II.) 

5.  Le  Evidenze  del  Cristianesimo. — Mcllvaine. 

6.  Articoli  di  fede  e  dottrine  principali  della  Chiesa 
Metodista  Episcopale. — HuJzhergcr.    (Traduz.  Polsinelli.) 

7.  Storia  Romaua. — Rinaudo.     (Vol.  II.) 
Da  leggere : 

1.  Sermoni  di  Wesley.    (Traduz.  Ital.) 

2.  Roma  Papale. — De  Sanctis. 

§  3.  Secondo  Anno 

1.  Storia  Letteraria  deH'Antico  Testamento.  Libri 
Il-lV.— Revel. 

2.  Chiesa  Primitiva. — Backhouse  e  Taylor. 

3.  Commentario  sugli  atti  degli  Apostoli. — Luzzi. 

4.  Filosofia  della  Salvazione. — Walker. 

5.  Omiletica.— J3»r«.     (Capitoli  III  e  IV.) 

6.  Storia  del  Medio  Evo. — Rinaudo.    (Vol.  III.) 

7.  Sermone  Scritto. 
Da  leggere : 

1.  La  Lingua  di  Fuoco. — Arthur, 

2.  Vita  di  Savonarola. — Villari. 

§  4.  Terzo  Anno 

1.  Discorsi  Sinottici  del  Nuovo  Testamento. — Fraser, 

2.  Storia  dei  Dommi. — Bonifas.    (Vol.  I.) 

513 


^81        Courses  of  Study — Italian 


3.  I  Testimoni  di  Cristo—Backhoiise  e  Taylor. 

4.  Omiletica. — Vinet. 

5.  Storia  del  Medio  Evo  (seguito). — Rinaudo.  (Vol. 
IV.) 

6.  Sermone  Scritto. 
Da  leggere : 

1.  Miracoli  di  Gesu  Cristo. — Trench. 

2.  I  nostri  Protestanti. — Comha.    (Vol.  I.) 

3.  Sommario  della  Storia  della  Letteratura  Itali- 
ana. — Finsi. 

§  5.  Quarto  Anno 

1.  Manuale  della  Bibbia. — Angus. 

2.  Commentario  dell'  Epistola  ai  Romani. — ^Vhcdon. 

3.  Storia  dei  Dommi. — Bonifas.    (Vol.  II.) 

4.  Chiaro  Ragguaglio  della  Perfezione  Cristiana. — 
Wesley. 

5.  Le  Verita  fondamentali  del  Cristianesimo. — Lu- 
thardt. 

G.  Logica. — Jcvons.    (Manuale  Hoepli.) 

7.  Teologia  Pastorale. — Vinet. 

8.  Storia  dei  Lempi  Moderni. — Rinaudo.    (Vol.  V.) 

9.  Sermone  Scritto. 
Da  leggere : 

1.  Commentario  su  S.  Giovanni. — Godet. 

2.  Vita  di  Martino  Lutero. — Pons. 

3.  I  nostri  Protestanti. — Comha.    (Vol.  II.) 

4.  Sermoni. — Spurgeon,    (Traduz.  Ital.) 


H  81.  Predicatori  Locali 

§  1.  Ottenere  la  Licenza  di  Predicatobe 

I  candidati  alia  Licenza  di  Predicatore  debbono  essere 
esaminati  sulle  materie  comprese  in  una  cultura  comune 
e  sulla    lore  conoscenza  generale  della  Bibbia  e  della 
dotrine  e  pratiche  della  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale. 
514 


CouKSEs  OF  Study — Italian  81 


§  2.  Primo  Anno 

1.  Storia  Scritturale. — Hurst.     (Traduz.  Burt.) 

2.  Storia  del  Metodismo. — Figgott. 

3.  Catechismo  della  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale. 

4.  Disciplina  della  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale. 
(Parte  I  a  VI.) 

5.  Compendio  di  Teologia. — Binney  e  Steele.  (Fino 
a  pagina  88.) 

G.  Conversione  Cristiana. — Jacobs. 
7.  Sermone  Scritto. 
Da  leggere: 

1.  Martino  Lutero. — Bart  Pons. 

2.  11  Carattere. — Smiles. 

§  3.  Secondo  Anno 

1.  Storia  Moderna. — Fcrrero. 

2.  Vita  di  Giovanni  Wesley. — Lelievre. 

3.  Compendio  di  Teologia. — Binney  e  Steele.  (Com- 
pleto. ) 

4.  Lingua  di  Fuoco. — Arthur. 

5.  Storia  Ecclesiastica. — Hurst.     (Traduz.  Burt.) 

6.  Sermone  Scritto. 
Da  leggere : 

1.  Sermoni. — Spurgeon. 

2.  Vita  e  lavore. — Smiles. 

§  4.  Terzo  Anno 

1.  Chiaro  ragguaglio  della  perfezione  Cristiana.-^ 
Wesley. 

2.  Sermoni  di  Wesley. 

3.  Pilosofia  della  Salvazione. — Walker. 

4.  Disciplina  della  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale,  1908. 

5.  Storia  della  Riforma  in  Italia. — Comba. 

6.  Sermone  Scritto. 
Da  leggere : 

1.  Roma  papale. — De  Sanctis. 

2.  11  Peliegrinaggio  del  Cristiano. — Bunyan. 

515 


^  82       CouKSEs  OF  Study — Italian 


§  5.  Quarto  Anno 

1.  Gli  articoli  di  fede  e  dottrine  della  Chiesa  Meto- 
dista  Episcopale. — Sulzberger.  (Traduz.  D.  Polsinelli.) 

2.  Le  verita  fondamentali  del  Cristianesimo. — Lu- 
thardt. 

3.  Coinmentario  suIl'Epistola  ai  Romani. — Whcdon. 

4.  Scrmone  Scritto. 

0.  Kivista  deirintoro  corse. 


If  82.  I  Candidati  Agii  Ordini 

§  5.  L'Oruine  di  Diacono 

I  I'redicatoii  Loaali  die  son  candidati  aH'ordine  di 
Diacono  devono  dare  alia  Conferenza  Annuale  un'esame 
soddisfaceute,  in  rivista  AeW'iniiero  eorso  dei  quattro 
anni  di  utiidi  prescritti  ai  I'redicatori  I.,ocali. 

§  (5.  L'Ordine  di  Anziano 

I  Diaconi  liOcali  die  son  candidati  all'ordine  di  An- 
ziano ili'Mino  dari'  alia  ( 'onfi'renza  Annnale  un'esame 
soddisfar.  iu,.  in  Tcolo^ia  Sisicuiatica  e  sopra  un  breve 
corse  di  .Sluria  Ecclcsiastica. 


t  83.  Gli  Esortatori  c  Capi-Qasse 

§  1.  Gli  Esortatori 

1.  Compendio  Storia  Scritturale. — Hurst.  (Traduz. 
Burt.) 

2.  Compendio  di  Storia  Ecclesiastica. — Hurst.  (Tra- 
duz. Bnr(.) 

3.  Disciplina  della  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale. 

4.  Catecliismo  della  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale. 

5.  II  Carattere  del  Metodista. — Wesley. 

6.  Breve  Storia  d'ltalia. 

516  . 


Courses  of  Studt — Spanish        ^  84 


Da  legiiere : 

1.  Breve  Storia  del  Metodismo. — Piggoit. 

2.  I^a  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale. — Dardi. 

3.  Sila  Salmon. — Vincent. 

4.  Memorie  di  Giovanni  Nelson. 

5.  II  Risveglio. — Vincent. 

§  2.  I  Capi-Cl.-vsse 

1.  Storia  Scrittnralo. — Hurst  (Traduz.  Burt.) 
.  2.  Disciplina     della     Chiesa     Metodista  Epis5copa?e. 
(Parte  I.  II.  IV.  VI.) 

3.  La  Chiesa  Metodista  Episcopale. — Dardi. 

4.  II  Carattere  del  Metodista. — Wesley. 

5.  Conversione  Cristiana. — Jacobs. 
Da  leggere : 

1.  Foglie  della  Foresta. — Vincent. 

2.  Memorie  di  Giovanni  Nelson. 

3.  Sila  Salmon. — Vincent. 

4.  Breve  vita  di  Giovanni  Wesley. 


SPANISH  COURSES 


H  84.  Los  Predicadores  Itinerantes 

§  1.  La  Admision  i  Prueba 

1.  Catecismo  de  la  Iglesia  Metodista  Episcopal. — 
(Rice.) 

2.  Disciplina  de  la  Iglesia  Metodista  Episcopal — 
(Artlculos  de  Religion.  Organization  de  la  Iglesia  local, 
la  Conferencia  Anual,  y  los  deberes  del  Pastor). 

3.  Educacion  elemental : — Gramfttica,  Arithmetica 
Geografia,  etc.,  €  Historia  Patria  Ilistoria  de  las 
Americas. 

4.  Relacion  por  escrito  de  la  conversion  del  candidate 
y  su  vocacion  para  el  Ministerio. 

517 


1"  84        Courses  of  Study — Spanish 


§  2.  Primer  Ano 

1.  Historia  de  la  Iglesia  Cristiana — Primitiva. — 
Obispo  Hurst. 

2.  Historia  de  la  Civilizacion.  Epoca  Antigua. — 
/Set  (/no  60s. 

3.  Evidencias  Cristianas. — Mair. 

4.  Homiletica  :  La  Predicacion — Primeros  11  Capftulos. 
— Obispo  Ncely. 

5.  Vida  de  Cristo. — Stalker. 

6.  Juan  Wesley,  El  Gran  Reformador. — Obispo  Neely.. 

7.  I.ihro  de  Disciplina,  Partes  I,  II,  III. 

8.  Grainatica  Castellana — Analogia. — Par  la  Academia 
Espahola. 

9.  Idioma  Ingles,  Parte  II. — Prcssinger.^ 

10.  Sermon  Escrito. 
Libros  &  leerse : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley — la  mitad  del  primer 
tome. 

2.  El  Hombre  de  Galilea. — Obispo  Haygood. 

3.  Introduccion  a  las  Escrituras. — A.  R.  Miles. 

4.  Los  Evangelios  Explicados. — Ryle. 

5.  Breve  Tratado  per  el  Reformista  Espanol. — Juan 
Perez. 

6.  Conflictos  Espirituales. — Blandry. 

§  3.  Segundo  Axo 

1.  Historia  de  la  Iglesia  Cristiana, .  Parte  II.- — Obispo 
Hurst. 

2.  Historia  de  la  Civilizacion.  Edados  Media  y 
Modorna. — Scignobos. 

3.  Toologfa  Sistematica  :  Compendio  de. — Binney. 

4.  Homiletica  :  La  Predicacion — Ultimos  9  capltulos. — 
Obispo  Neely. 

5.  Vida  de  San  VMo.— Stalker. 

6.  El  Domingo:  el  Verdadero  Sabat. — Gamble  (Hall). 

7.  Libro  de  Di.sciplina,  Partes  IV.  V. 


iWheuever  practicable. 

518 


CouiisEs  OF  Study — Spanish        ^  84 


8.  Gramatica  Castellana — Sintaxis. — La  Acadcmia 
Espanola. 

9.  Idioma  Ingles.    Parte  II. — Prcssingvr.^ 

10.  Sermon  Escrito. 
Libros  &  leerse : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley,  2da  mitad  del  primer 
tomo. 

2.  Estudios  Criticos  sobre  ol  Genesis  y  sobre  Exodo. — 
Pratt. 

3.  Trabajo  Hfibil  para  el  Maestro. — Ohispo  Uendrix. 

4.  Teologfa  Natural. — Palcij. 

5.  El  Papa  y  el  Poder  Civil. 

§  4.  Tercer  Axo 

1.  Historia  de  la  Iglesia  Cristiana,  Parte  III. — 
Obispo  Hurst 

2.  Historia  de  la  Civilizacion — Epoca  Contemporanea. 
— Seignohos. 

3.  Historia  de  la  Reformacion. — Fisher. 

4.  El  Pi-edicador  y  El  Pastor. — Obispo  Xcchj. 

5.  La  Salvacion  Personal. — Tillett. 

6.  Retorica. 

7.  Libro  de  Disciplina,  Partes  VI,  YII. 

8.  Gramfitica  Castellana — Prosodia. — La  Acadernia 
Espai'iola. 

9.  Idioma  Ingles,  Parte  III. — Pressingcr.^ 

10.  Serm6n  Escrito. 
Libros  S  leerse : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley,  la  mitad  del  segundo 
tomo. 

2.  Evidencias  del  Cristianismo. —  Palcy. 

3.  Elementos  de  Literatura. — CoU  y  Vehi. 

§  5.  CUAETO  Ano 

1.  Historia  de  la  Iglesia  Moderna. — Obispo  Hurst. 

2.  La  Religion  y  las  Cieneias  Naturales. — Bettcx. 

3.  EI  Bantismo  Bi'blico. 


'Whenever  practicable. 
519 


1"  85        Courses  of  Study — Spanish 


4.  Logica  de  Juan  Stuart  Mill,  traducida  por  Ezequicl 
A.  Chavez. 

5.  I'sicologla. — Compayre. 

G.  Libro  de  Discipliua — El  libro  entero. 

7.  Gramfitica  Castellana — Oitograffa. — La  Academia 
Espaiiola. 

8.  Literatura  Inglesa— Biblia  Inglesa.' 

0.  Sermon  Eserito. 
Libros  ii  leerse : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley,  2da  mitad  del  segundo 
tomo. 

2.  Christus  Auctor. — Obispo  Candler. 

3.  Retorica  y  Poetica. — Narciso  Campillo. 


K  85.  Los  Prcdicadores  Locales 

§  1.  Los  Candidatos  a  Licencia  de  Predicadob  Local 

1.  La  Biblia  y  sus  Doctrinas  :  Conocimientos  Generales. 

2.  EI  Catecismo.—  ( /?(cc.) 

3.  El  Libro  de  Disciplina :  Los  Artfculos  de  Fe  y 
Reglamento  General. 

§  2.  Primer  Axo 

1.  Compendio  de  Teologla.    Parte  Primera. — Binney. 

2.  La  Predicacion.  Primeros  II  Capltulos. — Obispo 
Neehj. 

3.  Juan  Wesley,  El  Gran  Reformador. — Olispo  'Neely. 
Libros  a  leerse: 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley,  la  mitad  del  primer  tomo. 

2.  Lueile  6  la  Lectura  de  la  Biblia. — Adolfo  Monod. 

§  3.  Segundo  Ano 

1.  Compendio  de  Teologta.    Parte  Segunda. — Binney. 

2.  La  Predicacion,  (iltimos  9  capltulos. — Obispo  Neely. 
.3.  Sermon  Eserito. 


■Whenever  practicable. 
520 


CouESEs  OP  Study — Bulgarian     «[  86 


Libros  &  leerse : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley,  2da  mitad  de  la  primer 
tomo. 

2.  EI  Catolici-smo  Primitivo. 

§  4.  Terceb  ASo 

1.  Compendio  de  Teologfa.    Parte  Tercera. — Binncy. 

2.  El  Libro  de  Disciplina  de  la  Iglesia  Metodista 
Episcopal. 

3.  Ea  Salvacion  Personal.— Ti/Ze^. 

4.  Sermon  Escrito. 
Libros  fi 'leerse : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley,  la  mitad  del  segundo 
tomo. 

2.  Xoches  con  los  Romanistas. 

§  5.  CCARTO  A5'0 

1.  Compendio  de  Teologfa.   Parte  Cuarta. — Binney. 

2.  Historia  de  la  Iglesia  Cristiana. — Hurst. 

3.  Historia  de  la  Reformacion. — Fisher. 

4.  Sermon  Escrito. 
Libros  fi  leerse : 

1.  Sermones  de  Juan  Wesley,  2a  mitad  del  segundo 
tomo. 

2.  Cristus  Auctor. — Obispo  Candler. 


^  86.  BULGARIAN  COURSES 

§  1.  Reception  on  Trial 

1.  Discipline  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  (in 
Bulgarian ) . 

2.  Life  of  Wesley.— Lc/i"crre.    (First  half  of  book.) 

3.  Ancient  History. — Drrmanchcff. 

4.  Bulgarian  Syntax. — Misheff  and  Kostoff. 

5.  Catechism  No.  3.    (Bulgarian  translation.) 

521 


^  86     Courses  of  Study — Bulgarian 


§  2.  First  Yeab 

1.  Apologetics.— Z,«f7ior(/<.    (Part  I,  Bulg.  transl.) 

2.  Life  of  Wesley.— Lclievre.    (Last  half  of  book.) 

3.  Historj'  of  tlie  Middle  Ages. — Dcrmancheff. 

4.  Binney's  Compend  (in  Bulgarian).  (First  half  of 
book. ) 

5.  English  Grammar  (as  far  as  Syntax). — Harvc!/. 

6.  A  Written  Sermon  on  the  Fall  of  Man  or  the 
Atonement. 

To  be  Read : 

Some  English  work  on  Theology,  to  be  decided  on  by 
the  Board  of  Bishops.    (Introduction  and  Book  I.) 

§  3.  Second  Tear 

1.  Apologetics.— L»f/Kn(?f.    (Tart  II.) 

2.  Modern  History. — I>crmanch<  ff. 

3.  Binney's  Compend.     (Last  linlf  of  book.) 

4.  Rhetoric. — Momchiloff.  (With  exercises  from  the 
Bulg.  Chrestomathy.) 

5.  English  Grammar,  Syntax. — Harvey. 

6.  A  Written  Sfermon  on  Justification  by  Faith. 
To  be  Read : 

Theology,  Books  II  and  IIL 

§  4.  Third  Year 

1.  Psychology. — Hopkins.    (Bulg.  translation.) 

2.  Christian  Baptism. — Merrill.    (Bulg.  translation.) 

3.  Ethics. — Janet.    (Bulg.  translation.) 

4.  Church  History.— Smirnof.  (As  far  as  the 
Reformation.) 

5.  Logic. — Jevons.    (First  half  of  book.) 

6.  A  Written  Sermon  on  Regeneration  or  Sanctifi- 
cation. 

To  be  Read : 

Theology,  Books  IV  and  V. 

522 


Courses  of  Study 


§  5.  Fourth  Ykar 

1.  Logic. — Jcvons.    (Last  lialf  of  book.) 

2.  Churcli  History. — Smirnoff.  (From  the  Reforma- 
tion to  the  Present  Time.) 

3.  Ilomiletics. — Kidder.     (In  Enslish.) 

4.  Pastoral  Theology.— A  i-Wrr.    (In  EiiL;lish.) 

5.  A  translation  from  Enylisli  into  P>ulKaiian. 
To  be  Read  : 

1.  Soul  and  Urain  (translated  from  the  Russian). — 
Tchdpanoff. 

2.  Tongue  of  Fire. — Arthur. 


•[  87.  OTHER  COURSES 

For  prescribed  Courses  in  Ojibway,  and  in  the  Lan- 
guages of  Africa,  India,  Malaysia,  Cliina,  .lapan,  and 
Korea,  see  the  Yearboolss  of  Conferences  and  Missions. 


523 


INDEX 


[Numbers  refer  to  pages.] 


Abstine.vce,  469 
Addresses.  P.  O. 

Bishops,  427.  428 

Editors,  429 

General  Conference  Secretary, 

428 

Missionary  Bishops,  428 

Publishing  Agents,  428,  429 

Secretaries,  430 

Treasurers,  430,  431 
Administrative  Boards.  431H140 
Admission.    See  Reception 
Advices,  55 
Agents 

Appointments,  139 

Publishing,  139.  233,  428,  429 
Amendment,   Constitdtion,  44, 
456 

American  Bible  .Society 

Appointment,  139 

Collection.  76 

General  Conference.  478 
Amcsements.  34,  56 
Anniversaries.    See  Boards 
Anndal  Conferences 

Absentees,  463 

Annuity  Funds.  205-209 

Appeals,  185.  190 

Attendance.  65 

Benevolences,  70 

Bishops,  65,  66,  138 

Book  Concern,  72 

Boundaries.  309-337 

Business,  66-69 

Church  Location,  69 

City  Evangelization.  267 

Classes,  67,  68 

Conference  Claimants.  68,  204, 

207,  284.  285 
Conference  Stewards,  206 
Constituted,  37 
Continuous,  465 
Conveyances,  215-217 

525 


NNUAL  Conferences  (cont'd) 
Deaconesses,  153,  155,  157 
Deacons,  67,  69,  122 
Delegates,  38 
Delinquent  Reports,  71 
Deportment,  108 
District  Superintendents,  70 
Education,  269.  273 
Elders,  67-69,  123 
Examination,  116 
Expulsion.  68 
Foreign  Missions,  240 
Freedmen's  Aid.  75 
General    Conference  Districts, 
65,  441 

Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension. 254-256.  258 
Incorporation,  65,  66 
Journal,  66 

Judicial  Conference,  68,  184 
List,  309 

Local  Preachers,  67,  68,  287 

Location,  68,  120 

Member,  73,  309 

Membership.  65,  116-120 

Methodist  Brotherhood.  304 

Missionary  Bishops,  137 

Ordination,  69 

Organization,  65,  66 

Papers.  230 

Parsonages.  217 

Pastors.  70-76,  130 

Place.  66 

Powers,  69 

President.  66,  138 

Reception 

Full  Membership,  67,  116 
On  Trial,  67,  114 
Other  Churches,  67.  118 

Recognition  of  Orders,  119 

Recommendations,  86.  95 

Record,  66 

Restoration  of  Credentials,  68, 
Sale  of  Churches,  215-217 


Index 


Anntiai,  Conferences  (cont'd) 
Secretary.   66,    186,    189,  192, 
194 

Special  Fund,  200-205 
Statistician.  70-73 
Statistics.  70,  72-76 
Superannuated    Preacher,  68, 
132 

Supernumerar.v  Preacher,  68,133 

Suspension,  69,  170 

Temperance.  297 

Termination  of  Membership,  120 

Time,  65 

Transfer,  137 

Treasurer.  70.  284 

Trial,  169-176 

Triers  of  Appeals,  68,  184 

Vouchers,  70 

Withdrawal,  68.  121 

W.  F.  M.  S..  246 

W.  H.  M.  S.,  262 
Annuity  Funds,  204-210,  282 
Anti-Saloon  League,  471 
Apostles'  Creed,  59,  351,  356 
Appeal 

Annual  Conference,  184,  190 

Bishop,  186 

Challenge,  185,  191 

Conference  Claimant,  188 

Constructions  of  Law,  185,  188, 
192 

Court  of  Appeals,  190 
Credentials  Surrendered,  189 
Of  Deceased.  462 
District    Superintendent,  190- 
194 

Evidence,  191 
Forfeited,  462 

General  Conference,  185-188 
Local  Preacher,  190 
Notice,  186.  191 
Outside  United  States,  187 
Preacher,  186-188 
Presiding  Officer,  186,  190 
Procedure,  184-194 
Quarterly  Conference.  190 
Record,  185-187 
Remanded  for  Trial,  187 
Restoration  of  Credentials.  189 
Right,  186,  190 

Triers  of  Appeals:  Members, 
91,  190 
Preachers,  186 
Appendix,  425 
Appointment 
Bv  Bi.shops.  138 
Changed.  133 
Conference  Claimants.  140 


Appointment  (continued) 

District  Superintendents,  133, 
138 

.  Negotiations,  467 

Refusal.  173 

Requested,  140 

Special,  139 

Without.  140,  141 
Apportionments.  See  also  Boards 

Benevolences.  93,  94,  134,  473 

Bishops,  92.  201 

Conference  Claimants,  92.  206 

District  Superintendents.  92,202 

General  Conference,  127 

Pastors,  92.  203 
Arbitratio.n,  182 
Army  and  Navy,  123,  124,  139 
Articles  of  Religion,  23 
AsBURY,  Francis,  17 
Attendance  on  Means  of  Grace. 
35 

AUDITINO  AND  BONDINQ,  96,  295 


Baptism 

Articles  of  Religion,  28,  29 

Baptized  Children,  126 

Charge  not  Allowed,  349 

Choice  of  Mode,  349 

Deacon.  122 

Elder,  123 

Infant.  349 

Local  Preacher,  150 

Older  Persons,  354 

Pastor.  128 

Register.  128 

Ritual,  349-357 

Superannuated  Preacher.  132 

Supernumerary  Preacher.  131 
Benevolent  Collections.  See 

Collections 
Benevolent  Institutions,  223- 

Bequests,  205,  209,  210,  283,  294 
Bible,  24,  25 
Bishops 
Address.  3 

Addresses,  P.  O.,  427,  428 
Administration,  168,  467 
Amenability,  167 
Annual  Conferences,  65,  66.  138 
Appeal,  186 

Appointments  by,  138-141 
Book  Concern,  139 
Ceasing  to  Travel,  143 
Central  Mission  Conferences,  78, 
79 


IXDEX 


Bishops  (continued) 

City  Evangelization,  263 
Conference  Claimants.  281 
Consecration,  138 
Consolidated  Churches,  466 
Constituted,  138 
Courses  of  Study,  141 
Deaconesses.  152 
Deacons,  141 

District  Conferences,  79.  141 
District  Superintendents,  13S 
Districts,  138 
Duties,  138-141 
Editors,  139 
Education.  268,  270 
Elders,  141 

Episcopal  Fund.  134.  200.  201 
Epworth  League,  299 
Foreign  Missions,  234,  236,  239 
Freedmen's  Aid,  287.  288 
General  Committees.  234 
General  Conference.  41.  443 
General  Superintendents,  141 
Heresy  Charges,  142 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension. 247,  249 
Judicial  Conferences.  185 
Law,  Decisions  of,  141.  185 
Mission  Conferences,  80 
Mission   Superintendents,  239, 
256 

Missionary  Bishops,  136.  428 
Names,  427 

Officials'   Relations  Approved, 
140 

Ordinations,  141 

Oversee  General  Interests,  141 

Pastors,  138 

Powers,  141 

President  of  Conference 

Annual.  66.  138,  141 

Central  Mission,  78 

District,  82 

General.  41,  443 

Mission.  80 
Pro  Rata  Support.  201 
Quarterly  Conference.  92 
Salary,  200 
Sunday  Schools.  274 
Superannuated.  143,  200 
Support.  200.  201 
Temperance,  296 
Theological  Schools.  142 
Transfers.  463 
Travel  at  Large.  141 
Traveling  Expenses.  201 
Trial,  167 
Unite  Charges,  142 


Bishops  (continued) 
Vacancy,  143 
Visitations.  467 

Boards 

Addresses,  P.  O..  430-440 
Book  Committee.  226,  431 
Book  Concern,  223 
Chartered  Fund,  291,  439 
Church  Extension.     See  Homb 

Missions 
Church  Location.  69 
Citv  Evangelization.  262 
Conference  Claimants.  281,  430 
Corresponding  Secretaries,  430 
Deaconesses,  152.  439 
Education.  267.  435 
Epworth  League.  298,  437 
Foreign  Missions.  233,  433 
Freedmen's  Aid.  286.  437 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension. 247,  434 
Methodist    Brotherhood,  302, 

Sunday  Schools,  274,  436 
Superannuated  Bishops.  143 
Temperance  Society,  295,  439 
Trustees   M.   E.   Church,  292, 
439 

University  Senate,  271.  435 
W.  F.  M.  S.,  245 
W.  H.  M  S.,  262 
Book  Committee.  226 
Agents.  227,  229 
Annual  Meeting.  230 
Book  Editor.  227 
Cincinnati.  227.  229,  431 
Depositories.  227,  231,  429 
Duties,  226-230 
Election,  226 
Episcopal  Fund,  200 
General   Conference  Expenses, 

228 
Names,  431 

New  York,  226,  229,  431 
Pittsburg,  231 
Sale  of  Property.  228 
San  Francisco,  231 
Vacancies,  227 
Book  Concern,  223-232 
Agents.  223,  428,  429 

Accounts,  224,  225 

Appointment.  139 

Book  Editor,  224 

Cincinnati,  223,  224,  429 

Cooperation,  224 

Depositories.  227,  231,  429 

Di\-idends.  224.  226 

Duties,  223,  225 


527 


Index 


Book  Concern  (continued) 
Agents — 

Election,  223 

Heresy.  226 

Names.  428.  429 

New  York,  223.  224.  429 

Publishing  Committees,  231 

Real  Estate  Sale,  228 

Reports,  224 

Statistical  Blanks.  70-76 

Stock  Taking.  225 
Annual  Conferences.  225 
Book  Committee,  226 
California  Christian  Advocate, 

231 

Cincinnati,  227,  229 
Debts.  210 

Depositories.  227,  231 

District  Superintendents,  232 

Dividends,  224 

Editors.  230 

Heresy.  226 

New  York.  223,  224 

Pastors.  225 

Pittsburg  Christian  Advocate. 
231 

Profits,  43.  226 

Publishing    Houses,  223-226. 
428.  429 

Statistical  Blanks,  72 

Tracts.  225.  232 

Unification.  223 
Books.  See  Book  Concern,  Peri- 
odicals. Tracts 
boondaries 

Annual  Conferences,  309 

Bishops.  307 

Central  Mission  Conferences,  79 

Committee,  342 

Determining,  307 

Enabling  Acts.  342 

Mission   Conferences  and  Mis- 
sions. 338 
Brotherhood,  Methodist,  302 
Bulgarian  Studies,  521 
Burial  op  Dead.  376 
busine.ss 

Arbitration,  182 

Failure,  172,  179,  183 

C 

California  Christian  Advo- 
cate, 231.  429 

Call  to  Preach,  101 

Candidates,  Ministerial,  114, 
115 

Catechism,  49,  126,  351 


Central   Christian  Advocate 
230.  429 

Central  Mission  Conferences, 

79-81 
Certificates 

Deaconess.  157,  160 

Examination,  489 

General  Conference.  40 

Ixjcation,  120 

Membership.  50 

Recognition  of  Orders.  119 

Restoration  of  Credentials,  189 
Challenge 

Bishop,  167 

Local  Preacher.  178 

Member,  180 

Preacher,  185 
Chaplains,  123.  124,  139 
Charges.  See  Pastoral  Charges. 
Trial 

Chartered  Fund,  291,  439 
Chicago 

Conference  Claimants.  282.  430 

Depository.  231,  429 

Epworth    Herald,    230,  300. 
429 

Epworth  League,  301,  430 

Northwestern  Christian  Advo- 
cate. 230.  429 

Sunday  Schools.  274,  430 

Temperance  Society,  296 
Children 

Baptism,  48,  349 

Classes,  49,  94,  126.  134 
Children's  Day  Fund.  273 
Christian  Advocate,  230.  429 
Christliche  Apologete,  230,  429 
"Christmas  Conference."  17 
Church  The  45 
Church  Extension.     See  Home 

Missions,  250-253,  261 
Church  Location  Board,  69 
Church  Property 

Building,  213.  214 

Church  Extension,  261 

Consolidation.  466 

Conveyances.  Deeds,  212,  213 

Debts,  214.  215 

Dedication,  418 

District  Superintendents,  215 

Mortgages.  215 

Parsonages,  217 

Pastors  215 

Sale.  214-217 

Trustees.  210.  211 
Church  Records.    See  Records 
Church    Temperance  Society. 
See  Temperance 


Index 


Cincinnati 

Book  Concern,  223,  429 
Christliche  Apologete,  230,  429 
Freedmen's  Aid,  288,  430 
Haus  und  Herd,  230.  429 
Local  Committee,  227,  229,  431 
Western    Christian  Advocate, 
230,  429 

City  Evangelization 
Annual  Conferences,  267 
Bishops,  263 
Bureau  of  Cities,  253 
Classes  of  Cities,  265 
District  Superintendents,  266 
General  Conference,  264 
Home  Mission  Board,  248,  253. 
267 

Local  Boards,  264 
Managers,  263 
National  Union,  262,  263 
Pastors,  266 
Classes 

District  Conferences,  82,  85 
Leaders,  54,  87 
Meetings,  53 

Quarterly  Conferences,  87 
Keports,  53 

Studies  for  Leaders,  54,  497, 
516 

Women,  464 
Coke,  Dr  Thomas,  17 
Collections 

American  Bible  Society,  94 

Annual  Conferences,  68 

Bishops.  201 

Children's  Day,  269,  272,  273 
Conference  Claimants,  94,  200, 
206 

District  Conferences,  83 
District  Superintendents,  134 
Education.  95,  269,  272.  273 
Epworth  League,  94.  300 
Foreign  Missions.  93,  241,  237 
Freedmen's  Aid.  94 
General    Conference  Expenses, 
228 

Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension. 94,  253,  258 
•    Pastors.  130 

Quarterly  Conferences,  89,  92- 
94 

Sunday  School  Missionary,  244, 
260 

Sunday  Schools.  93 
Temperance.  297 
Tracts.  237.  2.53 
W  F  M.  S..  94.  246 
W.  H.  M.  S.,  94,  262 

529 


Colleges 

Appointments,  139,  140 
Board  of  Education,  267,  430 
Dav  of  Praver,  473 
Multiplication  of,  270 
University  Senate,  271 
Colored  Churches,  474,  475 
co.m  missions 

Colored  Churches,  440,  474 
Ecumenical    Conferences,  440, 
477 

Evangelism,  440 
Federation,  440.  474 
Judicial  Procedure.  440 
Ministerial  Support,  473 
Committees 

Benevolences.    See  Boards 
Book  Committee,  226,  431 
Boundaries.  307 
District  Conferences,  84 
General  Committee,  234,  432 
Quarterly  Conference,  89 
Standing.  450,  455 
Communion.    See  Lord's  Supper 
Complaints.  461.    See  Trial 
Conferences.  See  Annual,  Cen- 
tral,   District,  Ecumeni- 
cal, Lay  Electoral,  Gen- 
eral,    Judicial,  Mission, 
Quarterly. 
Conference  Claimants 
Allowances,  209 
Anniversary,  205,  206 
Annual   Conference,   205,  284, 
285 

Annual  Meeting,  282 
Annuity  Funds,  205,  208 
Apportionments,  206 
Bishops.  281 

Board.  281-285,  430,  436 
Book  Concern,  208 
Chartered  Fund,  208,  291 
Children's  Claim,  209 
Claim.  204 
Collections,  200.  206 
Conference  Stewards,  206-208 
Connectional   Fund,  205,  282- 
284 

Corresponding  Secretary,  282, 

430,  436 
Debt,  210 
Definition.  204 
District  Conference.  205 
District  Stewards.  202 
District    Superintendent,  134, 
205 

Estimate.  203 
Former  Members,  208 


Index 


Conference  Claimants  (.cont'd) 
Funds.  204,  205,  207 
Inherent  Claim.  204 
Joint  Session,  205 
Lay  Conference,  205 
Missionaries.  239 
Office.  Chicago.  281,  430 
Pastors.  129.  205 
Porcentages.  206.  283,  285 
Permanent  Fund,  205,  209,  281 
Pro  Rata  Claim,  93.  208 
Quarterly  Conferences.  205 
Special  Fund.  205.  209.  210 
Standing  Committee.  451 
Stewards.  200 

Superannuated  Preacher,  132, 

188  204 
Support,  200 

Treasurer,  207,  284.  285,  431 
Veterans'  Sunday,  206 
Widow's  Claim,  208.  209 
Conference     Relations.  115, 
117 

Conference  Stewards.  206-208 
Connectional  Fund.     See  Con- 
ference Claimants 
Consecration 

Bishops.  138.  383 

Deaconesses.  157,  407 

Not  Ordination,  383 
Consolidation  of  Churches,  142 
Constitution 

Amendments,  44,  456 

Articles,  23-44 

Missionary  Society,  484 

Sunday  School,  482 
Constructions  of  Law 

Bishops,  141,  185 

District   Superintendents,  135, 
193 

General  Conference,  461 
Conveyances.    See  Trustees 
Corner  Stone.  413 
CoRRESPONDiNa  Secretaries 

Appointment.  139 

Election.    See  Boards 

List,  430.  433-438 

Vacancies.    See  Boards 
Counsel.    See  Trial 
Courses  of  Study 

Asiatic.  523 

Bishops.  141 

Bulgarian,  521 

Class  Leaders.  54.  497.  516 

Deaconesses.  497 

Deacons.  496.  509,  506,  516 

Elders,  496.  506,  509.  516 

English,  492 


Courses  of  Studt  (c<yniinited) 

Examination 

Annual  Conferences.  116 
Certificates  accepted,  489 
Deaconesses,  157 
District  Conferences  84 

■    Local  Preachers,  147 
Methods,  490 
Precedes  Election,  464 
Quarterly  Conferences,  147 
Theological  Schools,  489 

Finnish,  519 

German,  499 

Italian.  512 

Local  Preachers.  494.  495,  502, 
505,  508.  512,  514,  520 

Norwegian  and  Danish.  503 

Ojibway.  523 

Spanish.  517 

Swedish,  506 
Court  of   Appeals.     See  also 
Trial,  Members 

Appeal.  192 

Challenge.  191 

District  Superintendent.  191 

Proceedings,  191.  192 

Questions  of  Law,  191 

Recording  Steward,  193 

Triers.  191 
Credentials 

General  Conference.  40 

Other  Churches,  118-120 

Restoration,  189 

Surrender,  189 

Taken  Away,  176 

Withdrawal,  176 
Creed 

Apostles,  59,  351.  356 

.Articles  of  Religion.  23 
Custodians  of  Deeds,  96 


Dancino,  181 
Deacons 

Constituted,  122 
Eligibility 

Chaplains,  123 
Local,  122 

Missionary  Rule.  123 

On  Trial,  122 

Seminary  Rule,  122 
Examination.  496 
India,  124.  424 
Ritual,  402 
Deaconesses 

Annual  Conferences,  153,  1-55, 

156,  158 


Index 


Board,  152.  439 
Charter.  Deeds,  etc..  162 
Consecration,  157.  407 
Duties,  152 
Examination,  157,  497 
Foreign  Fields,  153.  163 
Garb.  154.  157 
German,  155 
Institutions,  158.  162 
Licenses.  156,  157,  158 
Missionary  Bishops  153 
Object.  151 
Property,  155.  162 
Qualifications,  151.  156.  157 
Quarterly  Conferences,  87.  91t 
160 

Regulations.  156-160 
Relief  Fund,  161 
Retired,  158.  160 
Studies,  497 
Support.  154 
Transfer.  159 
W.  F.  M.  S..  162 
W.  H.  M.  S..  162 
Debts 

Arbitration,  182 
Book  Concern,  226 
Dedication.  418 
Deeds.    See  Trustees 
Delegates 
Expenses,  228 
Fraternal.  228 
General  Conference 
Challenge.  42 
Credentials.  40 
Lay,  38 
Ministerial,  38 
Reserves.  38,  40 
To  Lay  Conference.  39,  76,  77 
Denominational   Funds.  .See 
Chartered  Fund.  Connec- 
TIONAL  Fund 
Deposed  Minlsters.  176 
Depositories.      See  Book  Con- 
cern 

Discipline,  Book  of,  1  135.  141. 
448 

Disobedience,  172,  182 

Disputes 

Dissension 

Bishop,  168 

Local  Preacher,  179 

Member,  182 

Preacher.  172 

Teacher.  173 


Districts 

Annual  Conference,  138 

General  Conference,  65,  441 
District  Conferences 

Benevolences.  83 

Bishops.  82.  141 

Business,  83,  84 

Church  Extension,  83 

Class  Leaders,  82,  85 

Committees,  84 

Conference  Claimants,  205 

Constituted.  82 

Discontinued.  86 

District  Stewards,  82,  84.  85 

District  Superintendents,  82,  84. 
133 

Epvvorth  Leagues,  82,  83.  85 
Examinations.  84 
Exhorters,  82,  83,  85,  86 
Ladies'  Aid,  82.  83,  85 
Local  Preachers,  82,  83,  85,  114, 

147,  177 
Meetings,  82 

Methodist  Brotherhood,  82.  83, 


Pastors,  85 
President,  82 

Recommendations.  114,  118 
Records,  83 
Reports,  84 

Sunday  Schools,  82,  83.  85 

Temperance,  297 

Trial  of  Local  Preacher.  177 
District  Stewards,  197.  198 
District  Superintendents 

Annual  Conference,  70 

Appointment,  133 

Benevolences,  134 

Bishop.  135 

Book  Concern,  232 


Children,  134 
Church  Location,  69 
City  Evangelization,  266 
Conference  Claimant.s,  134.  205 
Court  of  Appeals,  190-194 
District  Conferences.  82.  133 
District  Stewards,  202 
Duties,  133-135 
Education.  134,  278 
Episcopal  Fund,  134 
Epworth  League,  134,  301 
Evangelists.  130 
Exhorters,  151 
Foreign  Missions.  134.  242 
Freedmen's  Aid.  134 


Index 


DisT.  Superintendents  (cont'd) 
General  Committee,  135 
General  Conference.  134 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, 134,  259 
Insurance,  134 
Ladies'  Aid.  134.  218 
Law  Decisions,  135,  193 
Licenses,  133 
Local  Preachers,  133 
Methodist  Brotherhood,  134 
Mission  Confeiences,  80 
Names,  6,  427.  428 
Parsonages  217 
Pastors,  133 
Preacher  on  Trial,  135 
Property,  133 
Quarterly  Conferences,  133 
Quarterly  Meetings,  133 
Reports,  135 

Sale  of  Church  Property,  215 
Schools  and  Colleges,  134.  135 
Sunday  Schools  134.  278 
Superintendent  of  Mission,  80 
Supplies.  135 
Support,  202 
Temperance.  134 
Tracts,  232 
Trials 

Bishop.  167 

Court  of  Appeals.  190-194 

District  Superintendent,  170 

Local  Preacher.  178.  179 

Member.  183 

Preacher  on  Trial.  177 

Record.  190.  193 

Traveling  Preacher,  169-176 
Dividends 

Book  Concern,  43,  226 
Chartered  Fund,  208 
Connectional  Fund.  210 
Divorce,  66 

Doctrines.     See    Articles  of 

Religion 
Dress 

Advice,  53 

Deaconesses,  154,  157 


Ecumenical  Conference, 
477 

Editors 

Appointment,  139,  140 
Book  Committee,  227 
Book  Editor,  230,  430 
Election,  230 


Editors  (.continued) 
German,  230.  276 
Names,  429 
Salaries,  227 
Sunday  School,  276 
Suspension.  229 
Tract.  224 
Unofficial.  230 
Education 

Annual  Conference,  270 
Appointments,  139 
Bishops.  268  271 
Board,  267-273,  430.  435 
Children's  Day,  269  273 
Classification  270 
Collections.  273 

Corresponding   Secretary,  268, 

430.  435 
District    Superintendent,  134, 

135  272 
Incorporation,  267 
Institutions.  270 
Members,  268 
Ministers,  489,  490 
Pastors,  127.  273 
Powers.  268 

Quarterly  Conferences,  272 
Reports,  272 

Theological  Schools,  270,  489 
Treasurer,  430,  435 
University  Senate.  271,  435 
Vacancies,  268 
Elders 

Constituted,  123 
Eligifcility 

Chaplains.  124 
Local,  124 

Missionary  Rule,  124 
On  Trial,  124 
Seminary  Rule,  124 
Examination.  496,  509,  506,  516 
India.  124,  424 
Ordination,  123 
Ritual.  392 
Elections 

Annual  Conference,  38 
Lay  Electoral  Conference,  39,  77 
Orders,  67.  68 
Enabling  Acts  342 
Episcopacy,  16,  43.   See  Bishops 
Episcopal  Fund.    See  Bishops 
440,   Epworth  Herald,  230,  299.  429 
Epworth  League 
Board  of  Control.  299 
Collection  for  Expenses,  76,  300 
Colored    Assistant  Secretary, 

300.  437 
Constitution,  298 

532 


Index 


Epwortk  League  (continued) 
District  Conferences,  83 
District  Superintendents,  134, 
301 

Foreign  Missions,  243 

German  Assistant  Secretary,  300 

Missions.  243 

Object,  298 

Officers.  299 

Organization.  299 

Pastors.  126,  301 

President,  301 

Quarterly    Conference.  87-90, 
299.  301 

Reports.  85.  SS.  92 

Secretary.  300.  4.30.  437 
Evangelical  Association,  474 
evangeusm,  440 
Evangelists 

Appointment,  140 

Employment,  130 

Trial.  170 
Evidence.    See  Trial 
Examination.    See  also  Cocbses 
OF  Study 

Deaconesses.  157 

E.Khorters.  95 

Local  Preachers.  84,  147 

Methods.  4S9,  490 

On  Trial.  116 
Exhorters 

Amenability,  88,  151 

Constituted.  150 

District  Superintendents,  82,  83, 
85,  86 

Duties,  150 

License,  95,  150 

Report,  85 
Expulsion 

Local  Deacon  or  Elder,  178 

Member,  180-184 

Preacher,  176 


Family  Pr.\yer.  36.  104 
Fasting  or  Abstinence,  36 
Federation 

Colored  M.  E.  Churches,  440,  474 

Commission.  474 

Council.  475 

Evangelical  A.s.«ociation.  474 
M.  E.  Church.  South.  440 
Methodist  Protestant,  476 
United  Brethren.  474 

Financial  Plan  93 

Finnish  Courses,  509 


Foreign  Missions.  Board 
Administration,  239 
Annual  Conference.  240 
Bishops,  234,  23&-238 
Constitution,  233 
Corresponding  Secretaries,  234, 

237,  430,  433 
District  Boards.  241 
District  Secretaries.  242 
District   Superintendents,  134, 

241-243 
Emergency  Fund,  235 
Epworth  League,  240 
General   Committee,   234,  235, 

432 

General  Conference,  234,  236 
Incorporation,  233 
Life  Members.  234 
Managers.  236,  433 
Meeting  of  Mission,  239 
Missionary  Bishops,  168 
Missionary    Prayer  Meetings, 

243 
Object,  233 
Officers,  237,  238.  430 
Pastors.  127.  243,  244 
Patrons.  234 
Quorum.  237 
Special  Gifts.  238 
Study  Cla-sses.  243.  244 
Sunday  Schools.  244 
Superannuated  Missionaries,  239 
Superintendent  of  Mission.  239 
Suspension  of  Officers,  236 
Tracts.  237 
Treasurer,  430.  433 
Vacancies.  237 
v.-  F.  M.  S.,  245 
Young  People's  Movement,  242 
Forms 

Certificates.  50.  51,  119-121 
Charges.  485-487 
Constitution.  482-485 
Freedmen's  Aid 
Bishops.  288 

Corresponding  Secretaries,  28S, 

430.  437 
District   Superintendents,  134, 

289 

General  Committee.  288 
General  Conference.  287 
Lincoln's  Birthday,  286 
Managers.  287 
Object,  286 
Officers,  288 
Pastors.  127,  290 
Quarterlv  Conferences,  290 
Treasurer,  430,  437 


Index 


Funds 

Chartered,  291 
Children's,  273 

Conference  Claimants,  204,  205, 

282-2S5 
Local  Church,  216 
Sustentation,  203 
Trustees,  292-294 


General  Committee 
Election,  234 

Foreign  Missions,  234,  432 
Freedmen's  Aid,  288,  432 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, 247,  432 
Names,  432 
Vacancies,  462 
General  Conference 
Amendments,  44,  456 
Appeals.  184,  186,  188 
Arrangements,  441 
Bishops,  167,  186,  443 
Book  Committee,  226 
Book  Concern,  223 
Business.  444 
Chartered  Fund,  291 
Collections,  76,  127 
Commissions,  440 
Conference  Claimants,  281 
Credentials,  40 
Delegates,  38 
Discipline,  448 

Districts,  65,  234  247,  288,  441 
Editors,  230 
Election,  38 
Eligibility,  38,  39 
Entertainment,  441 
Epworth  League.  298 
Expenses,  76  127,  228 
Extra  Session.  40 
General  Committee,  234,  247, 
288 

Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, 247 

Journals,  66.  458-460 

Judicial  Conference.  184 

Law  Decisions,  461-467 

Lay  Delegates,  38 

Lay  Electoral  Conference,  39, 
76,  77 

Location  of.  441 

Managers  of  Boards,  431-440 

Members,  37 

Memorials.  449.  453 

Ministerial  Delegates,  38 


General  Conference  (continued) 
Minority  Reports.  452 
Missionary  Bishops,  137 
Officers,  41 
Organization.  41 
Permanent  Fund,  281 
Powers,  42 
President.  41 

Publishing  Committee,  231 
Quorum.  42 

Katio  of  Representation,  38 
Reserve  Delegates.  38,  39 
Restrictive  Rules,  43 
Rules  of  Order,  443^52 
Seating,  455 

Secretary,  185,  186,  188,  428 
Sessions,  40 

Standing  Committees,  450,  455 
Temperance,  468 
Time,  456 

Treasurer,  228,  430,  456 
Trustees  M.  E.  Church,  291-294 
Voting,  42,  448 
General  Conference  Districts, 

65,  234,  247,  288,  441 
General  Rules,  19,  32.  95,  125, 
362 

General  Superintendents.  See 

Bishops 
German 

Agents,  140 

Deaconesses,  155,  163 

Epworth  League,  300 

Papers,  230,  276 

Studies,  499 
Government,  31,  470,  472 


Haus  und  Herd,  230,  300,  429 

Hr  His,  Him,  464 

Heresy 

Bishop,  142,  168 

Book  Concern,  226 

Local  Preacher,  179 

Member,  182 

Preacher,  172 
Historical  Statement,  15,  32 
Holiness,  3,  15,  102,  105,  106, 

109-114,  116 
Holy  Communion.     See  Lord's 
Supper 

Holy  Scriptures.    See  Bible 
Holy  Spirit,  23,  24,  113 
Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension 
Administration,  257 


Index 


Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension (continued) 

Anniversaries,  259 

Annual  Conferences,  254,  258, 
259 

Annuities,  252 

Applications,  261 

Bishops.  247,  257 

Board,  250-253,  434 

Church  Extension.  261 

City  Boards,  252 

City  Evangelization,  248,  253, 

254,  263 

Conference  Board,  254,  255 
Constitution  247 
Contingent  Fund,  248 
Corresponding  Secretaries,  247, 

251,  255,  430,  434 
District  Conferences,  259 
District   Superintendents,  134, 

255,  258,  259 
Duties,  250-253 
Emergency  Fund,  249 
General    Committee,  247-250, 

432 

General  Conference,  247 
Incorporation,  247 
Judicial  Conference,  258 
Managers,  250-252 
Mission  Conferences,  256 
Missions,  256,  257 


vjracers,  zoi 
Pastors,  127,  260 
Prayer  jMeetings,  260 
Quarterly  Conference,  259 
Quorum,  252 
Sunday  Schools,  260 
Tracts,  253 
Treasurer,  430,  433 
Vacancies,  249,  250 
AV.  H.  M.  S.,  262 
Hymnal,  59,  137 


iMPRnDENT  CONDOCT 

Bishop,  168 

Charges.  486 

Local  Preacher,  177 

Member,  181 

Preacher,  171-173 

Tempers,  178 
Incorporation 

Churches,  212 

Conferences,  65,  66 
India 

Deacons  and  Elders.  124,  424 

Local  Preachers,  124 

Missionary  Bishops,  80 

Studies,  523 
Insolvency,  179,  183 
Institutions.    See  Boards 
Insurance,  96,  134 
Inter-Church  Council,  476 
Intoxicati.ng  Liquors.  See  Tem- 
perance 
Investigation,  169 
Irregular  Proceedings,  461 
Italian  Studies,  512 


J 

Journals  Examined,  80,  458-460 
Judicial   Ad.ministration,  167- 
194 

Judicial  Conferences 

Annual  Conference,  184 

Appeals,  184 

Bishops,  167,  185 

Challenge,  185 

Constituted,  184 

General  Conference,  185 

Proceedings,  185 

Triers  of  Appeals,  68,  91,  184- 
188,  190-194 
Judicial  Procedure,  440 
JuDiaARY  Committee,  451 


I 

Immoral  Conduct 
Bishop.  167 
Charges.  485 

District  Superintendent,  170 
Evangelist,  170 
Local  Preacher,  177 
Member.  180 
Missionary  Bishop,  168 
Preacher.  169 

Superannuated  Preacher,  170 
Supernumerary  Preacher,  170 


L 

Ladies'  Aid  Societies,  82,  85,  87, 
89,  126,  134,  218 

Law 

Bishops,  141,  185 

District  Superintendent,  135 

Errors,  174 

General  Conference,  461 
Going  to.  182 
Judicial  Conference,  184 
Lay  Delegates 

To  General  Conference,  39 

To  Lay  Electoral  Conference,  38 


Index 


Lay  Eltctoral  Conferences 
Conference  Claimants,  205 
Elections,  39,  76,  77 


Laymen's  Associations,  78 
Laymen's  Associations,  78 
Leaders  and  Stewards'  IVIeet- 

ING,  47,  97 
License 

Deaconess,  155 

District  Superintendent,  133 

Exhorter,  150 

Local  Preacher,  147.  133,  494 

Pastor,  150 

Women,  464,  465 
Literature.      See  Book  Con- 
cern, Periodicals,  Tracts 
Local  Book  Committee.  See 

Book  Concern 
Local  Deacon.  122 
Local  Elder,  124 
Local  Option,  469 
Local  Preacher 

Annual  Conference,  147 

Appeal,  90 

Bapti.sm,  150 

Business,  179 

Change  of  Court,  179 

Deacon,  95,  148,  496,  506,  509, 
516 

Deprived  of  Office,  148,  179 
District  Conference,  85,  147,  178 
District  Superintendent,  149 
Elder,  95,  148,  496,  506,  509,  516 
Examination,  147 
Expulsion,  148 
Heresy,  179 
License,  88,  95,  147 
Location 

Own  Request,  120 

Quarterly  Conference,  120, 149 

Secularity,  173 
Marriages,  150 
Other  Churches,  118 
Pastor,  125,  150 
Quarterly  Conference,  83,  85, 

88,  92,  95,  147,  148,  178 
Recognition,  147 
Recommendation,  147,  148 
Relief,  150 
Report,  92.  149 
Select  Number,  178.  190 
Studies,  147.  495.  502,  505,  508, 

512,  514,  520 
Suspension,  148 
Tobacco,  147 
Trial,  148,  177 


Lord's  Supper 

Articles  of  Religion,  28,  29 
Ritual,  363 

Unfermented  Wine,  126 
Love  Feast,  126 


M 

Maladministration,  174 
Managers.  See  Boards 
Marriage 

Ministers,  30 

Preacher  on  Trial,  115 

Register,  128 

Ritual,  371 

Superannuated  Preacher,  132 
Supernumerary  Preacher,  131 
Means  of  Grace,  104-106 
Members.     See     also  Appeal, 

Trial 
Appeal,  186-194 
Baptized  Children,  48.  49 
Certificates,  50,  52 
Classes,  47,  52-54 
Conditions,  33 
Court  of  Appeals.  186-194 
Expulsion,  184 
Orphans,  49 
Pastor.  47,  50-52,  125 
Reception 

Certificate,  50-52 

Full  Member,  47,  49,  125.  360 

Other  Churches.  48 

Probation,  47.  125,  358 

Recommendation.  47.  49.  52 

Record,  48,  49 
Rules,  47 

Special  Advices,  55-58 

Termination,  52 

Transfer,  50-52 

Trial.  180-184 

Withdrawal,  52 
Memorials,  449,  453 
Methodist  Brotherhood 

Annual  Conference,  304 

Constitution,  302 

Convention,  304 

District  Conference,  82,  83.  85. 
87,  89,  90.  92.  126  134 

District  Superintendent.  134 

Managers,  303,  438 

Pastors,  126 

Quarterly  Conference,   87,  89, 
90,  92 

Methodist  Episcopal  Church 
Articles  of  Religion.  23-31 
Constitution.  23-44 


536 


IXDKX 


Methodist    Episcopal  Chdhch 
Icuntintied) 

Historical  Statement.  15-19,  32 

Institutions.  223-304 

Officers.  427-440 

Organization.  37-44 

Ritual.  349 

Rules,  32-36  , 

South.  440.  445 

Trustees.  439 
Methodist  Protestant  Church, 
476 

Methodist  Review,  230,  429 
Ministers 

Annual  Conference,  65,  108,  114, 
122 

Appeal,  186-1S8 
Appointment,  138 
Call.  101 

Conduct,  101-103,  108 
Deacons.  122.  123 
Debt.  114.  117.  120 
District  Conference.  114.  118 
Duties,  101-103.  125-130 
Elder.  123.  124 
Examination,  115.  117 
Heresy.  142,  172.  232 
Investigation.  169-171 
Located.  120 
Means  of  Grace,  104-106 
Missionary  Work,  115 
Official  Positions,  120 
Other  Churches,  118 
Pastoral  Work,  109-11*.  125- 
130 

Preaching.  108 
Publications.  129 
Qualifications.  105-114 
Quarterly  Conference.  114.  118 
Readmission.  118 
Reception.  On  Trial,  114,  115 
Reception.    Full  Membership, 

116-118 
Recognition  of  Orders,  119 
Refusal  to  Work,  121 
Restoration.  189 
Rules,  101-103 
Studies,  116 

Support.  198.  199.  203,  473 
Surrender  of  Office,  121 
Time,  Use  of,  106,  107 
Tobacco.  115,  117 
Transfer.  463 
Trial.  169-176 
Union,  107 
Voting,  38 
AVithdrawal.  121 
Work,  105-114 


Ministerial  Support,  473 
Minority  Reports,  452 
Missions 

Annual  Conferences,  254,  258 

Bishops,  115,  240,  257 

Boundaries.  338-341 

Central  Mission  Conferences,  78- 
80 

Citv,  253,  254.  262-267 
Constituted.  239,  240,  257,  258 
Foreign,  Board,  233-244,  430 
Home.  Board.  247-262,  430 
Judicial  Conference.  258 
Local  Preachers,  257 
Mission  Conferences 

Boundaries,  348-341 

Powers,  80,  §1 
Superintendent,  80 
W.  F.  M.  S..  245,  246 
W.  H.  M.  .'^  .  262 

MiSSIOXARV  Bl.SHOPS 

Amenability,  137 

Assignments.  137 

Ceasing  to  Act.  137 

Coordinate.  136 

Deaconesses.  153 

Discipline,  137 

Election.  4.3,  137 

General  Missionary  Committee, 
137.  234 

General  Superintendent,  136 

Hymnal.  137 

India  Ritual,  424 

Jurisdiction.  136,  137 

Names.  5,  428 

Powers,  136 

Residences.  80,  428 

Support.  137 

Transfers,  137 

Trial,  168 
Missionary  Committee.  See  Gen- 
eral Committee 
Moving  Expenses,  203 


N 

National  City  Evangelization 

Union,  262 
Neglect  op  Duty,  173,  181,  488 
Negotiations,  Pastoral,  467 

Book  Concern,  223,  229.  428 
Christian  Advocate,  429 
Corresponding  Secretaries,  430 
Editors,  230.  429 
Local  Committee,  223,  229 
Treasurers,  430,  431 


Index 


Northwestern  Christian  Advo- 
cate. 230.  429 
Norwegian-Danish  Studies,  503 


O 

Official  Board,  47.  96,  97 

Ojibway  Courses,  523 

Order  of  Public  Worshlp,  59,  60 

Orders.  See  Credentials.  Dea- 
cons Elders,  Ordination 

Ordination.  See  also  Consecra- 
tion 

Chaplains,  123,  124 
Deacon,  67,  122.  402 
Elder,  67,  123,  392 
Election,  67,  95,  125,  464 
India,  124,  424 
Local  Preacher,  68,  95,  122 
Missionary  Rule,  67.  68,  123 
Recognition.  95,  118 
Ritual.  .392-407 
Roman  Catholic  Priest,  464 
Seminary  Rule,  67,  68,  122 
Women,  464 
Orphans,  49 

P 

Pacific  Christian  Advocate, 
230,  429 

Parchments.    See  Credentials 
Parsonage  and  Furniture,  217 
Pastoral  Charges,  37 
Pastors.     See  also  Ministers 

American  Bible  Society,  127 

Annual  Conferences,  128-130 

Appointments,  138 

Baptism,  128 

Book  Concern,  225 

Books  and  Periodicals,  126 

Certificates,  50-52 

Children,  126,  127 

City  Evangelization,  266 

Class  Leaders,  125 

Collections,  127 

Conference  Claimants,  127,  205, 
206 

Deficiencies.  200 
District  Conferences,  85 
District    Superintendents,  128, 

130,  133,  135 
Duties.  125-1.30.  109-114 
Education,  127.  273 
Epworth  League,  126,  301,  302 
Evangelists.  1.30 
Exhorters,  126 

Foreign  Missions.  127,  243,  244 
Freedmen's  Aid,  127,  289,  290 


Pastors  (continued) 

General  Conference,  127 
General  Rules,  95,  125 
Home  Missions  and  Church  E.k- 

tension,  127,  260 
Ladies'  Aid,  126 
Leaders  and  Stewards,  47,  97 
Letter  of  Recommendation,  52 
Licenses  126 

Local  Preachers,  125.  126,  177 
Love  Feasts.  126 
Marriages,  128 
Members  Received,  125 
Methodist  Brotherhoods,  126 
Moving  Expenses,  203 
Official  Board,  47,  97 
Parsonages,  217,  218 
Prayer  Meeting,  125 
Preaching,  108,  109 
Probationers,  47,  48 
Qualifications.  101-114 
Quarterly  Conferences,  87,  126, 
203 

Records,  128,  130 
Reports.  128,  130 
Singing,  61 
Statistics,  128-130 
Stewards.  126,  198-200 
Sunday     Schools,     127,  279, 
280 

Support,  92.  198,  199,  203 

Systematic  Giving  127 

Temperance,  127,  297 

Tracts,  127,  232 

Trials,  169-176 

Trustees  M.  E.  Church,  294 

Visiting  List,  130,  96 

Watchnight,  126 

W.  F.  M.  S.,  246 

W.  H.  AL  S..'262 
Periodicals,  130 
Permanent  Connectional  Fund, 
281,  283 

Pittsburg  Christian  Advocate, 

230,  231,  429 
Poor,  363 

Post  Office  Addresses 

Agents,  428,  429 

Bishops,  427,  428 

Editors,  429 

Missionary  Bishops,  428 

Secretaries,  430 

Treasurers,  430,  431 
Prayer 

Colleges.  473 

Family,  36.  104 

Meetings.  126 

Week  of,  472 


Index 


Preacher.  See  Local  Preacher, 
Ministers,  Pastors,  Super- 
annuated Preacaer,  Super- 
'  NUMER.\Rv  Preacher 
Preacher  on  Trial 
Admission,  116-1  IS 
District  Conference,  114 
District  Superintendent,  114 
Examination,  114 
Marriages,  115 
Missionary  Work,  115 
Quarterly  Conference,  115 
uestions,  llo 
rial,  177 
Preachino,  108,  109 
Probation 
Privileges,  47 
Reception,  48 
Ritual.  358-360 
Procedure 

Bishop,  163.  164 
Local  Preacher.  177-179 
Member,  180-184 
Missionary  Bishop,  168.  169 
Preacher.  169-176 
Preacher  on  Trial,  177 
Prohibition,    469.      See  Tem- 

per.\nce 
Pro  R.kt.\  Division.  93.  200,  201 
Public  Worship,  59.  60 
Publications.     See  Book  Con- 
cern, Periodicals,  Tracts 
Publishing  .-Vgents.    See  Book 

Concern 
Publishing  Committees.  231 


Q 

Quarterly  Conference 
American  Bible  Society,  94 
Appeals.  91.  93 
Apportionments,  93 
Auditing,  89.  96 
Bishops,  92 

Books  and  Periodicals,  129,  232 
Business,  87-96 
Children,  94 

Class  Leaders.  87-96.  90.  92 
Committees.  92,  94 
Complaints,  87,  91 
Conference  Claimants,  89,  92- 

94,  205,  207,  208 
Custodians  of  Deeds.  96 
Deaconesses.  87,  91,  156,  157, 

160 

District  Conferences.  82.  83 
District  Stewards,  82,  95 


Quarterly  Conference  (cont'd) 

District  Superintendents.  87, 
92  93  133 

Education.  89.  93.  94.  96,  272 

Epworth  League,  87,  88,  89,  92, 
94.  301,  302 

Estimate.  89.  92 

Exhorters,  87,  88,  92,  95 

Financial  Plan,  93,  199 

Foreign  Missions.  89,  93,  94,  242 

Freedmen,  89,  94,  290 

General  Officers,  140 

Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension, 89,  93,  94,  259 

Hospitals,  89 

Insurance,  96 

Judges  of  Election,  77 

Ladies'  Aid,  87,  89  90,  91,  92, 
218 

Lay  Conference,  76,  77 
Licenses,  95 

Local  Preachers,  87.  88,  92.  95, 

147-150 
Members.  37.  87.  91 
Methodist  Brotherhood.  87,  89, 

90.  92 
Moving  Expenses,  93 
-Music.  89 

Official  Board,  92.  97 
Orders  Recognized.  95,  148 
Parsonages.  89.  93.  218 
Preachers,  87,  92,  93  126 
President,  87,  96.  133 
Pro  Rata.  93.  200.  201 
Receiving  Ministers,  118 
Recognition  of  Orders,  95,  118 
Recommendations 
Orders.  95 

Reception  on  Trial.  95.  115 

Recognition,  95 

Restoration.  189 
Records,  87,  89,  96 
Reports.  92-94,  128,  149 
Rules.  95 

Sale  of  Propertj',  215 

Secretary,  87 

Stewards,  87.  88,  94 

Sunday  Schools,  88,  89,  93,  94, 

128,  277-280 
Sunday  School  Superintendents, 

87.  90.  92 
Superannuated  Preachers.  132, 

465 

Supernumerary  Preachers.  131, 

465 
Support,  92 
Svstematic  Giving.  95 
Temperance.  89,  94,  297 


IXDEX 


QCARTERLT  CONFERENCE  {cOnl'd) 

Tracts,  89.  232 
Trial,  Local  Preacher,  177 
Trier  of  Appeals,  91,  190-193 
Trustees  87.  8S.  90,  92,  94 
United,  142 
■\V.  F.  M.  S.,  94 
H.  M.  S..  94 
Women,  464 
Quarterly  Meetings,  133 


K 

Reception 
Into  Church 

Jlerabers.  47-49,  360 
Probationers  47,  358 
Into  Ministry 

Full  Connection,  116,  117 
On  Trial,  114,  115 
Other  Churches.  118-120 
Recordino  Steward,  197,  198 
Records.     See  Boards,  Confer- 

E.NCES,  Trial,  etc. 
Representation,  Ratio,  38 
Restrictive  Rules.  43 
Ritual 

Baptism,  Adults,  354 
Baptism,  Infants,  349 
Bishops'  Consecration,  383 
Burial  of  Dead,  376 
Corner  Stone,  413 
Deacons'  Ordination,  402 
Deaconesses'  Consecration,  407 
Dedication  of  Church.  418 
Elders'  Ordination,  392 
Lord's  Supper.  363 
Matrimony,  371 
Reception  of  Members,  360 
Reception  of  Probationers,  358 
Rules,  General,  19.  32-36,  95, 
125 

Rules  op  Order,  443 


S 

Sabbath,  113 
Sacraments 

Baptism.  28,  29.  349.  354 

Lord's  Supper,  28.  29,  363 
Salaries.    See  Stewards 
Sanctification.     See  Holiness 
Schools.     See  Education 
Scriptures.    See  Bible 
Seats,  Free,  213 
Secretaries.    See  Boards,  Con- 
ferences, etc. 

540 


Secretaries,  CoRRESPONDiNa,430 
Select  Number,  175,  178 
Singing,  61 
Slavery,  34.  55 
s.muggling.  34 
Social  Problems.  479.  481 
Societies     See  Boards 
Southwestern  Christian  Advo- 
cate. 230 
Spanish  Studies.  517 
Special  Advices 

Amusements.  56 

Divorce,  56 

Dress.  55 

Marriage,  55 

Slavery,  55 

Temperance.  58 

Tithing,  58 
Standi.no  Committees,  450,  455 
Statistical  Reports,  70-76.  128- 
130 

Statistician.  70-72 
Stewards.    See  also  Conference 
Stewards 
Accountability.  198 
Bishops.  200,  203 
Conference  Claimants,  200,  203 
Deficiencies,  199 
District  Steward,  197,  198,  202, 
88,  95 

District  Superintendents,  202, 
203 

Duties,  197-204 
Election.  95,  197 
Estimates,  92,  198,  203 
Financial  Plan.  03,  199 
Leaders  and  Stewards'  Meeting, 
198 

Lord's  Supper,  198 
Moving  Expenses,  203 
Number,  197 
Official  Board,  198 
Pastors,  203,  126 
Pro  Rata  Distribution,  93,  200, 
201 

Quarteriv  Conferences,  197,  198, 
199 

Recording  Steward,  93.  95.  197 
Report.  198 
Veterans'  Sunday.  206 
Women.  464 
Strawbridge  Robert,  16 
Sunday  Schools 

Annual  Conference,  72,  73 
Board,  274,  275,  436 
Children's  Day,  273 
Collection.  277.  280 
Constitution,  274.  482 


Index 


ScxDAT  Schools  (eontinued) 
Corresponding  Secretary,  275. 

430.  -W6 
District  Conferences.  82.  S3,  So 
District    Superintendent,  134. 

273,  279 
Editof;  276 

Foreign  Missions,  &4.  244.  277 
German.  276 

Home  Missions  and  Church  Ex- 
tension. 94.  260.  277 
Incorporation  274 
Local  Board.  276,  277 
-Managers,  275 
ilissionar>-  Society.  4S4 
Officers  and  Teachers.  277 
Pastors.  127.  12S.  277.  279.  2S0 
Quarterly  Conferences.  S7-00. 

94.  277.  279.  2S0 
Reports.  92 
Statistics.  73 
Sunday  School  Day.  2S0 
Superintendent.  276-278 
Temperance.  277.  470 
Treasurer.  431.  436 
Vacancies.  2.6 
ScpER.\N.vt:ATED  Pre.».cher.  See 

also  Co.SFERE.VCE  CL-\I1I ANTS 

Certificate  of  Character.  132 
Conference  Claimants,  200  204. 

3S1.  2S2 
Conference  Relations,  463 
Marriages.  132 

Quarterlv  Conference,  132,  207, 

465 
Reports.  12S 
Support.  200 
Trial.  170 

SCPER.VCMER.VRT  PrE.\CHER.  131, 

170,  463.  465 
StrppoBT.      See    also  Salaries. 
Ste-wards 
Bishop-.  2tX)-202 
Conference  Claimants,  200.  204- 

210.  2Sl-2.<i5 
Deaconesses.  1.54 
District  Superintendents.  202 
Pastors.  203 
ScsPENsioN.  167.  169.  170 

ScSTE>fTAT10N  FCND.  203 

Swedish  Stcdies.  506 
Ststematic  Gmxo,  56,  95 


Temperance 
Ahsrinenr-e.  467 
.\dvice.  53 


Tempebaxce  (.continued) 
.\gents,  140 

.■\ati<>aloon  League.  471 

Church    Temperance  Society. 
295.  439.  471 

Constitution.  295 

District  Superintendent.  297 

Epworth  League.  295 

Federal  Government,  470 

General  Conference.  46-b— 172 

General  Rules.  34 

Instruction.  470 

Managers.  295 

Pastor.  127,  297 

Political  .Action.  472 

Prohibition.  469 

Quarterly  Conference.  297 

Sunday  Schools.  295.  297 
Teupor-\l  Eco.so.\iy.  197-21S 
TESTiMo.vr.   See  Trial 
Theologicai.  Schools,  142,  173, 

27a  4S9 
TiTHixo.  58 
Tobacco.  115.  117.  147 
Tracts 

-Aaents,  140 

Book  Concern.  232 

Collection.  S9.  2:37.  253 

District  Superintendent,  232 

Editor.  224 

-Missions.  237.  253 
Tr-insfers.  463 

Tra\-eling  E.xpexses,  203,  467 
Tr-V"elin"g  Preacher.    See  Min- 
isters- Pastors 
Treasurer 

-•Vnnual  Conference.  lO.  71 
Benevolent   Boards,  430.  431, 

433-137 
General  Conference.  430 
Trial,  Judicial  Admi.vistratiox, 
165 


.Administration.  167.  16S 
Amenability,  167 
-Appeal,  1S6 
Challenge.  167.  ISo 
District  Superintendent,  167, 
168 

General     Conference,  167, 

186 
Heresy.  168 
Immoral  Conduct.  167 
Imprudent  Conduct,  168 
Judicial  Conference,  167,  184. 

185 

Procedure.  167 
Record.  167,  185 


Index 


Trial,  Judicial  Administration 

(conlinued) 
Local  Preacher 
A  p  Deal.  190 
Bisnop.  178 
Business.  179 
Challenge,  178 
Change  of  Place,  178 
Credentials.  189 
Disobedience,  179 
District  Conference,  178 
Heresy.  178 

Improper  Tempers  or  Words, 

178  _ 
Inefficiency.  178 
Investigation,  177 
Pastor,  177 

Quarterly  Conference,  178 
Record.  177,  178 
Restoration,  189 
Select  Number,  178,  190 
Member 

Absence,  180 

Amusements,  181 

Annual  Conference,  193 

Appeal,  190-194 

Arbitration,  182 

Business,  183 

Challenge,  180,  191 

Charge,  184 

Charges,  485^87 

Class  Leader,  181 

Committee,  180 

Court  of  Appeals,  190 

Disobedience,  181 

Dissensions,  182 

District  Superintendent,  183, 

190—192 
Expulsion,  180-184 
Failure  to  Appear,  180 
General  Conference,  192,  193 
General  Directions,  184 
Immorality,  180 
Imprudent  Conduct,  181 
Intoxicating  Liquors.  181 
Irregular  Proceedings,  461 
Law    Questions,    190,  192, 

461 

Neglect  of  Duty,  181 

Pastors,  180-184 

Record.  191-193 

Suspension,  180 

Testimony,  46 

Trial,  180-184,  192 

Witnesses.  184 
Missionary  Bishop.  168 
Preacher  on  Trial,  177 
Procedure,  167-194 


Trial.  Judicial  Administration 

(continued) 
Remanded  for  Trial,  191 
Right,  43 
Suspension,  177 
Tra\  eling  Preacher 

Annual  Conference,  171,  174 

Appeal,  186-188 

Business,  172 

Charges,  171-173 

Commissioner,  175 

Conference  Claimants,  188 

Counsel.  171.  176 

Debt.  172 

Deposition,  176 

Disobedience,  172 

District  Superintendent,  169. 
170,  173,  174.  175 

Errors  of  Law,  174 

Evangelists,  170 

Expulsion.  176.  189 

Failure  to  Appear,  170 

General  Conference,  188 

Heresy,  172 

Improper  Words  or  Tempers, 
171 

Inefficiency,  173 
Interference  with  Work,  172 
Investigation,  169-171 
Judicial  Conference,  186-188 
Judicial  Proceedings,  174 
Law  Questions,  188 
Less  Penalty,  178 
Location.  173 
Maladministration,  174 
Missions,  188 
Procedure,  187 
Record.  171,  186 
Refusing  Work,  173 
Remanded  for  Trial,  187 
Restoration.  189 
Select  Number,  175 
Superannuated  Preacher,  170 
Supernumerary  Preacher,  170 
Suspension,  170,  188 
Theological  Schools,  173 
Verdict.  175,  176 
Withdrawal.  176 
Witnesses,  171 
Triers  of  Appeals 

Court    of    Appeals,   91,  190- 
194 

Judicial    Conference,  68,  184, 

188 

Trustees,  Church 

Annual  Conference.  215-217 
Approval,  90,  96 
Building,  213,  214 


Index 


Trustees,  Chtrch  (continued) 
Charters,  Deeds.  211-214 
ConfinnatioQ,  SH) 
Conveyances,  96,  212-215 
Curi-ent  Expenses,  211.  212 
Debts.  212,  214 

District    Superintendent,  215. 

217 
Duties.  211 

Election.  8S.  90.  95.  210 

Free  Seats.  213 

Insurance.  212 

Local  Funds.  211 

.Mortgages,  212 

Official  Board.  97 

Parsonages,  217 

Pastor.  215.  217 

Quarterly  Conference,  87,  88,  90, 

92.  95.  211.  214 
Removal.  216,  465 
Renting,  217 
Report.  SS.  92.  211 
Sale.  214-216 
Trustees,  M.  E    Church,  291- 

294,  439 


Veterans'  Sund.w.  206 
Visiting.  96.  109-114,  117.130,152 
Voting,  448.  463 


Watchnight.  126 
Week  of  Prayer.  472 
Wesley,  John,  15-17,  32 
Western  Christian  Advocate. 
230.  429 

Widows.  See  Conference  Claim- 
Wine,  Un  fermented.  126 
Withdrawal 

Member,  52 

Minister  68.  121 
Witnesses.  171.  184 
W  F.  M  S..  162.  245 
W  H  M  S..  162.  262 
Women 

Licensing  or  Ordaining.  464;  465 
Preachers'  Conduct.  102 
Pronouns  He.  His,  Him,  464 
Worship,  36.  59-61 


United  Brethren,  474 
United  States.  16.  31 
Univebsity  Senate,  271,  435 


Young  People,  279,  280,  29S-302 
Z 

ZiON's  Herald,  139 


543 


DATE  DUE 

^^^^^ 

HIGHSMHH  # 

»5230 

